MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES INC
S-1, 1997-10-06
Previous: TEMPLETON RUSSIA EURASIA FUND, N-8A, 1997-10-06
Next: PREVIEW TRAVEL INC, 8-A12G, 1997-10-06



<PAGE>   1
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 6, 1997

                                         Registration No. 333-__________________
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                             ----------------------

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             ----------------------

                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                            -------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>                                         <C>
                Utah                                      4213                          87-0406479
    (State or other jurisdiction                   (Primary Standard                  I.R.S. Employer
  of incorporation or organization)      Industrial Classification Code Number)      Identification No.
</TABLE>

               845 West Center Street, North Salt Lake, Utah 84054
                                 (801) 292-1111
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                  of registrant's principal executive offices)

                            MARVIN L. FRIEDLAND, ESQ.
                       Vice President and General Counsel
                             845 West Center Street
                           North Salt Lake, Utah 84054
                                 (801) 292-1111
            (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)

                            -------------------------

                                   Copies to:
        Arthur B. Ralph, Esq.                        Robert Walker, Esq.
Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall & McCarthy        Baker, Donelson, Bearman & Caldwell
  50 South Main Street, Suite 1600              2000 First Tennessee Building
  Salt Lake City, Utah 84144-0540                 Memphis, Tennessee 38103

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [ ]

         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ] _____________

         If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities
Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering. [ ] _____________

         If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===============================================================================================================
                                                                   Proposed     Proposed          
                                                                   maximum      maximum           
                                                                   offering     aggregate        Amount of
Title of each class of securities                  Amount to be    price per    offering         registration
to be registered                                   registered(1)   unit(2)      price(2)         fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>          <C>               <C>      
Common Stock, no par value                         2,564,500       $14.00       $35,903,000       $10,879.70
===============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Includes 334,500 shares issuable in connection with the exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option.

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
pursuant to Rule 457.

                        --------------------------------

         The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration
statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.
<PAGE>   2
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 6, 1997

                                2,230,000 Shares

                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                     [LOGO]

                                  COMMON STOCK

         Of the 2,230,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the
"Offering"), 1,150,000 are being sold by Motor Cargo Industries, Inc. (the
"Company") and 1,080,000 are being sold by certain selling shareholders of the
Company (the "Selling Shareholders"). See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock by
the Selling Shareholders. Prior to the Offering there has been no public market
for the Common Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial
public offering price will be between $12.00 and $14.00 per share. See
"Underwriting" for information relating to the factors considered in determining
the initial public offering price. Application has been made for quotation of
the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CRGO."

                             ----------------------

           SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 OF THIS PROSPECTUS
  FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS.

                             ----------------------

    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                             ----------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==============================================================================================================
                                                    Underwriting
                                   Price to         Discounts and       Proceeds to      Proceeds to Selling
                                    Public         Commissions(1)        Company(2)         Shareholders
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                             <C>              <C>                  <C>               <C>
Per Share....................   $                $                    $                 $
Total(3)......................  $                $                    $                 $
==============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
     liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
     1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before deducting expenses estimated at approximately $600,000 payable by
     the Company.

(3)  The Company and certain Selling Shareholders have granted the Underwriters
     options, exercisable within 30 days after the date hereof, to purchase up
     to an additional 37,250 and 297,250 shares of Common Stock, respectively,
     at the Price to Public less Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, solely
     to cover over-allotments, if any. If all such shares are purchased, the
     total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, Proceeds to
     Company, and Proceeds to Selling Shareholders will be $________, $_______ ,
     $________ and $_________, respectively. See "Underwriting."

                             ----------------------

         The Common Stock is offered by the several Underwriters, subject to
prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by the Underwriters, subject
to their right to withdraw, cancel, modify, or reject orders in whole or in
part, and subject to certain other conditions. It is expected that delivery of
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be made on or about ________,
1997.

                          MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.

                The date of this Prospectus is __________, 1997.


<PAGE>   3
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.



<PAGE>   4
         [THE INSIDE FRONT COVER OF THE PROSPECTUS CONTAINS SUPERIMPOSED IMAGES
OF THE COMPANY'S HEADQUARTERS IN NORTH SALT LAKE, UTAH, A COMPANY TRACTOR
PULLING A TRIPLE TRAILER AND THE COMPANY'S PRIMARY COMPUTER ROOM. IMAGES ALSO
INCLUDE THE MOTOR CARGO LOGO, THE MC DISTRIBUTION SERVICES LOGO AND A GRAPHICAL
DESIGN WHICH INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING TEXT: "A TRADITION OF EXCELLENCE FOR OVER 75
YEARS--MOTOR CARGO--1922-1997]

         The Company intends to furnish its shareholders with annual reports
containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing
unaudited financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each
fiscal year.

         CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN
TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE
COMMON STOCK. SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS OFFERING AND MAY BID FOR AND PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN
MARKET TO COVER SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."








                                       2
<PAGE>   5
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the Notes
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Risk Factors" for a
discussion of certain factors to be considered by prospective investors. Unless
otherwise indicated in this Prospectus, (i) all information assumes that the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised, (ii) all references to the
"Company" in this Prospectus refer to Motor Cargo Industries, Inc., a Utah
corporation, and its subsidiaries and (iii) all financial information includes
the historical operations of Ute Trucking and Leasing, LLC, a Utah limited
liability company formerly owned by certain shareholders of the Company. See
"History of the Company."

                                   THE COMPANY

         Motor Cargo Industries, Inc. (the "Company") is a less-than-truckload
("LTL") carrier which provides transportation and logistics services to shippers
primarily within the western region of the United States. The Company transports
general commodities, including consumer goods, packaged foodstuffs, electronics,
computer equipment, apparel, hardware, industrial goods and auto parts for major
shippers such as Starbucks Coffee Company, 3M Corporation, Steelcase, Pepperidge
Farm, Sony Music, Eli Lilly, General Motors and Square D Corp. The Company
offers a broad range of services, including expedited scheduling and full
temperature-controlled service. The Company's management believes that by
focusing on the high service segment of the LTL industry the Company can
continue its profitable growth within the western region of the United States,
which is one of the fastest growing regions of the United States. The Company's
management believes that the Company's rigorous focus on cost controls, its
largely nonunion work force (over 95% of its employees are nonunion) and its
focus on the western region give the Company a competitive advantage with
respect to the larger, national LTL carriers that compete with the Company
within the western region.

         The Company has 22 service centers strategically located in each major
population center in the western region. The Company uses a single service
center, rather than multiple satellite terminals, in each of the major cities it
serves in order to reduce intermediate handling. The Company also utilizes 20
independent agents in smaller markets, enabling the Company to offer shippers
extensive coverage throughout the region.

         Instead of utilizing a "hub and spoke" system, which is typically used
by large, national LTL carriers, the Company emphasizes "direct loading" of
freight between service centers with no intermediate handling on most shipments.
Hub and spoke systems generally require shipments to be loaded and unloaded
several times at a number of service centers and breakbulk facilities prior to
delivery. Direct loading allows shipments to be transported directly from the
originating service center to the destination service center without
intermediate handling. Direct loading reduces the Company's costs because it
requires less loading and unloading of freight and requires fewer terminals and
breakbulk operations.

         The Company's growth strategy includes the following key elements:

o    Increase Market Share Within Core Service Region. The Company believes that
     its core western regional market has the potential for significant
     profitable revenue growth. In addition, the Company believes it is in a
     position to increase its market share within its core service region. In
     the second half of 1995 the Company initiated a significant expansion of
     its terminal network in order to increase coverage within its core service
     region. The Company is now focused on improving route, lane and service
     center densities within its core service region through aggressive sales
     and marketing efforts and expanded service offerings. The Company expanded
     its sales force significantly during 1996 and intends to further expand its
     sales force in 1998 and 1999. The Company anticipates that it will continue
     to increase the capacity of its terminal network by adding capacity to
     existing service centers and establishing new service centers incrementally
     as needed, with particular emphasis in the Pacific northwest.




                                       3
<PAGE>   6
o    Expand into Additional Major Markets. The Company's strategic growth plan
     calls for establishing market and operational presence in several major
     business economic areas ("BEAs") within the midwest and southeast regions
     of the United States during the next three years. Unlike more traditional
     inter-regional expansion models, the Company intends only to solicit
     tonnage from these markets moving west into its core service region. The
     Company intends to utilize third-party truckload carriers to transport
     freight from these markets to its core service region. The Company
     anticipates that this strategy of selling into the region will improve
     lane, route and service center densities in its core service region without
     requiring the Company to incur the costs associated with building an
     inter-regional terminal network. The Company intends to enter into
     interline partnerships to provide immediate revenue and offset start-up
     costs associated with certain BEA expansions. The Company has identified
     Dallas as its first BEA expansion and has targeted the fourth quarter of
     1997 for start-up. Additional BEAs under consideration for 1998 and 1999
     include major distribution centers such as Atlanta, Chicago, Cleveland,
     Houston, Indianapolis, Memphis, Minneapolis and St. Louis.

o    Expand the Market Presence of MCDS. The Company believes that many
     companies are increasingly focused on outsourcing certain non-core
     functions and are engaging third-party logistics companies to provide
     distribution management services. Through its subsidiary, MC Distribution
     Services, Inc. ("MCDS"), the Company provides customized logistics,
     warehousing and distribution management services. MCDS targets customers
     with distribution requirements that are time-sensitive and require a
     significant amount of transportation. MCDS currently provides
     "just-in-time" delivery services for two major specialty retailers.
     Although MCDS has the ability to provide services for large projects, MCDS
     targets smaller and mid-sized projects which do not meet the minimum
     revenue requirements of many of its larger competitors. The Company is in
     the process of recruiting two account executives to provide full-time sales
     and marketing support to MCDS. By focusing on capabilities which are
     complementary to the Company's services, and leveraging the Company's
     existing customer base, the Company believes that MCDS provides a
     significant opportunity for future revenue and earnings growth.

o    Emphasize Low-cost Operations. By focusing on the western region, the
     Company believes it will be able to improve lane, route and service center
     densities, allowing the Company to better leverage the fixed costs of its
     terminal network. In addition, the Company believes that its largely
     nonunion work force gives it a competitive advantage over larger unionized
     carriers that operate within the Company's core service region. The Company
     also believes it is among the leading carriers in the country in adopting
     technology-based solutions for analyzing the profitability of shipments and
     reducing costs. As a result, the Company recently eliminated certain
     business and tonnage that did not meet the Company's margin requirements.
     Management believes that this account rationalization process was
     responsible for improved profit margins during the first six months of
     1997. The Company intends to continually analyze the profitability of each
     customer, lane and service center.

         The Company was incorporated in Utah in 1996. The Company's
wholly-owned operating subsidiary, Motor Cargo, a Utah corporation ("Motor
Cargo"), is the surviving corporation resulting from the merger of certain
trucking companies in 1973. The Company's principal executive offices are
located at 845 West Center Street, North Salt Lake, Utah 84054, and its
telephone number is (801) 292-1111.





                                       4
<PAGE>   7
                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>              
Common Stock offered by the Company ...................................1,150,000 Shares

Common Stock offered by the Selling Shareholders.......................1,080,000 Shares

Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering.....................6,990,000 Shares(1)

Use of proceeds........................................................To reduce indebtedness and purchase revenue
                                                                       equipment and for working capital. See "Use
                                                                       of Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol................................."CRGO"
</TABLE>

- ------------

(1)  Includes 20,000 shares to be issued upon completion of the Offering
     pursuant to a restricted stock agreement between the Company and Louis V.
     Holdener. Excludes 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
     upon exercise of options which may be granted under the Company's 1997
     Stock Option Plan. It is anticipated that options for up to 160,000 shares
     will be granted under the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan simultaneously
     with the completion of this Offering with an exercise price equal to the
     initial public offering price for the Common Stock. See "Management--1997
     Stock Option Plan."

                                  RISK FACTORS

         A number of factors should be considered by potential investors before
purchasing shares of the Company's Common Stock. See "Risk Factors."






                                       5
<PAGE>   8
                SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
           (in thousands, except per share amounts and operating data)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                              JUNE 30
                                      ------------------------------------------------------------     ---------------------
                                        1992         1993         1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                                      --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
STATEMENT OF EARNINGS DATA:
     Operating revenues               $ 63,660     $ 68,726     $ 82,984     $ 80,808     $ 92,310     $ 43,735     $ 49,284
     Operating income                    5,439        5,883        9,412        7,367        7,315        3,172        4,669
     Interest expense                    1,400        1,408        1,392        1,500        1,430          763          561
     Net earnings                        2,823        2,969        5,181        3,880        3,735        1,493        2,593

     Earnings per common share        $   0.49     $   0.51     $   0.89     $   0.67     $   0.64     $   0.26     $   0.45

    Weighted average shares
          outstanding                    5,820        5,820        5,820        5,820        5,820        5,820        5,820

     Pro forma(1)
         Pro forma earnings before
              income taxes            $  4,130     $  4,444     $  8,124     $  5,974     $  6,446     $  2,454     $  4,422
          Pro forma income taxes         1,549        1,569        3,125        2,303        2,449          948        1,680
          Pro forma net earnings         2,581        2,875        4,999        3,671        3,997        1,506        2,742
          Pro forma earnings per
             common share             $   0.44     $   0.49     $   0.86     $   0.63     $   0.62     $   0.26     $   0.43
OPERATING DATA:
     Operating Ratio (2)                  91.4%        91.4%        88.7%        90.9%        92.1%        92.7%        90.5%
     Average revenue per mile         $   2.71     $   2.84     $   3.00     $   2.90     $   2.80     $   2.72     $   3.02
     Revenue per hundredweight        $  10.61     $  10.97     $  10.82     $  10.78     $  10.74     $  10.78     $  11.05
     Average revenue per bill         $ 119.20     $ 119.85     $ 126.29     $ 122.51     $ 122.54     $ 119.62     $ 128.27
     Tractors at end of period(3)          382          422          448          504          535          530          540
     Trailers at end of period           1,376        1,571        1,802        2,080        2,251        2,180        2,251
     Tons shipped                      301,588      314,865      384,416      377,042      426,109      202,554      220,179
     Shipments                         536,955      576,288      658,982      663,648      747,024      365,264      379,211
     Average weight per bill             1,123        1,093        1,167        1,136        1,141        1,109        1,161
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                     ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(4)(5)
                                                                    -------     -----------------
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>    
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
     Net property and equipment                                     $37,310         $40,310
     Total assets                                                    55,284          61,087
     Long-term obligations, less current maturities                   7,415           3,848
     Total liabilities                                               26,941          19,441
     Stockholders' equity                                            28,343          41,646
</TABLE>

- -----------

(1)  The consolidated financial data presented above contains the operations and
     balance sheet information of Ute Trucking and Leasing, LLC, a Utah limited
     liability company ("Ute"), for all periods presented. A limited liability
     company passes through to its members essentially all taxable earnings and
     losses of the limited liability company and pays no tax at the company
     level. Accordingly, for comparative purposes, a pro forma provision for
     income taxes has been determined for all periods presented, assuming Ute
     had been taxed as a C corporation for federal and state income tax purposes
     using an effective income tax rate of 38%. The pro forma net earnings and
     earnings per common share reflect the issuance of shares necessary to repay
     certain indebtedness and the related reduction in interest expense and
     increase in net earnings. See Note A14 to the Company's Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

(2)  Operating expenses as a percentage of operating revenues.

(3)  Includes pick-up and delivery tractors and trucks. See "Business--Revenue
     Equipment."

(4)  Adjusted for the sale of 1,150,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the
     Company and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as
     described under "Use of Proceeds."

(5)  Effective August 28, 1997, Ute was acquired by the Company and became a
     taxable entity. Previously, its earnings and losses were included in the
     personal tax returns of members, and Ute did not record an income tax
     provision. Effective with the change, in accordance with Statement of
     Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income
     Taxes," income taxes will be provided for the tax effects of transactions
     reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due
     plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of
     property and equipment for financial and income tax reporting. The deferred
     tax liability represents the future tax return consequences of these
     differences, which will be taxable when the liabilities are settled.
     Accordingly, a deferred tax liability at the date of the change (of
     approximately $238,000) will be recorded through a one-time charge to the
     deferred tax provision. See "Certain Transactions."




                                       6
<PAGE>   9
                                  RISK FACTORS

         An investment in the Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree
of risk. The following factors should be considered carefully, together with the
information provided elsewhere in this Prospectus, in evaluating an investment
in the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

ECONOMIC FACTORS

         The availability and price of fuel, insurance costs, interest rates,
fluctuations in customers' business cycles and national and regional economic
conditions are economic factors over which the Company has little or no control.
Significant increases in fuel prices, interest rates or increases in insurance
costs, to the extent not offset by increases in freight rates, or disruptions in
fuel supply, would adversely affect the Company's results of operations. A
significant downturn in customers' businesses or temporary inventory imbalances
(resulting from a recession or otherwise) also could have a material adverse
effect on the profitability of the Company. Finally, the Company may be forced
to curtail its plans for growth due to changes in economic conditions,
particularly decreased demand for LTL carrier services. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business--Fuel Availability and Cost."

AVAILABILITY OF EMPLOYEE DRIVERS AND INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS

         The Company utilizes the services of both employee drivers and
independent contractors. Competition for employee drivers and independent
contractors is intense in the trucking industry, and the Company occasionally
experiences difficulty attracting and retaining enough qualified employee
drivers and independent contractors. There can be no assurance that the Company
will not be affected by a shortage of qualified employee drivers or independent
contractors in the future, which could result in temporary underutilization of
revenue equipment, difficulty in meeting shipper demands and increased
compensation levels. Prolonged difficulty in attracting or retaining qualified
employee drivers or independent contractors could have a materially adverse
effect on the Company's operations and limit its growth. See "Business--Drivers,
Independent Contractors and other Personnel."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GEOGRAPHIC EXPANSION

         As part of the Company's growth strategy, the Company intends to
establish market and operational presence in several metropolitan areas outside
its core service region. Unlike more traditional inter-regional expansion
models, the Company intends only to solicit tonnage from these markets moving
west into its core service region. These anticipated expansions involve
establishing terminal facilities that will be operated differently than the
service centers currently operated by the Company in its core service region.
The Company has no previous experience with operations in these markets and
limited experience with this new operating concept, and no assurance can be
given that such operations will be successful. There may be unanticipated costs
or problems associated with implementing this new operating strategy. While the
Company intends to enter into interline partnerships to provide immediate
revenue and offset start-up costs associated with such expansions in certain
markets, such expansions may have a negative effect on the Company's short-term
operating results. In addition, such expansions may require the Company to
attract and retain experienced management personnel and require the integration
of management information systems and other operating systems. The success of
the Company's expansion strategy will depend on the Company's ability to manage
effectively an increasing number of new facilities while continuing to manage
its existing business. See "Business--Growth Strategy."

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

         The trucking industry is very capital intensive. The Company
historically has relied upon cash flow from operations and debt to finance new
revenue equipment, and it has granted its lenders a lien on a substantial
portion of its assets. If in the future the Company were unable to borrow
sufficient funds, enter into acceptable operating lease arrangements, or raise
additional equity, the resulting capital shortage would impair the Company's
ability to acquire additional revenue equipment and adversely affect the
Company's growth and profitability. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations-- Liquidity and Capital
Resources."

CLAIMS EXPOSURE AND INSURANCE COSTS

         Trucking companies, including the Company, face multiple claims for
personal injury and property damage relating to accidents, cargo damage and
workers' compensation. The Company currently maintains liability insurance for
bodily injury and property damage in the amount of $30 million, with a self
retention amount of $500,000 per incident and cargo insurance in the amount of
$1 million, with a self retention amount of $100,000, per load. The Company also
maintains workers' compensation insurance, with a deductible of $250,000 in
Nevada, and without a deductible in Washington. The Company is responsible for
workers' compensation claims in other states in which the Company operates, up
to an aggregate of approximately $1.9 million per year, and the Company
maintains insurance for workers' compensation payments in excess of such amount.
During 1996 and the first six months of 1997 the Company experienced higher than
expected claims for accidents, and the payments and reserves for these claims
adversely affected the Company's operating results for such periods. To the
extent that the Company experiences a material increase in the frequency or
severity of accidents or workers' compensation claims, or unfavorable
developments on existing claims, the Company's operating results and financial
condition could be materially adversely affected. Significant increases in the
Company's claims and insurance costs, to the extent not offset by rate
increases,




                                       7
<PAGE>   10
would reduce the Company's profitability. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis--Results of Operations" and "Business--Safety and Insurance."


COMPETITION

         The trucking industry is highly competitive and fragmented. Competition
for freight transported by the Company is based primarily on service and
efficiency and on freight rates. The Company competes with regional,
inter-regional and national LTL carriers of varying sizes and, to a lesser
extent with truckload carriers, railroads and overnight delivery companies. Some
of the Company's competitors are divisions or subsidiaries of larger trucking
companies. Many of the Company's competitors have greater financial resources,
more equipment and greater freight capacity than the Company. Certain carriers
occasionally experience periods of over capacity during which these carriers
reduce prices in order to increase utilization of revenue equipment. See
"Business--Competition."

DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL

         The Company's success is highly dependent upon the continued services
of the Company's Chairman, Harold R. Tate, and the Company's senior management
team, particularly Marshall L. Tate, the Company's President and Chief Executive
Officer, and Louis V. Holdener, the President of the Company's operating
subsidiary, Motor Cargo. The Company does not have employment agreements with
Harold R. Tate or Marshall L. Tate. The loss of one or more of these individuals
could have a materially adverse effect upon the Company. The Company's success
also depends upon its ability to attract and retain skilled employees. There is
significant competition for qualified personnel in the trucking industry. There
can be no assurance that the Company will attract and retain qualified
management personnel in the future. See "Management."

LABOR RELATIONS

         Approximately 5% of the Company's employees are covered by two separate
collective bargaining agreements which expire in 1999 and 2000. The Company
believes that it has satisfactory relations with its employees. There can be no
assurance, however, that new labor agreements will be reached without a work
stoppage or strike or will be reached on terms satisfactory to the Company. A
prolonged work stoppage or strike at any of the Company's facilities could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. See "Business-- Drivers, Independent Contractors and
other Personnel."

SEASONALITY

         The Company experiences some seasonal fluctuations in freight volume.
Historically, the Company's shipments decrease during the winter months. In
addition, the Company's operating expenses historically have been 




                                       8
<PAGE>   11
higher in the winter months due to decreased fuel efficiency and increased
maintenance costs for revenue equipment in colder weather. The Company's
operating revenue and net earnings may vary as a result of seasonal factors, and
accordingly, results of operations are subject to fluctuation, and results in
any period should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for
any future period. Fluctuations in operating results may also result in
fluctuations in the price of the Common Stock. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Seasonality."

FUEL PRICE FLUCTUATIONS

         Fuel prices tend to fluctuate. Any increase in fuel taxes or in fuel
prices, to the extent not offset by freight rate increases or fuel surcharges to
customers, or any interruption in the supply of fuel, could have a materially
adverse effect on the Company's operating results. Because of the highly
competitive nature of the market for LTL services, the Company generally must
wait for larger carriers to implement fuel surcharges before the Company can
effectively implement fuel surcharges. See "Business--Fuel Availability and
Cost."

ENVIRONMENTAL  HAZARDS

         The Company's operations are subject to various environmental laws and
regulations dealing with the transportation, storage, presence, use, disposal,
and handling of hazardous materials and hazardous wastes, discharge of
stormwater, and underground fuel storage tanks. The Company transports certain
commodities that are or may be deemed hazardous substances. The Company also
currently maintains above-ground and underground fuel storage tanks on several
of its properties. The Company is not aware of any fuel spills or hazardous
substance contamination on its properties that would have a material adverse
effect on the Company and the Company believes that its operations are in
material compliance with existing environmental laws and regulations. If,
however, the Company should be involved in a fuel spill, or a spill or other
accident involving hazardous substances, if any such substances were found on
the Company's properties, or if the Company were found to be in violation of
applicable laws and regulations, the Company could be responsible for clean-up
costs, property damage, and fines or other penalties, any one of which could
have a materially adverse effect on the Company. See "Risk Factors--Government
Regulation" and "Business--Regulation."

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

         Trucking companies are subject to regulation by various federal and
state agencies, including the United States Department of Transportation (the
"DOT"). These regulatory authorities govern activities such as operational
safety, accounting systems, and financial reporting. State regulation of
intrastate authority and routes of service was preempted by federal law in 1995.
The abolition of the Interstate Commerce Commission effective January 1, 1996,
terminated regulation by that agency, including regulation of rates and certain
mergers, consolidations, and acquisitions (subject to continued antitrust review
by the Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission). The use of
triple trailers is subject to state regulation and is prohibited by several
states within the Company's core service region. Federal legislation prohibiting
the use of triple trailers has also been proposed. The Company also is subject
to regulations promulgated by the Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") and
similar state agencies. See "Risk Factors--Environmental Hazards" and
"Business--Regulation."




                                       9
<PAGE>   12
VOTING CONTROL OF THE COMPANY

         On all matters with respect to which the Company's shareholders have a
right to vote, including the election of directors, each share of Common Stock
is entitled to one vote. Upon completion of the Offering, Harold R. Tate will
beneficially own approximately 56% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
(approximately 55% if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in
full). As long as Mr. Tate controls a majority of the votes entitled to be cast
by the Company's Common Stock, he will have the ability to elect the entire
Board of Directors of the Company, determine the outcome of all matters
involving a shareholder vote, and take certain actions by written consent with
proper notice given to the other shareholders. Control by Mr. Tate of a majority
of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of outstanding Common Stock
could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third
party from attempting to acquire, control of the Company. See "Principal and
Selling Shareholders" and "Description of Capital Stock."

LIMITATIONS ON TAKEOVERS

         Certain corporate governance and statutory provisions may inhibit
changes in control of the Company. Applicable provisions of Utah law restrict
the voting rights of certain acquirors and the ability of such persons to engage
in unapproved business combinations with the Company. The Company's Articles of
Incorporation allow the Board of Directors to issue and establish all relevant
provisions of preferred stock without further action by the shareholders. Such
preferred stock could be used, for example, in a shareholders' rights plan
designed to restrict or delay a change in control of the Company. The Company's
Bylaws limit the persons who may call a special meeting of the shareholders. In
addition, Harold R. Tate will beneficially own stock entitled to a majority of
the voting power of all of the Company's outstanding Common Stock after the
offering. These provisions and Mr. Tate's stock ownership could make a takeover
more difficult or discourage a person from attempting a takeover, including a
takeover that some shareholders may deem to be in their best interests. See
"Description of Capital Stock."

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Sales of a substantial number of shares of the Common Stock or the
availability of such shares for sale in the public market following this
Offering may adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Common Stock.
Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have 6,990,000 shares of
outstanding Common Stock. All of the 2,230,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration
unless acquired by "affiliates" of the Company as defined in Rule 144 ("Rule
144") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). In
connection with this Offering, the Company and all of its existing shareholders,
who will beneficially own approximately 4,760,000 or approximately 68% of the
Company's outstanding Common Stock after the Offering, have agreed not to sell
or otherwise dispose of any shares, directly or indirectly, for 180 days from
the commencement of this Offering without the prior written consent of Morgan
Keegan & Company, Inc. After the 180 day period, 4,040,000 of such shares will
be eligible for sale, subject to compliance with Rule 144. An additional 700,000
shares will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 beginning in August 1998. An
additional 20,000 shares subject to a restricted stock agreement will be
eligible for sale in accordance with the terms of such agreement. See "Principal
and Selling Shareholders" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

LACK OF DIVIDENDS

         The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its capital
stock. The Company intends to continue to retain earnings to finance the growth
and development of its business and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in
the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends in the future will depend
upon the Company's financial condition, capital requirements, earnings,
restrictions under loan agreements, and other factors the Board of Directors may
deem relevant. See "Dividend Policy."




                                       10
<PAGE>   13
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK, DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

         Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or, if developed, that such market will be sustained or that the stock will
trade at or above the initial public offering price. The initial public offering
price of the Common Stock offered hereby has been determined by negotiation
among the Company, the Selling Shareholders, and the Underwriters and may bear
no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock will trade after
completion of this Offering. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors
considered in determining the initial public offering price.

DILUTION

         The current shareholders of the Company acquired their shares of Common
Stock at a cost substantially below the initial public offering price of the
Common Stock offered hereby and, accordingly, at an assumed offering price of
$13 per share, purchasers of Common Stock in this Offering will incur immediate
and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of their shares of $7.04
per share. See "Dilution."

DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements relating to future
events or the future financial performance of the Company. Such forward-looking
statements are within the meaning of that term in Section 27A of the Securities
Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such statements may
relate, but not be limited, to projections of revenues, income or loss, capital
expenditures, construction or expansion of regional facilities, acquisitions,
plans for growth and future operations, financing needs or plans or intentions
relating to acquisitions by the Company, as well as assumptions relating to the
foregoing. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and
uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified. Such risks
include, but are not limited to, the matters discussed in the preceding
paragraphs under "Risk Factors." Future events and actual results could differ
materially from those set forth in, contemplated by or underlying the
forward-looking statements.






                                       11
<PAGE>   14
                             HISTORY OF THE COMPANY

         The Company's predecessor, Barton Truck Line ("Barton"), was formed in
1922 in Tooele, Utah to provide freight service in the Tooele community. In
1947, W.C. Tate and Harold R. Tate purchased Barton, which at the time operated
two trucks and had annual revenues of approximately $35,000. In 1960, Barton
acquired Bonanza Trucking Company ("Bonanza"), a company which operated
primarily in Colorado. Barton and Bonanza were merged in 1973 and renamed Motor
Cargo. During the 1970's, Motor Cargo received further operating authority from
the Interstate Commerce Commission (the "ICC") to expand service throughout
Nevada and into the central and southern California markets. In 1978, Motor
Cargo purchased R & R Transportation Company and acquired statewide intrastate
operating authority in Nevada. Deregulation of the trucking industry after 1980
permitted Motor Cargo to further expand its operations in California, Arizona
and other western states. See "Business--Regulation."

         The Company was incorporated in Utah in January 1996 as a holding
Company for Motor Cargo. The Company continues to conduct its operations through
Motor Cargo, its wholly-owned subsidiary. MC Distribution Services, Inc.
("MCDS"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Motor Cargo, was formed in 1995 to
provide customized logistics, warehousing and distribution management services.

         On August 28, 1997, the Company acquired Ute Trucking and Leasing, LLC,
a Utah limited liability company ("Ute"). Ute's assets consist primarily of
tractors and trailers utilized by the Company pursuant to contracts between the
Company and Ute. The Company issued an aggregate of 700,000 shares of Common
Stock to the four members of Ute, Harold R. Tate, Marshall L. Tate, Darrell Tate
and Marvin L. Friedland, in exchange for their interests in Ute. As of June 30,
1997, the Ute assets had a net book value of approximately $760,000 ($3,564,000
less $2,804,000 in related debt). The Company accounted for the acquisition of
Ute as a reorganization of entities under common control in an accounting method
similar to a "pooling of interests" and, accordingly, the financial statements
reflect the assets of Ute at their historical bases. Harold R. Tate is the
Chairman of the Board and Marshall L. Tate and Marvin L. Friedland are executive
officers and directors of the Company. See "Certain Transactions" and Notes to
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

         The Company's principal executive offices are located at 845 West
Center Street, North Salt Lake, Utah 84054 and its telephone number is (801)
292-1111.


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,150,000 shares
of Common Stock offered by it hereby are estimated to be approximately
$13,303,500, assuming an initial public offering price of $13 per share, after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable
by the Company. The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares of Common Stock by the Selling Shareholders. See "Principal and Selling
Shareholders."

         The Company will use approximately $7.5 million of the net proceeds to
repay certain borrowings incurred to purchase revenue equipment, including
approximately $2.3 million in borrowings assumed by the Company in connection
with the acquisition of Ute. At June 30, 1997, these obligations had an
aggregate principal balance of $11.4 million, bore interest at a weighted
average annual rate of 7.9% and provided for maturity dates between 1998 and
2005. See Note F to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company
will use approximately $3.0 million of the net proceeds to purchase revenue
equipment pursuant to commitments that provide for delivery of such revenue
equipment by December 31, 1997.

         The balance of the net proceeds will be used for working capital and
general corporate purposes, including the purchase of additional revenue
equipment, and possible future business acquisitions. The Company currently does
not have any commitments or agreements for any business acquisition and is not
in active negotiations regarding any such acquisitions. Pending their use by the
Company as described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of
the Offering in short-term, investment-grade instruments.




                                       12
<PAGE>   15
                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its
capital stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. The Company currently intends to retain all future earnings,
if any, to fund the development and growth of its business. Any future
determination to pay cash dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of
Directors and will be dependent upon the Company's financial condition, results
of operations, capital requirements from time to time, restrictions under loan
agreements, and such other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. The
Company's operating subsidiary, Motor Cargo, is a party to a credit agreement
which prohibits the payment of cash dividends by Motor Cargo during the term of
the credit agreement. Accordingly, because the Company would ordinarily be
dependent upon cash dividends from Motor Cargo in order to pay a cash dividend
on its Common Stock, the provisions of the credit agreement limit the ability of
the Company to pay cash dividends. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."


                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth (i) the current maturities of long-term
obligations and (ii) the capitalization of the Company (a) as of June 30, 1997
and (b) as adjusted to give effect to the sale of the 1,150,000 shares of Common
Stock offered by the Company hereby (at an assumed initial public offering price
of $13 per share) and application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as
described in "Use of Proceeds." The following table should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JUNE 30, 1997
                                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                                 ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                                                 -------   --------------
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>    
Current maturities of long-term obligations                                      $ 3,976      $    43
                                                                                 =======      =======

Long-term obligations (less current maturities):                                 $ 7,415      $ 3,848
Stockholders' equity
     Preferred stock, no par value;
        Authorized - 25,000,000 shares
        Issued - none
     Common Stock, no par value; Authorized - 100,000,000 shares Issued and
        outstanding - 5,820,000 and 6,990,000 shares issued and outstanding
        as adjusted                                                                    1       13,304
     Retained earnings                                                            28,342       28,342
                                                                                 -------      -------
        Total stockholders' equity                                                28,343       41,646
                                                                                 -------      -------
        Total capitalization                                                     $35,758      $45,494
                                                                                 =======      =======
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes 20,000 shares to be issued upon completion of the Offering
     pursuant to a restricted stock agreement between the Company and Louis V.
     Holdener. Excludes 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance
     upon exercise of options which may be granted under the Company's 1997
     Stock Option Plan. It is anticipated that options for up to 160,000 shares
     will be granted under the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan simultaneously
     with the completion of this Offering with an exercise price equal to the
     initial public offering price for the Common Stock. See "Management--1997
     Stock Option Plan."




                                       13
<PAGE>   16
                                    DILUTION

         The net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1997, was
$28,342,980 or $4.87 per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book value per
share of Common Stock is determined by dividing the net tangible book value
(total tangible assets less total liabilities) of the Company by the number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding.

         Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference
between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the
Offering made hereby and the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock
immediately after completion of the Offering. Without taking into account any
changes in the net tangible book value of the Company, other than to give effect
to the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed offering
price of $13 per share and receipt of the net proceeds therefrom, the adjusted
net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1997 would have been
$41,646,480, or $5.96 per share. This represents an immediate dilution in net
tangible book value of $7.04 per share to new investors purchasing shares in the
Offering and an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $1.09 per share
to existing shareholders. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution, calculated as of June 30, 1997:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>   
Assumed public offering price per share...............................              $13.00
   Net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1997 ................   $4.87
   Increase per share attributable to new investors...................     1.09
                                                                         ------
Net tangible book value per share after the Offering..................                5.96
                                                                                     -----
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors...........               $7.04
                                                                                     =====
</TABLE>

         The following table shows the difference between existing shareholders
and the purchasers of shares in this Offering with respect to the number of
shares purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid, and the average
price per share paid:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CONSIDERATION (1)
                                -----------------------   -------------------------    AVERAGE PRICE
                                  NUMBER     PERCENT(3)      AMOUNT         PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                ---------    ----------   -----------       -------    -------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>        <C>               <C>         <C>    
Existing shareholders(2)        5,840,000      83.55%     $     1,000          .01%      $  0.00
New investors                   1,150,000      16.45%     $14,950,000        99.99%      $ 13.00
    Total                       6,990,000     100.0%      $14,951,000        100.0%
</TABLE>

(1)  The total consideration set forth in the table paid by existing
     shareholders does not include the value of the Ute assets contributed to
     the Company by four existing shareholders as of August 1997. See 
     "Certain Transactions."

(2)  Includes 20,000 shares to be issued upon completion of the Offering
     pursuant to a restricted stock agreement between the Company and Louis V.
     Holdener. Does not include approximately 160,000 shares of Common Stock
     reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options that will be
     granted on the date of this Prospectus to existing shareholders and other
     employees under the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan. See "Management--1997
     Stock Option Plan."

(3)  The sale of 1,080,000 shares of Common Stock in the Offering by the Selling
     Shareholders will cause the number of shares held by existing shareholders
     to be reduced to 4,760,000 shares or approximately 68% of the total number
     of shares outstanding after the Offering. If the Underwriters'
     over-allotment option is exercised in full, sales by the Selling
     Shareholders in the Offering will reduce the number of shares held by
     current shareholders to 4,462,750 or approximately 64% of the Common Stock
     outstanding after the Offering.





                                       14
<PAGE>   17
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                    (in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following selected consolidated statement of earnings and balance sheet data
as of and for each of the periods in the five year period ended December 31,
1996 and the six month period ended June 30, 1997 are derived from the financial
statements of the Company, which have been audited by Grant Thornton LLP,
independent public accountants. The selected consolidated statement of earnings
for the six month period ended June 30, 1996 and pro forma data are unaudited,
but, in the opinion of management, the unaudited financial statements reflect
all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a
fair presentation of the information included therein. The financial data for
the Company should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial
Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. The results for the six month period ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the full year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             Six months ended
                                                                   Year ended December 31,                       June 30,
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                                      1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1996      1997
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                                                          (unaudited)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
STATEMENT OF EARNINGS DATA:
    Operating revenues                              $ 63,660   $ 68,726   $ 82,984   $ 80,808   $ 92,310   $ 43,735   $ 49,284
    Operating expenses
        Salaries, wages and benefits                  29,414     31,432     36,055     35,495     39,666     19,336     21,106
        Operating supplies and expenses                8,874      9,899     12,145     12,669     14,947      6,933      7,276
        Purchased transportation                      10,232     11,021     12,238     11,532     14,164      6,619      7,090
        Operating taxes and licenses                   1,828      1,969      3,068      3,178      3,531      1,634      1,821
        Insurance and claims                           1,707      1,963      2,685      1,842      2,785      1,150      2,131
        Depreciation and amortization                  4,145      4,524      4,974      5,930      6,578      3,241      3,430
        Communications and utilities                   1,164      1,277      1,314      1,521      1,784        878        945
        Building rents                                   857        758      1,093      1,274      1,540        772        816
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
            Total operating expenses                  58,221     62,843     73,572     73,441     84,995     40,563     44,615
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
            Operating income                           5,439      5,883      9,412      7,367      7,315      3,172      4,669
    Other income (expense)
            Interest expense                          (1,400)    (1,408)    (1,392)    (1,500)    (1,430)      (763)      (561)
            Other, net                                    91        (31)       104        107        (32)        45         18
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Earnings before income taxes                       4,130      4,444      8,124      5,974      5,853      2,454      4,126
    Income taxes                                       1,307      1,475      2,943      2,094      2,118        961      1,533
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Net earnings                                    $  2,823   $  2,969   $  5,181   $  3,880   $  3,735   $  1,493   $  2,593
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
    Earnings per common share                       $   0.49   $   0.51   $   0.89   $   0.67   $   0.64   $   0.26   $   0.45
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
    Weighted average shares outstanding                5,820      5,820      5,820      5,820      5,820      5,820      5,820
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
    Pro forma (1)
        Pro forma earnings before income taxes      $  4,130   $  4,444   $  8,124   $  5,974   $  6,446   $  2,454   $  4,422
        Pro forma income taxes                         1,549      1,569      3,125      2,303      2,449        948      1,680
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
        Pro forma net earnings                      $  2,581   $  2,875   $  4,999   $  3,671   $  3,997   $  1,506   $  2,742
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
        Pro forma earnings per common share         $   0.44   $   0.49   $   0.86   $   0.63   $   0.62   $   0.26   $   0.43
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
           Weighted average shares outstanding         5,820      5,820      5,820      5,820      6,397      5,820      6,397
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        December 31,
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------   June 30,
                                                      1992       1993       1994       1995       1996       1997
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Current assets                                  $ 10,171   $ 13,481   $ 18,741   $ 19,772   $ 22,694   $ 17,498
    Current liabilities                                9,078     10,741     13,414     14,752     15,752     14,117
    Total assets                                      38,072     42,016     49,391     59,046     63,331     55,284
    Long-term obligations, less current maturities    12,920     13,745     14,044     17,724     16,820      7,415
       Total liabilities                              24,470     27,081     30,631     36,323     37,291     26,941
    Stockholders' equity                              13,602     14,935     18,760     22,723     26,040     28,343
</TABLE>




                                       15
<PAGE>   18
(1)  The pro forma net earnings and net earnings per common share reflect the
     issuance of shares necessary to retire $7,500,000 of notes payable and the
     resulting increase in net earnings in the amount of approximately $368,000
     and $184,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended
     June 30, 1997, respectively. The calculation is based on the weighted
     average shares outstanding used in the calculation of net earnings per
     common share, adjusted for the estimated shares at each date that would be
     issued by the Company (576,923 shares at $13 per share) to retire these
     obligations. Additionally, effective August 28, 1997, the Company acquired
     the membership interests of Ute, a Utah limited liability company. A
     limited liability company passes through to its members essentially all
     taxable earnings and losses and pays no tax at the company level.
     Accordingly, for comparative purposes, a pro forma provision for income
     taxes using an effective income tax rate of 38% has been determined
     assuming Ute had been taxed as a C corporation for all periods presented
     and to reflect the reduction of interest expense resulting from the
     retirement of debt.








                                       16
<PAGE>   19
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following should be read in conjunction with the financial
statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

         The Company's results of operations for 1994, 1995, 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 reflect fluctuations within the motor carrier
industry and significant changes within the Company's operations. Results of
operations for 1994 were positively affected by a Teamster strike which
adversely affected certain unionized carriers. As a result of this strike, the
Company and other carriers with predominantly nonunion employees experienced
unusually large increases in freight volumes. Freight volumes and operating
margins returned to more normal levels in 1995 and 1996.

         In the second half of 1995 the Company initiated a significant
expansion of its terminal network in order to increase coverage within its core
service region. As part of this expansion, the Company opened new service
centers in Rialto, California; Oxnard, California; Bakersfield, California;
Fresno, California; and Grand Junction, Colorado. Accordingly, although the
Company's revenues in 1995 were only slightly lower than the unusually high
levels experienced in 1994, earnings were significantly impacted by start-up
costs and expenses associated with the Company's terminal network expansion.

         Costs associated with the Company's new service centers continued to
affect earnings in 1996 as several of these service centers were in the early
stages of operation. Earnings in 1996 were also adversely affected by sluggish
demand for LTL carrier services throughout the year, which resulted in severe
pricing pressures, and by escalating fuel prices in the latter half of 1996.

         In the first half of 1997 the Company began to experience favorable
results associated with its terminal network expansion. Revenues produced by the
Company's new service centers during the six months ended June 30, 1997 were
more consistent with the revenues of the Company's other service centers than in
prior periods. Higher demand for carrier services also contributed to a more
stable pricing environment during the first half of 1997. The Company's results
of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 were also significantly
affected by an aggressive account rationalization program initiated by the
Company in late 1996 to improve revenue quality. By analyzing each account based
upon revenue quality characteristics such as revenue per bill and revenue per
hundredweight, the Company was able to identify accounts providing inadequate
profit margins. While revenue growth was negatively affected by this account
rationalization, the Company's earnings for the six months ended June 30, 1997
were positively affected by the elimination of certain business and tonnage
which did not meet the Company's margin requirements.

         The Company's management believes that its expanded terminal network
provides the Company with the necessary infrastructure for continued growth
within its core service region. With an established terminal network in place to
provide high quality service throughout its core service region, the Company
intends to focus on improving route, lane and service center densities by
increasing the amount of business handled by the Company within its core service
region. The Company intends to achieve this growth by increasing the amount of
business generated by existing customers within its core service region and
acquiring new customers outside its core service region for the purpose of
soliciting new business into its core service region. The Company intends to
continue its rigorous analysis of costs and profitability associated with each
customer, lane and shipment.




                                       17
<PAGE>   20
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following table sets forth the percentage relationship of certain
items to revenues for the periods indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 JUNE 30,
                                                    -------------------------------        ------------------ 
                                                     1994         1995         1996         1996         1997
                                                    -----        -----        -----        -----        ----- 
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>   
         Operating revenues                         100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
         Operating expenses
             Salaries, wages and benefits            43.5         43.9         43.0         44.2         42.8
             Operating supplies and expenses         14.6         15.7         16.2         15.9         14.8
             Purchased transportation                14.8         14.3         15.3         15.1         14.4
             Depreciation and amortization            6.0          7.3          7.1          7.4          6.9
             Insurance and claims                     3.2          2.3          3.0          2.6          4.3
             Operating taxes and licenses             3.7          3.9          3.9          3.7          3.7
             Communications and utilities             1.6          1.9          1.9          2.0          1.9
             Building rents                           1.3          1.6          1.7          1.8          1.7
                                                    -----        -----        -----        -----        ----- 
                   Total operating expenses          88.7         90.9         92.1         92.7         90.5
                                                    -----        -----        -----        -----        ----- 
         Operating income                            11.3          9.1          7.9          7.3          9.5
         Other income (expense)
             Interest expense                        (1.7)        (1.8)        (1.6)        (1.7)        (1.1)
             Other, net                               0.1          0.1          0.0          0.0          0.0
                                                    -----        -----        -----        -----        ----- 
         Earnings before income taxes                 9.7          7.4          6.3          5.6          8.4
         Income taxes                                 3.5          2.6          2.3          2.2          3.1
                                                    -----        -----        -----        -----        ----- 
         Net earnings                                 6.2%         4.8%         4.0%         3.4%         5.3%
</TABLE>

Six Months Ended June 30, 1997 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 1996

         Operating revenues increased 12.8% for the six months ended June 30,
1997 to $49.3 million from $43.7 million for the comparable period in 1996. The
increase was attributable to the Company's efforts beginning in the third
quarter of 1996 to improve significantly the yield of its revenue base, the
addition of new customers and, to a lesser extent, expansions within the
Company's operating region. The number of shipments during the first six months
of 1997 increased by 3.8% to 379,211 compared to 365,264 for the same period in
1996. Revenue per hundred weight increased to $11.05 in the first six months of
1997 from $10.78 for the same period in 1996.

         Of the $5.6 million increase in operating revenues for the six month
period ended June 30, 1997, $1.4 million was attributable to the Company's
warehousing and distribution management company, MCDS. The increase in revenues
for MCDS resulted primarily from the addition of a single large distribution
management project for a large retail company.

         As a result of the Company's focus on revenue quality, tonnage grew by
8.7% to 220,179 tons for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to 202,554
tons for the same period in 1996, while total shipments increased 3.8% to
379,211 for the first half of 1997 compared to 365,264 for the same period in
1996. During this same period, average revenue per bill increased 7.2% to
$128.27 compared to $119.62 for the comparable period of 1996. Lower margin
yields resulting from a difficult freight market in early 1996 and sluggish
demand throughout the year contributed to lower revenues in 1996. Revenues for
the first six months of 1997 were adversely affected by the Company's decision
to discontinue service to certain customers whose business volumes did not meet
minimum margin yield requirements.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, salaries, wages and benefits
decreased to 42.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 from 44.2% for the
comparable period of 1996. While salary and wage rates increased approximately
4% for the six months ended June 30, 1997, salaries and wages decreased as a
percentage of revenues due to improved quality of revenue as well as improved
utilization of labor. Workers compensation costs increased 0.5% in the first
half of 1997 due to a workers compensation credit which almost eliminated
workers compensation




                                       18
<PAGE>   21
expense for the same period in 1996. Pension costs decreased 0.6 percent for the
first half of 1997 compared to the first half of 1996 due to a better rate of
return on invested pension assets.

         Operating supplies and expenses, which includes agent commissions,
tires, parts, repairs and fuel, decreased for the six months ended June 30, 1997
to 14.8% of operating revenues compared to 15.9% for the comparable period of
1996. This decrease was due to lower fuel prices and agent commissions,
partially offset by increased general, marketing and employee related expense.

         Purchased transportation decreased to 14.4% of operating revenues for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 from 15.1% for the comparable period of 1996.
This decrease was primarily due to improved linehaul load factors and higher
revenue per operating mile.

         Insurance and claims increased to 4.3% of operating revenues for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 from 2.6% in the comparable period of 1996. This
increase was a result of the Company and its insurance carrier increasing the
insurance reserves in 1997 for two accidents which occurred in prior years.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, depreciation and amortization
decreased to 6.9% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to 7.4% for
the same period of 1996. This decrease was due largely to increased revenue
levels and continued improvement in asset utilization of equipment acquired in
the second half of 1995 to facilitate the Company's terminal network expansion.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, interest expense decreased to
1.1% for the six months ended June 30, 1997, compared to 1.7% for the same
period in 1996. This decrease was due primarily to lower debt levels resulting
from strong operating cash flows and continued improvement in cash management
techniques. At June 30, 1997, total obligations were $11.4 million compared to
$19.6 million at June 30, 1996.

Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1995

         Operating revenues increased 14.2% in 1996 to $92.3 million from $80.8
million in 1995 due primarily to a 13% increase in tonnage to 426,109 in 1996
from 377,042 in 1995. This increase in tonnage was primarily attributable to new
customers and increased shipments from existing customers within the Company's
core operating region. The number of shipments in 1996 increased by 12.6% to
747,024 compared to 663,648 in 1995. During this same period, revenue per bill
remained flat at $122.54 for 1996 compared to $122.51 for the same period in
1995. Revenue per hundredweight decreased slightly to $10.74 in 1996 from $10.78
in 1995. In September 1996, the Company implemented a sliding-scale fuel
surcharge which resulted in a fourth quarter revenue increase of approximately
1.5%.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, salaries, wages and benefits
decreased to 43.0% in 1996 from 43.9% in 1995. This was largely attributable to
a workers compensation credit from a previous period which reduced fringe
benefit expense by approximately $800,000 and an increased use of purchased
transportation.

         Operating supplies and expenses as a percentage of operating revenues
increased to 16.2% in 1996 compared to 15.7% in 1995. This increase was largely
attributable to increased fuel expense during the year which was only partially
offset by a fuel surcharge.

         Purchased transportation increased to 15.3% of operating revenues in
1996 compared to 14.3% in 1995. This increase was attributable to increased use
of purchased transportation combined with reduced revenue per operating mile in
1996 as a result of severe price competition and costs associated with the
Company's terminal network expansion initiated during the second half of 1995.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, depreciation and amortization
decreased to 7.1% in 1996 compared to 7.3% in 1995. This decrease was largely
attributable to increased revenue levels and better asset utilization of
equipment acquired in 1995 to facilitate the Company's terminal network
expansion.

         Insurance and claims increased to 3.0% of operating revenues in 1996
compared to 2.3% for 1995. This increase was caused primarily by two large
liability claims.




                                       19
<PAGE>   22
         As a percentage of operating revenues, interest expense decreased
slightly to 1.6% in 1996 compared to 1.8% in 1995. This decrease resulted from
lower debt levels and improved cash management techniques. At December 31, 1996,
total obligations were $23.7 million compared to $23.9 million at December 31,
1995.

Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1994

         Operating revenues declined 2.7% in 1995 to $80.8 million from $83.0
million in 1994. The decline in operating revenues for the period was largely
due to an unusual revenue increase in early 1994, which resulted from a Teamster
strike that adversely affected certain of the Company's unionized competitors
and resulted in unusually high freight volumes for non-unionized carriers,
combined with aggressive price discounting by these competitors during 1995 in
an effort to regain lost market share. Tonnage also declined 1.9% to 377,042
tons for 1995 compared to 384,416 tons for 1994, while total shipments increased
less than 1% to 663,648 in 1995 compared to 658,982 in 1994.

         Purchased transportation decreased to 14.3% of operating revenues in
1995 compared to 14.8% in 1994. This was largely attributable to a reduced use
of purchased transportation and an increased use of Company-owned equipment in
1995.

         Operating supplies and expenses increased to 15.7% of operating
revenues in 1995 compared to 14.6% in 1994. This increase was largely
attributable to costs associated with the Company's terminal network expansion
in 1995.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, depreciation and amortization
increased to 7.3% in 1995 compared to 6.0% in 1994. This increase is
attributable to reduced revenue and more normal ratios after the 1994 strike
combined with increased equipment purchases associated with the Company's
terminal network expansion during 1995.

         Insurance and claims decreased to 2.3% of operating revenues in 1995
compared to 3.2% in 1994. This decrease is attributable to higher freight claim
related expenses in 1994 associated with the teamster strike and the resulting
sudden demand increase.

         Communications and utilities increased marginally to 1.9% of operating
revenues for 1995 compared to 1.6% for 1994. This increase is attributable to
lower operating revenue levels combined with costs associated with expanding the
Company's terminal network.

         Building rents increased to 1.6% of operating revenues in 1995,
compared to 1.3% in 1994, primarily as a result of the Company's terminal
network expansion.

         As a percentage of operating revenues, interest expense increased to
1.8% in 1995 compared to 1.7% in 1994. This increase was due primarily to higher
debt levels associated with the acquisition of equipment. At December 31, 1995,
total obligations were $23.9 million compared to $19.3 million at December 31,
1994.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         The Company's primary sources of liquidity have been funds provided by
operations and bank borrowings. Net cash provided by operating activities was
approximately $11.0 million, $10.7 million, $10.2 million and $6.8 million in
1994, 1995 and 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. Net
cash provided by operating activities is primarily attributable to the Company's
income before depreciation and amortization expense.

         Capital expenditures totaled approximately $7.1 million, $15.0 million,
$9.7 million and $0.6 million during 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the six months
ended June 30, 1997, respectively. The majority of the Company's capital
expenditures are financed with long-term debt. The Company's budget for total
capital expenditures is approximately $6.5 million for the second half of 1997
and approximately $8.0 million for 1998. These capital expenditures will consist
primarily of the acquisition of new revenue equipment.




                                       20
<PAGE>   23
         Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.4 million and $4.3
million, respectively, in 1994 and 1995 and net cash used in financing
activities was $0.6 million and $12.6 million in 1996 and the six months ended
June 30, 1997, respectively. At June 30, 1997, total borrowings under long-term
obligations totaled $11.4 million.

         The Company is a party to a credit agreement with Sanwa Bank California
("Sanwa Bank"). The credit agreement provides for a $5 million revolving line of
credit. Any outstanding amounts under the revolving line of credit accrue
interest at a variable rate established from time to time by Sanwa Bank;
however, the Company may elect to have an advance accrue interest at a fixed
rate quoted by Sanwa Bank subject to certain prepayment restrictions. The credit
agreement is collateralized by the Company's cash and cash equivalents,
receivables, supplies, inventory, documents, instruments and chattel paper. At
June 30, 1997 there were no outstanding balances under the revolving loan
agreement. The Company has not drawn on the revolving line of credit since 1989.

         The Sanwa Bank credit agreement also provides for term loans
collateralized by equipment. As of June 30, 1997, the amount available for term
loans under the credit agreement was $9,703,000. This amount is reduced by
1/20th each quarter until the year 2,001. As of June 30, 1997 the Company had
approximately $1,000,000 in term loans outstanding pursuant to the credit
agreement.

         At June 30, 1997, the Company had outstanding long-term obligations
(including current maturities) consisting of approximately $11.4 million, most
of which comprised obligations for the purchase of revenue equipment. See Note F
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company believes that
the net proceeds from this Offering, funds generated from operations and
available borrowings under its current or future credit facilities will be
sufficient to fund the Company's activities at least through 1998. See "Use of
Proceeds."

INFLATION

         Inflation has had a minimal effect upon the Company's profitability in
recent years. Most of the Company's operating expenses are inflation-sensitive,
with inflation generally producing increased costs of operation. Although the
Company historically has been able to pass through most increases in fuel prices
and taxes to customers in the form of fuel surcharges or higher rates, the
Company generally must wait for larger carriers to implement fuel surcharges
before the Company can effectively implement fuel surcharges. See "Business-Fuel
Availability and Cost." The Company expects that inflation will affect its costs
no more than it affects those of other regional LTL carriers.

SEASONALITY

         The Company experiences some seasonal fluctuations in freight volume.
Historically, the Company's shipments decrease during the winter months. In
addition, the Company's operating expenses historically have been higher in the
winter months due to decreased fuel efficiency and increased maintenance costs
for revenue equipment in colder weather.





                                       21
<PAGE>   24
                                INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

         The Company is a less-than-truckload ("LTL") carrier which provides
transportation and logistics services to shippers primarily within the western
region of the United States. LTL shipments are defined as shipments weighing
less than 10,000 pounds. Generally, LTL carriers transport freight from multiple
shippers to multiple consignees on a scheduled basis. Unlike truckload carriers,
LTL carriers typically do not transport full trailer loads directly from origin
to destination. LTL operations require the handling of shipments in several
coordinated stages.

         Typically, LTL carriers transport freight along scheduled routes from
multiple shippers to multiple consignees utilizing a network of terminals,
together with fleets of linehaul and pickup and delivery tractors and trailers.
Freight is picked up from customers by local drivers and consolidated for
shipment. The freight is then loaded into inter-city trailers and transported to
other terminals by linehaul drivers. Large LTL carriers have traditionally
employed a series of hub and spoke terminals. This method improves truck
utilization but requires both multiple cargo rehandlings, which are expensive,
and a fixed network of pickup, breakbulk and destination terminals, which is
capital intensive and requires a large staff of freight handlers. At each
breakbulk terminal, freight is unloaded and reloaded with other freight destined
for locations in the same general direction of another breakbulk terminal, where
the truck is sent for further unloading and loading, until the freight arrives
at a destination terminal located nearest the region of the consignee. At the
destination terminal, freight is then loaded onto a local truck for final
delivery. The Company emphasizes direct loading between the originating and
destination service centers in order to avoid the costly and time-consuming use
of breakbulk terminals.

         LTL companies are generally categorized as regional, inter-regional or
national carriers, based upon length of haul and service territory. Carriers
with average lengths of haul less than 500 miles are referred to as regional
carriers and generally provide either overnight or second day service. Regional
LTL carriers usually are able to load freight for direct transport to a
destination terminal, thereby avoiding the costly and time-consuming use of
breakbulk terminals (where freight is rehandled and reloaded to its ultimate
destination). Carriers with average lengths of haul between 500 and 1,000 miles
are generally referred to as inter-regional carriers. National carriers, with
average lengths of haul greater than 1,000 miles, generally operate
coast-to-coast relying on networks of breakbulk and satellite terminals. Due to
the geographical size of the western United States, the Company has a longer
average length of haul than most other regional carriers. For the year ended
December 31, 1996, the Company had an average length of haul of approximately
600 miles.

         The national LTL segment is dominated by the so-called "Big Four"
carriers -- Yellow Corporation ($3.07 billion in 1996 revenues), Consolidated
Freightways ($2.15 billion in 1996 revenues), Roadway Express ($2.37 billion in
1996 revenues), and Arkansas Best Corporation ($1.66 billion in 1996 revenues).
Each of these carriers has a largely-unionized work force and an extensive hub
and spoke network of terminals and breakbulk facilities, resulting in a
relatively high cost structure. The regional LTL industry segment includes
carriers that focus on a particular region as well as regional subsidiaries of
large multi-regional holding companies. In the western United States, the
Company's core service region, there are numerous LTL carriers that focus on the
region or a portion of the region. Several of these carriers are subsidiaries of
larger companies, such as Reddaway and Bestway (subsidiaries of US Freightways),
Con-Way Western Express (a subsidiary of CNF Transportation) and Viking Freight
Systems (a subsidiary of Caliber Systems).

         In general, the more freight volume an LTL carrier has within a given
geographical area, the lower its incremental operating costs. This is
particularly true with respect to its pickup and delivery operations where
increased freight volumes generally result in less distance between stops and
more shipments per stop ("route density"). As route density increases, an LTL
carrier is able to make more deliveries on shorter routes, thereby increasing
the number of shipments that can be delivered within a defined period and
lowering overall labor costs for each shipment. Similarly, the more business a
carrier experiences in a given traffic lane from one service center to another
("lane density") the lower its incremental costs. As lane density increases, a
carrier experiences improved load factors resulting in increased revenue per
mile, reduced empty miles and reduced costs associated with intermediate
shipment handling and reconsolidation. A carrier's incremental costs are also
improved as the amount 




                                       22
<PAGE>   25
of freight handled at a given service center location ("service center density")
increases. As service center density improves, a carrier experiences higher
revenues, while maintaining the same fixed cost structure, thereby improving
asset utilization.










                                       23
<PAGE>   26
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

         The Company is a less-than-truckload ("LTL") carrier which provides
transportation and logistics services to shippers primarily within the western
region of the United States. The Company transports general commodities,
including consumer goods, packaged foodstuffs, electronics, computer equipment,
apparel, hardware, industrial goods and auto parts for major shippers such as
Starbucks Coffee Company, 3M Corporation, Steelcase, Pepperidge Farm, Sony
Music, Eli Lilly, General Motors and Square D Corp. The Company offers a broad
range of services, including expedited scheduling and full
temperature-controlled service. Through MCDS, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company formed in 1995, the Company also provides customized logistics,
warehousing and distribution management services.

         The Company utilizes 22 strategically located service centers (also
referred to as "terminals") to serve major markets within the Company's core
service region. In addition, the Company provides service to smaller markets
within its core service region pursuant to agreements with 20 independent
agents, most of which act as exclusive agents for the Company. This combination
of Company-operated service centers and independent agents allows the Company to
provide efficient, high quality service to customers in a large geographical
area. Approximately 58% of the Company's shipments are currently delivered
overnight and over 90% of all shipments are delivered within two days.

CORE SERVICE REGION

         The Company's core service region is the western United States,
including Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon,
western Texas, Utah and Washington.

         The western United States has experienced rapid growth in recent years.
Based upon United States Bureau of Labor statistics, Nevada, Utah and Idaho
experienced the largest percentage increases in nonagricultural job growth in
the United States from 1990 to 1995. More recent data confirm that the western
United States continues to experience above-average nonagricultural job growth.
From June 1996 to June 1997, Nevada again led the nation in nonagricultural job
growth, followed by Arizona, Utah, Washington and Oregon. California, which
experienced an economic downturn in the early 1990s, had the eighth highest
percentage increase in nonagricultural job growth during this same twelve-month
period. The relatively favorable economic conditions have led to a significant
population increase in several western states. From 1990 to 1995, the six
fastest growing states (in terms of percentage increase in population) were
Nevada, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Utah and New Mexico. The United States Census
Bureau estimates that the total population of Arizona, California, Colorado,
Idaho, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah and Washington will increase approximately 12%
from 1997 to 2005.

         Although the Company's core service region includes the concentrated
population centers along the California coast, the remainder of the region is
characterized by population centers that are separated by longer distances
relative to other regions within the United States. As a result, the Company's
service centers are farther apart and the Company has a longer average length of
haul than most LTL carriers in other regions. Accordingly, linehaul costs
represent a higher percentage of overall operating costs for the Company than
for other regional carriers in other regions of the United States. In general,
the higher costs associated with LTL operations in the western United States are
passed on to customers, resulting in a higher revenue per shipment relative to
other regions.

GROWTH STRATEGY

         The Company seeks to achieve sustainable long-term growth by increasing
the amount of business generated by existing customers, acquiring new customers
within its core service region and acquiring new customers outside its service
region for the purpose of soliciting new business into its core service region.
The Company believes that by increasing the amount of business handled by the
Company within its core service region it will be able to achieve long-term
growth while improving the efficiency of its operations. The key elements of the
Company's growth strategy are:




                                       24
<PAGE>   27
o    Increase Market Share Within Core Service Region. The Company believes that
     its core western regional market has the potential for significant
     profitable revenue growth. In addition, the Company believes it is in a
     position to increase its market share within its core service region. In
     the second half of 1995 the Company initiated a significant expansion of
     its terminal network in order to increase coverage within its core service
     region. The Company is now focused on improving route, lane and service
     center densities within its core service region through aggressive sales
     and marketing efforts and expanded service offerings. The Company expanded
     its sales force significantly during 1996 and intends to further expand its
     sales force in 1998 and 1999. The Company anticipates that it will continue
     to increase the capacity of its terminal network by adding capacity to
     existing service centers and establishing new service centers incrementally
     as needed, with particular emphasis in the Pacific northwest.

o    Expand into Additional Major Markets. The Company's strategic growth plan
     calls for establishing market and operational presence in several major
     business economic areas ("BEAs") within the midwest and southeast regions
     of the United States during the next three years. Unlike more traditional
     inter-regional expansion models, the Company intends only to solicit
     tonnage from these markets moving west into its core service region. The
     Company intends to utilize third-party truckload carriers to transport
     freight from these markets to its core service region. The Company
     anticipates that this strategy of selling into the region will improve
     lane, route and service center densities in its core service region without
     requiring the Company to incur the costs associated with building an
     inter-regional terminal network. The Company intends to enter into
     interline partnerships to provide immediate revenue and offset start-up
     costs associated with certain BEA expansions. The Company has identified
     Dallas as its first BEA expansion and has targeted the fourth quarter of
     1997 for start-up. Additional BEAs under consideration for 1998 and 1999
     include major distribution centers such as Atlanta, Chicago, Cleveland,
     Houston, Indianapolis, Memphis, Minneapolis and St. Louis.

o    Expand the Market Presence of MCDS. The Company believes that many
     companies are increasingly focused on outsourcing certain non-core
     functions and are engaging third-party logistics companies to provide
     distribution management services. Through its subsidiary, MCDS, the Company
     provides customized logistics, warehousing and distribution management
     services. MCDS targets customers with distribution requirements that are
     time-sensitive and require a significant amount of transportation. MCDS
     currently provides "just-in-time" delivery services for two major specialty
     retailers. Although MCDS has the ability to provide services for large
     projects, MCDS targets smaller and mid-sized projects which do not meet the
     minimum revenue requirements of many of its larger competitors. The Company
     is in the process of recruiting two account executives to provide full-time
     sales and marketing support to MCDS. By focusing on capabilities which are
     complementary to the Company's services, and leveraging the Company's
     existing customer base, the Company believes that MCDS provides a
     significant opportunity for future revenue and earnings growth.

o    Emphasize Low-cost Operations. By focusing on the western region, the
     Company believes it will be able to improve lane, route and service center
     densities, allowing the Company to better leverage the fixed costs of its
     terminal network. In addition, the Company believes that its largely
     nonunion work force gives it a competitive advantage over larger unionized
     carriers that operate within the Company's core service region. The Company
     also believes it is among the leading carriers in the country in adopting
     technology-based solutions for analyzing the profitability of shipments and
     reducing costs. As a result, the Company recently eliminated certain
     business and tonnage that did not meet the Company's margin requirements.
     Management believes that this account rationalization process was
     responsible for improved profit margins during the first six months of
     1997. The Company intends to continually analyze the profitability of each
     customer, lane and service center.

OPERATIONS

         The Company picks up freight with pickup and delivery trucks during the
day and transports the freight to Company service centers by early evening.
Pick-ups and deliveries are typically made within a 70 mile radius of each
service center. Upon arrival at a service center, freight is unloaded, logged
onto the Company's computerized tracing system, and reloaded onto trailers
destined for the Company's other service centers. Trucks depart later in the
evening for their destination service centers. In order to ensure prompt
service, the Company enforces established time schedules for




                                       25
<PAGE>   28
linehaul service between service centers and utilizes an advanced computer
system to track and coordinate deliveries. Through the Company's wide-area
computer network, all vital information relating to shipments is available to
each service center on a real-time basis. Before the cargo arrives at its
destination service center, a manifest showing the contents of each trailer and
the sequence in which it is loaded, along with the delivery bills, is generated
by the Company's computerized tracing system and is available to the destination
service center manager via the Company's computer network. Upon arrival at the
destination service center, the freight is unloaded, sorted and delivered to its
final destination by local delivery trucks.

         Instead of utilizing a "hub and spoke" system, which is typically used
by large, national LTL carriers, the Company emphasizes direct loading of
freight between service centers with no intermediate handling on most shipments.
Hub and spoke systems generally require shipments to be loaded and unloaded
several times at a number of service centers and breakbulk facilities prior to
delivery. Direct loading allows shipments to be transported directly from the
originating service center to the destination service center without
intermediate handling. Direct loading reduces the Company's costs because it
requires less loading and unloading of freight and requires fewer terminals and
breakbulk facilities.

         The Company uses a single service center, rather than multiple
satellite terminals, in each of the major cities it serves. Single service
centers reduce rehandling of freight, shorten delivery times and thereby reduce
the risk of freight damage or loss.

         In addition to the Company's 22 service centers, the Company also
utilizes 20 independent agents in smaller markets in which the Company does not
operate service centers. These agents are independent businesses which operate
within a specific area as the Company's pick-up and delivery agent. Shipments
are coordinated through these agents in the same manner as the Company's service
centers. Agents are compensated based upon a percentage of freight bill revenue
and are required to maintain standards established by the Company. The Company
believes that its utilization of agents in smaller markets helps the Company
maintain a lower fixed cost structure and emphasize variable costs while
improving the level of local market presence and allowing the Company to provide
its customer base with broader geographical coverage. The following table lists
the location of each of the Company's service centers and agents:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SERVICE CENTERS                         AGENTS
               ---------------                        -------
         <S>                                      <C>
         Albuquerque, New Mexico                  Battle Mountain, Nevada
         Bakersfield, California                  Beatty, Nevada
         Colorado Springs, Colorado               Bishop, California
         Denver, Colorado                         Boise, Idaho
         El Paso, Texas                           Cedar City, Utah
         Fresno, California                       Elko, Nevada
         Grand Junction, Colorado                 Ely, Nevada
         Kent, Washington                         Eugene, Oregon
         Las Vegas, Nevada                        Flagstaff, Arizona
         Medford, Oregon                          Hawthorne, Nevada
         Newark, California                       Hermiston, Oregon
         North Salt Lake, Utah                    Kingman, Arizona
         Oxnard, California                       Las Vegas, New Mexico
         Phoenix, Arizona                         Lovelock, Nevada
         Pico Rivera, California                  Redding, California
         Portland, Oregon                         Ridgecrest, California
         Reno, Nevada                             Tonopah, Nevada
         Rialto, California                       Wells, Nevada
         Sacramento, California                   Wendover, Utah
         San Diego, California                    Winnemucca, Nevada
         Spokane, Washington
         Tucson, Arizona
</TABLE>




                                       26
<PAGE>   29
         Approximately 58% of the Company's shipments are currently delivered
overnight. The Company uses two-man "sleeper" teams to transport the remaining
second and third day deliveries to outlying service centers and agents. Over 90%
of the Company shipments are delivered within two days. When necessary, the
Company contracts with third parties for transportation services ("purchased
linehaul transportation") to supplement peak demand periods and address lane
imbalances. The Company obtains purchased linehaul transportation from several
sources, including truckload carriers and independent contractors. By utilizing
purchased linehaul transportation, the Company is able to reduce "empty miles"
and improve load factors.

          The Company selectively solicits business from customers to reduce
operational inefficiencies by improving the mix of shipment and lane density,
shipment size and lane flow. The Company currently handles an average of
approximately 3,000 shipments per day with an average weight per shipment of
approximately 1,160 lbs. and an average revenue per bill of approximately $128.
The Company's revenue per hundredweight was $10.74 for the year ended December
31, 1996.

         The Company's rates for LTL shipments are typically based on weight and
volume characteristics and the distance traveled. The Company periodically
publishes base rates that are generally applicable to customer shipments. The
Company typically offers special rates to customers based on tonnage levels and
other factors. In certain instances, the Company competes with other carriers
for business by participating in competitive bidding. Customers generally
solicit bids for relatively large shipment and tonnage volumes over a one or two
year period. These customers often enter into contractual relationships with a
limited number of carriers based upon price and service.

         In early 1997, the Company reorganized its reporting and incentive
based compensation structure, creating direct responsibility for overall service
center profitability. The revised structure has allowed the Company to establish
financial accountability at its most basic operating level.

SPECIALIZED SERVICES

         The Company offers a broad range of services, including service
capabilities beyond the scope of most LTL carriers. These services include
Priority+Plus, an expedited time-definite service; Protective+Plus, a full
temperature-controlled service for LTL shipments within the Company's core
service region; and Canadian+Plus, full points coverage into all major Canadian
markets through an exclusive regional marketing partnership with one of Canada's
leading LTL carriers. In November 1997, the Company expects to begin providing
less-than-container load service to Hawaii. The Company plans to consolidate
shipments, load containers and tender them to a major transoceanic carrier for
transport to Hawaii. The shipments will then be delivered by a local carrier in
Hawaii pursuant to an agreement between the carrier and the Company. The Company
will continue to evaluate additional niche service offerings which complement
existing operating systems.

         In addition to the service offerings described above, the Company
offers customized services tailored to the ongoing needs of a particular
customer. These customized services often involve a high level of coordination
between the Company and the customer and may include time definite delivery,
highly specialized reporting requirements and electronic data interchange, full
time on-site loading by Company employees, return goods consolidation and
management, and specialized handling and equipment requirements.

         Through a program referred to as "Motor Cargo USA," the Company also
provides customers with service to points outside its core service region. The
Company recently entered into a strategic interline partnership with a large
southeastern regional carrier. The companies will use Dallas, Texas as their
interchange point. This service will allow the Company to provide service to
additional points throughout the southeastern United States to its present
customer base. The Company expects to increase the number of interline
partnerships over the next twelve months. Interchange points will be selected
which assist the Company in offsetting startup costs associated with BEA
expansions. See "Business--Growth Strategy."

         In 1995, the Company began providing customized logistics, warehousing
and distribution management services through its subsidiary MCDS. MCDS currently
provides "just-in-time" delivery services for two major specialty retailers.
These two customers currently account for more than 90% of the operating
revenues of MCDS;




                                       27
<PAGE>   30
however, the Company believes that MCDS provides a significant opportunity for
future revenue and earnings growth. See "Business--Growth Strategy."

CUSTOMERS AND MARKETING

         The Company has approximately 3,000 regular customers with an average
monthly revenue billing of $1,000 or more. The Company's customers are not
concentrated in any one area or industry and no one customer accounts for over
5% of total revenues. The Company believes that the diversity of its customers
helps reduce the effects of cyclicality or other conditions in any one industry.
No major industry classification accounts for more than 10% of the Company's
revenues. Some of the companies with which the Company has established core
carrier relationships include Starbucks Coffee Company, 3M Corporation,
Steelcase, Pepperidge Farm, Sony Music, Eli Lilly, General Motors and Square D
Corp.

         The Company's revenues from its current top ten customers increased 56%
to $7,412,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to $4,750,000 from
the same ten customers for the same period in 1995. The Company intends to
continue developing business with existing customers and to capitalize on its
reputation for service.

         The Company has positioned itself in the high service end of the
regional LTL market. The Company targets prospective customers that require high
levels of customized service and are not inclined to select a carrier solely on
the basis of price. The Company emphasizes its ability to provide specialized or
customized services to shippers, including (i) highly flexible scheduling, (ii)
consistent and expedited transit commitments, (iii) strong management
information systems and electronic data interchange capabilities, (iv)
commitment to customer service and responsiveness and (v) a willingness to
provide transportation programs outside the scope of the traditional LTL
industry. The Company believes that this strategy of differentiation based upon
high quality service has helped to reduce the effects on the Company of pricing
pressures within the industry. According to survey results published by
Distribution Magazine in August 1997, Motor Cargo ranked highest among western
regional carriers in three out of five core service categories, including
overall value, customer service and administration.

         The Company has written contracts with most of its large customers.
These contracts specify rate levels and eliminate the need to negotiate rates
for individual shipments. The Company's contracts typically do not provide for
guaranteed volumes. Although the Company's contracts typically run for a
specified term of one year, they generally may be terminated by either party
upon 30 days' notice. The Company has pricing agreements with substantially all
of its customers which are not covered by contracts. These pricing agreements
specify rate levels but do not require minimum tonnage commitments on the part
of the customer. Pricing agreements may generally be terminated by either party
upon five days' notice.

         The Company's senior management is actively involved in the Company's
sales and marketing activities. In order to attract new customers, the Company
relies on its ability to provide quality service and on selective targeting of
potential accounts. At June 30, 1997, the Company had a marketing staff of 50
account executives located throughout its core service region. The account
executives are managed by four regional directors of sales. The account
executives are responsible for developing new business and maintaining relations
with existing customers. The Company also employs three corporate account
managers in its corporate account office in Chicago. These corporate account
managers solicit business from corporate level decision-makers who are
responsible for freight shipments to locations within the Company's service
region. The Company offers bonuses to account executives of up to 15% of their
salary based primarily upon (i) the total revenue generated within an account
executive's territory, (ii) the amount of new business secured by the account
executive and (iii) market penetration (as defined by total customers within the
account executive's territory meeting minimum revenue criteria). The Company
believes these bonuses provide a strong incentive for its account executives and
contribute to the Company's successful marketing efforts. Approximately 50% of
the Company's account executives received a bonus during 1996.

         Approximately one-half of the Company's account executives are
recruited from within the transportation industry and have proven track records
prior to joining the Company. The remaining account executives are college
graduates recruited from universities or account executives recruited from
positions outside the transportation




                                       28
<PAGE>   31
industry. Upon joining the Company, all account executives participate in a 15
month training program, regardless of their experience. The Company promotes
continuous performance improvement by its account executives through continuing
education and mentoring programs.

         The Company has designed and implemented a sales force automation
system which provides for improved contact and opportunity management, improved
sales forecasting and simplified reporting. The Company maintains comprehensive
customer base profiles of more than 20,000 existing and prospective customers.
Using this database, key strategic and account development information is
updated daily by the Company's sales force using automated processes. The
Company utilizes this resource to track emerging opportunities and direct highly
targeted and precisely timed marketing messages to existing and prospective
customers.

TECHNOLOGY

         The Company believes it is among the industry leaders in utilizing
technology to increase productivity and efficiency in its operations. The
Company pursues technology-based solutions within the context of stringent
return on investment criteria. The Company has received significant benefits in
the areas of computer-aided dispatch and routing, document imaging and
retrieval, sales management, productivity analysis and maintenance and parts
management. The Company's technological applications include:

         Automated Shipment Costing. The Company has implemented an automated
activity-based costing capability. The Company's system provides actual
profitability analysis on each shipment handled, utilizing real-time data as
opposed to industry or system averages. The data is then formatted to analyze
profitability by customer, lane and service center. This data is then used to
verify the intrinsic profitability of each account and to isolate areas within
the Company's cost structure which require improvement.

         Computer-Aided Dispatch and Routing. The Company has developed a
computer based dispatch and routing capability which the Company is using at
several service centers and will soon be available at all Company service
centers. Historically, the dispatching and routing of pick-up and delivery
vehicles has been a manual process. By automating this process and providing
computer-assisted decision support, the Company believes that fleet utilization
can be maximized with a higher degree of labor efficiency. This capability will
also serve as the foundation for future applications in the areas of on-board
computer communications, advanced linehaul planning and optimization, and
platform productivity optimization.

         Linehaul Modeling. The Company recently retained The Sabre Group, a
large systems management organization, to develop and implement a linehaul
modeling system. The linehaul modeling system, which is in the early stages of
implementation, will allow the Company to model its present linehaul route
structure and test various hypothetical configuration changes from a cost and
service standpoint. The Company believes that the linehaul modeling system will
significantly increase the Company's ability to improve the efficiency of its
linehaul operations.

         Document Imaging. The Company uses an optical imaging system to scan
bills of lading and delivery receipts from remote operating locations. These
images are stored electronically at the Company's central office and may be
accessed through the Company's computer network. Electronic storage of these
images reduces the amount of clerical and management time required for entering
and retrieving information, particularly in the areas of customer service and
accounts receivable management. The Company is in the process of upgrading its
document imaging system to allow broader application in areas such as freight
claims management, safety and compliance, human resources and accounts payable.

         Fleet Maintenance and Parts Management. The Company uses a fully
integrated computer-based application to manage all aspects of its fleet
maintenance and parts management. This system tracks full maintenance scheduling
and history for each vehicle. In addition, this system provides for parts
inventory management and fuel tracking and utilization management.

         Electronic Data Interchange/Internet. The Company's electronic data
interchange ("EDI") capability allows customers to communicate directly with the
Company's information systems via computer links in order to 




                                       29
<PAGE>   32
tender bills of lading, receive shipment status and receive billing information.
In most cases, standard industry data formats are used for transmission;
however, the Company has also developed proprietary capabilities for several key
customers. Many of the Company's customers require EDI services from their core
carriers, and the Company believes that the number of customers requiring EDI
service will continue to increase.

         The Company has also developed Internet based applications primarily
for internal applications. One such application allows the Company's sales and
management personnel to access the Company's main database via the Internet
instead of more costly dial-up connections. The Company is in the early stages
of supplementing the information available to customers on the Company's
Internet web site. The Company intends to provide interactive shipment tracking
capabilities, document retrieval and customer support functions through its
Internet web site.

DRIVERS, INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS AND OTHER PERSONNEL

         At June 30, 1997, the Company employed 1,397 persons in the following
categories:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       CATEGORY                                 NO. OF EMPLOYEES
                       --------                                 ----------------
            <S>                                                       <C>
            Full time drivers                                         408
            Part time drivers and dock workers                        516
            Salaried and clerical                                     323
            Warehousemen                                               18
            Mechanics                                                  75
            Sales and sales management                                 57
</TABLE>

         At June 30, 1997, the Company employed 77 linehaul drivers and 442
pick-up and delivery drivers. The Company selects its drivers based upon
experience and driving records. Pursuant to DOT regulations, drivers are
required to pass drug tests prior to employment and periodically thereafter. The
trucking industry experiences driver shortages from time to time; however, the
Company has maintained an adequate and qualified driver force. The Company's
linehaul schedules allow drivers to return home regularly, which contributes to
a low driver turnover rate. The Company's driver turnover rate was 13% in 1996.
The Company compensates linehaul drivers on a per mile basis. Pick-up and
delivery drivers are compensated on an hourly basis.

         In addition to its employee drivers, the Company utilized approximately
71 linehaul drivers, as of June 30, 1997, pursuant to an agreement with FHF
Transportation, Inc. ("FHF"). These drivers operate tractors owned by the
Company but are not employees of the Company. The Company makes payments to FHF
based upon mileage.

         The Company supplements its linehaul fleet with the use of
approximately 30 independent contractors. Because independent contractors
provide their own tractor, independent contractors provide the Company with an
alternative method of obtaining additional revenue equipment with reduced
capital investment. This approach reduces costs and maximizes flexibility by
quickly providing additional linehaul capacity during peak periods of demand.
Further, because independent contractors are compensated at a contracted rate
per mile, the use of independent contractors helps the Company reduce fixed
overhead and improve asset utilization. Independent contractors also allow the
Company to better adjust to seasonal fluctuations in shipping volumes.

         Approximately 5% of the Company's employees are covered by two separate
collective bargaining agreements relating to employees at the Company's North
Salt Lake, Utah and Reno, Nevada service centers. Although the employees covered
by these contracts are members of the International Brotherhood of Teamsters,
the contracts are not tied to the Teamsters National Master Contract. The
Company's agreement with Reno employees expires on November 30, 2000, and the
Company's agreement with North Salt Lake employees expires on November 30, 1999.
Both agreements provide for automatic renewal from year to year after
expiration, subject to the right of either party to cancel or terminate the
agreement upon at least 60 days' notice prior to the date of expiration.

         Employees at the Company's Phoenix, Arizona service center were covered
by a collective bargaining agreement which expired in 1994. The agreement has
not been renewed. A small number of employees at the




                                       30
<PAGE>   33
Company's Newark, California service center are presently on strike attempting
to negotiate a "close shop" contract. The strike began in March 1995,
replacement workers were hired promptly and business at the Newark service
center has continued uninterrupted.

SAFETY AND INSURANCE

         The Company emphasizes safety in all aspects of its operations. The
Company employs a Director of Safety and Compliance who has over 24 years of
safety-related experience with the Company. Each of the Company's terminals
conducts its own safety program and all tractors are inspected daily by Company
personnel. The Company has also established guidelines for hauling hazardous
materials. The Company earned the highest DOT safety and fitness rating of
"satisfactory" during its last audit.

         The Company currently maintains liability insurance for bodily injury
and property damage in the amount of $30 million, with a self retention amount
of $500,000 per incident, and cargo insurance in the amount of $1 million, with
a self retention amount of $100,000, per load. The Company is self-insured with
respect to physical damage to its properties. The Company also maintains
workers' compensation insurance, with a deductible of $250,000 in Nevada, and
without a deductible in Washington. The Company is responsible for workers'
compensation claims in other states in which the Company operates up to an
aggregate of approximately $1.9 million per year, and the Company maintains
insurance for workers' compensation payments in excess of such amount.

PROPERTIES

         The Company owns its executive offices, located in North Salt Lake,
Utah, consisting of a two-story building of approximately 21,377 square feet. Of
the 22 service centers used by the Company as of June 30, 1997, nine were owned,
12 were leased and one was partially owned and partially leased by the Company.
These facilities range in size according to the markets served. The Company has
not experienced and does not anticipate difficulties in renewing existing leases
on favorable terms or obtaining new facilities as and when required. The
following table sets forth the location of each service center owned or leased
by the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    # OF        OWNED OR
             LOCATION               DOORS        LEASED      LEASE EXPIRATION
             --------               -----       --------     ----------------
         <S>                         <C>         <C>         <C>
         Pico Rivera, CA             102         Leased      December 1998
         Rialto, CA                   78         Owned
         North Salt Lake, UT          77         Owned
         Denver, CO
           Building 1                 43         Leased      November 1998
           Building 2                 36         Owned
         Newark, CA                   35         Owned
         Portland, OR                 34         Owned
         Reno, NV                     32         Leased      December 1999
         Sacramento, CA               30         Owned
         Kent, WA                     30         Owned
         Phoenix, AZ                  24         Owned
         El Paso, TX                  20         Owned
         Las Vegas, NV                20         Owned
         San Diego, CA                20         Leased      May 2001
         Fresno, CA                   20         Leased      October 1998
         Albuquerque, NM              12         Leased      October 1998
         Oxnard, CA                    9         Leased      Month-to-month
         Bakersfield, CA               9         Leased      October 2000
         Tucson, AZ                    8         Leased      August 2000
         Medford, OR                   8         Leased      July 2001
         Spokane, WA                   8         Leased      Month-to-month
         Colorado Springs, CO          7         Leased      August 1998
         Grand Junction, CO            3         Leased      May 1998
</TABLE>




                                       31
<PAGE>   34
         In addition to the service center facilities leased by the Company as
described above, the Company also leases a sales office in Chicago pursuant to a
lease which expires in April 1998. The Company's subsidiary MCDS leases an
aggregate of 161,286 square feet of warehouse space in southern California
pursuant to two leases which expire in January 2001 and February 2001.

REVENUE EQUIPMENT

         At June 30,1997, the Company operated a fleet of 540 tractors and
trucks and 2,251 trailers. The Company uses new linehaul tractors in linehaul
operations for approximately five years. After five years of use, the Company
trades-in used linehaul tractors and purchases new linehaul tractors. The table 
below reflects, as of June 30, 1997, the type of equipment, the number of units 
and the average age of the Company's revenue equipment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NUMBER OF     AVERAGE
    TYPE OF EQUIPMENT (CATEGORIZED BY PRIMARY USE)        UNITS         AGE
    ----------------------------------------------      ---------     -------
    <S>                                                   <C>        <C>      
    Linehaul tractors                                       167      3.8 years
    Pick-up and delivery tractors                           282      3.2 years
    Pick-up and delivery trucks                              91      3.9 years
    Trailers                                              2,251      6.2 years
</TABLE>

         The Company lowers its cost structure and reduces cargo claims expenses
by using twin 28 foot trailers in its linehaul operations whenever possible. To
the extent permitted by state regulations, the Company also utilizes triple
trailers in its linehaul operations. The use of twin and triple trailers permits
more freight to be hauled behind a tractor than could be hauled if the Company
used one larger trailer.

         The Company maintains its revenue equipment through the use of its own
maintenance facilities as well as outside vendors. The Company's service centers
in Pico Rivera, Las Vegas, Reno, Denver, Portland and North Salt Lake each have
maintenance facilities. In addition to scheduled maintenance on its equipment,
the Company also performs occasional equipment modifications which are designed
to improve operating performance and reduce operating costs of equipment. All
data regarding equipment costs, depreciation, mileage and maintenance are
recorded on the Company's computer system, allowing management to access
equipment records quickly and plan scheduled maintenance efficiently.

         The Company purchases all of its parts through nationally-recognized
vendors. To enable management to better control inventory and costs, all orders
are placed through the Company's central purchasing unit at the Company's
headquarters. The Company is seeking to standardize its line parts by
concentrating its new truck purchases with two tractor manufacturers,
International and Freightliner.

FUEL AVAILABILITY AND COST

         Fuel comprises 2% to 3% of the Company's total operating expenses.
Generally, in order to obtain lower fuel costs and greater flexibility in
fueling its fleet, the Company purchases its own fuel in bulk and requires its
drivers to fuel at Company terminals. The Company emphasizes fuel economy
through the use of modern, fuel-efficient equipment, driver and mechanic
training programs and aerodynamic improvements. Although fuel constitutes a much
lower percentage of costs to the Company than it would to a full truckload
carrier, increases in fuel prices or fuel taxes, shortages of fuel or rationing
of petroleum products could have a material adverse effect on the operations and
profitability of the Company.

         Generally, in times of sharp fuel price increases, the Company
implements fuel surcharges. The Company presently has a sliding scale fuel
surcharge which is based on a fuel price index for the west coast. Because of
the highly competitive nature of the market for LTL services, the Company
generally must wait for larger carriers to implement fuel surcharges before the
Company can effectively implement fuel surcharges.




                                       32
<PAGE>   35
COMPETITION

         The transportation industry is highly competitive on the basis of both
price and service. The Company competes with regional, inter-regional and
national LTL carriers and, to a lesser extent, with truckload carriers,
railroads and overnight delivery companies. Several large regional LTL carriers
operate within the Company's core service region, including Consolidated
Freightways, Yellow Corporation, Roadway Express and Arkansas Best Corporation.
Some of the Company's competitors are divisions or subsidiaries of larger
trucking companies. Many of the Company's competitors have greater financial
resources, more equipment and greater freight capacity than the Company. Certain
carriers occasionally experience periods of over capacity during which these
carriers reduce prices in order to increase utilization of revenue equipment.
The Company believes that it is able to compete effectively in its markets by
providing high quality customized service at competitive prices.

REGULATION

         The Motor Carrier Act of 1980 significantly deregulated the trucking
industry and increased competition among motor carriers. Following enactment of
the Motor Carrier Act, applicants have obtained operating authority more easily,
and interstate motor carriers such as the Company are able to change their rates
and services with less regulatory oversight and delay. The Motor Carrier Act
also removed many route and commodity restrictions on transportation of freight.

         Effective January 1, 1995, Section 601 of the Federal Aviation
Administrative Authorization Act and the Trucking Industry Regulatory Reform Act
("TIRRA") substantially deregulated intrastate operating authority. Prior to
TIRRA, the Company maintained intrastate authority in California, Nevada and
Utah. Subsequent to TIRRA, the Company obtained intrastate authority in
Colorado, Oregon, New Mexico and Washington. The passage of TIRRA provides
additional intrastate growth opportunities in the states in which the Company
operates.

         The Company was regulated by the ICC until the ICC Termination Act of
1995 abolished the ICC effective January 1, 1996. The Surface Transportation
Board, an independent entity within the DOT, assumed many of the
responsibilities of the ICC. The Company is also regulated by various state
agencies. These regulatory authorities have broad powers, generally governing
matters such as authority to engage in motor carrier operations, rates, certain
mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, and periodic financial reporting. The
trucking industry is subject to regulatory and legislative changes that can
affect the economics of the industry by requiring changes in operating practices
or influencing the demand for, and the costs of providing services to, shippers.

         Interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements
prescribed by the DOT. Such matters as weight and dimensions of equipment are
also subject to federal and state regulation. The use of triple trailers is
subject to state regulation and is prohibited by several states within the
Company's core service region. The Company is subject to federal, state and
local environmental laws and regulations governing the management of hazardous
wastes, other discharge of pollutants into the air and surface and underground
waters, and the disposal of certain substances. These regulations extend to the
Company's above-ground and underground fuel storage tanks. The Company is in the
process of modifying the underground storage tanks at several of its facilities
in order to comply with new federal regulations which become effective at the
end of 1998. In most cases, the Company is replacing its underground storage
tanks with above-ground tanks. The Company expects that its total capital
expenditures through the end of 1998 relating to the modification of its
remaining underground storage tanks will be approximately $575,000. The Company
believes that all of its fuel storage tanks will be in compliance with the new
regulations when they become effective. The Company also believes that it is in
material compliance with all other applicable environmental laws and regulations
and does not believe that the cost of future compliance should have a material
adverse effect on the Company's operations or financial condition.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The Company is routinely a party to litigation incidental to its
business, primarily involving claims for personal injury or property damage
incurred in the transportation of freight. The Company maintains insurance to
cover liabilities in excess of self-insured amounts. The Company's management is
not aware of any claims or 




                                       33
<PAGE>   36
threatened claims that it believes are likely to exceed insurance limits or have
a materially adverse effect upon the Company's operations or financial position.


                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, DIRECTOR NOMINEES, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES

         The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
directors, executive officers and certain key employees of the Company as of the
date hereof:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                             AGE                       POSITION
- ----                             ---                       --------
<S>                               <C>   <C>
Harold R. Tate                    71    Chairman of the Board, Director
Marshall L. Tate                  35    President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Louis V. Holdener                 59    Vice President, President of Motor Cargo
Marvin L. Friedland               56    Vice President and General Counsel,  Secretary, Director
Lynn H. Wheeler                   56    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Steven E. Wynn(1)                 47    Vice President of Operations (Motor Cargo)
R. Scott Price(1)                 34    Vice President of Sales (Motor Cargo)
Kevin L. Avery(1)                 40    Vice President of Traffic (Motor Cargo)
Robert Anderson                   76    (2)
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.      68    (2)
</TABLE>

(1)  Messers Wynn, Price and Avery are officers of the Company's principal
     operating subsidiary, Motor Cargo, and are not officers of the Company.

(2)  Mr. Anderson and Mr. La Force have agreed to serve as directors effective
     with the closing of the Offering.

         All directors are elected at the annual meeting of shareholders and
hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. The executive
officers are appointed by the Company's Board of Directors and serve at the
Board's discretion.

         Harold R. Tate has over 50 years experience in the trucking industry
and has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company and its predecessors
since 1947. Mr. Tate served as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and its
predecessors from 1947 to March 1997. Mr. Tate also serves as a member of the
Board of Trustees of the Buffalo Bill Historical Center.

         Marshall L. Tate has over 13 years experience in the trucking industry.
Mr. Tate has been employed by the Company since 1984, has served as its
President and Chief Executive Officer since March 1997, and was appointed to the
Board of Directors of the Company in 1996. Prior to becoming the Company's
President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Tate served in various divisional
positions as well as Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Executive Vice
President of Corporate Development for Motor Cargo. In 1995, Mr. Tate directed
the start-up of the Company's logistics warehousing and distribution management
services subsidiary, MC Distribution Services. Marshall L. Tate is the son of
Harold R. Tate.




                                       34
<PAGE>   37
         Louis V. Holdener has over 32 years experience in the trucking
industry. Mr. Holdener has been employed by the Company since 1965, has served
as President of Motor Cargo, the Company's primary operating subsidiary, since
1991, and was named Vice President of the Company in 1997. Prior to 1991, Mr.
Holdener served in various positions with the Company, including Vice President
of Operations of Motor Cargo.

         Marvin L. Friedland has served as Vice President and General Counsel of
the Company and its predecessors since 1982. Prior to joining the Company, Mr.
Friedland was an attorney in private practice. Mr. Friedland was appointed to
the Board of Directors in 1996. Mr. Friedland is a Certified Public Accountant
and a member of the California Bar and the Utah Bar.

         Lynn H. Wheeler has been employed by the Company since 1983 and has
served as Vice President Finance of Motor Cargo since 1988. Mr. Wheeler was
appointed Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company in March
1997. Mr. Wheeler is a Certified Public Accountant, a Certified Internal Auditor
and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

         Steven E. Wynn has been employed by Motor Cargo since 1973 and has
served as Vice President of Operations of Motor Cargo since 1991. From 1973 to
1991, Mr. Wynn served in various positions, including Director of Linehaul
Operations and Director of Operations for Motor Cargo.

         R. Scott Price joined the Company in 1986 and has served as Vice
President of Sales of Motor Cargo since 1995. From 1986 to 1995, Mr. Price held
various positions with Motor Cargo, including Service Center Manager and
Director of Corporate Accounts.

         Kevin L. Avery joined the Company in 1985 and has served as Vice
President of Traffic of Motor Cargo since 1992. From 1985 to 1992, Mr. Avery
served in various positions, including Director of Pricing, Rate Department
Manager and Director of Quality Assurance for Motor Cargo.

         Robert Anderson was formerly Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Rockwell International Corporation. He has served as Chairman Emeritus of
Rockwell International Corporation since 1990. Mr. Anderson is also a director
of Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, Optical Data Systems, Inc. and The Timken
Company.

         James Clayburn La Force, Jr. Is Dean Emeritus of the John B. Anderson
School of Management, University of California, Los Angeles. He is also a
director of Eli Lilly and Company, Rockwell International Corporation, Jacobs
Engineering Group, Inc., The Black Rock Funds, Imperial Credit Industries, Inc.,
Provident Investment Council Mutual Funds and The Timken Company.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         Following completion of this Offering, the Board of Directors intends
to establish Audit and Compensation Committees. The Audit Committee will be
comprised initially of Robert Anderson and James Clayburn La Force, Jr., and the
Compensation Committee will be comprised initially of Harold R. Tate, Robert
Anderson and James Clayburn La Force, Jr. The Audit Committee will have
responsibility for reviewing audit plans and discussing audit work, internal
controls and related matters with the Company's independent auditors, reviewing
the audit report and any accompanying recommendations, and nominating
independent auditors to perform the annual audit. The Compensation Committee
will have responsibility for reviewing the compensation of the Company's
executive officers, making recommendations to the Board of Directors, and
administering the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan. See "Management--1997 Stock
Option Plan."




                                       35
<PAGE>   38
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

         Prior to this Offering, directors of the Company were not compensated
for their services as such. Following completion of this Offering, the Company
will pay each non-employee director $_____ for each meeting of the Board of
Directors and Board Committee attended. The Company will also reimburse such
directors for their expenses incurred in connection with their activities as
directors. On the date of this Prospectus, a non-qualified option to purchase
10,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus will be granted to each of Mr. Anderson and
Mr. La Force. These options will vest over a four year period, with 25% of
these options vesting on each of the first, second, third and fourth
anniversaries of the date of grant.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The following table sets forth summary information concerning
compensation paid or accrued for services rendered to the Company in all
capacities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 by the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and the Company's other executive officers whose salary and
bonus for such fiscal year was in excess of $100,000 (the "Named Executive
Officers"). None of the Company's other executive officers received salary and
bonus for such fiscal year in excess of $100,000.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1996 ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1)         LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                              ----------------------------------------   ----------------------
                                                                                                   ALL OTHER
        NAME AND                                                        OTHER ANNUAL     OPTIONS/   COMPEN-
        PRINCIPAL POSITION                     SALARY        BONUS     COMPENSATION(2)    SAR(#)  SATION($)(3)
                                              --------      --------   ---------------   -------- ------------
         <S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>        <C>     
         Harold R. Tate
            Chief Executive Officer           $105,000      $     --            --           -            --
             until March 19, 1997(4)
         Marshall  L. Tate
            President
            Chief Executive Officer           $118,917      $ 15,344            --           -            --
            since March 19, 1997(4)
         Marvin L. Friedland
            Vice President and
            General Counsel                   $126,625      $ 15,344      $  4,560           -      $ 17,555
         Louis V. Holdener
             President of Motor Cargo         $121,667      $ 17,844            --           -      $ 16,927
         Lynn  H. Wheeler
             Vice President of Finance
             and Chief Financial Officer      $ 90,125      $ 15,344            --           -      $ 16,612
</TABLE>

- ---------------------

(1)  Amounts in this table include payments made to certain Named Executive
     Officers by Ute during 1996. Amounts in this table do not include payments
     made by the Company to PDLM Consulting Limited, a company in which Harold 
     R. Tate owns a 50% equity interest. See "Certain Transactions."

(2)  The amount in this column for Mr. Friedland consists of a cash automobile
     allowance.

(3)  Amounts in this column include matching contributions made by the Company
     under its 401(k) plan on behalf of Mr. Friedland, Mr. Holdener and Mr.
     Wheeler of $2,629, $2,063 and $2,299, respectively. Amounts in this column
     also include accrued benefits for 1996 under salary continuation agreements
     between the Company and Mr. Friedland, Mr. Holdener and Mr. Wheeler of
     $14,926, $14,864 and $14,313, respectively.

(4)  Harold R. Tate resigned from the office of Chief Executive Officer on March
     19, 1997, retaining his position as Chairman of the Board. At that time,
     Marshall L. Tate was elected Chief Executive Officer. Effective September
     1, 1997, Harold R. Tate's annual salary was increased to $250,000 and 
     Marshall L. Tate's annual salary was increased to $175,000.




                                       36
<PAGE>   39
         The Board of Directors has awarded Louis V. Holdener 20,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock, contingent upon completion of the Offering. The
award was made pursuant to a Restricted Stock Agreement, dated October 2, 1997.
Under the Restricted Stock Agreement, upon completion of the Offering, 20,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock will be issued in Mr. Holdener's name. The
Company will hold the certificates for the shares, which will be released to Mr.
Holdener in four installments, each consisting of 25% of the shares issued under
the agreement on January 1 of 1998, 1999, 2000 and 2001. The shares not released
are subject to forfeiture in the event Mr. Holdener voluntarily ceases his
continuous employment with the Company or the Company terminates his employment
for cause. Termination of employment by the Company without cause, or
termination due to disability or death before January 1, 1999 will result in the
forfeiture of 10,000 shares. Such termination on or after January 1, 1999 will
result in the prompt release of all shares not previously released.
Notwithstanding the scheduled release of shares and the forfeiture provisions,
the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, release any or all shares held by
the Company at any time. Pending release or forfeiture of the restricted shares,
Mr. Holdener may exercise all rights of a shareholder with respect to the
restricted shares, except the right to pledge or convey ownership.

1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

         On October 1, 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the Motor
Cargo Industries, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997 Stock Option Plan").
The purpose of the 1997 Stock Option Plan is to provide certain of the Company's
key employees who are responsible for the continued growth of the Company an
opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company and thereby create
in such key employees an increased interest in and a greater concern for the
welfare of the Company.

         The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors will administer
the 1997 Stock Option Plan. Under the terms of the 1997 Stock Option Plan, the
committee of the Board of Directors administering the plan is required to be
composed of two or more directors. The Compensation Committee has the authority
to interpret the 1997 Stock Option Plan and to determine and designate the
persons to whom options or awards shall be made and the terms, conditions and
restrictions applicable to each option or award (including, but not limited to,
the price, any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration
thereof, and any forfeiture restrictions). The Board of Directors may amend the
1997 Stock Option Plan but may not, without the prior approval of the
shareholders of the Company, amend the plan to increase the total number of
shares reserved for options and rights under the plan, reduce the exercise price
of any incentive stock option granted under the plan, modify the provisions of
the plan relating to eligibility, or materially increase the benefits accruing
to participants under the plan.

         The Company has reserved 500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance
pursuant to the 1997 Stock Option Plan. Pursuant to the 1997 Stock Option Plan,
on the date of this Prospectus, non-qualified options to purchase 160,000 shares
of Common Stock at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus will be granted to employees of the Company, including an
aggregate of 115,000 options to the Named Executive Officers, other than Harold
R. Tate. These options will vest over a four year period, with 25% of these
options vesting on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of
the date of grant.

         The 1997 Stock Option Plan contains provisions for granting various
stock-based awards, including incentive stock options as defined in Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, nonqualified stock options and stock
appreciation rights. The term of the 1997 Stock Option Plan is ten years,
subject to earlier termination or amendment.

401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

         The Company maintains a defined contribution plan (the "401(k) Plan"),
which is intended to satisfy the tax qualification requirements of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). All Company personnel who work
1,000 or more hours per year are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan
after one year of service with the Company. The 401(k) Plan permits participants
to contribute between 1% and 15% of their annual compensation from the Company,
subject to the limit imposed by the Code. The Company matches certain
percentages of employee contributions, up to 6%, depending upon the Company's
operating ratio. All amounts




                                       37
<PAGE>   40
contributed by a participant fully vest immediately. A participant becomes
vested over time and is fully vested in any Company matching contributions after
seven years of service. The 401(k) Plan also permits discretionary contributions
by the Company, which contributed $585,000, $344,815 and $310,000 in 1994, 1995
and 1996, respectively, and $165,000 during the six months ended June 30, 1997.

PENSION PLAN

         The Company has a defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan")
covering substantially all of its employees. Benefits under the Pension Plan are
based upon years of service and hours of service in the current year. A
participant is fully vested after five years of employment. See Note H to the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENTS

         The Company has salary continuation agreements with certain key
management employees, including Marvin L. Friedland, Louis V. Holdener and Lynn
H. Wheeler. Under the agreements, the Company is obligated to provide for each
such employee or his beneficiaries, during a period of not more than ten years
after the employee's death, disability or retirement, annual benefits ranging
from $17,000 to $23,000.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         In 1996, decisions concerning compensation of executive officers were
made by the Company's Board of Directors, consisting at that time of Harold R.
Tate, Marshall L. Tate and Marvin L. Friedland.


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         Effective August 28, 1997, the Company acquired Ute. Ute's assets
consist primarily of tractors and trailers utilized by the Company pursuant to
contracts between the Company and Ute. The Company issued an aggregate of
700,000 shares of Common Stock to the four owners of Ute, Harold R. Tate,
Marshall L. Tate, Darrell Tate and Marvin L. Friedland, in exchange for their
interests in Ute. Harold R. Tate is the principal shareholder and the Chairman
of the Board of Directors of the Company. Marshall L. Tate is the President and
Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company. Marvin L. Friedland is
Vice President and General Counsel, Secretary and a director of the Company.
Harold R. Tate, Marshall L. Tate and Marvin L. Friedland received 490,000,
70,000 and 70,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, for their interests in
Ute. As of June 30, 1997, the Ute assets had a net book value of approximately
$760,000 ($3,564,000 less $2,804,000 in related debt). The aggregate lease
payments on the assets paid by the Company to Ute during 1995, 1996 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 totaled $3,176,675, $3,458,417 and $1,851,223,
respectively. The number of shares of Common Stock issued to the members of Ute
was determined by the Company and the members of Ute. In making such
determination, the Company and the Ute members considered a number of factors,
including (i) the current and projected earnings of Ute, (ii) the estimated per
share value of the Common Stock at the time Ute was acquired and the price per
share expected to be received by the Company in this Offering, (iii) the
estimated useful life of the Ute assets and (iv) the resale restrictions under
applicable securities laws with respect to the shares of Common Stock issued to
the Ute members. Due to the fact that three directors of the Company had
interests in Ute, the transaction was submitted to the disinterested
shareholders of the Company for their approval in accordance with the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act. The disinterested shareholders of the Company
unanimously approved the Ute acquisition as of October 3, 1997.

         Pursuant to a consulting agreement between the Company and PDLM
Consulting Limited ("PDLM") the Company has made payments to PDLM for consulting
services since 1994. Harold R. Tate owns a 50% equity interest in PDLM. The
Company paid $480,000 to PDLM during 1996 and $160,000 to PDLM during the six
months ended June 30, 1997 pursuant to the terms of the consulting agreement.
The consulting agreement was terminated in April 1997.




                                       38
<PAGE>   41
         The Company has adopted a policy that any future transactions with
affiliated persons or entities will be on terms no less favorable to the Company
than those that could have been obtained on an arms-length basis from
unaffiliated third parties and that any such transactions must be approved by a
majority of the disinterested directors.

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

         The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30,
1997 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby, with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock by (i) each
person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) each Selling Shareholder, (iii) each
director and each person who has consented to become a director of the Company,
(iv) each executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table, and (v) all
directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as indicated
below, the address for each person is c/o Motor Cargo Industries, Inc., 845
Center Street, North Salt Lake, Utah 84054.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                    BEFORE OFFERING                            AFTER OFFERING(1)
                                               ------------------------                    ------------------------
                   NAME                          SHARES         PERCENT  SHARES OFFERED     SHARES          PERCENT
                   ----                        ---------        -------  --------------    ---------        -------
<S>                                            <C>               <C>        <C>            <C>               <C>   
Harold R. Tate(2)                              4,890,000         84.02%     1,000,000      3,890,000         55.65%
Marshall L. Tate                                 190,000          3.26%            --        190,000          2.72%
Marvin L. Friedland                              190,000          3.26%            --        190,000          2.72%
Louis V. Holdener(3)                                  --            --             --         20,000          0.29%
Lynn H. Wheeler                                       --            --             --             --            --
Lauri Tate Franks(4)                             120,000          2.06%        20,000        100,000          1.43%
Darrell Tate(5)                                  190,000          3.26%        20,000        170,000          2.43%
Troy Tate(6)                                     120,000          2.06%        20,000        100,000          1.43%
Mia Tate(7)                                      120,000          2.06%        20,000        100,000          1.43%
Robert Anderson                                       --            --             --             --            --
James Clayburn La Force, Jr                           --            --             --             --            --
All directors and executive officers
   as a group (five persons)                    5,270,000         90.55%   1,000,000      4,290,000         61.37%
</TABLE>

(1)  Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.

(2)  Harold R. Tate is Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Until
     March 19, 1997, Mr. Tate was President and Chief Executive Officer of the
     Company.

(3)  Beneficial ownership after Offering reflects 20,000 shares awarded under a
     restricted stock agreement and to be issued upon completion of the
     Offering. See "Management--Executive Compensation."

(4)  The address of Lauri Tate Franks is 3905 East Prospector Drive, Salt Lake
     City, Utah 84121. Lauri Tate Franks is the daughter of Harold R. Tate.

(5)  The address of Darrell Tate is 851 South Westgate Avenue #102, Los Angeles,
     California 90049. Darrell Tate is the son of Harold R. Tate.

(6)  The address of Troy Tate is 29 Doheny, Laguna Niguel, California 92677.
     Troy Tate is the son of Harold R. Tate.

(7)  The address of Mia Tate is 4947 Laurel Canyon Blvd #8, North Hollywood,
     California 91607. Mia Tate is the daughter of Harold R. Tate.




                                       39
<PAGE>   42
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000
shares of Common Stock, no par value, and 25,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock,
no par value ("Preferred Stock"). After the issuance of the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby, a total of 6,990,000 shares of Common Stock will be issued
and outstanding (assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not
exercised). See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."

COMMON STOCK

         Subject to the rights of holders of any Preferred Stock then
outstanding, holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends out
of assets legally available therefor as may from time to time be declared by the
Board of Directors of the Company. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one
vote per share on all matters on which the holders of Common Stock are entitled
to vote. Holders of Common Stock do not have cumulative voting rights; thus, the
holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock represented at a meeting can
elect all the directors standing for election at such meeting. In the event of
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of Common Stock
would be entitled to share ratably, subject to the rights of any Preferred Stock
then outstanding, in assets of the Company available for distribution to holders
of Common Stock.

         Fully-paid shares of Common Stock are not liable to further calls or
assessments by the Company and holders of Common Stock are not liable for any
liabilities of the Company. The Common Stock does not have any preemptive or
other subscription rights, any conversion rights or any redemption or sinking
fund provisions.

PREFERRED STOCK

         The Company is authorized to issue up to 25,000,000 shares of Preferred
Stock from time to time in one or more series without shareholder approval. No
shares of Preferred Stock are presently issued and outstanding. The Board of
Directors is authorized, without any further action by the shareholders of the
Company, to determine the designation, powers, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations
or restrictions of any series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares
constituting any such series. Holders of Preferred Stock, if issued, will be
entitled to such voting rights as the Board of Directors, in its sole
discretion, shall determine. Thus, the Board of Directors, without shareholder
approval, could authorize the issuance of Preferred Stock with rights which
could adversely affect the rights of the holders of Common Stock. Any future
issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change in control of the Company without further action by the shareholders and
may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.
The Company has no present plans to issue any Preferred Stock.

UTAH CONTROL SHARES ACQUISITION ACT

         The Utah Control Shares Acquisition Act (the "Control Shares Act")
essentially provides that, when a person or group (the "Acquiror") acquires
shares (or the power to direct the voting of shares) of a corporation that is
subject to the Control Shares Act equal to or in excess of 20%, 33 1/3% or a
majority of the voting power of the corporation, the Acquiror is not permitted
to vote (or to direct the voting of) the shares unless a majority of the
corporation's shares (voting in voting groups, if applicable), excluding shares
held by the Acquiror or by the officers and employee-directors of the
corporation, approve a resolution granting the Acquiror the right to vote the
shares. Shareholder approval may occur at the next meeting of the shareholders
or, if the Acquiror requests a special meeting and agrees to pay the associated
costs of the corporation for the requested special meeting, at the requested
special meeting of the shareholders (to be held within 50 days of the
corporation's receipt of the request by the Acquiror).

         If authorized by the corporation's articles of incorporation or bylaws,
the corporation may redeem the Acquiror's shares at their fair market value if
the Acquiror does not file an "acquiring person statement." The Company's
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws do not provide for redemption of an
Acquiror's shares in the event the Acquiror fails to file an "acquiring person
statement." An Acquiror's shares are not subject to redemption after an
"acquiring person statement" has been filed unless the shares are not accorded
full voting rights by the shareholders.




                                       40
<PAGE>   43
         If the Acquiror obtains the right to vote, and if the Acquiror obtains
a majority of the voting power of the corporation, the shareholders may be
entitled to dissenters' rights.

         The Control Shares Act does not apply if (a) a corporation's articles
of incorporation or bylaws provide that the Control Shares Act does not apply,
(b) the acquisition of shares of the corporation is consummated pursuant to a
merger (to which the corporation is a party) , or (c) under certain other
specified circumstances. In addition, the Control Shares Act applies only to
Utah corporations that (a) have 100 or more shareholders, (b) have their (i)
principal place of business, (ii) principal office, or (iii) substantial assets
in the State of Utah, and (c) have (i) more than 10% of their shareholders who
are residents of Utah, (ii) more than 10% of their shares owned by Utah
residents, or (iii) 10,000 or more shareholders who are residents of Utah.

         The Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain no
additional provision restricting transactions with interested shareholders or
other takeover situations, nor do they contain provisions opting out of the
Control Shares Act.


REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT

         The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock of the Company is
Zions First National Bank, Salt Lake City, Utah.


                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Upon completion of this Offering, the Company's directors and officers
and all other current shareholders will beneficially own 4,760,000 shares of
Common Stock, representing approximately 68% of the total outstanding shares.
The Company and current shareholders have agreed not to offer, sell, or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock owned (or in the case of the
Company, owned or issuable) by them for 180 days from the commencement of this
Offering without the prior written consent of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.
After the 180 day period, 4,040,000 shares held by existing shareholders will be
eligible for sale by the holders thereof under Rule 144 under the Securities Act
not later than __________, 1998. An additional 700,000 shares will be eligible
for sale under Rule 144 beginning in August 1998. An additional 20,000 shares
subject to a restricted stock agreement will become eligible for sale in
accordance with the terms of such agreement. See "Management--Executive
Compensation."

         In general, Rule 144 provides that, subject to its provisions and other
applicable federal and state securities law requirements, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated), including any person who may be deemed an
"affiliate" as defined under the Securities Act, who has acquired securities
directly or indirectly from the issuer or an affiliate in a transaction not
involving a public offering ("restricted securities"), and who has beneficially
owned such restricted securities for at least one year is entitled to sell,
within any three-month period, a number of such shares that does not exceed the
greater of (i) the average weekly trading volume of the same class of securities
during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale with
the Securities and Exchange Commission; or (ii) one percent of the same class of
securities then outstanding, subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions,
notice requirements, and the availability of current information concerning the
Company. A person who is not deemed an "affiliate" of the Company and who has
beneficially owned shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares
under Rule 144 without regard to the volume limitations and current public
information, manner of sale, and notice requirements described above.
Affiliates, including officers, directors and principal shareholders of the
Company, are subject to the volume limitations and certain other requirements as
to all shares owned by them, regardless of the length of time such shares have
been beneficially owned and irrespective of whether such shares were acquired
from the issuer or otherwise and whether acquired in a transaction involving a
public offering.

         Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company and no determination can be made as to the effect, if any,
that the sale or availability for sale of additional shares of the Common Stock
will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time.




                                       41
<PAGE>   44
Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of the shares on the public market
could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the
Company's ability to raise capital through the sale of its equity securities.


                                  UNDERWRITING

         The Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Morgan
Keegan & Company, Inc. and _______________________ are acting as representatives
(the "Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and
conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase from the Company and the
Selling Shareholders, the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock set
forth opposite their respective names below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITER                                                                      NUMBER OF SHARES
- -----------                                                                      ----------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.





                                                                                   --------
          Total................................................................
</TABLE>


         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters thereunder are subject to approval of certain legal matters by
counsel and to various other conditions, including, among other things, the
continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and
Selling Shareholders contained in the Underwriting Agreement, the performance by
the Company and Selling Shareholders of their respective obligations under the
Underwriting Agreement, and the receipt of an opinion of counsel for the Company
and counsel for the Selling Shareholders in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters. The nature of the Underwriters'
obligations is such that they are committed to purchase and pay for all of the
shares of Common Stock if any are purchased. The Underwriting Agreement contains
covenants of indemnity between the Underwriters and the Company and Selling
Shareholders against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.

         In order to facilitate the Offering of the Common Stock, the
Underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may
over-allot in connection with the Offering, creating a short position in the
Common Stock for their own account. In addition, to cover such over-allotments
or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, the Underwriters may bid for, and
purchase, the Common Stock in the open market. Any of these activities may
stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Stock above independent
market levels. The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities,
and, if commenced, may end any of these activities at any time. The
Representatives, on behalf of the syndicate of Underwriters, also may reclaim
selling concessions allowed to an Underwriter or dealer, if the syndicate
repurchases shares distributed by that Underwriter or dealer.

         The Company has been advised by the Underwriters that they propose to
offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers at
such price, less a concession not in excess of $0.__ per share. The Underwriters
may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $0.__ per
share to other dealers. The initial public offering price and the concessions
and discount to dealers may be changed by the Underwriters after the Offering.

         The Company and certain Selling Shareholders have granted to the
Underwriters options, expiring on the thirtieth day subsequent to the date of
this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 37,250 and 297,250 shares of
Common Stock, respectively, at the price to public, less underwriting discount,
shown on the cover page of this Prospectus. The Underwriters may exercise such
options solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, incurred in
the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters
exercise such options, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to
certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same 




                                       42
<PAGE>   45
percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares of Common Stock set
forth next to such Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total
offered initially.

         The Company and all of the existing shareholders of the Company have
agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or
otherwise dispose (or announce any offer, sale, or grant of any option to
purchase or other disposition) of any shares of Common Stock, or any securities
convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, shares of Common Stock for
a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, without the prior
written consent of Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.

         The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not intend to
confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

         Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price was determined by
negotiations between the Company and the Underwriters. Among the factors
considered in such negotiations were the history of, and the prospects for, the
Company and the industry in which it competes, an assessment of the Company's
management, the Company's past and present operations, its past and present
earnings and the trend of such earnings, the prospects for future earnings of
the Company, the present state of the Company's development, the general
condition of the securities markets at the time of the Offering and the market
price of and demand for publicly-traded common stocks of comparable companies in
recent periods.

         Application has been made for quotation of the Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CRGO." The Company has been advised by
the Representatives that each of the Representatives presently intends to make a
market in the Common Stock offered hereby; however, the Representatives are not
obligated to do so, and any market making activity may be discontinued at any
time. There can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common
Stock will develop and continue after the Offering.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         The validity of the issuance of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby will be passed upon for the Company by Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall &
McCarthy, a professional corporation, Salt Lake City, Utah. Certain legal
matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Baker, Donelson, Bearman &
Caldwell, a Professional Corporation, Memphis, Tennessee.


                                     EXPERTS

         The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1996 and June 30, 1997 and for each of the years in the three year
period ended December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997
included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have
been audited by Grant Thornton LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated
in their reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon
their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.




                                       43
<PAGE>   46
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with all amendments
and exhibits thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of
1933 with respect to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which are
omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For
further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock, reference
is made to the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a
part thereof. The Registration Statement may be examined without charge at the
Public Reference Section of the Commission located at Room 1024, Judiciary
Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at the regional offices
of the Commission located at Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048
and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of
such material may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C., at prescribed rates. This
information is also available from the Commission's Internet web site at
http://www.sec.gov. For further information pertaining to the Company and the
Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement,
including the exhibits thereto and the consolidated financial statements and
notes filed as a part thereof.

         Statements made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement, or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. With
respect to each such contract, agreement, or other document filed as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more
complete description of the matter involved, and each such statement shall be
deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.





                                       44
<PAGE>   47
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         PAGE
                                                                                                         ----
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants                                                                 F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995, December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997                              F-3

Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and                      F-5
December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997

Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and           F-6
December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997

Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and                    F-7
December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                               F-9
</TABLE>








                                      F-1
<PAGE>   48
                              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT
                               PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


Board of Directors
Motor Cargo Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Motor Cargo
Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 1995 and 1996
and June 30, 1997, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1996 and for the six months ended June 30, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Motor Cargo
Industries, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996 and June 30,
1997, and the consolidated results of their operations and their consolidated
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 and
for the six months ended June 30, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.




/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah
August 29, 1997





                                      F-2
<PAGE>   49
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ASSETS


                                                              December 31,
                                                      ----------------------------       June 30,
                                                          1995            1996             1997
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>        
CURRENT ASSETS
    Cash and cash equivalents (Notes E and L)         $ 7,102,118      $ 8,771,887      $ 2,493,545
    Receivables (Notes B and E)                         9,596,151       10,758,456       11,728,450
    Prepaid expenses (Notes H and N)                    2,048,745        2,086,189        1,847,052
    Supplies inventory (Note E)                           367,512          338,830          462,450
    Deferred income taxes (Notes G and N)                 590,800          572,000          967,000
    Income taxes receivable                                66,458          166,983               --
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
                 Total current assets                  19,771,784       22,694,345       17,498,497





PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, AT COST
    (Notes C, F and N)                                 65,699,258       71,559,377       72,038,475

    Less accumulated depreciation and
        amortization                                   26,766,896       31,365,464       34,728,729
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------

                                                       38,932,362       40,193,913       37,309,746


OTHER ASSETS
    Deferred charges                                      260,383          367,555          403,094
    Unrecognized net pension obligation (Note H)           81,231           75,441           72,546
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------

                                                          341,614          442,996          475,640
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------

                                                      $59,045,760      $63,331,254      $55,283,883
                                                      ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-3
<PAGE>   50
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - CONTINUED


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                                              December 31,
                                                      ----------------------------       June 30,
                                                          1995            1996             1997
                                                      -----------      -----------      -----------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>              <C>        
CURRENT LIABILITIES
    Current maturities of long-term obligations
        (Note F)                                     $ 6,133,636      $ 6,844,960      $ 3,975,960
    Accounts payable                                   2,729,193        2,981,597        2,929,782
    Accrued liabilities (Notes H and O)                4,213,943        3,896,876        4,993,666
    Accrued claims (Note P)                            1,675,118        2,028,631        2,217,461
                                                     -----------      -----------      -----------

                 Total current liabilities            14,751,890       15,752,064       14,116,869


LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS, less current
    maturities (Note F)                               17,723,618       16,819,747        7,415,034


DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note G)                         3,846,829        4,719,029        5,409,000


COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    (Notes D, E, F, H, J, K and Q)                            --               --               --

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes M, N and Q)
    Preferred stock, no-par value
        Authorized - 25,000,000 shares
        Issued - none                                         --               --               --
    Common stock, no-par value
        Authorized - 100,000,000 shares
        Issued - 5,820,000 shares                          1,000            1,000            1,000

    Retained earnings                                 22,722,423       26,039,414       28,341,980
                                                     -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                      22,723,423       26,040,414       28,342,980
                                                     -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                     $59,045,760      $63,331,254      $55,283,883
                                                     ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-4
<PAGE>   51
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     Six months ended
                                                       Year ended December 31,                            June 30,
                                            ----------------------------------------------     -----------------------------
                                                1994             1995             1996             1996             1997
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                                                                (unaudited)
<S>                                         <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>         
Operating revenues                          $ 82,984,307     $ 80,807,913     $ 92,310,142     $ 43,734,850     $ 49,284,063
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
Operating expenses
    Salaries, wages and benefits              36,055,305       35,494,479       39,666,468       19,335,951       21,106,254
    Operating supplies and expenses           12,144,802       12,668,945       14,947,069        6,933,711        7,276,320
    Purchased transportation                  12,237,962       11,531,478       14,164,292        6,618,871        7,089,892
    Operating taxes and licenses               3,068,598        3,178,345        3,531,244        1,633,603        1,821,329
    Insurance and claims                       2,685,045        1,842,141        2,784,489        1,149,734        2,131,215
    Depreciation and amortization              4,973,975        5,930,353        6,577,569        3,241,317        3,429,368
    Communications and utilities               1,313,892        1,521,389        1,783,797          878,315          944,870
    Building  rents                            1,093,101        1,274,081        1,540,407          771,785          815,994
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
        Total operating expenses              73,572,680       73,441,211       84,995,335       40,563,287       44,615,242
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
            Operating income                   9,411,627        7,366,702        7,314,807        3,171,563        4,668,821
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------

Other income (expense)
    Interest expense                          (1,392,044)      (1,499,720)      (1,429,843)        (763,240)        (561,101)
    Other, net                                   104,259          106,577          (32,073)          45,220           17,849
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
                                              (1,287,785)      (1,393,143)      (1,461,916)        (718,020)        (543,252)
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
            Earnings before income taxes       8,123,842        5,973,559        5,852,891        2,453,543        4,125,569

Income taxes (Note G)                          2,943,000        2,094,000        2,118,000          961,000        1,533,000
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
                 NET EARNINGS               $  5,180,842     $  3,879,559     $  3,734,891     $  1,492,543     $  2,592,569
                                            ============     ============     ============     ============     ============
Earnings per common share                   $       0.89     $       0.67     $       0.64     $       0.26     $       0.45
                                            ============     ============     ============     ============     ============
Weighted average
    shares outstanding                         5,820,000        5,820,000        5,820,000        5,820,000        5,820,000
                                            ============     ============     ============     ============     ============
Pro forma (Note A14)
    Pro forma earnings
        before income taxes                 $  8,123,842     $  5,973,559     $  6,445,891     $  2,453,543     $  4,421,569
    Pro forma income taxes                     3,125,000        2,303,000        2,449,000          948,000        1,680,000
                                            ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------
    Pro forma net earnings                  $  4,998,842     $  3,670,559     $  3,996,891     $  1,505,543     $  2,741,569
                                            ============     ============     ============     ============     ============
    Pro forma earnings per
        common share                        $       0.86     $       0.63     $       0.62     $       0.26     $       0.43
                                            ============     ============     ============     ============     ============
    Weighted average
        shares outstanding                     5,820,000        5,820,000        6,396,923        5,820,000        6,396,923
                                            ============     ============     ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-5
<PAGE>   52
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 Year ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and six months ended June 30, 1997


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            Additional
                                                                                           pension cost
                               Preferred stock            Common stock                         over
                              -----------------     -----------------------                unrecognized
                               Number                 Number                   Retained      pension
                              of shares  Amount     of shares     Amount       earnings     liability         Total
                              ---------  ------     ---------  ------------  ------------  ------------    ------------
<S>                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance at January 1, 1994       --      $   --     5,820,000  $      1,000  $ 14,934,333   $         --   $ 14,935,333

Pension adjustment               --          --            --            --            --       (310,555)      (310,555)

Distributions to LLC members     --          --            --            --    (1,045,394)            --     (1,045,394)

Net earnings for the year        --          --            --            --     5,180,842             --      5,180,842
                              -----      ------     ---------  ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------

Balance at December 31, 1994     --          --     5,820,000         1,000    19,069,781       (310,555)    18,760,226

Pension adjustment               --          --            --            --            --        310,555        310,555

Distributions to LLC members     --          --            --            --      (226,917)            --       (226,917)

Net earnings for the year        --          --            --            --     3,879,559             --      3,879,559
                              -----      ------     ---------  ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------

Balance at December 31, 1995     --          --     5,820,000         1,000    22,722,423             --     22,723,423

Distributions to LLC members     --          --            --            --      (417,900)            --       (417,900)

Net earnings for the year        --          --            --            --     3,734,891             --      3,734,891
                              -----      ------     ---------  ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------

Balance at December 31, 1996     --          --     5,820,000         1,000    26,039,414             --     26,040,414

Distributions to LLC members     --          --            --            --      (290,003)            --       (290,003)

Net earnings for the period      --          --            --            --     2,592,569             --      2,592,569
                              -----      ------     ---------  ------------  ------------   ------------   ------------

Balance at June 30, 1997         --      $   --     5,820,000  $      1,000  $ 28,341,980   $         --   $ 28,342,980
                              =====      ======     =========  ============  ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>



         The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.




                                      F-6
<PAGE>   53
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                         Six months ended
                                                                  Year ended December 31,                     June 30,
                                                        ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                            1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                     (unaudited)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    Cash flows from operating activities
        Net earnings for the period                     $  5,180,842   $  3,879,559   $  3,734,891   $  1,492,543   $  2,592,569
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
        Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net
            cash provided by operating activities
               Depreciation and amortization               4,973,975      5,930,353      6,577,569      3,241,317      3,429,368
               Provision for losses on trade and other
                   receivables                               594,441        270,000        903,805        756,805        105,000
               Loss (gain) on disposition of
                   property and equipment                     20,745          5,891         72,458         24,581         (2,946)
               Net pension cost (benefit)                    310,555       (782,364)         5,790          2,895          2,895
               Deferred income taxes                          51,700        785,000        891,000        413,971        294,971
               Changes in assets and liabilities
                   Receivables                              (737,420)      (383,072)    (2,066,110)    (1,564,160)    (1,074,994)
                   Prepaid expenses                         (314,203)       (65,573)       (37,444)       325,375        239,137
                   Supplies inventory                        (71,442)        34,164         28,682         22,671       (123,620)
                   Income taxes receivable                   (92,953)        26,495       (100,525)      (171,471)       166,983
                   Other assets                              (67,743)       144,841       (107,172)      (111,030)       (35,539)
                   Checks written in excess of cash               --             --             --        202,237             --
                   Accounts payable                           18,206       (380,033)       252,404       (171,329)       (51,815)
                   Accrued liabilities and claims          1,152,960      1,267,252         36,446         74,956      1,285,620
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

                            Total adjustments              5,838,821      6,852,954      6,456,903      3,046,818      4,235,060
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

                            Net cash provided by
                               operating activities       11,019,663     10,732,513     10,191,794      4,539,361      6,827,629
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

    Cash flows from investing activities
        Purchase of property and equipment                (7,082,154)   (14,982,131)    (9,712,567)    (7,360,398)      (555,555)
        Proceeds from disposition of property and
            equipment                                         38,476        190,280      1,800,989      1,546,794         13,300
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

                            Net cash used in
                               investing activities       (7,043,678)   (14,791,851)    (7,911,578)    (5,813,604)      (542,255)
                                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-7
<PAGE>   54
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CONTINUED


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Six months ended
                                                               Year ended December 31,                     June 30,
                                                     ------------------------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                         1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                                                   (unaudited)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>         
    Cash flows from financing activities
        Distributions to LLC members                   (1,045,394)      (226,917)      (417,900)      (275,016)      (290,003)
        Proceeds from issuance of long-term
             obligations                                5,670,263     33,780,585     55,564,002     31,467,611     14,185,000
        Principal payments on long-term obligations    (4,178,138)   (29,252,749)   (55,756,549)   (37,001,010)   (26,458,713)
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

                   Net cash provided by (used in)
                       financing activities               446,731      4,300,919       (610,447)    (5,808,415)   (12,563,716)
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

                   Net increase (decrease)
                        in cash and cash
                       equivalents                      4,422,716        241,581      1,669,769     (7,082,658)    (6,278,342)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period        2,437,821      6,860,537      7,102,118      7,102,118      8,771,887
                                                     ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period           $  6,860,537   $  7,102,118   $  8,771,887   $     19,460   $  2,493,545
                                                     ============   ============   ============   ============   ============

Supplemental cash flow information

    Cash paid during the period for:
        Interest                                     $  1,385,484   $  1,477,356   $  1,459,189   $    754,886   $    517,691
        Income taxes                                    3,555,730      1,882,300      2,077,215        712,000        446,300
</TABLE>


Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

Year ended December 31, 1994
The Company increased accrued pension cost by $308,530 and reduced unrecognized
net pension obligation by $2,025. The excess of additional pension cost over
unrecognized net pension obligation of $310,555 was recorded as a reduction of
stockholders' equity.

Year ended December 31, 1995

The Company decreased accrued pension cost by $397,576 and increased prepaid
pension cost by $384,788. Unrecognized net pension obligation decreased by
$5,790, and excess of additional pension cost over unrecognized net pension
obligation decreased by $310,555.



        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.




                                      F-8
<PAGE>   55
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       A summary of significant accounting policies consistently applied in the
       preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements
       follows. Insofar as the notes refer to the six months ended June 30,
       1996, they are not audited. In the opinion of management, the unaudited
       interim financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 1996
       include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals,
       necessary to present fairly the Company's results of operations and cash
       flows. Operating results for the interim period as of June 30, 1997 and
       for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of
       the results that may be expected for the full year.

       1.   Financial statement presentation

       The accounting and reporting policies of Motor Cargo Industries, Inc. and
       Subsidiaries (the Company) conform with generally accepted accounting
       principles and with general practices in the motor carrier industry. In
       preparing the Company's financial statements, management is required to
       make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets
       and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at
       the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of
       revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
       differ significantly from those estimates. Significant estimates include
       accrued claims and allowance for doubtful accounts.

       2.   Principles of consolidation

       The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Motor Cargo
       Industries, Inc. (MCI) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Ute Trucking
       and Leasing, LLC (Ute) and Motor Cargo and its wholly-owned subsidiaries,
       MC Leasing, Inc., MC Distribution Services, Inc., and ICC, Inc. All
       significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

       3.   Business activity

       Motor Cargo is a regulated motor carrier which hauls commercial
       commodities both intrastate and interstate.

       4.   Cash equivalents

       For the purposes of the financial statements, the Company considers all
       highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity of three months or less
       when purchased to be cash equivalents.




                                      F-9
<PAGE>   56
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

       5.   Supplies inventory

       Supplies inventory consists primarily of fuel and equipment parts and is
       stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market.

       6.   Depreciation and amortization

       Depreciation of property and equipment is provided on the straight-line
       method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

       Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life
       of the asset or term of the lease.

       Maintenance, repairs, and renewals which neither materially add to the
       value of the property nor appreciably prolong its life are charged to
       expense as incurred. Gains or losses on dispositions of property and
       equipment are included in earnings.

       7.   Income taxes

       The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes.
       Under the liability method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities
       are provided based on the difference between the financial statement and
       tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the currently enacted
       tax rates in effect for the years in which these differences are expected
       to reverse. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes in
       deferred tax assets and liabilities.

       8.   Insurance coverage and accrued claims

       The Company is self-insured for health costs, cargo damage claims, and
       automobile and general liability claims up to $70,000, $100,000, and
       $500,000 respectively, per single occurrence. The Company also maintains
       workers' compensation insurance, with a deductible of $250,000 in Nevada,
       and without a deductible in Washington. The Company is responsible for
       workers' compensation claims in other states in which the Company
       operates up to an aggregate of approximately $1.9 million per year.
       Liabilities in excess of these amounts are assumed by insurance companies
       up to applicable policy limits.




                                      F-10
<PAGE>   57
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

       8.   Insurance coverage and accrued claims - continued

       The Company estimates and accrues a liability for its share of final
       settlements using all available information including the services of a
       third-party insurance risk claims administrator to assist in establishing
       reserve levels for each occurrence based on the facts and circumstances
       of the incident coupled with the Company's past history of such claims.
       The Company accrues for workers' compensation and automobile liabilities
       when reported, usually the same day as the occurrence. Additionally, the
       Company accrues an estimated liability for incurred but not reported
       claims. Expense depends upon actual loss experience and changes in
       estimates of settlement amounts for open claims which have not been fully
       resolved. The Company provides for adverse loss developments in the
       period when new information becomes available.

       9.   Revenue recognition

       Freight charges and related expenses are generally recognized as revenue
       and operating expense when freight is picked up.

       10.  Prepaid tires

       The Company capitalizes tires purchased with new equipment and
       depreciates them over the estimated useful life of the equipment (5 - 10
       years). Replacement tires are expensed upon placement into service (Note
       N).

       11.  Earnings per share

       Earnings per common share are based upon the weighted average number of
       common shares outstanding during the period presented.

       12.  Fair value of financial instruments

       The carrying value of the Company's cash and cash equivalents,
       receivables, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and long-term
       obligations approximates their fair values.

       13.  Certain reclassifications

       Certain nonmaterial reclassifications have been made to the 1994, 1995,
       and 1996 financial statements to conform to the June 30, 1997
       presentation.




                                      F-11
<PAGE>   58
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

       14. Pro forma financial information (unaudited)

       The pro forma net earnings and net earnings per common share reflect the
       issuance of shares necessary to retire $7,500,000 of notes payable and
       the resulting increase in net earnings in the amount of approximately
       $368,000 and $184,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six
       months ended June 30, 1997, respectively. The calculation is based on the
       weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculation of net
       earnings per common share, adjusted for the estimated shares at each date
       that would be issued by the Company (576,923 shares at $13 per share) to
       retire these obligations.

       Additionally, effective August 28, 1997, MCI acquired the membership
       interests of Ute (Note M). A limited liability company passes through to
       its members essentially all taxable earnings and losses and pays no tax
       at the company level. Accordingly, for comparative purposes, a pro forma
       provision for income taxes using an effective income tax rate of 38% has
       been determined assuming Ute had been taxed as a C Corporation for all
       periods presented and to reflect the reduction of interest expense
       resulting from the retirement of debt.

       15. Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

       Earnings per share

       In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
       Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128 (SFAS 128), "Earnings
       Per Share." SFAS 128 eliminates the presentation of primary earnings per
       share (EPS) and requires the presentation of basic EPS, which includes no
       common stock equivalents and thus no dilution. The statement also
       eliminates the modified treasury stock method of computing potential
       common shares. This statement is effective for financial statements
       issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997.

       Capital structure

       Also in February 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
       Standards No. 129 (SFAS 129), "Disclosure of Information about Capital
       Structure." SFAS 129 consolidates in one statement disclosures about the
       rights of outstanding securities and changes in the number of equity
       securities during the period, disclosures about liquidation preferences
       and preferred stock, and disclosures about redemption requirements of
       certain redeemable stock. Disclosures were previously included in
       Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion 10, APB Opinion 15 and SFAS 47.
       The statement does not change the required disclosures about capital
       structure for entities currently subject to the requirements of APB
       Opinions 10 and 15 and SFAS 47. SFAS 129 is effective for financial
       statements for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 1997.




                                      F-12
<PAGE>   59
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE A - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - CONTINUED

       15.  Recently issued accounting pronouncements not yet adopted -
            continued

       Comprehensive income

       In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
       No. 130 (SFAS 130), "Reporting Comprehensive Income." SFAS 130 requires
       entities presenting a complete set of financial statements to include
       details of comprehensive income that arise in the reporting period.
       Comprehensive income consists of net earnings or loss for the current
       period and other comprehensive income, which consists of revenue,
       expenses, gains, and losses that bypass the statement of earnings and are
       reported directly in a separate component of equity. Other comprehensive
       income includes, for example, foreign currency items, minimum pension
       liability adjustments, and unrealized gains and losses on certain
       investment securities. SFAS 130 requires that components of comprehensive
       income be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the
       same prominence as other financial statements. This statement is
       effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and requires
       restatement of prior period financial statements presented for
       comparative purposes.

       Disclosure of segments

       Also in June 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
       Standards No. 131 (SFAS 131), "Disclosures about Segments of an
       Enterprise and Related Information." This statement requires an entity to
       report financial and descriptive information about their reportable
       operating segments. An operating segment is a component of an entity for
       which financial information is developed and evaluated by the entity's
       chief operating decision maker to assess performance and to make
       decisions about resource allocation. Entities are required to report
       segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and expense items and
       segment assets based on financial information used internally for
       evaluating performance and allocating resources. This statement is
       effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and requires
       restatement of prior period financial statements presented for
       comparative purposes.

       Management does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 128, SFAS 129, SFAS
       130 and SFAS 131 will have a material effect on the Company's
       consolidated financial statements.





                                      F-13
<PAGE>   60
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE B - RECEIVABLES

       Receivables consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31,
                                        -------------------------------          June 30,
                                            1995               1996                1997
                                        ------------       ------------       ------------
<S>                                     <C>                <C>                <C>         
            Trade receivables           $  9,850,104       $ 10,829,234       $ 11,863,472
            Other receivables                601,047            435,016            383,108
                                        ------------       ------------       ------------
                                          10,451,151         11,264,250         12,246,580
            Less allowance for
                 doubtful accounts          (855,000)          (505,794)          (518,130)
                                        ------------       ------------       ------------

                                        $  9,596,151       $ 10,758,456       $ 11,728,450
                                        ============       ============       ============
</TABLE>

       The history of the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              Six months ended
                                                    Year ended December 31,                        June 30,
                                         -------------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                             1994            1995            1996            1996            1997
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                                         (unaudited)
       <S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        
       Balance at beginning of period    $   533,388     $   950,478     $   855,000     $   855,000     $   505,794
       Provisions                            594,441         270,000         903,805         756,804         105,000
       Write-offs                           (177,351)       (365,478)     (1,253,011)       (842,741)        (92,664)
                                         -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------

       Balance at end of period          $   950,478     $   855,000     $   505,794     $   769,063     $   518,130
                                         ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE C - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

       Cost of property and equipment and estimated useful lives are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31,     
                                                 -----------------------------------       June 30,
                                                       1995               1996               1997             Years
                                                 ---------------    ----------------   ----------------       -----

            <S>                                      <C>                 <C>                <C>                  
            Land                                     $  4,921,588        $  4,984,268       $  4,984,268        -
            Buildings                                   9,659,861           9,696,481          9,701,342      20-45
            Revenue equipment                          41,644,581          46,678,422         46,761,217       5-10
            Service cars and equipment                    423,232             356,722            362,427       3-10
            Shop and garage equipment                     124,945             128,765            130,215       3-10
            Office furniture and fixtures               1,379,138           2,004,227          2,013,052       3-10
            Other property and equipment                5,156,257           5,731,077          5,959,629       3-10
            Leasehold improvements                      1,069,342           1,952,308          2,125,075        4-5
            Construction in progress                    1,320,314              27,107              1,250       -
                                                    -------------      --------------    ---------------
                                                      $65,699,258         $71,559,377        $72,038,475
                                                      ===========         ===========        ===========
</TABLE>




                                      F-14
<PAGE>   61
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE D - LEASES

       The Company leases buildings and revenue equipment under operating lease
       agreements. The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments
       under operating leases:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Year ending                                              Revenue         Total
                    June 30,                          Buildings            equipment        leases
                  -----------                        ----------           --------       ----------
                  <S>                                <C>                  <C>            <C>       
                      1998                           $1,239,544           $100,607       $1,340,151
                      1999                              747,966             16,798          764,764
                      2000                              326,513                 -           326,513
                      2001                              113,501                 -           113,501
                      2002                                2,850                 -             2,850
                  Thereafter                                 -                  -                -
                                                     ----------           --------       ----------
                 Total minimum lease payments        $2,430,374           $117,405       $2,547,779
                                                     ==========           ========       ==========
</TABLE>

       The leases generally provide that property taxes, insurance, and
       maintenance expenses are obligations of the Company. It is expected that
       in the normal course of business, operating leases that expire will be
       renewed or replaced by leases on other properties. The total rent expense
       for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996, and the six months
       ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited) and 1997, was approximately $1,782,256,
       $1,953,495, $2,920,907, $1,292,622 and $1,581,464, respectively.


NOTE E - REVOLVING BANK LOAN

       The Company has a revolving bank loan. Under the loan agreement,
       borrowings are limited to the lesser of 70% of allowable trade
       receivables, or $5,000,000. Any outstanding amounts accrue interest at
       the lending institution's prime rate, which is payable monthly. No
       principal payments are required until maturity (May 1998) as long as the
       loan does not exceed the required limits. The agreement is collateralized
       by cash and cash equivalents, receivables, supplies inventory, and all
       documents, instruments, and chattel paper now owned or hereafter acquired
       by the Company. At December 31, 1995 and 1996, and at June 30, 1996 and
       1997, there were no draws against the loan.

       The Company also has a line of credit with a limit of $9,703,000 as of
       June 30, 1997. This line is collateralized by revenue equipment. The
       upper limit of this line reduces by 1/20th each quarter until reaching $0
       in the year 2001. As of June 30, 1997, there was $1,000,000 drawn against
       the line. (Note F).



                                      F-15
<PAGE>   62
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE F - LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS

       Long-term obligations consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31,
                                                                                 ----------------------------       June 30,
                                                                                     1995            1996             1997
                                                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------
       <S>                                                                       <C>              <C>              <C>        
       Prime plus 1% (9.5% at June 30, 1997) note payable to a bank, due in
          2003, payable in quarterly installments of $6,562 plus interest,
          collateralized by real property                                        $   216,564      $   190,314      $   177,189

       6.75 - 10.53% notes payable to corporations, due through 2003,
          payable in monthly installments totaling $33,842, including
          interest, collateralized by real property and revenue equipment          2,138,392        1,927,386        1,815,401

       Bank's reference rate plus 3% (11.5% at June 30, 1997) note payable
          on a line of credit (up to $9,703,000) to a bank, due in 2001,
          payable in quarterly installments of $636,230 plus interest,
          collateralized by revenue equipment (Note E)                             8,742,996       10,975,714        1,000,000

       6.75 - 10% notes payable to corporations, due
          through 2000, payable in monthly installments
          totaling $163,087 plus interest, collateralized by revenue equipment     5,016,275        4,529,960        3,176,519

       6.5 - 10.45% notes payable to banks, due through 2001, payable in
          monthly installments totaling $205,063 plus interest,
          collateralized by revenue equipment                                      4,823,369        4,218,358        3,553,080

       8.4- 9.25% notes payable to banks, due through 2005, payable in
          monthly installments totaling $28,864 plus interest
          collateralized by real property                                          2,134,103        1,822,975        1,668,805

       10%note payable to a corporation, due in 2000, payable in monthly
          installments of $9,361, including interest, collateralized
          by real property; paid in full during 1996                                 785,555               --               --
                                                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------

                                                                                  23,857,254       23,664,707       11,390,994
       Less current maturities                                                     6,133,636        6,844,960        3,975,960
                                                                                 -----------      -----------      -----------
                                                                                 $17,723,618      $16,819,747      $ 7,415,034
                                                                                 ===========      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>




                                      F-16
<PAGE>   63
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE F - LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS - CONTINUED


       Maturities of long-term obligations are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Year ending
                   June 30,
                 -----------
                 <S>                                         <C>
                      1998                                   $  3,975,960
                      1999                                      2,671,439
                      2000                                      1,621,713
                      2001                                      1,690,964
                      2002                                        485,465
                  Thereafter                                      945,453
                                                              -----------
                                                              $11,390,994
                                                              ===========
</TABLE>



       The line of credit agreements contain various restrictive covenants
       including provisions relating to the maintenance of net worth,
       debt-to-equity ratio, and cash-flow coverage. As of June 30, 1997, the
       Company was in compliance with all covenants under the line of credit
       agreements.


NOTE G - INCOME TAXES

       Income tax expense consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Six months ended
                                      Year ended December 31,                        June 30,
                            ------------------------------------------      --------------------------
                               1994            1995            1996             1996           1997
                            ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
                                                                            (unaudited)
            <S>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>       
            Current
               Federal      $2,407,300      $1,081,000      $1,009,000      $  456,768      $1,033,754
               State           484,000         228,000         218,000          90,261         204,275
                            ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
                             2,891,300       1,309,000       1,227,000         547,029       1,238,029

            Deferred
               Federal          46,013         655,475         743,985         345,667         246,301
               State             5,687         129,525         147,015          68,304          48,670
                            ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
                                51,700         785,000         891,000         413,971         294,971
                            ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------

                            $2,943,000      $2,094,000      $2,118,000      $  961,000      $1,533,000
                            ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


NOTE G - INCOME TAXES - CONTINUED

       The income tax provision reconciled to the tax computed at the federal
       statutory rate of 34%




                                      F-17
<PAGE>   64
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Six months ended
                                                         Year ended December 31,                       June 30,
                                              -------------------------------------------     --------------------------
                                                  1994            1995            1996            1996          1997
                                              -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------    -----------
                                                                                              (unaudited)
            <S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>        
            Federal income taxes at
               statutory rate                 $ 2,762,100     $ 2,031,000     $ 1,990,000     $   834,200    $ 1,402,700

            State income taxes, net of
               federal tax benefit                327,800         252,100         248,800         106,168        224,274

            Income taxes attributed to Ute       (182,000)       (209,000)       (136,000)         13,000       (103,000)

            All other                              35,100          19,900          15,200           7,632          9,026
                                              -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------    -----------

                                              $ 2,943,000     $ 2,094,000     $ 2,118,000     $   961,000    $ 1,533,000
                                              ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

       Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31,
                                                    -----------------------------        June 30,
                                                        1995              1996             1997
                                                    -----------       -----------       -----------
            <S>                                     <C>               <C>               <C>        
            Deferred tax assets (liabilities)
               Allowance for doubtful accounts      $   327,000       $   193,200       $   198,000
               Vacation accrual                         310,100           353,500           414,000
               Reserve for claims                       452,700           575,300           400,000
               Unfunded pension                              --           (58,800)         (154,000)
               Accrued compensation                          --            58,400            58,000
               Equipment temporary differences       (3,846,829)       (4,718,629)       (5,313,000)
               Prepaid tires                           (499,000)         (550,000)          (45,000)
                                                    -----------       -----------       -----------
            Net deferred tax liability              $(3,256,029)      $(4,147,029)      $(4,442,000)
                                                    ===========       ===========       ===========
</TABLE>

       Effective August 28, 1997, Ute was acquired by MCI and became a taxable
       entity (Note M). Previously, its earnings and losses were included in the
       personal tax returns of the members, and Ute did not record an income tax
       provision. Effective with the change, in accordance with Statement of
       Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income
       Taxes," income taxes will be provided for the tax effects of transactions
       reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due
       plus deferred taxes related primarily to differences between the basis of
       property and equipment for financial and income tax reporting. The
       deferred tax liability represents the future tax return consequences of
       these differences, which will be taxable when the liabilities are
       settled. Accordingly, a deferred tax liability at the date of the change
       of approximately $238,000 will be recorded through a one time non-cash
       charge to the deferred tax provision.


NOTE H - PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS

       1.   Pension plan




                                      F-18
<PAGE>   65
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       The Company participates in a defined benefit pension plan covering
       substantially all of its employees. The benefits are based on years of
       service and hours of service in the current year. A participant is fully
       vested after five years. Contributions are intended to provide not only
       for benefits attributed to service to date, but also for those expected
       benefits to be earned in the future.

       The following table sets forth the plan's funded status as of the periods
       presented, in accordance with FASB Statement 87: "Employers' Accounting
       for Pensions":

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          December 31,
                                                                                -----------------------------         June 30,
                                                                                    1995              1996             1997
                                                                                -----------       -----------       -----------
            <S>                                                                 <C>               <C>               <C>
            Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:

            Accumulated benefit obligations, including vested benefits of
               $3,303,221, $3,808,232, and $4,018,896, for the years ended
               December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the six
               months ended June 30, 1997, respectively                         $ 3,423,736       $ 3,972,111       $ 4,192,392
                                                                                ===========       ===========       ===========

            Projected benefit obligation for service
               rendered to date                                                 $(3,606,505)      $(4,111,673)      $(4,352,785)

            Plan assets at fair value, primarily U.S. 
               government securities and common stock
               funds                                                              3,423,488         4,125,240         4,597,079
                                                                                -----------       -----------       -----------

            Projected benefit obligation (in excess of) or
               less than plan assets                                               (183,017)           13,567           244,294

            Unrecognized net obligation at January 1,
               1987, being recognized over 16 years                                  81,231            75,441            72,546

            Unrecognized net gain from past experience
               different from that assumed and effects
               of changes in assumptions                                           (283,250)         (379,979)         (567,041)
                                                                                -----------       -----------       -----------

            Accrued pension costs included in accrued
               liabilities (Note O)                                             $  (385,036)      $  (290,971)      $  (250,201)
                                                                                ===========       ===========       ===========
</TABLE>



NOTE H - PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS - CONTINUED

       1.   Pension plan - continued




                                      F-19
<PAGE>   66
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       Net pension cost included the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Six months ended
                                                      Year ended December 31,                   June 30,
                                              -------------------------------------     -----------------------
                                                 1994          1995         1996           1996          1997
                                              ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
            <S>                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>      
            Service cost - benefits earned
                 during the period            $ 207,337     $ 247,891     $ 238,559     $ 119,280     $ 124,484
            Interest cost on projected
                 benefit obligation             239,457       268,620       288,520       144,260       164,467
            Actual return on plan assets        162,362       768,665      (497,698)     (224,442)     (461,055)
            Net amortization (deferral)        (342,779)     (944,968)      199,300        75,746       281,334
                                              ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
            Net pension cost                  $ 266,377     $ 340,208     $ 228,681     $ 114,844     $ 109,230
                                              =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

       The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized
       in the Company's balance sheet at June 30, 1997:

<TABLE>
            <S>                                                <C>       
            Actuarial present value of benefit obligations

               Vested benefit obligation                       $4,018,896
                                                               ==========

               Projected benefit obligation                    $4,352,785
                                                               ==========

               Accumulated benefit obligation                  $4,192,392

               Plan assets at fair value (primarily U.S. 
                   government securities and common stock
                   funds)                                       4,597,079
                                                               ----------
               Plan assets greater than accumulated benefit
                   obligation                                     404,687
                                                   
               Pension liability included in accrued
                   liabilities                                    250,201
                                                               ----------
               Prepaid pension costs included in
                   prepaid expenses                            $  654,888
                                                               ==========
</TABLE>

       The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the actuarial
       present value of the projected benefit obligation was 8.0% for the years
       ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended June
       30, 1996 and 1997. The expected long-term rate of return was 8.0% for the
       years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and for the six months ended
       June 30, 1996 and 1997.


NOTE H - PENSION AND PROFIT-SHARING PLANS - CONTINUED

       2.   401(k) profit-sharing plan




                                      F-20
<PAGE>   67
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       The Company has a qualified 401(k) profit-sharing plan (the Plan) in
       which substantially all of its employees participate. All employees who
       have completed one year of service with the Company are eligible to
       participate in the Plan. Under the Plan, employees are allowed to make
       contributions of between 1% and 15% of their annual compensation. The
       Company matches certain percentages of employee contributions, up to 6%,
       depending on the Company's operating ratio. All amounts contributed by a
       participant are fully vested at all times. A participant becomes vested
       over time and is fully vested in any Company matching contributions after
       7 years of service. The Company contributed $585,000, $344,815, and
       $310,000 during the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996,
       respectively, and $ 131,800 and $165,000 during the six months ended June
       30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.


NOTE I - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

       Related parties include the Company's officers, directors, stockholders
       and other entities under their common control.

       During the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, and 1996 the Company made
       payments for consulting services of $480,000 per year to an entity in
       which the Company's chairman is a 50% owner. The Company made payments of
       $240,000 and $160,000, respectively, to this entity during the six months
       ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. The agreement terminated April 1997 and was
       not renewed.


NOTE J - DEFERRED COMPENSATION

       The Company has salary continuation agreements with certain key
       management employees. Under the agreements, the Company is obligated to
       provide for each such employee or his beneficiaries, during a period of
       not more than ten years after the employee's death, disability, or
       retirement, annual benefits ranging from $17,000 to $23,000. The Company
       has purchased universal life insurance policies on the lives of these
       participants. These insurance policies, which remain the sole property of
       the Company, are payable to the Company upon the death of the participant
       or maturity of the insurance policy. As of June 30, 1997, the value of
       the insurance policies exceeded the deferred compensation obligations by
       approximately $15,000.


NOTE J - DEFERRED COMPENSATION - CONTINUED

       The Company separately contracts with the participants to pay stated
       benefits substantially equivalent to those received or available under
       the insurance policies




                                      F-21
<PAGE>   68
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       upon retirement, death, or permanent disability. The expense incurred for
       the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, was approximately
       $19,000, $18,000 and $62,660, respectively. The expense incurred for the
       six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 was approximately $24,000 for
       each period.


NOTE K - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

       1.   Letters of credit

       At June 30, 1997, the Company had outstanding letters of credit totaling
       $2,010,000 ($2,035,000, and $2,010,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1996).
       There were no draws against these letters of credit during any of the
       periods presented.

       2.   Purchase commitment

       As of June 30, 1997, the Company had placed orders for the purchase of
       miscellaneous equipment at an estimated total purchase price of
       approximating $6,100,000. The equipment is to be delivered by December
       31, 1997.

       3.   Litigation

       The Company is involved in litigation arising in the normal course of
       business. It is not possible to state the ultimate liability, if any, in
       these matters. In the opinion of management, such litigation will have no
       material effect on the financial position and results of operations of
       the Company, in excess of amounts accrued.


NOTE L - CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

       The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents at several financial
       institutions. At June 30, 1997, uninsured amounts held in these financial
       institutions totaled approximately $2,008,000, (approximately $7,388,000,
       and $9,121,000 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively).


NOTE M - CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS

       Effective December 31, 1995, a prior entity known as Motor Cargo
       Industries, Inc., a related entity through common ownership, was merged
       into Motor Cargo as a result of




                                      F-22
<PAGE>   69
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       which its wholly-owned subsidiary MC Leasing, Inc. became a wholly-owned
       subsidiary of Motor Cargo. The merger was accounted for in a manner
       similar to a pooling of interests with assets acquired approximating
       liabilities assumed and no additional shares of Motor Cargo's common
       stock being issued.

       On January 1, 1996 a new entity, MCI was incorporated. Following its
       incorporation, the Company issued 5,120,000 shares of common stock in
       exchange for all of the outstanding common stock of Motor Cargo (256
       shares). This transaction was accounted for in a manner similar to a
       pooling of interests. MCI, which had no significant assets or liabilities
       at the time of the exchange, functions as a non-operating holding company
       for the operating entities. The consolidated financial statements for all
       periods presented include the accounts and operations of all entities for
       the periods the entities were in existence.

       Effective August 28, 1997, the membership interests of Ute were acquired
       in exchange for 700,000 shares of common stock of the Company. Because of
       the common ownership of the two entities, this transaction was accounted
       for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests. Ute is included in the
       consolidated financial statements for all periods presented as a
       wholly-owned subsidiary of MCI. Revenues and earnings (loss) for Ute for
       each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 and for the
       six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are as follows: $8,283,197 and
       $486,544; $7,773,901 and $523,606; $9,018,480 and $361,350; $1,606,137
       and $(33,309); $4,531,853 and $274,247, respectively. All revenue
       generated in Ute is from the renting and contracting, under an
       independent operating agreement, of revenue equipment to Motor Cargo.
       Therefore, Ute's related operations are eliminated in the consolidated
       financial statements.


NOTE N - PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT

       During the six months ended June 30, 1997, the Company changed its method
       of accounting for tires. The previous method involved recording new
       tires, (tires purchased with new equipment and replacement stock) as
       prepaid tires upon purchase and amortizing them based on normal
       tread-wear. The new method involves expensing replacement tires upon
       placement into service. Under the new method, tires purchased with new
       equipment are capitalized as equipment and depreciated over the estimated
       useful life of the equipment (5-10 years). Management believes the new
       method should simplify the comparability of its financial statements with
       other regulated motor carriers. The effect of the change, which was not
       significant, was retroactively applied to all periods presented.

NOTE O - ACCRUED LIABILITIES

       Accrued liabilities consist of the following:




                                      F-23
<PAGE>   70
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31,
                                           --------------------------       June 30,
                                              1995            1996            1997
                                           ----------      ----------      ----------
            <S>                            <C>             <C>             <C>       
            Salaries, wages, payroll
                 taxes and benefits        $2,261,821      $1,943,386      $2,196,619
            Accrued employee benefits         705,538         684,301         668,235
            Income taxes payable                   --              --         624,746
            Vacation accrual                  811,962         925,274       1,170,988
            All other                         434,622         343,915         333,078
                                           ----------      ----------      ----------
                                           $4,213,943      $3,896,876      $4,993,666
                                           ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>


NOTE P - ACCRUED CLAIMS PAYABLE

       The history of accrued claims payable is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31,
                                                -----------------------------        June 30,
                                                    1995              1996             1997
                                                -----------       -----------       -----------
            <S>                                 <C>               <C>               <C>       

            Balance at beginning of period      $ 1,552,200       $ 1,675,118       $ 2,028,631
            Provisions                            1,462,594         2,385,923         2,108,574
            Expenditures                         (1,339,676)       (2,032,410)       (1,919,744)
                                                -----------       -----------       -----------

            Balance at end of period            $ 1,675,118       $ 2,028,631       $ 2,217,461
                                                ===========       ===========       ===========
</TABLE>


NOTE Q - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

       Common stock offering

       In October 1997, the Company's Board of Directors approved the filing of
       a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, to
       register up to 2,564,500 shares of the Company's common stock of which
       approximately 1,080,000 shares could by sold by identified selling
       stockholders.


NOTE Q - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - CONTINUED

       Stock option plan




                                      F-24
<PAGE>   71
                  MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       In October 1997, the Company's Board of Directors adopted the Motor Cargo
       Industries, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the Plan). The purpose of the
       Plan is to provide certain of the Company's key employees an opportunity
       to acquire an ownership interest in the Company. The Company has reserved
       500,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. These shares
       may be issued as incentive stock options or awards. To date, no options
       have been issued under the Plan.

       The Company intends to account for stock-based compensation under
       Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, under which no significant
       compensation cost is expected to be recognized upon grant of the options.
       The Company intends to adopt only the disclosure provisions of Financial
       Accounting Standard No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation"
       (SFAS 123). The Company, therefore, does not expect SFAS 123 to have a
       material impact on its financial position or operations.

       Stock award

       In October 1997, the Company's Board of Directors awarded an officer of
       the Company 20,000 shares of the Company's common stock, contingent upon
       completion of the common stock offering. The award was made pursuant to a
       Restricted Stock Agreement which states that upon completion of the
       offering, 20,000 shares of the Company's common stock will be issued in
       the officer's name. The Company will hold the certificates for the
       shares, which will be released in four installments, each consisting of
       25% of the shares issued based on the officer's continued employment. In
       the event the officer voluntarily ceases his employment with the Company
       or the Company terminates his employment for cause the shares not
       previously released will be forfeited. Termination of employment by the
       Company without cause, or termination due to disability or death will
       result in the prompt release of some or all shares not previously
       released, depending upon the date of the relevant event.







                                      F-25
<PAGE>   72



[THE INSIDE BACK COVER OF THE PROSPECTUS CONTAINS SUPERIMPOSED IMAGES OF A
COMPANY SERVICE CENTER, TWO COMPANY EMPLOYEES, SEVERAL COMPANY TRACTORS
(INCLUDING ONE TRACTOR PULLING A DOUBLE TRAILER, A COMPANY DELIVERY VAN
DISPLAYING "PRIORITY+PLUS" AND A PHONE NUMBER FOR "HOT SHOT SERVICE" AND A FLAG
DISPLAYING THE COMPANY'S LOGO].


<PAGE>   73
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON, OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER
TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THE
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO, OR A SOLICITATION OF,
ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO
CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.


                      ----------


                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                            Page
Prospectus Summary.............................3
Risk Factors...................................7
History of the Company........................12
Use of Proceeds...............................12
Dividend Policy...............................13
Capitalization................................13
Dilution......................................14
Selected Consolidated Financial Data..........15
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Conditions and Results of 
  Operation...................................17
Industry Overview.............................22
Business......................................24
Management....................................34
Certain Transactions..........................38
Principal and Selling Shareholders............39
Description of Capital Stock..................40
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...............41
Underwriting..................................42
Experts.......................................42
Legal Matters.................................43
Additional Information........................44
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements...F-1


UNTIL ______________, 1997 (25 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.




                   2,230,000 SHARES



                      MOTOR CARGO
                   INDUSTRIES, INC.



                     COMMON STOCK




                    --------------

                      PROSPECTUS
                    --------------



             MORGAN KEEGAN & COMPANY, INC.










                 _______________, 1997


<PAGE>   74
                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

         The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Company in connection
with the sale of Common Stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except
the registration fee and the NASD filing fees.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Amount
                                                                                                   to
                                                                                                Be Paid
                                                                                                --------
                  <S>                                                                            <C>   
                  Registration fee...........................................................   $ 10,880
                  NASD fee                                                                         4,090
                  Nasdaq listing and entry fee................................................    35,000
                  Printing and engraving......................................................    75,000
                  Legal fees and expenses of the Company......................................   200,000
                  Accounting fees and expenses................................................   175,000
                  Blue sky fees and expenses..................................................     6,000
                  Directors and officers liability insurance..................................    75,000
                  Transfer agent fees ........................................................     6,000
                  Miscellaneous...............................................................    13,030
                                                                                                --------
                           TOTAL    ..........................................................  $600,000
                                                                                                ========
</TABLE>

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Section 16-10a-902 ("Section 902") of the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act (the "Revised Act") provides that a corporation may indemnify
any individual who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or
respondent (a "Party") in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether
formal or informal (a "Proceeding"), because he is or was a director of the
corporation or, while a director of the corporation, is or was serving at its
request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary or agent
of another corporation or other person or of an employee benefit plan (an
"Indemnified Director"), against any obligation incurred with respect to a
Proceeding, including any judgment, settlement, penalty, fine or reasonable
expenses (including attorneys' fees), incurred in the Proceeding if his conduct
was in good faith, he reasonably believed that his conduct was in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, in the case of any
criminal Proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
unlawful; except that (i) indemnification under Section 902 in connection with a
Proceeding by or in the right of the corporation is limited to payment of
reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with the
Proceeding and (ii) the corporation may not indemnify a director in connection
with a Proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director
was adjudged liable to the corporation, or in connection with any other
Proceeding charging that the director derived an improper personal benefit,
whether or not involving action in his official capacity, in which Proceeding he
was adjudged liable on the basis that he derived an improper personal benefit.

         Section 16-10a-903 ("Section 903") of the Revised Act provides that,
unless limited by its articles of incorporation, a corporation shall indemnify a
director who was successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the 




                                      II-1
<PAGE>   75
defense of any Proceeding, or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter in
the proceeding, to which he was a Party because he is or was a director of the
corporation, against reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by
him in connection with the Proceeding or claim with respect to which he has been
successful.

         In addition to the indemnification provided by Sections 902 and 903,
Section 16-10a-905 ("Section 905") of the Revised Act provides that, unless
otherwise limited by a corporation's articles of incorporation, a director may
apply for indemnification to the court conducting the Proceeding or to another
court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application and after giving
any notice the court considers necessary, (i) the court may order mandatory
indemnification under Section 903, in which case the court shall also order the
corporation to pay the director's reasonable expenses to obtain court-ordered
indemnification, or (ii) upon the court's determination that the director is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant
circumstances and regardless of whether the director met the applicable standard
of conduct set forth in Section 902, the court may order indemnification as the
court determines to be proper, except that indemnification with respect to
certain Proceedings resulting in a director being found liable for certain
actions against the corporation may be limited to reasonable expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred by the director.

         Section 16-10a-904 ("Section 904") of the Revised Act provides that a
corporation may pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred by a director who is a Party to a Proceeding in
advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding if (i) the director furnishes
the corporation a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met
the applicable standard of conduct described in Section 902, (ii) the director
furnishes to the corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on
his behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that he did not
meet the required standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made that
the facts then known to those making the determination would not preclude
indemnification under Section 904.

         Section 16-10a-907 ("Section 907") of the Revised Act provides that,
unless a corporation's articles of incorporation provide otherwise, (i) an
officer of the corporation is entitled to mandatory indemnification under
Section 903 and is entitled to apply for court ordered indemnification under
Section 905, in each case to the same extent as a director, (ii) the corporation
may indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee, fiduciary or agent
of the corporation to the same extent as a director, and (iii) a corporation may
also indemnify and advance expenses to an officer, employee, fiduciary or agent
who is not a director to a greater extent than the right of indemnification
granted to directors, if not inconsistent with public policy, and if provided
for by its articles of incorporation, bylaws, general or specific action of its
board of directors or contract.

         The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company may indemnify an
individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director of the
Company against liability if the Company has authorized the indemnification
pursuant to (i) the majority vote of the Board of Directors of the Company
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present, with only those directors not
party to the proceeding being counted to satisfy the quorum, (ii) the majority
vote of a committee of the Board of Directors of the Company consisting of two
or more directors not party to the proceeding, (iii) where the procedure set
forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above cannot be satisfied, the majority vote of
the full Board of Directors of the Company, including any directors who are
party to the proceeding, or (iv) the majority vote of the shareholders of the
Company. In addition, a determination must be made in the same manner as
described in the preceding sentence, or by special legal counsel selected by the
Board of Directors of the Company or its committee, to the effect that the
standard of conduct set forth in Section 902 has been met.

         The Bylaws also provide that the Company may pay for or reimburse in
advance of final disposition of any proceeding the reasonable expenses incurred
by an individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director of
the Company if authorization of such payment is made in the same manner as
described in the first sentence of the preceding paragraph and a determination
is made in the same manner as described in the last sentence of the preceding
paragraph that (i) the individual has furnished to 




                                      II-2
<PAGE>   76
the Company a written affirmation of his good faith belief that he has met the
standard of conduct set forth in Section 902, (ii) the individual has furnished
to the Company a written undertaking to repay the advance if it is ultimately
determined that the individual did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in
Section 902, and (iii) the facts then know to those making the determination
would not preclude indemnification under the Bylaws of the Company or Section
904.

         The Bylaws of the Company also provide that the Company may indemnify
and advance expenses to any individual made a party to a proceeding because the
individual is or was an officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Company to
the same extent as to an individual made a party to a proceeding because he is
or was a director of the Company, or to a greater extent, if not inconsistent
with public policy, if provided for by general or specific action of the Board
of Directors of the Company.

         The Company's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws have similar
provisions providing that a director of the Company shall not be liable to the
Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for any action taken or any
failure to take any action as a director, except liability for (i) the amount of
a financial benefit received by a director to which he his not entitled, (ii) an
intentional infliction of harm on the Company or its shareholders, (iii) a
violation of Section 16-10a-842 of the Revised Act which prohibits unlawful
distributions by a corporation or its shareholders, or (iv) an intentional
violation of criminal law. Utah law permits director liability to be eliminated
to the extent liability for the items described in clauses (i) through (iv) of
the preceding sentence is preserved.

         Reference is also made to the Underwriting Agreement filed herewith
pursuant to which the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify the Company and its
officers and directors against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act.

         Indemnification may be granted pursuant to any other agreement, bylaw,
or vote of shareholders or directors. In addition to the foregoing, the Company
maintains insurance from commercial carriers against certain liabilities which
may be incurred by its directors and officers. The foregoing description is
necessarily general and does not describe all details regarding the
indemnification of officers, directors or controlling persons of the Company.

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

         In January 1996, the Company issued 4,400,000 shares of Common Stock to
Harold R. Tate and 120,000 shares of Common Stock to each of Marshall L. Tate,
Marvin L. Friedland, Lauri Tate Franks, Darrell Tate, Troy Tate and Mia Tate in
exchange for their respective shares of Motor Cargo common stock. The Company
believes that the issuance of Common Stock to the foregoing persons, which did
not involve a public offering or sale of securities, was exempt from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to the exemption from
registration afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. No underwriters,
brokers or finders were involved in this transaction.

        Effective as of August 28, 1997, the Company issued 490,000 shares of
Common Stock to Harold R. Tate and 70,000 shares of Common Stock to each of
Marshall L. Tate, Marvin L. Friedland and Darrell Tate for their respective
interests in Ute Trucking and Leasing, LLC. The Company believes that the
issuance of the Common Stock to the foregoing persons, which did not involve a
public offering or sale of securities, was exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to the exemption from registration
afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. No underwriters, brokers or
finders were involved in this transaction.




                                      II-3
<PAGE>   77
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

         (a)  Exhibits

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Exhibit
        Number
        -------
        <S>       <C>
         1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

         3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

         3.2      Bylaws of the Company.

         4.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Registration Statement.

         4.2      Bylaws of the Company filed as Exhibit 3.2 to this Registration Statement.

         4.3      Specimen certificate.*

         5        Opinion of Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall & McCarthy.*

         10.1     1996 Credit Agreement, dated June 19, 1996, between Motor Cargo and Sanwa Bank California.*

         10.2     1997 Stock Option Plan.

         10.3     Pension Plan of Employees of Motor Cargo and Trust Agreement.

         10.4     Motor Cargo Profit Sharing Plan.

         10.5     Restricted Stock Agreement, dated October 2, 1997, between the Company and Louis V. Holdener.

         10.6     Agreement to Purchase and Sell Leasehold Interest dated October 2, 1990 between Leonard L.
                  Gumport and Motor Cargo.

         10.7     Lease Agreement dated December 23, 1996 between Channing, Inc. and Motor Cargo.

         10.8     Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1989 between Andrea Tacchino Company and Motor Cargo.

         10.9     First Amendment to Lease dated March 1, 1990 between Andrea Tacchino Company and Motor Cargo.

         10.10    Lease Agreement dated October 31, 1995 between Pete Aardema and Motor Cargo.

         10.11    Lease Agreement dated September 29, 1995 among Colburn R. Thomason, Michael Tolladay, Kevin
                  Tweed and Motor Cargo.

         10.12    Form of Salary Continuation Agreement
</TABLE>




                                      II-4
<PAGE>   78
<TABLE>
        <S>       <C>
         10.13    Promissory Note dated March 25, 1993 in favor of Corestates Bank, N.A.*

         10.14    Promissory Note dated  May 21, 1993 in favor of Banc One Arizona Leasing Corporation.*

         10.15    Promissory Note dated June 23, 1994 in favor of Lease Plan U.S.A.*

         10.16    Promissory Note dated July 29, 1994 in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation.*

         10.17    Promissory Note dated September 8, 1994 in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation.*

         10.18    Promissory Note dated May 7, 1996 in favor of Lease Plan U.S.A.*

         10.19    Promissory Note dated August 16, 1993 in favor of Sanwa Bank.*

         10.20    Promissory Note dated March 30, 1990 in favor of Sanwa Bank California.*

         10.21    Contribution Agreement, dated August 28, 1997, between the
                  Company and the members of Ute Trucking and Leasing, LLC.

         10.22    Management Agreement between the Company and FHF Transportation, Inc.*

         21       List of subsidiaries

         23.1     Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

         23.2     Consent of Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall & McCarthy (included in Exhibit 5).*

         24.1     Power of Attorney (included on page II-7 of this Registration
                  Statement).

         27       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- -----------------

* To be supplied by amendment.


         (b) Financial Statement Schedules

         Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set
forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes
thereto.


ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of
Registrant pursuant to the provisions set forth in Item 14, or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by Registrant
of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of
Registrant in the successful defense of any action, 




                                      II-5
<PAGE>   79
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person
in connection with the securities being registered, Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and the Registrant will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

         The Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the
closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

                  (a) For purposes of determining any liability under the
         Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus
         filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A
         and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant
         to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be
         deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was
         declared effective.

                  (b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
         Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
         Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating
         to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
         at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
         thereof.







                                      II-6
<PAGE>   80
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of North Salt
Lake, State of Utah, on this 6th day of October, 1997.


                                 MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                 By: /s/ MARSHALL L. TATE
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                       Marshall L. Tate
                                       President and Chief Executive Officer


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Marshall L. Tate and Marvin L. Friedland,
and each or either of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with
full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place
and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including
post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and any registration
statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to
Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or any of them, or their, his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do
or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on October 6,
1997 in the capacities indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  SIGNATURE                                     TITLE
                  ---------                                     -----
<S>                                         <C>
/s/  HAROLD R. TATE                         Chairman of the Board
- ----------------------------------------
Harold R. Tate


/s/  MARSHALL L. TATE                       President and Chief Executive Officer and Director
- ----------------------------------------    (principal executive officer)
Marshall L. Tate                           


/s/   LYNN H. WHEELER                       Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
- ----------------------------------------    (principal financial and accounting officer)
Lynn H. Wheeler                            

/s/   MARVIN L. FRIEDLAND                   Director
- ----------------------------------------
Marvin L. Friedland
</TABLE>







                                      II-7
<PAGE>   81
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Exhibit
        Number
        -------
        <S>       <C>
         1.1      Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

         3.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company.

         3.2      Bylaws of the Company.

         4.1      Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed as Exhibit 3.1 to this Registration Statement.

         4.2      Bylaws of the Company filed as Exhibit 3.2 to this Registration Statement.

         4.3      Specimen certificate.*

         5        Opinion of Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall & McCarthy.*

         10.1     1996 Credit Agreement, dated June 19, 1996, between Motor Cargo and Sanwa Bank California.*

         10.2     1997 Stock Option Plan.

         10.3     Pension Plan of Employees of Motor Cargo and Trust Agreement.

         10.4     Motor Cargo Profit Sharing Plan.

         10.5     Restricted Stock Agreement, dated October 2, 1997, between the Company and Louis V. Holdener.

         10.6     Agreement to Purchase and Sell Leasehold Interest dated October 2, 1990 between Leonard L.
                  Gumport and Motor Cargo.

         10.7     Lease Agreement dated December 23, 1996 between Channing, Inc. and Motor Cargo.

         10.8     Lease Agreement dated as of January 1, 1989 between Andrea Tacchino Company and Motor Cargo.

         10.9     First Amendment to Lease dated March 1, 1990 between Andrea Tacchino Company and Motor Cargo.

         10.10    Lease Agreement dated October 31, 1995 between Pete Aardema and Motor Cargo.

         10.11    Lease Agreement dated September 29, 1995 among Colburn R. Thomason, Michael Tolladay, Kevin
                  Tweed and Motor Cargo.

         10.12    Form of Salary Continuation Agreement

         10.13    Promissory Note dated March 25, 1993 in favor of Corestates Bank, N.A.*
</TABLE>





                                      II-8
<PAGE>   82
<TABLE>
        <S>       <C>
         10.14    Promissory Note dated  May 21, 1993 in favor of Banc One Arizona Leasing Corporation.*

         10.15    Promissory Note dated June 23, 1994 in favor of Lease Plan U.S.A.*

         10.16    Promissory Note dated July 29, 1994 in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation.*

         10.17    Promissory Note dated September 8, 1994 in favor of General Electric Capital Corporation.*

         10.18    Promissory Note dated May 7, 1996 in favor of Lease Plan U.S.A.*

         10.19    Promissory Note dated August 16, 1993 in favor of Sanwa Bank.*

         10.20    Promissory Note dated March 30, 1990 in favor of Sanwa Bank California.*

         10.21    Contribution Agreement, dated August 28, 1997, between the
                  Company and the members of Ute Trucking and Leasing, LLC.

         10.22    Management Agreement between the Company and FHF Transportation, Inc.*

         21       List of subsidiaries

         23.1     Consent of Grant Thornton LLP.

         23.2     Consent of Van Cott, Bagley, Cornwall & McCarthy (included in Exhibit 5).*

         24.1     Power of Attorney (included on page II-7 of this Registration Statement).

         27       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- -----------------

* To be supplied by amendment.


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 3.1


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 1996

                  The undersigned, acting as incorporator of a corporation under
the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, as amended, supplemented or
superseded (the "Act"), adopts the following Articles of Incorporation for such
corporation:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                      NAME

               The name of this corporation (the "Corporation") is

                          Motor Cargo Industries, Inc.


                                   ARTICLE II

                               PURPOSES AND POWERS

                  The Corporation is organized to engage in any and all lawful
acts, activities, and/or pursuits for which corporations may presently or
hereafter be organized under the Act.

                  The Corporation shall have all powers allowed by law,
including without limitation those powers described in Section 302 of the Act.
The purposes stated herein shall be construed as powers as well as purposes and
the enumeration of a specific purpose or power shall not be construed to limit
or restrict the meaning of general terms or the general powers; nor shall the
expression of one thing be deemed to exclude another not expressed, although it
be of like nature.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                AUTHORIZED SHARES

                  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares.
The total number of shares the Corporation is authorized to issue is One Hundred
Twenty-Five Million (125,000,000) shares. The preferences, limitations and
relative rights of the two classes of shares of the Corporation are as follows:

                                  Common Stock

                  1. Number, Designation and Par Value. The Corporation is
authorized to issue One Hundred Million (100,000,000) shares designated as
"Common Stock," each having no par value (the "Common Stock").


<PAGE>   2
                  2. Voting. All voting rights of the Corporation, subject to
any preferences or rights that may be granted to the holders of the Preferred
Stock (as defined below), shall be exercised by the holders of the Common Stock.

                  3. Net Assets. The holders of the Common Stock, subject to any
preferences or rights that may be granted to the holders of the Preferred Stock,
shall be entitled to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon the
dissolution of the Corporation.

                  4. Payment. All shares of the Common Stock shall be fully paid
and nonassessable.


                                 Preferred Stock

                  1. Number, Designation and Par Value. The Corporation is
authorized to issue Twenty-Five Million (25,000,000) shares designated as
"Preferred Stock," each having no par value (the "Preferred Stock").

                  2. Additional Terms. The Board of Directors of the
Corporation, without shareholder action, may amend these Articles of
Incorporation to establish additional terms of the Preferred Stock (or any
series of the Preferred Stock) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 602 of
the Act.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

                  The address of the initial registered office of the
Corporation is 845 West Center Street, North Salt Lake, Utah 84054, and the name
of its initial registered agent at such address is Marvin L. Friedland.


                                    ARTICLE V

                             LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

                  1.       Within the meaning of and in accordance with Section
841 of the Act:

                           (a) Personal Liability. No director of the
Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders
for monetary damages for any action taken or any failure to take any action as a
director, except as provided in Paragraph 1 of this Article V.

                           (b) Scope of Limitation. The limitation of liability
contemplated in Paragraph 1 of this Article V shall not extend to (i) the amount
of a financial benefit received by a director to which he is not entitled, (ii)
an intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or its shareholders, (iii)
a violation of Section 842 of the Act, or (iv) an intentional violation of
criminal law.




                                       2
<PAGE>   3
                           (c) Modification. Any repeal or modification of
Paragraph 1 of this Article V by
the shareholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or
protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal
or modification.

                           (d) Interpretation. Without limitation, Paragraph 1
of this Article V shall be applied and interpreted, and shall be deemed to
incorporate, any provision of the Act, as the same exists or may hereafter be
amended, as well as any applicable interpretation of Utah law, so that personal
liability of directors of the Corporation to the Corporation or its
shareholders, or to any third person, shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent as from time to time permitted by Utah law.

                  2. The personal liability of officers of the Corporation to
the Corporation or its shareholders, or to any third person, shall be eliminated
or limited to the fullest extent as from time to time permitted by Utah law.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  INCORPORATOR

                  The name and address of the incorporator is as follows:
================================================================================
                  Name                              Address
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Marvin L. Friedland              845 West Center Street
                                         North Salt Lake, Utah  84045
================================================================================

                                    ARTICLE V

                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

                  These Articles of Incorporation shall be effective on January
1, 1996.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator of
the Corporation, hereby executes these Articles of Incorporation and certifies
to the truth of the facts herein stated, this ____ day of December, 1995.



                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Marvin L. Friedland, Incorporator




                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                       ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF REGISTERED AGENT

                  The undersigned, Marvin L. Friedland, hereby acknowledges that
he has been named as registered agent of Motor Cargo Industries, Inc., a Utah
corporation to be formed pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation to which this
Acknowledgment is attached, and the undersigned hereby agrees to act as
registered agent of the corporation.


                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Marvin L. Friedland, Registered Agent








                                 MAILING ADDRESS

                  If, upon completion of filing of the above Articles of
Incorporation, the Division elects to send a copy of the Articles of
Incorporation to the Corporation by mail, the address to which the copy should
be mailed is:

                                    Motor Cargo Industries, Inc.
                                    845 West Center Street
                                    North Salt Lake, Utah  84054








                                       4

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2





                                   B Y L A W S





                                       OF







                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.




                               A UTAH CORPORATION




                                      1996












<PAGE>   2



                                         T A B L E   O F   C O N T E N T S



<TABLE>
<S>               <C>             <C>                                                                  <C>
ARTICLE 1.  OFFICES
                  Section 1.1.    Business Offices....................................................  1
                  Section 1.2.    Registered Office...................................................  1

ARTICLE 2.  SHAREHOLDERS
                  Section 2.1.    Annual Shareholder Meeting..........................................  1
                  Section 2.2.    Special Shareholder Meetings........................................  1
                  Section 2.3.    Place of Shareholder Meetings.......................................  2
                  Section 2.4.    Notice of Shareholder Meeting.......................................  2
                  Section 2.5.    Fixing of Record Date...............................................  3
                  Section 2.6.    Shareholder List....................................................  5
                  Section 2.7.    Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements..........................  5
                  Section 2.8.    Proxies.............................................................  6
                  Section 2.9.    Voting of Shares....................................................  6
                  Section 2.10.   Corporation's Acceptance of Votes...................................  7
                  Section 2.11.   Informal Action by Shareholders.....................................  9
                  Section 2.12.   Waiver of Notice.................................................... 10
                  Section 2.13.   Voting for Directors................................................ 10
                  Section 2.14.   Rights of Shareholders to Inspect Corporate Records................. 11
                  Section 2.15.   Furnishing Financial Statements to a Shareholder.................... 13
                  Section 2.16.   Information Respecting Shares....................................... 13

ARTICLE 3.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                  Section 3.1.    General Powers...................................................... 13
                  Section 3.2.    Number, Tenure and Qualifications of Directors...................... 13
                  Section 3.3.    Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors.......................... 14
                  Section 3.4.    Special Meetings of the Board of Directors.......................... 14
                  Section 3.5.    Notice and Waiver of Notice of Special Director Meetings............ 14
                  Section 3.6.    Quorum of Directors................................................. 15
                  Section 3.7.    Manner of Acting.................................................... 15
                  Section 3.8.    Director Action By Written Consent.................................. 16
                  Section 3.9.    Resignation of Directors............................................ 16
                  Section 3.10.   Removal of Directors................................................ 17
                  Section 3.11.   Board of Director Vacancies......................................... 17
                  Section 3.12.   Director Compensation............................................... 18
                  Section 3.13.   Director Committees................................................. 18
</TABLE>




                                      -i-

<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>               <C>             <C>                                                                  <C>
                  Section 3.14.   Director's Rights to Inspect Corporate Records...................... 18
                  Section 3.15.   General Standards of Conduct for Directors.......................... 20

ARTICLE 4.  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES
                  Section 4.1.    Creation of Committees.............................................. 21
                  Section 4.2.    Approval of Committees and Members.................................. 21
                  Section 4.3.    Required Procedures................................................. 21
                  Section 4.4.    Authority........................................................... 21
                  Section 4.5.    Authority of Executive Committee.................................... 21
                  Section 4.6.    Compensation........................................................ 22

ARTICLE 5.  OFFICERS
                  Section 5.1.    Officers............................................................ 22
                  Section 5.2.    Appointment and Term of Office...................................... 22
                  Section 5.3.    Resignation of Officers............................................. 22
                  Section 5.4.    Removal of Officers................................................. 22
                  Section 5.5.    Chairman............................................................ 23
                  Section 5.6.    Chief Executive Officer............................................. 23
                  Section 5.7.    President........................................................... 23
                  Section 5.8.    Vice Presidents..................................................... 24
                  Section 5.9.    Secretary........................................................... 24
                  Section 5.10.   Treasurer........................................................... 25
                  Section 5.11.   Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers...................... 26
                  Section 5.12.   Salaries............................................................ 26
                  Section 5.13.   General Standards of Conduct for Officers........................... 26

ARTICLE 6.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS,
            EMPLOYEES, FIDUCIARIES, AND AGENTS
                  Section 6.1.    Limitation of Liability of Directors................................ 27
                  Section 6.2.    Indemnification of Directors........................................ 27
                  Section 6.3.    Advance Payment of Expenses......................................... 28
                  Section 6.4.    Indemnification of Officers, Employees, Fiduciaries, and
                                  Agents.............................................................. 29
                  Section 6.5.    Insurance........................................................... 29

ARTICLE 7.  EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS, BORROWING OF MONEY
            AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS
                  Section 7.1.    Execution of Instruments............................................ 30
                  Section 7.2.    Loans............................................................... 30
                  Section 7.3.    Deposits............................................................ 30
</TABLE>



                                      -ii-

<PAGE>   4
<TABLE>
<S>               <C>             <C>                                                                  <C>
                  Section 7.4.    Checks, Drafts, etc................................................. 30
                  Section 7.5.    Bonds and Debentures................................................ 30
                  Section 7.6.    Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities.................................. 31
                  Section 7.7.    Proxies............................................................. 31

ARTICLE 8.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
                  Section 8.1.    Certificates for Shares............................................. 31
                  Section 8.2.    Shares Without Certificates......................................... 32
                  Section 8.3.    Registration of Transfer of Shares.................................. 33
                  Section 8.4.    Transfer Agents and Registrars...................................... 33
                  Section 8.5.    Restrictions on Transfer of Shares Permitted........................ 33
                  Section 8.6.    Acquisition of Shares............................................... 34
                  Section 8.7.    Lost or Destroyed Certificates...................................... 35

ARTICLE 9.  DISTRIBUTIONS
                  Section 9.1.    Distributions....................................................... 35

ARTICLE 10.  CORPORATE SEAL
                  Section 10.1.   Corporate Seal...................................................... 35

ARTICLE 11.  FISCAL YEAR
                  Section 11.1.   Fiscal Year......................................................... 36

ARTICLE 12.  AMENDMENTS
                  Section 12.1.   Amendments by Board of Directors.................................... 36
                  Section 12.2.   Amendments by Shareholders.......................................... 36
                  Section 12.3.   Amendments.......................................................... 36
</TABLE>






                                     -iii-
<PAGE>   5
                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.



                               ARTICLE 1. OFFICES

         Section 1.1. Business Offices. The principal office of Motor Cargo
Industries, Inc. (the "Corporation") shall be located at any place either within
or outside the State of Utah, as designated in the Corporation's Articles of
Incorporation or the Corporation's most recent annual report on file with the
Utah Department of Commerce, Division of Corporations and Commercial Code (the
"Division") providing such information. The Corporation may have such other
offices, either within or outside the State of Utah as the Board of Directors
may designate or as the business of the Corporation may require from time to
time. The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office a copy of those
records specified in Section 2.14 of Article 2 of these Bylaws. (16-10a-102(24))

         Section 1.2. Registered Office. The registered office of the
Corporation required by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act shall be
located within the State of Utah. The address of the registered office may be
changed from time to time. (16-10a-501 and 16-10a-502)

                             ARTICLE 2. SHAREHOLDERS

         Section 2.1. Annual Shareholder Meeting. An annual meeting of the
shareholders shall be held each year on the date, at the time, and at the place,
fixed by the Board of Directors, beginning with an annual meeting for the year
1995, for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such
other business as may come before the meeting. (16-10a-701)

         Section 2.2. Special Shareholder Meetings. Special meetings of the
shareholders may be called, for any purposes described in the notice of the
meeting, by the president, or by the Board of Directors, and shall be called by
the president at the request of the holder(s) of not less than one-tenth of all


- --------------
*  Citations in parentheses are to Utah Code Annotated. These citations are for
   reference only and shall not constitute a part of these by law.


<PAGE>   6
outstanding votes of the Corporation entitled to be cast on any issue at the
meeting. (16-10a-702)

         Section 2.3. Place of Shareholder Meetings. The Board of Directors may
designate any place, either within or outside the State of Utah, as the place
for any annual meeting of the shareholders. The president, the Board of
Directors or the shareholder(s) authorized by these Bylaws to request a meeting,
as the case may be, may designate any place, either within or outside the State
of Utah, as the place for any special meeting of the shareholders called by such
person or group. If no designation is made regarding the place of the meeting,
the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.
(16-10a-701(2) and 16-10a-702(3))

         Section 2.4. Notice of Shareholder Meeting.

         (a) Required Notice. Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of
any annual or special shareholder meeting shall be delivered not less than ten
(10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either
personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the person or group calling the
meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting, and to
any other shareholder entitled by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act or
the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation to receive notice of the meeting.
Notice shall be deemed to be effective when mailed.

         (b) Notice Not Required. Notice shall not be required to be given to
any shareholder to whom:

             (1) A notice of two consecutive annual meetings, and all notices of
         meetings or of the taking of action by written consent without a
         meeting during the period between the two consecutive annual meetings,
         have been mailed, addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder's
         address as shown on the records of the Corporation, and have been
         returned undeliverable; or

             (2) at least two payments, if sent by first class mail, of
         dividends or interest on securities during a twelve month period, have
         been mailed, addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder's address
         as shown on the records of the Corporation, and have been returned
         undeliverable.

         If a shareholder to whom notice is not required to be given delivers to
the Corporation a written notice setting forth the shareholder's current
address, or if another address for the 




                                      -2-
<PAGE>   7
shareholder is otherwise made known to the Corporation, the requirement that
notice be given to the shareholder is reinstated. (16-10a-103 and 16-10a-705)

         (c) Adjourned Meeting. If any shareholder meeting is adjourned to a
different date, time, or place, notice need not be given of the new date, time,
or place, if the new date, time, or place is announced at the meeting before
adjournment. However, if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or
if after the adjournment a new record date for the adjourned meeting is or must
be fixed (see Section 2.5 of these Bylaws), then notice must be given pursuant
to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.4 to shareholders of
record who are entitled to vote at the meeting. (16-10a-705(4))

         (d) Contents of Notice. Notice of any special meeting of the
shareholders shall include a description of the purpose or purposes for which
the meeting is called. Except as provided in this paragraph (d) of Section 2.4,
in the Articles of Incorporation, or in the Utah Revised Business Corporation
Act, notice of an annual meeting of the shareholders need not include a
description of the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.
(16-10a-705(2), (3))

         (e) Waiver of Notice of Meeting. Any shareholder may waive notice of a
meeting by a writing signed by the shareholder which is delivered to the
Corporation (either before or after the date and time stated in the notice as
the date or time when any action will occur or has occurred) for inclusion in
the minutes or filing with the Corporation's records. (16-10a-706)

         (f) Effect of Attendance at Meeting. A shareholder's attendance at a
meeting:

             (1) Waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the
         meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects
         to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and

             (2) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the
         meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the
         meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the
         matter when it is presented. (16-10a-706)

         Section 2.5. Fixing of Record Date. For the purpose of determining the
shareholders of any voting group entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting
of the shareholders, or the shareholders entitled to take action without a
meeting or to 




                                      -3-
<PAGE>   8
demand a special meeting, or the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any
distribution or dividend, or in order to make a determination of the
shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may fix in
advance a date as the record date. Such record date shall not be more than
seventy (70) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring
such determination of the shareholders, is to be taken. If no record date is so
fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date shall be at the close of
business on the following dates:

         (a) Annual and Special Meetings. With respect to an annual meeting of
the shareholders or any special meeting of the shareholders called by the
president, the Board of Directors or the shareholder(s) authorized by these
Bylaws to request a meeting, the day before the first notice is delivered to
shareholders. (16-10a-707(2))

         (b) Meeting Demanded by Shareholders. With respect to a special
shareholder meeting demanded by the shareholders pursuant to the Utah Revised
Business Corporation Act, the earliest date of any of the demands pursuant to
which the meeting is called, or sixty (60) days prior to the date the first of
the written demands is received by the Corporation, whichever is later.
(16-10a-702(1)(b), (2))

         (c) Action Without a Meeting. With respect to actions taken in writing
without a meeting (pursuant to Section 2.11 of these Bylaws), the date the first
shareholder delivers to the Corporation a signed written consent upon which the
action is taken. (16-10a-704(6))

         (d) Distributions. With respect to a distribution to the shareholders
(other than one involving a repurchase or reacquisition of shares), the date the
Board of Directors authorizes the distribution. (16-10a-640(2))

         (e) Share Dividend. With respect to the payment of a share dividend,
the date the Board of Directors authorizes the share dividend. (16-10a-623(3))

         When a determination of the shareholders entitled to vote at any
meeting of the shareholders has been made as provided in this Section, such
determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board of
Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned
to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date fixed for the
original meeting. (16-10a-707)

         Section 2.6. Shareholder List. The secretary shall




                                      -4-
<PAGE>   9
make a complete record of the shareholders entitled to vote at each meeting of
shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order within each class or series, with
the address of and the number of shares held by each. If voting groups exist
(see Section 2.7 of these Bylaws), the list must be arranged by voting group,
and within each voting group by class or series of shares. The shareholder list
must be available for inspection by any shareholder, beginning on the earlier of
ten (10) days before the meeting for which the list was prepared or two (2)
business days after notice of the meeting is given and continuing through the
meeting and any adjournments. The list shall be available at the Corporation's
principal office or at a place identified in the notice of the meeting in the
city where the meeting is to be held. A shareholder, his agent, or attorney is
entitled on written demand to inspect and, subject to the requirements of
Section 2.14 of these Bylaws, to inspect and copy the list during regular
business hours and during the period it is available for inspection. The
Corporation shall maintain the shareholder list in written form or in another
form capable of conversion into written form within a reasonable time.
(16-10a-720)

         Section 2.7. Shareholder Quorum and Voting Requirements.

         (a) Quorum. Unless the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw adopted by
the shareholders pursuant to the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, or the
Utah Revised Business Corporation Act provides otherwise, a majority of the
votes entitled to be cast on the matter by the voting group constitutes a quorum
of that voting group for action on that matter. (16-10a-725(1))

         (b) Approval of Actions. If a quorum exists, action on a matter (other
than the election of directors) by a voting group is approved if the votes cast
within the voting group favoring the action exceed the votes cast opposing the
action, unless the Articles of Incorporation, a Bylaw adopted by the
shareholders pursuant to the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, or the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act requires a greater number of affirmative votes.
(16-10a-725(3))

         (c) Single Voting Group. If the Articles of Incorporation or the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act provides for voting by a single voting group on
a matter, action on that matter is taken when approved by that voting group.
(16-10-726(1))

         (d) Voting Groups. Shares entitled to vote as a separate voting group
may take action on a matter at a meeting




                                      -5-
<PAGE>   10
only if a quorum of those shares exists with respect to that matter.
(16-10a-725(1)) If the Articles of Incorporation or the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act provides for voting by two or more voting groups on a matter,
action on that matter is taken only when approved by each of those voting groups
counted separately. One voting group may vote on a matter even though another
voting group entitled to vote on the matter has not voted. (16-10a-726(2))

         (e) Effect of Representation. Once a share is represented for any
purpose at a meeting, including the purpose of determining that a quorum exists,
it is deemed present for quorum purposes for the remainder of the meeting and
for any adjournment of that meeting, unless a new record date is or must be set
for that adjourned meeting. (16-10a-725(2))

         Section 2.8. Proxies. At all meetings of the shareholders, a
shareholder may vote in person or by a proxy executed in any lawful manner. Such
proxy shall be filed with the Corporation before or at the time of the meeting.
No proxy shall be valid after eleven months from the date of its execution
unless otherwise provided in the proxy. (16-10a-722)

         Section 2.9. Voting of Shares.

         (a) Votes per Share. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, each outstanding share entitled to vote shall be entitled to one
vote, and each fractional share shall be entitled to a corresponding fractional
vote, upon each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders.
(16-10a-721(1))

         (b) Restriction on Shares Held by Controlled Corporation. Except as
provided by specific court order, no shares of the Corporation held by another
corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of
directors of such other corporation are held by the Corporation, shall be voted
at any meeting of the Corporation or counted in determining the total number of
outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting. However, the
power of the Corporation to vote any shares, including its own shares, held by
it in a fiduciary capacity is not hereby limited. (16-10a-721(2), (3))

         (c) Redeemable Shares. Redeemable shares are not entitled to be voted
after notice of redemption is mailed to the holders thereof and a sum sufficient
to redeem the shares has been deposited with a bank, trust company, or other
financial institution under an irrevocable obligation to pay the holders 




                                      -6-
<PAGE>   11
         the redemption price on surrender of the shares. (16-10a-721(4))
Section 2.10. Corporation's Acceptance of Votes.

         (a) Corresponding Name. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver,
proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation corresponds to the name of a
shareholder, the Corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the
vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation and
give it effect as the act of the shareholder. (16-10a-724(1))

         (b) Name does not Correspond. If the name signed on a vote, consent,
waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation does not correspond
to the name of a shareholder, the Corporation, if acting in good faith, is
nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or
proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the shareholder
if:

             (1) The shareholder is an entity as defined in the Utah Revised
         Business Corporation Act and the name signed purports to be that of an
         officer or agent of the entity;

             (2) the name signed purports to be that of an administrator,
         executor, guardian, or conservator representing the shareholder and, if
         the Corporation requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to
         the Corporation has been presented with respect to the vote, consent,
         waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation;

             (3) the name signed purports to be that of a receiver or trustee in
         bankruptcy of the shareholder and, if the Corporation requests,
         evidence of this status acceptable to the Corporation has been
         presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment,
         or proxy appointment revocation;

             (4) the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial
         owner, or attorney-in-fact of the shareholder and, if the Corporation
         requests, evidence acceptable to the Corporation of the signatory's
         authority to sign for the shareholder has been presented with respect
         to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment
         revocation;

             (5) two or more persons are the shareholder as




                                      -7-
<PAGE>   12
         cotenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of
         at least one of the cotenants or fiduciaries and the person signing
         appears to be acting on behalf of all the cotenants or fiduciaries; or

             (6) the acceptance of the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment,
         or proxy appointment revocation is otherwise proper under rules
         established by the Corporation that are not inconsistent with the
         provisions of this Section 2.10. (16-10a-724(2))

         (c) Shares owned by Two or More Persons. If shares of the Corporation
are registered in the names of two or more persons, or if two or more persons
have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the
secretary is given written notice to the contrary and furnished with a copy of
the instrument creating the relationship, their acts with respect to voting
shall have the following effect:

             (1) If only one votes, the act binds all;

             (2) if more than one vote, the act of the majority so voting binds
         all;

             (3) if more than one vote, but the vote is evenly split on any
         particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question
         proportionately; and

             (4) if the instrument so filed or the registration of the shares
         shows that any tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even
         split for the purpose of this Section 2.10 shall be a majority or even
         split in interest. (16-10a-724(3))

         (d) Rejection. The Corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent,
waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation if the secretary or
other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has
reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about
the signatory's authority to sign for the shareholder. (16-10a-724(4))

         (e) No Liability. The Corporation and its officer or agent who accepts
or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment
revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Section
2.10 are not liable in damages to the shareholder for the consequences of the
acceptance or rejection. (16-10a-724(5))




                                      -8-
<PAGE>   13
         (f) Validity. Corporate action based on the acceptance or rejection of
a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation
under this Section 2.10 is valid unless a court of competent jurisdiction
determines otherwise. (16-10a-724(6))

         Section 2.11. Informal Action by Shareholders.

         (a) Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of
shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice if one or
more consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the
holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes
necessary to authorize or take the action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. (16-10a-704(1))

         (b) Notice Requirements. Unless written consents of all shareholders
entitled to vote have been obtained, the Corporation shall give notice of any
shareholder approval without a meeting at least ten (10) days before the
consummation of the action authorized by the approval to:

             (1) Those shareholders entitled to vote who have not consented in
         writing; and

             (2) those shareholders not entitled to vote and to whom the Utah
         Revised Business Corporation Act requires notice be given.

         Such notice shall contain or be accompanied by the same material that
would have been required if a formal meeting had been called to consider the
action. (16-10a-704(2))

         (c) Revocation. Any shareholder giving a written consent, or the
shareholders' proxyholder, or a transferee of the shares or a personal
representative of the shareholder or their respective proxyholder, may revoke
the consent by a signed writing describing the action and stating that the
shareholder's prior consent is revoked, if the writing is received by the
Corporation prior to the effectiveness of the action. (16-10a-704(3))

         (d) Effective Date. Action taken pursuant to this Section 2.11 is not
effective unless all written consents on which the Corporation relies for the
taking of action are received by the Corporation within a sixty (60) day period
and are not revoked. Action thus taken is effective as of the date 




                                      -9-
<PAGE>   14
the last written consent necessary to effect the action is received by the
Corporation, unless all the written consents necessary to effect the action
specify a later date as the effective date of action. If the Corporation has
received written consents signed by all shareholders entitled to vote with
respect to the action, the effective date of the action may be any date that is
specified in all the written consents as the effective date of the action. The
writing may be received by the Corporation by electronically transmitted
facsimile or other form of communication providing the Corporation with a
complete copy thereof, including a copy of the signature. (16-10a-704(4))

         (e) Election of Directors. Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this
Section 2.11, directors may not be elected by written consent except by
unanimous written consent of all shares entitled to vote for the election of
directors. (16-10a-704(5))

         (f) Effect of Action Without a Meeting. Action taken under this Section
2.11 has the same effect as action taken at a meeting of shareholders and may be
so described in any document. (16-10a-704(7))

         Section 2.12. Waiver of Notice. A shareholder may waive any notice
required by the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, the Corporation's
Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. Such a waiver may be made before or
after the date and time stated in the notice as the date or time when any action
will occur or has occurred. Such a waiver must be in a writing signed by the
shareholder and must be delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the
minutes of the relevant meeting of the shareholders or in the Corporation's
records. (16-10a- 706(1))

         Section 2.13. Voting for Directors. At each election of directors,
unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or the Utah Revised
Business Corporation Act, every shareholder entitled to vote at the election has
the right to vote, in person or by proxy, all of the votes to which the
shareholder's shares are entitled for as many persons as there are directors to
be elected and for whose election the shareholder has the right to vote. Unless
otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act, directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the
shares entitled to be voted in the election, at a meeting at which a quorum is
present. (16-10a-728(1), (2))




                                      -10-
<PAGE>   15
         Section 2.14. Rights of Shareholders to Inspect Corporate Records.

         (a) Minutes and Accounting Records. The Corporation shall keep, as
permanent records, minutes of all meetings of its shareholders and Board of
Directors, a record of all actions taken by its shareholders or Board of
Directors without a meeting, a record of all actions taken on behalf of the
Corporation by a committee of the Board of Directors in place of the Board of
Directors, and a record of all waivers of notices of meetings of its
shareholders, meetings of the Board of Directors, or any meetings of committees
of the Board of Directors. The Corporation shall maintain appropriate accounting
records. (16-10a-1601(1), (2))

         (b) Absolute Inspection Rights. If a shareholder gives the Corporation
written notice of the shareholder's demand at least five (5) business days
before the date on which the shareholder wishes to inspect and copy, a
shareholder (or the shareholder's agent or attorney) has the right to inspect
and copy, during regular business hours, any of the following records, all of
which the Corporation is required to keep at its principal office:

             (1) The Corporation's Articles of Incorporation currently in
         effect;

             (2) the Corporation's Bylaws currently in effect;

             (3) the minutes of all shareholders' meetings, and records of all
         action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three
         years;

             (4) all written communications within the past three years to
         shareholders as a group or to the holders of any class or series of
         shares as a group;

             (5) a list of the names and business addresses of the Corporation's
         current officers and directors;

             (6) the Corporation's most recent annual report delivered to the
         Division; and

             (7) all financial statements prepared for periods ending during the
         last three years that a shareholder could request pursuant to Section
         16-10a-1605 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.
         (16-10a-1601(5) and 16-10a-1602(1))




                                      -11-
<PAGE>   16
         (c) Conditional Inspection Rights. If a shareholder gives the
Corporation a written demand made in good faith and for a proper purpose at
least five business days before the date on which the shareholder wishes to
inspect and copy, the shareholder describes with reasonable particularity the
shareholder's purpose and the records the shareholder desires to inspect, and
the records are directly connected with the shareholder's purpose, the
shareholder (or the shareholder's agent or attorney) is entitled to inspect and
copy, during regular business hours at a reasonable location specified by the
Corporation, any of the following records of the Corporation:

             (1) Excerpts from:

                 (i) Minutes of any meeting of the Board of Directors, records
             of any action of a committee of the Board of Directors while acting
             on behalf of the Corporation in place of the Board of Directors;

                 (ii) minutes of any meeting of the shareholders;

                 (iii) records of action taken by the shareholders without a
             meeting; and

                 (iv) waivers of notices of any meeting of the shareholders, of
             any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any meeting of a
             committee of the Board of Directors;

             (2) accounting records of the Corporation; and

             (3) the record of the Corporation's shareholders referred to in
         Section 16-10a-1601(3) of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.
         (16-10a-1602(2))

         (d) Copy Costs. The right to copy records includes, if reasonable, the
right to receive copies made by photographic, xerographic, or other means. The
Corporation may impose a reasonable charge, payable in advance, covering the
costs of labor and material, for copies of any documents provided to a
shareholder. The charge may not exceed the estimated cost of production or
reproduction of the records. (16-10a-1603)

         (e) Shareholder Includes Beneficial Owner. For purposes of this Section
2.14, the term "shareholder" shall include a beneficial owner whose shares are
held in a voting trust and any other beneficial owner who establishes beneficial




                                      -12-
<PAGE>   17
ownership. (16-10a-1602(4)(b))

         Section 2.15. Furnishing Financial Statements to a Shareholder. Upon
the written request of any shareholder, the Corporation shall mail to the
shareholder its most recent annual or quarterly financial statements showing in
reasonable detail its assets and liabilities and the results of its operations.
(16-10a-1605)

         Section 2.16. Information Respecting Shares. Upon the written request
of any shareholder, the Corporation, at its own expense, shall mail to the
shareholder information respecting the designations, preferences, limitations,
and relative rights applicable to each class of shares, the variations
determined for each series, and the authority of the Board of Directors to
determine variations for any existing or future class or series. The Corporation
may comply by mailing the shareholder a copy of its Articles of Incorporation
containing such information. (16-10a-1606)

                          ARTICLE 3. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         Section 3.1. General Powers. All corporate powers shall be exercised by
or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors, subject to any
limitation set forth in the Articles of Incorporation or in any agreement
authorized by Section 16-10a-732 of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.
(16-10a-801)

         Section 3.2. Number, Tenure and Qualifications of Directors.

         (a) Number. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be not
less than three (3) (unless the number of shareholders entitled to vote for the
directors of the Corporation is less than three (3), then the number of
directors may be equal to or greater than the number of such shareholders) nor
more than fifteen (15). The number of directors may be fixed or changed within
the range specified in this Section 3.2 by the shareholders or the Board of
Directors, but no decrease may shorten the term of any incumbent director.
(16-10a-803(1), (2))

         (b) Tenure. Each director shall hold office until the next annual
meeting of shareholders or until removed. However, if a director's term expires,
the director shall continue to serve until the director's successor shall have
been elected and qualified, or until there is a decrease in the number of
directors. (16-10a-805)




                                      -13-
<PAGE>   18
         (c) Qualifications. Directors need not be residents of the State of
Utah or shareholders of the Corporation unless the Articles of Incorporation so
prescribe. (16-10a-802)

         Section 3.3. Regular Meetings of the Board of Directors. A regular
meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than
provided by this Section 3.3 immediately after, and at the same place as, the
annual meeting of shareholders. The Board of Directors may provide, by
resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings
without other notice than such resolution. (16-10a-822(1))

         Section 3.4. Special Meetings of the Board of Directors. Special
meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the
president, a vice president or any director, who may fix any place, either
within or outside the State of Utah, as the place for holding the meeting.
(16-10a-820(1))

         Section 3.5. Notice and Waiver of Notice of Special Director Meetings.

         (a) Notice. Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide for a longer
or shorter period, special meetings of the Board of Directors must be preceded
by at least two (2) days notice of the date, time, and place of the meeting.
(16-10a- 822(2)) Notice may be communicated in person, by telephone, by any form
of electronic communication, or by mail or private carrier. (16-10a-103(2))

         (b) Effective Date. Notice of any meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be deemed to be effective at the earliest of the following: (1) When it is
received; (2) five (5) days after it is mailed; or (3) the date shown on the
return receipt if it is sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, and the receipt is signed by or on behalf of the director.
(16-10a-103(5)).

         (c) Waiver of Notice. A director may waive notice of any meeting.
Except as provided in this Section 3.5, the waiver must be in writing and signed
by the director entitled to the notice. The waiver shall be delivered to the
Corporation for filing with the corporate records, but delivery and filing are
not conditions to its effectiveness. (16-10a-823(1))

         (d) Effect of Attendance. The attendance of a director at a meeting
shall constitute a waiver of notice of such




                                      -14-
<PAGE>   19
meeting, except when a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of
objecting to the transaction of any business and at the beginning of the
meeting, or promptly upon arrival, the director objects to holding the meeting
or transacting business at the meeting because of lack of notice or defective
notice, and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the
meeting. (16-10a-823(2))

Section 3.6. Quorum of Directors. A majority of the number of directors
prescribed by resolution (or if no number is prescribed, the number in office
immediately before the meeting begins) shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, unless the
Articles of Incorporation require a greater number. (16-10a-824(1)(b))

         Section 3.7. Manner of Acting.

         (a) Action by Majority. If a quorum is present when a vote is taken,
the affirmative vote of a majority of directors present is the act of the Board
of Directors, unless the Corporation's Articles of Incorporation or the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act requires the vote of a greater number of
directors. (16-10a-824(3))

         (b) Telephonic Meetings. Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide
otherwise, any or all directors may participate in a regular or special meeting
by, or conduct the meeting through the use of, any means of communication by
which all directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the
meeting. A director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be
present in person at the meeting. (16-10a-820(2))

         (c) Effect of Presence at Meeting. A director who is present at a
meeting of the Board of Directors when corporate action is taken is considered
to have assented to the action taken, unless:

             (1) The director objects at the beginning of the meeting, or
         promptly upon arrival, to holding it or transacting business at the
         meeting;

             (2) the director contemporaneously requests his dissent or
         abstention as to any specific action to be entered into the minutes of
         the meeting; or

             (3) the director causes written notice of a dissent or abstention
         as to any specific action to be received by the presiding officer of
         the meeting before




                                      -15-
<PAGE>   20
         its adjournment or by the Corporation promptly after adjournment of the
         meeting. (16-10a-824(4))

         (d) Right of Dissent or Abstention. The right of dissent or abstention
as to a specific action is not available to a director who votes in favor of the
action taken. (16-10a-824(5))

         Section 3.8. Director Action By Written Consent. Unless the Articles of
Incorporation or the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act provide otherwise,
any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors at a
meeting may be taken without a meeting if all the directors consent to the
action in writing. Action is taken by written consent at the time the last
director signs a writing describing the action taken, unless, prior to that
time, any director has revoked a consent by a writing signed by the director and
received by the secretary. Action taken by written consent is effective when the
last director signs the consent, unless the Board of Directors establishes a
different effective date. Action taken by written consent has the same effect as
action taken at a meeting of directors and may be described as such in any
document. (16-10a-821)

         Section 3.9. Resignation of Directors. A director may resign at any
time by giving a written notice of resignation to the Corporation. A resignation
of a director is effective when the notice is received by the Corporation unless
the notice specifies a later effective date. A director who resigns may deliver
a statement of his resignation pursuant to Section 16-10a-1608 of the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act to the Division for filing. (16-10a-807)

         Section 3.10. Removal of Directors. The shareholders may remove one or
more directors at a meeting called for that purpose if notice has been given
that a purpose of the meeting is such removal. The removal may be with or
without cause, unless the Articles of Incorporation provide that directors may
only be removed with cause. If a director is elected by a voting group of
shareholders, only the shareholders of that voting group may participate in the
vote to remove the director. If cumulative voting is in effect, a director may
not be removed if the number of votes sufficient to elect the director under
cumulative voting is voted against the director's removal. If cumulative voting
is not in effect, a director may be removed only if the number of votes cast to
remove the director exceeds the number of votes cast against removal of the
director. (16-10a-808)

         Section 3.11. Board of Director Vacancies.





                                      -16-
<PAGE>   21
         (a) Vacancies. Unless the Articles of Incorporation provide otherwise,
if a vacancy occurs on the Board of Directors, including a vacancy resulting
from an increase in the number of directors:

             (1) The shareholders may fill the vacancy;

             (2) the Board of Directors may fill the vacancy; or

             (3) if the directors remaining in office constitute fewer than a
         quorum of the board, they may fill the vacancy by the affirmative vote
         of a majority of all the directors remaining in office. (16-10a-810(1))

         (b) Rights of Voting Groups. Unless the Articles of Incorporation
provide otherwise, if the vacant office was held by a director elected by a
voting group of shareholders:

             (1) If one or more directors were elected by the same voting group,
         only they are entitled to vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by
         the directors; and

             (2) only the holders of shares of that voting group are entitled to
         vote to fill the vacancy if it is filled by the shareholders.
         (16-10a-810(2))

         (c) Election of Director Prior to Vacancy. A vacancy that will occur at
a specific later date, because of a resignation effective at a later date, may
be filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new director may not take office
until the vacancy occurs. (16-10a-810(3))

         (d) Effect of Expiration of Term. If a director's term expires, the
director shall continue to serve until the director's successor is elected and
qualified or until there is a decrease in the number of directors. The term of a
director elected to fill a vacancy expires at the next shareholders' meeting at
which directors are elected. (16-10a-805(5))

         Section 3.12. Director Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in the
Articles of Incorporation, by resolution of the Board of Directors, each
director may be paid his expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the
Board of Directors, and may be paid a stated salary as a director or a fixed sum
for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or both. No such
payment shall preclude any director from serving the 




                                      -17-
<PAGE>   22
Corporation in any capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

         Section 3.13. Director Committees. Committees of the Board of Directors
may be established in accordance with Article 4 of these Bylaws.

         Section 3.14. Director's Rights to Inspect Corporate Records.

         (a) Absolute Inspection Rights. If a director gives the Corporation
written notice of the director's demand at least five (5) business days before
the date on which the director wishes to inspect and copy, the director (or the
director's agent or attorney) has the right to inspect and copy, during regular
business hours, any of the following records, all of which the Corporation is
required to keep at its principal office:

             (1) The Corporation's Articles of Incorporation currently in
         effect;

             (2) the Corporation's Bylaws currently in effect;

             (3) the minutes of all shareholders' meetings, and records of all
         action taken by shareholders without a meeting, for the past three
         years;

             (4) all written communications within the past three years to
         shareholders as a group or to the holders of any class or series of
         shares as a group;

             (5) a list of the names and business addresses of the Corporation's
         current officers and directors;

             (6) the Corporation's most recent annual report delivered to the
         Division; and

             (7) all financial statements prepared for periods ending during the
         last three years that a shareholder could request. (16-10a-1601(5) and
         16-10a-1602(1))

         (b) Conditional Inspection Rights. In addition, if a director gives the
Corporation a written demand made in good faith and for a proper purpose at
least five business days before the date on which the director wishes to inspect
and copy, the director describes with reasonable particularity the director's
purpose and the records the director desires to inspect, and the records are
directly connected with the director's purpose, the director (or the director's
agent or attorney) is entitled to inspect and copy, during regular business
hours at a reasonable




                                      -18-
<PAGE>   23
location specified by the Corporation, any of the following records of the
Corporation:

             (1) Excerpts from:

                 (i) Minutes of any meeting of the Board of Directors, records
             of any action of a committee of the Board of Directors while acting
             on behalf of the Corporation in place of the Board of Directors;

                 (ii) minutes of any meeting of the shareholders;

                 (iii) records of action taken by the shareholders without a
             meeting; and

                 (iv) waivers of notices of any meeting of the shareholders, of
             any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any meeting of a
             committee of the Board of Directors;

             (2) accounting records of the Corporation; and

             (3) the record of the Corporation's shareholders referred to in
         Section 16-10a-1601(3) of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.
         (16-10a-1602(2))

         (d) Copy Costs. The right to copy records includes, if reasonable, the
right to receive copies made by photographic, xerographic, or other means. The
Corporation may impose a reasonable charge, payable in advance, covering the
costs of labor and material, for copies of any documents provided to the
director. The charge may not exceed the estimated cost of production or
reproduction of the records. (16-10a-1603)

         Section 3.15. General Standards of Conduct for Directors. The standards
of conduct for the directors of the Corporation shall be as follows:

         (a) Each director shall discharge his duties as a director, including
duties as a member of a committee, (i) in good faith, (ii) with the care an
ordinarily prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar
circumstances, and (iii) in a manner the director reasonably believes to be in
the best interests of the Corporation.

         (b) In discharging his duties, a director is entitled to rely on
information, opinions, reports, or statements




                                      -19-
<PAGE>   24
including financial statements and other financial data, if prepared or
presented by:

             (i) one or more officers or employees of the Corporation whom the
         director reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the
         matters presented;

             (ii) legal counsel, public accountants, or other persons as to
         matters the director reasonably believes are within the person's
         professional or expert competence; or

             (iii) a committee of the board of directors of which the director
         is not a member, if the director reasonably believes the committee
         merits confidence.

         (c) A director is not acting in good faith if he has knowledge
concerning the matter in question that makes reliance otherwise permitted by
paragraph (b) of this Section 3.15 unwarranted.

         (d) A director is not liable for any action taken, or any failure to
take any action as a director, if the duties of the director have been performed
in compliance with this Section 3.15. (16-10a-840)

         (e) The standards of conduct set forth in this Section 3.15, or any
breach of such standards, shall not affect the right or power of the Corporation
to indemnify any individual pursuant to Article 6 of these Bylaws. (16-10a-840)

               ARTICLE 4. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

         Section 4.1. Creation of Committees. Unless the Articles of
Incorporation provide otherwise, the Board of Directors may create an Executive
Committee and such other committees as it may deem appropriate and appoint
members of the Board of Directors to serve on such committees. Each committee
must have two (2) or more members. (16-10a-825(1))

         Section 4.2. Approval of Committees and Members. The creation of a
committee and appointment of members to it must be approved by the greater of:

             (1) A majority of all the directors in office when the action is
         taken; or

             (2) the number of directors required by the Articles of
         Incorporation to take such action, or if




                                      -20-
<PAGE>   25
         not specified in the Articles of Incorporation, the number required by
         Section 3.7 of these Bylaws to take action. (16-10a-825(2))

         Section 4.3. Required Procedures. Sections 3.4 through 3.10 of these
Bylaws, which govern procedures applicable to the Board of Directors, also apply
to committees and their members. (16-10a-825(3))

         Section 4.4. Authority. Unless limited by the Articles of Incorporation
or the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, each committee may exercise those
aspects of the authority of the Board of Directors which the Board of Directors
confers upon such committee in the resolution creating the committee.
(16-10a-825(4))

         Section 4.5. Authority of Executive Committee. The Executive Committee
shall have, and may exercise all powers of the Board of Directors with respect
to the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation during the
intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors. Provided, however, the
Executive Committee shall not have the power to fill vacancies on the Board of
Directors or to amend these Bylaws.

         Section 4.6. Compensation. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of
Incorporation, the Board of Directors may provide for the payment of a fixed sum
and/or expenses of attendance to any member of a committee for attendance at
each meeting of such committee.

                               ARTICLE 5. OFFICERS

         Section 5.1. Officers. The officers of the Corporation shall be a
president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer, each of
whom shall be appointed by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may
appoint, but shall not be required to appoint, a Chairman. Such other officers
(including a Chief Executive Officer) and assistant officers as may be deemed
necessary may be appointed by the Board of Directors. If specifically authorized
by the Board of Directors, an officer may appoint one or more officers or
assistant officers. The same individual may simultaneously hold more than one
office in the Corporation. (16-10a-830)

         Section 5.2. Appointment and Term of Office. The officers of the
Corporation shall be appointed by the Board of Directors for such term as is
determined by the Board of Directors. If no term is specified, each officer
shall hold office until the officer resigns, dies, is removed in the manner




                                      -21-
<PAGE>   26
provided in Section 5.4 of these Bylaws, or until the first meeting of the
directors held after the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the
appointment of officers shall not be made at such meeting, such appointment
shall be made as soon thereafter as is convenient. If a vacancy shall occur in
any office, or if a new office shall be created, the Board of Directors may
appoint an officer or officers to fill such a vacancy or new office, and such
appointment shall be for the term determined by the Board of Directors. Each
officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly appointed.
(16- 10a-830)

         The designation of a specified term does not grant to the officer any
contract rights, and the Board of Directors may remove the officer at any time
prior to the end of such term. (16-10a-833)

         Section 5.3. Resignation of Officers. Any officer may resign at any
time by giving written notice of resignation to the Corporation. (16-10a-832(1))

         Section 5.4. Removal of Officers. Any officer or agent may be removed
by the Board of Directors at any time, with or without cause. Such removal shall
be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.
Appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.
(16-10a-832)

         Section 5.5. Chairman. The Chairman, if there be such an officer, shall
have the following powers and duties:

         (a) To be the senior officer of the Corporation and, in addition to the
duties specified in this Section 5.5, to perform such duties as may be assigned
to him by the Board of Directors;

         (b) to preside at all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation;

         (c) to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors;

         (d) to be a member of the Executive Committee, if any. (16-10a-831)

         Section 5.6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if
there be such an officer, shall be the principal executive officer of the
Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, in general,
shall




                                      -22-
<PAGE>   27
supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. If no
Chairman has been appointed, or in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer,
when present, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board
of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer may sign, with the secretary or any
other proper officer of the Corporation authorized by the Board of Directors,
certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which shall have
been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, and deeds, mortgages,
bonds, contracts, or other instruments, except in cases where the signing and
execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by
these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be
required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general shall perform
all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer and such other
duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
(16-10a-831)

         Section 5.7. President. The president shall be an executive officer of
the Corporation, and, if there be no Chief Executive Officer, shall be the
principal executive officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of
the Board of Directors, in general, shall supervise and control all of the
business and affairs of the Corporation. In the absence of the Chief Executive
Officer or in the event of his death, inability, or refusal to act, the
president shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon
the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chairman and the Chief
Executive Officer, the president, when present, shall preside at all meetings of
the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The president may sign, with the
secretary or any other proper officer of the Corporation authorized by the Board
of Directors, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which
shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors, and deeds,
mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments, except in cases where the
signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of
Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation,
or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and in general
shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other
duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.
(16-10a-831)

         Section 5.8. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the president or in the
event of his death, inability, or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the
event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order
designated at




                                      -23-
<PAGE>   28
the time of their election, or in the absence of any designation, then in the
order of their appointment) shall perform the duties of the president, and when
so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions
upon the president. If there is no vice president, then the treasurer shall
perform such duties of the president. Any vice president may sign, with the
secretary or an assistant secretary, certificates for shares of the Corporation
the issuance of which have been authorized by resolution of the Board of
Directors, and deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts, or other instruments, except
in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by
the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the
Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed; and
shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or
her by the president or by the Board of Directors. (16-10a-831)

         Section 5.9. Secretary. The secretary shall:

         (a) Keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders and of the
Board of Directors and the other records and information of the Corporation
required to be kept, in one or more books provided for that purpose;

         (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the
provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law;

         (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of any seal of the
Corporation;

         (d) when requested or required, authenticate any records of the
Corporation;

         (e) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder
which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder;

         (f) sign with the Chief Executive Officer, the president, or a vice
president, certificates for shares of the Corporation, the issuance of which
shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors;

         (g) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation;
and

         (h) in general perform all duties incident to the office of secretary
and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the
president or by the Board of Directors. (16-10a-830 and 16-10a-831)




                                      -24-
<PAGE>   29
         Section 5.10. Treasurer. The treasurer shall:

         (a) Have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and
securities of the Corporation;

         (b) receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the
Corporation from any source whatsoever, and deposit all such moneys in the name
of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies, or other depositaries as
shall be selected by the Board of Directors; and

         (c) in general perform all of the duties incident to the office of
treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or
her by the president or by the Board of Directors. (16-10a-831)

If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the
faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety or
sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine.

         Section 5.11. Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. The
assistant secretaries, when authorized by the Board of Directors, may sign, with
the president or a vice president, certificates for shares of the Corporation,
the issuance of which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of
Directors. The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board of
Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums
and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The assistant
secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as
shall be assigned to them by the secretary or the treasurer, respectively, or by
the president or the Board of Directors. (16-10a-831)

         Section 5.12. Salaries. The salaries of the officers shall be fixed
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         Section 5.13. General Standards of Conduct for Officers. The standards
of conduct for the officers of the Corporation shall be as follows:

         (a) Each officer with discretionary authority shall discharge his
duties under that authority (i) in good faith, (ii) with the care an ordinarily
prudent person in a like position would exercise under similar circumstances,
and (iii) in a manner the officer reasonably believes to be in the best
interests of the Corporation.




                                      -25-
<PAGE>   30
         (b) In discharging his duties, an officer is entitled to rely on
information, opinions, reports, or statements including financial statements and
other financial data, if prepared or presented by:

             (i) one or more officers or employees of the Corporation whom the
         officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters
         presented; or

             (ii) legal counsel, public accountants, or other persons as to
         matters the officer reasonably believes are within the person's
         professional or expert competence.

         (c) An officer is not acting in good faith if he has knowledge
concerning the matter in question that makes reliance otherwise permitted by
paragraph (b) of this Section 5.13 unwarranted.

         (d) An officer is not liable for any action taken, or any failure to
take any action as an officer if the duties of the office have been performed in
compliance with this Section 5.13. (16-10a-840)

         (e) The standards of conduct set forth in this Section 5.13, or any
breach of such standards, shall not affect the right or power of the Corporation
to indemnify any individual pursuant to Article 6 of these Bylaws. (16-10a-840)

                    ARTICLE 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,
                  OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, FIDUCIARIES, AND AGENTS

         Section 6.1. Limitation of Liability of Directors. Directors shall not
be liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for any
action taken or any failure to take any action, as a director, except liability
for:

         (a) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which
he is not entitled;

         (b) an intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or its
shareholders;

         (c) a violation of Section 16-10a-842 of the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act;

         (d) an intentional violation of criminal law. (16-10a-841(1))




                                      -26-
<PAGE>   31
         Section 6.2. Indemnification of Directors. Unless otherwise provided in
the Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation may indemnify any individual made
a party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director of the
Corporation against liability incurred in the proceeding. Provided, however, the
Corporation shall only indemnify an individual if it has authorized the
indemnification in accordance with Section 16-10a-906(4) of the Utah Revised
Business Corporation Act and a determination has been made in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Section 16-10a-906(2) of the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act that indemnification is in accordance with the following
requirements:

         (a) Standard of Conduct. The Corporation shall determine that:

             (1) The individual's conduct was in good faith;

             (2) the individual reasonably believed that his or her conduct was
         in, or not opposed to, the Corporation's best interests; and

             (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the individual had no
         reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.
         (16-10a-902(1))

         (b) No Indemnification in Certain Circumstances. The Corporation shall
not indemnify an individual under this Section 6.2:

             (1) In connection with a proceeding by or in the right of the
         Corporation in which the individual was adjudged liable to the
         Corporation; or

             (2) in connection with any other proceeding charging that the
         individual derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not
         involving action in the individual's official capacity, in which
         proceeding he or she was adjudged liable on the basis that he or she
         derived an improper personal benefit. (16-10a-902(4))

         (c) Indemnification in Derivative Actions Limited. Indemnification
permitted under this Section 6.2 in connection with a proceeding by or in the
right of the Corporation is limited to reasonable expenses incurred in
connection with the proceeding. (16-10a-902(5))




                                      -27-
<PAGE>   32
         Section 6.3. Advance Payment of Expenses. Unless otherwise provided in
the Articles of Incorporation, the Corporation may pay for or reimburse in
advance of final disposition of any proceeding the reasonable expenses incurred
by an individual who is a party to a proceeding because he or she is or was a
director of the Corporation if (i) in accordance with the procedures and
standards set forth in Section 16-10a-906(4) of the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act, an authorization of payment is made, and (ii) in accordance
with the procedures of Section 16-10a-906(2) of the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act, a determination is made that the following has occurred:

         (a) Written Affirmation. The individual has furnished to the
Corporation a written affirmation of the individual's good faith belief that the
individual has met the standard of conduct described in Section 6.2 of these
Bylaws.

         (b) Written Undertaking. The individual has furnished to the
Corporation a written undertaking, executed personally or on the individual's
behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that the individual
did not meet the standard of conduct (which undertaking must be an unlimited
general obligation of the individual but need not be secured and may be accepted
without reference to financial ability to make repayment).

         (c) Factual Determination. A determination has been made that the facts
then known to those making the determination would not preclude indemnification
under Section 6.2 of these Bylaws or Part 9 of the Utah Revised Business
Corporation Act. (16-10a-904)

         Section 6.4. Indemnification of Officers, Employees, Fiduciaries, and
Agents. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the
Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any individual made a party to
a proceeding because the individual is or was an officer, employee, fiduciary,
or agent of the Corporation to the same extent as to an individual made a party
to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director of the Corporation,
or to a greater extent, if not inconsistent with public policy, if provided for
by general or specific action of the Board of Directors. (16-10a-907)

                  Section 6.5. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and
maintain liability insurance on behalf of a person who is or was a director,
officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Corporation, or who, while serving
as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the Corporation, is or
was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer,




                                      -28-
<PAGE>   33
partner, trustee, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another foreign or domestic
corporation or other person, or of an employee benefit plan, against liability
asserted against or incurred by him or her in that capacity or arising from his
or her status as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent, whether or
not the Corporation would have power to indemnify him or her against the same
liability under Sections 16-10a-902, 16- 10a-903, or 16-10a-907 of the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act. Insurance may be procured from any insurance
company designated by the Board of Directors, whether the insurance company is
formed under the laws of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction of the
United States or elsewhere, including any insurance company in which the
Corporation has an equity or any other interest through stock ownership or
otherwise. (16-10a-908)

             ARTICLE 7. EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS, BORROWING OF MONEY
                         AND DEPOSIT OF CORPORATE FUNDS

         Section 7.1. Execution of Instruments. Subject to any limitation
contained in the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, the Articles of
Incorporation or these Bylaws, and subject to any limitations that may be
imposed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, president, any
vice president or the secretary, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation,
may execute and deliver any contract or other instrument. Subject to any
limitation contained in the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act, the Articles
of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any other
officer or agent to execute and deliver any contract or other instrument in the
name and on behalf of the Corporation; any such authorization may be general or
confined to specific instances.

         Section 7.2. Loans. No loan or advance shall be contracted on behalf of
the Corporation, no negotiable paper or other evidence of its obligation under
any loan or advance shall be issued in its name, and no property of the
Corporation shall be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, transferred, or conveyed
as security for the payment of any loan, advance, indebtedness, or liability of
the Corporation, unless and except as authorized by the Board of Directors. Any
such authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

         Section 7.3. Deposits. All monies of the Corporation not otherwise
employed shall be deposited from time to time to its credit in such banks or
trust companies or with such bankers or other depositories as the Board of
Directors may select, or as from time to time may be selected by any officer or
agent authorized to do so by the Board of Directors.




                                      -29-
<PAGE>   34
         Section 7.4. Checks, Drafts, etc. All notes, drafts, acceptances,
checks, endorsements, and, subject to the provisions of these Bylaws, evidences
of indebtedness of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers
or such agent or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as the Board of
Directors from time to time may determine. Endorsements for deposit to the
credit of the Corporation in any of its duly authorized depositories shall be in
such manner as the Board of Directors from time to time may determine.

         Section 7.5. Bonds and Debentures. Every bond or debenture issued by
the Corporation shall be evidenced by an appropriate instrument which shall be
signed by the Chief Executive Officer, president or a vice president and by the
secretary. Where such bond or debenture is authenticated with the manual
signature of an authorized officer of the Corporation or other trustee
designated by the indenture of trust or other agreement under which such
security is issued, the signature of any of the Corporation's officers named
thereon may be a facsimile. In case any officer who signed, or whose facsimile
signature has been used on any such bond or debenture, shall cease to be an
officer of the Corporation for any reason before the same has been delivered by
the Corporation, such bond or debenture may nevertheless be adopted by the
Corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed it or whose
facsimile signature has been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer.

         Section 7.6. Sale, Transfer, etc. of Securities. Sales, transfers,
endorsements, and assignments of shares of stocks, bonds, and other securities
owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation and the execution and
delivery on behalf of the Corporation of any and all instruments in writing
incident to any such sale, transfer, endorsement, or assignment, shall be
effected by the Chief Executive Officer, president, any vice president, or by
any officer or agent, thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors.

         Section 7.7. Proxies. Proxies to vote with respect to shares of stock
of other corporations used by or standing in the name of the Corporation shall
be executed and delivered on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive
Officer, president, any vice president, or by any officer or agent thereunto
authorized by the Board of Directors.




                                      -30-
<PAGE>   35
                     ARTICLE 8. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND
                                 THEIR TRANSFER

         Section 8.1. Certificates for Shares.

         (a) Content. Certificates representing shares of the Corporation shall,
at a minimum, state on their face the name of the Corporation and that the
Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Utah; the name of the
person to whom issued; and the number and class of shares and the designation of
the series, if any, the certificate represents; and be in such form as is
determined by the Board of Directors. Such certificates shall be signed by the
president or a vice president and by the secretary or an assistant secretary and
may be sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of
the officers may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer
agent, or registered by a registrar, other than the Corporation itself or an
employee of the Corporation. In case any officer who has signed or whose
facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate ceases to be an officer
before the certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the
corporation with the same effect as if the person were an officer at the date of
its issue. Each certificate for shares shall be consecutively numbered or
otherwise identified. The certificates may contain any other information the
Corporation considers necessary or appropriate. (16-10a-625)

         (b) Legend as to Class or Series. If the Corporation is authorized to
issue different classes of shares or different series within a class, the
designations, preferences, limitations, and relative rights applicable to each
class, the variations in preferences, limitations, and relative rights
determined for each series, and the authority of the Board of Directors to
determine variations for any existing or future class or series must be
summarized on the front or back of each certificate. Alternatively, each
certificate may state conspicuously on its front or back that the Corporation
will furnish the shareholder this information on request in writing and without
charge. (16-10a-625)

                  (c) Shareholder List. The name and address of the person to
whom the shares represented are issued, with the number of shares and date of
issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Corporation.

         (d) Transferring Shares. All certificates surrendered to the
Corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be
issued until the former certificate for a 




                                      -31-
<PAGE>   36
like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled.

         Section 8.2. Shares Without Certificates.

         (a) Issuing Shares Without Certificates. Unless the Articles of
Incorporation provide otherwise, the Board of Directors may authorize the
issuance of some or all of the shares of any or all classes or series without
certificates. The authorization does not affect shares already represented by
certificates until they are surrendered to the Corporation.

         (b) Information Statement Required. Within a reasonable time after the
issuance or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall send
the shareholder a written statement containing, at a minimum, the name of the
Corporation and that it is organized under the laws of the State of Utah; the
name of the person to whom issued; and the number and class of shares and the
designation of the series, if any, of the issued shares. If the Corporation is
authorized to issue different classes of shares or different series within a
class, the written statement shall describe the designations, preferences,
limitations, and relative rights applicable to each class, the variations in
preferences, limitations, and relative rights determined for each series, and
the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for any existing
or future class or series. (16-10a-626)

         Section 8.3. Registration of Transfer of Shares. Registration of the
transfer of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the stock transfer
books of the Corporation. In order to register a transfer, the record owner
shall surrender the shares to the Corporation for cancellation, properly
endorsed by the appropriate person or persons with reasonable assurances that
the endorsements are genuine and effective. Unless the Corporation has
established a procedure by which a beneficial owner of shares held by a nominee
is to be recognized by the Corporation as the owner, the person in whose name
shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed by the Corporation
to be the owner thereof for all purposes.

         Section 8.4. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may
appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars with respect to
the certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation and may require
all such certificates to bear the signature of either or both. The Board of
Directors may from time to time define the respective duties of such transfer
agents and registrars.

         Section 8.5. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares




                                      -32-
<PAGE>   37
Permitted. The Board of Directors or the shareholders may impose restrictions on
the transfer or registration of transfer of shares (including any security
convertible into, or carrying a right to subscribe for or acquire shares). A
restriction does not affect shares issued before the restriction was adopted
unless the holders of the shares are parties to the restriction agreement or
voted in favor of the restriction or otherwise consented to the restriction.

         (a) A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares
may be authorized:

             (1) To maintain the Corporation's status when it is dependent on
         the number or identity of its shareholders;

             (2) to preserve entitlements, benefits, or exemptions under
         federal, state, or local laws; and

             (3) for any other reasonable purpose.

         (b) A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares
may:

             (1) Obligate the shareholder first to offer the Corporation or
         other persons, separately, consecutively, or simultaneously, an
         opportunity to acquire the restricted shares;

             (2) obligate the Corporation or other persons, separately,
         consecutively, or simultaneously, to acquire the restricted shares;

             (3) require, as a condition to a transfer or registration, that any
         one or more persons, including the Corporation or any of its
         shareholders, approve the transfer or registration, if the requirement
         is not manifestly unreasonable; or

             (4) prohibit the transfer or the registration of a transfer of the
         restricted shares to designated persons or classes of persons, if the
         prohibition is not manifestly unreasonable.

         A restriction on the transfer or registration of transfer of shares is
valid and enforceable against the holder or a transferee of the holder if the
restriction is authorized by this Section 8.5 and its existence is noted
conspicuously on the front or back of the certificate, or if the restriction is




                                      -33-
<PAGE>   38
contained in the information statement required by Section 8.2 of these Bylaws
with regard to shares issued without certificates. Unless so noted, a
restriction is not enforceable against a person without knowledge of the
restriction. (16-10a-627)

         Section 8.6. Acquisition of Shares. The Corporation may acquire its own
shares, and, unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, the
shares so acquired constitute authorized but unissued shares.

         If the Articles of Incorporation prohibit the reissuance of acquired
shares, the number of authorized shares shall be reduced by the number of shares
acquired, effective upon amendment of the Articles of Incorporation, which
amendment shall be adopted by the shareholders or the Board of Directors without
shareholder action. Appropriate Articles of Amendment must be delivered to the
Division and must set forth:

         (a) The name of the Corporation;

         (b) the reduction in the number of authorized shares, itemized by class
and series;

         (c) the total number of authorized shares, itemized by class and
series, remaining after reduction of the shares; and

         (d) a statement that the amendment was adopted by the Board of
Directors without shareholder action and that shareholder action was not
required if such be the case. (16-10a-631)

         Section 8.7. Lost or Destroyed Certificates. If the holder of a
certificate for shares of the Corporation claims that a certificate has been
lost, destroyed, or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new
certificate to such holder, if such holder:

         (a) so requests before the Corporation has notice that the certificate
has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser;

         (b) files with the Corporation a sufficient indemnity bond; and

         (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the
Corporation. (70A-8-404).

                            ARTICLE 9. DISTRIBUTIONS

         Section 9.1. Distributions. The Board of Directors




                                      -34-
<PAGE>   39
may authorize, and the Corporation may make, distributions (including dividends
on its outstanding shares) in the manner and upon the terms and conditions
provided by law and in the Articles of Incorporation. (16-10a-640)

                           ARTICLE 10. CORPORATE SEAL

         Section 10.1. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a
corporate seal which may be circular in form and have inscribed thereon any
designation including the name of the Corporation, Utah as the state of
incorporation, and the words "Corporate Seal."

                             ARTICLE 11. FISCAL YEAR

         Section 11.1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

                             ARTICLE 12. AMENDMENTS

         Section 12.1. Amendments by Board of Directors. The Corporation's Board
of Directors may amend these Bylaws, except to the extent that the Articles of
Incorporation, these Bylaws, or the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act
reserve this power exclusively to the shareholders in whole or in part. However,
the Board of Directors may not adopt, amend, or repeal a Bylaw that fixes a
shareholder quorum or voting requirement that is greater than required by the
Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.

         Section 12.2. Amendments by Shareholders. The Corporation's
shareholders may amend or repeal the Corporation's Bylaws even though the Bylaws
may also be amended or repealed by the Corporation's Board of Directors.
(16-10a-1020 to 16- 10a-1022)

         Section 12.3. Amendments to Shareholder Quorum or Voting Requirements.
If authorized by the Articles of Incorporation, the shareholders may adopt,
amend, or repeal a Bylaw that fixes a greater quorum or voting requirement for
shareholders, or voting groups of shareholders, than is required by the Utah
Revised Business Corporation Act. Any such action shall comply with the
provisions of the Utah Revised Business Corporation Act.

         ADOPTED as of the 2nd day of January, 1996.





                                      -35-



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2





                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN





<PAGE>   2
                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN



<TABLE>
                                     ARTICLE

<S>        <C>                                                                   <C>
I.         PURPOSES.............................................................  1
II.        AMOUNT OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN..................................  1
III.       ADMINISTRATION.......................................................  2
IV.        ELIGIBILITY..........................................................  4
V.         OPTION PRICE AND PAYMENT.............................................  4
VI.        TERMS OF OPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON THE RIGHT OF EXERCISE............  6
VII.       STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS............................................  7
VIII.      TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT............................................  9
IX.        EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.................................................. 11
X.         USE OF PROCEEDS...................................................... 12
XI.        NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS......... 12
XII.       ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES; EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS................. 12
XIII.      RIGHT TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT........................................ 13
XIV.       PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT.............................................. 13
XV.        ISSUANCE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES; LEGENDS; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES......... 14
XVI.       WITHHOLDING TAXES.................................................... 15
XVII.      LISTING OF SHARES AND RELATED MATTERS................................ 16
XVIII.     AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN................................................ 17
XIX.       TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN................................ 17
XX.        SAVINGS PROVISION.................................................... 17
XXI.       GOVERNING LAW........................................................ 17
XXII.      PARTIAL INVALIDITY................................................... 18
XXIII.     EFFECTIVE DATE....................................................... 18
</TABLE>



<PAGE>   3


                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN

I.       PURPOSES

         Motor Cargo Industries, Inc. (the "Company") desires to afford certain
of its key employees and certain key employees of any subsidiary corporation or
parent corporation of the Company now existing or hereafter formed or acquired
who are responsible for the continued growth of the Company an opportunity to
acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, and thus to create in such key
employees an increased interest in and a greater concern for the welfare of the
Company and its subsidiaries.

         The stock options ("Options") and stock appreciation rights ("Rights")
offered pursuant to this 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") are a matter of
separate inducement and are not in lieu of any salary or other compensation for
the services of any key employee.

         The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of
persons now holding key positions and to secure and retain the services of
persons capable of filling such positions.

         The Options granted under the Plan are intended to be either incentive
stock options ("Incentive Options") within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), or options that do not
meet the requirements for Incentive Options ("Non-Qualified Options"), but the
Company makes no warranty as to the qualification of any Option as an Incentive
Option.

II.      AMOUNT OF STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

         The total number of Common Shares of the Company which either may be
purchased pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under the Plan or acquired
pursuant to the exercise of Rights granted under the Plan shall not exceed, in
the aggregate, Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) of the currently authorized
Common Shares, no par value, of the Company (the "Shares"), such number to be
subject to adjustment in accordance with Article XVI of the Plan. Shares that
are the subject of Rights and related Options shall be counted only once in
determining whether the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased or
awarded under the Plan has been exceeded.

         Shares which may be acquired under the Plan may be either authorized
but unissued Shares, Shares of issued stock held in the Company's treasury, or
both, at the discretion of the Company. If and to the extent that Options or
Rights granted



<PAGE>   4
under the Plan expire or terminate without having been exercised, the Shares
covered by such expired or terminated Options or Rights may again be subject to
an Option or Right under the Plan.

         Except as provided in Article XXII hereof, the Company may, from time
to time during the period beginning on October 1, 1997 (the "Effective Date")
and ending on September 30, 2007 (the "Termination Date"), grant to certain key
employees of the Company, or certain key employees of any subsidiary corporation
or parent corporation of the Company now existing or hereafter formed or
acquired, Incentive Options, Non-Qualified Options and/or Rights under the terms
hereinafter set forth.

         Provisions of the Plan that pertain to Options or Rights granted to an
employee shall apply to Options, Rights or any combination thereof.

         As used in the Plan, the term "parent corporation" and "subsidiary
corporation" shall mean a corporation coming within the definition of such terms
contained in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code, respectively.


III.     ADMINISTRATION

         The board of directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") shall
designate from among its members a committee (the "Committee") to administer the
Plan. The Committee shall consist of no fewer than two members of the Board of
Directors. A majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum,
and the act of a majority of the members of the Committee shall be the act of
the Committee. Any member of the Committee may be removed at any time either
with or without cause by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, and any
vacancy on the Committee at any time may be filled by resolution adopted by the
Board of Directors.

         Any or all powers and functions of the Committee may be exercised at
any time and from time to time by the Board of Directors or an executive
committee of the Board of Directors (the "Executive Committee"; references below
to the Committee shall be deemed to include references to the Board of Directors
and the Executive Committee, except as the context otherwise requires).

         Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have
authority in its discretion, to determine the persons to whom Options or Rights
shall be granted, the time when such persons shall be granted Options or Rights,
the number of Shares which shall be subject to each Option or Right, the
purchase price of each Share which shall be subject to each 



<PAGE>   5
Option or Right, the period(s) during which such Options or Rights shall be
exercisable (whether in whole or part), and the other terms and provisions
thereof (which need not be identical). In determining the persons to whom
Options or Rights shall be granted and the number of Shares for which Options or
Rights are to be granted to each person, the Committee shall give consideration
to the length of service, the amount of earnings and the responsibilities and
duties of such person.

         Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee also shall
have authority to construe the Plan and the Options and Rights granted
thereunder, to amend the Plan and the Options and Rights granted thereunder, to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to
determine the terms and provisions of the Options (which need not be identical)
and Rights (which need not be identical) and to make all other determinations
necessary or advisable for administering the Plan. The Committee also shall have
the authority to require, in its discretion as a condition of the granting of
any such Option or Right, that the employee agree (a) not to sell or otherwise
dispose of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option or Right for
a period of six (6) months following the date of the acquisition of such Option
or Right and (b) that in the event of termination of employment of such
employee, other than as a result of dismissal without cause, such employee will
not, for a period to be fixed at the time of the grant of the Option or Right,
enter into any other employment or participate directly or indirectly in any
other business or enterprise which is competitive with the business of the
Company or any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company, or
enter into any employment in which such employee will be called upon to utilize
special knowledge obtained through employment with the Company or any subsidiary
corporation or parent corporation thereof. In no event will an employee or a
director who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the
Exchange Act be entitled to sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares acquired
pursuant to exercise of any such Options or Rights for a period of six (6)
months from the date of the acquisition of such Options or Rights.

         The determination of the Committee on matters referred to in this
Article III shall be conclusive.

         The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and
agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely
upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or
agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel,
consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company. No member or former member of
the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee or the Committee shall be liable
for any action or 



<PAGE>   6
determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any award of
Options or Rights granted hereunder.

IV.      ELIGIBILITY

         Options and Rights may be granted only to salaried key employees of the
Company or any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company now
existing or hereafter formed or acquired. Any person who shall have retired from
the active employment by the Company or any subsidiary corporation or parent
corporation of the Company, although such person shall have entered into a
consulting contract with the Company or a subsidiary corporation or parent
corporation of the Company, shall not be eligible to receive an Option or Right.

         The Plan does not create a right in any person to participate in the
Plan, nor does it create a right in any person to have any Options or Rights
granted to him or her.

V.       OPTION PRICE AND PAYMENT

         The price for each Share purchasable under any Option granted hereunder
shall be such amount as the Committee shall, in its best judgment, determine to
be not less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the fair market value per Share
at the date the Option is granted; provided, however, (1) that in the case of an
Incentive Option, the purchase price for each Share shall be such amount as the
Committee, in its best judgment, shall determine to be not less than one hundred
percent (100%) of the fair market value per Share at the date the Option is
granted, and (2) that in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a person
who, at the time such Option is granted, owns shares of the Company or any
subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company possessing more than
ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of
the Company or of any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the
Company, the purchase price for each Share shall be such amount as the
Committee, in its best judgment, shall determine to be not less than one hundred
ten percent (110%) of the fair market value per Share at the date the Option is
granted. In determining the stock ownership of an employee for any purpose under
the Plan, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be applied, and the
Committee may rely on representations of fact made to it by the employee and
believed by it to be true.

         If the Shares are listed on a national securities exchange in the
United States on any date on which the fair market value per Share is to be
determined, the fair market value per Share shall be deemed to be the closing
quotation at which such Shares are sold on such national securities exchange on
the date such Option is granted. In the event that the Shares are 




<PAGE>   7
listed on a national securities exchange in the United States on such date but
the Shares are not traded on such date, or such national securities exchange is
not open for business on such date, the fair market value per Share shall be
determined as of the closest preceding date on which such exchange shall have
been open for business and the Shares were traded. If the Shares are listed on
more than one national securities exchange in the Untied States on the date any
such Option is granted, the Committee shall determine which national securities
exchange shall be used for the purpose of determining the fair market value per
Share.

         If on the date any Option is granted a public market exists for the
Shares but such Shares are not listed on a national securities exchange in the
United States, the fair market value per Share shall be deemed to be the average
of the closing bid and asked quotations in the over-the-counter market for such
Shares in the United States on the date such Option is granted. In the event
that there are no bid and asked quotations in the over-the-counter market in the
United States for such Shares on the date such Option is granted, the fair
market value per Share shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid and
asked quotations in the over-the-counter market in the United States for such
shares on the closest date preceding the date such Option is granted for which
such quotations are available.

         For purposes of this Plan, the determination by the Committee of the
fair market value of a Share shall be conclusive.

         Upon the exercise of an Option granted hereunder, the Company shall
cause the purchased Shares to be issued only when it shall have received the
full purchase price for the Shares in cash; provided, however, that in lieu of
cash, the holder of an Option may, if the terms of such Option so provide and to
the extent permitted by applicable law, exercise an Option in whole or in part,
by delivering to the Company Common Shares of the Company (in proper form for
transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer tax stamps or cash in
lieu thereof) owned by such holder having a fair market value equal to the cash
exercise price applicable to that portion of the Option being exercised by the
delivery of such shares, the fair market value of the Common Shares so delivered
to be determined as of the date immediately preceding the date on which the
Option is exercised, or as may be required in order to comply with or to conform
to the requirements of any applicable laws or regulations.


VI.      TERMS OF OPTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON THE RIGHT OF



<PAGE>   8
         EXERCISE

         Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times, in
such amounts and during such period or periods as the Committee shall determine
at the date of the grant of such Option; provided, however, that an Incentive
Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the
date such Option is granted; provided, further, that in the case of an Incentive
Option granted to a person who, at the time such Incentive Option is granted,
owns stock of the Company or any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of
the Company possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any subsidiary corporation or
parent corporation of the Company, such Incentive Option shall not be
exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such Incentive
Option is granted.

         The Committee shall have the right to accelerate, in whole or in part,
from time to time, conditionally or unconditionally, rights to exercise any
Option granted hereunder.

         To the extent that an Option is not exercised within the period of
exercisability specified therein, it shall expire as to the then unexercised
part.

         Except to the extent otherwise provided under the Code, to the extent
that the aggregate fair market value of stock for which Incentive Options (under
all stock option plans of the Company and of any parent corporation or
subsidiary corporation of the Company) are exercisable for the first time by an
employee during any calendar year exceeds one hundred thousand dollars
($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Options. For purposes
of the limitation, (a) the fair market value of stock is determined as of the
time the Option is granted, (b) the limitation will be applied by taking into
account Options in the order in which they were granted, and (c) Incentive
Options granted before 1987 shall not be taken into account.

         In no event shall an Option granted hereunder be exercised for a
fraction of a Share.

         A person entitled to receive Shares upon the exercise of an Option
shall not have the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares until the
date of issuance of a stock certificate to him for such Shares; provided,
however, that until such stock certificate is issued, any holder of an Option
using previously acquired Shares in payment of an option exercise price shall
continue to have the rights of a stockholder with respect to such previously
acquired Shares.


<PAGE>   9
VII.     STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         In the discretion of the Committee, a Right may be granted (a) alone,
(b) simultaneously with the grant of an Option (either Incentive or
Non-Qualified) and in conjunction therewith or in the alternative thereto or (c)
subsequent to the grant of a Non-Qualified Option and in conjunction therewith
or in the alternative thereto.

         The exercise price of a Right granted alone shall be determined by the
Committee but shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair
market value of one Share on the date of grant of such Right. A Right granted
simultaneously with or subsequent to the grant of an Option and in conjunction
therewith or in the alternative thereto shall have the same exercise price as
the related Option, shall be transferable only upon the same terms and
conditions as the related Option, and shall be exercisable only to the same
extent as the related Option; provided, however, that a Right, by its terms,
shall be exercisable only when the fair market value of the Shares subject to
the Right and related Option exceeds the exercise price thereof.

         Upon exercise of a Right granted simultaneously with or subsequent to
an Option and in the alternative thereto, the number of Shares for which the
related Option shall be exercisable shall be reduced by the number of Shares for
which the Right shall have been exercised. The number of Shares for which a
Right shall be exercisable shall be reduced upon any exercise of a related
Option by the number of Shares for which such Option shall have been exercised.

         Any Right shall be exercisable upon such additional terms and
conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Committee.

         Any Right shall be exercisable upon such additional terms and
conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Committee.

         A Right shall entitle the holder upon exercise thereof to receive from
the Company, upon a written request filed with the Secretary of the Company at
its principal offices (the "Request") a number of Shares (with or without
restrictions as to substantial risk of forfeiture and transferability, as
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), an amount of cash, or any
combination of Shares and cash, as specified in the Request (but subject to the
approval of the Committee, in its sole discretion, at any time up to and
including the time of payment, as to the making of any cash payment), having an
aggregate fair market value equal to the product of (a) the excess of the fair


<PAGE>   10
market value, on the date of such Request, of one Share over the exercise price
per Share specified in such Right or its related Option, multiplied by (b) the
number of Shares for which such Right shall be exercised; provided, however that
the Committee in its discretion, may impose a maximum limitation on the amount
of cash, the fair market value of Shares, or a combination thereof, which may be
received by a holder upon exercise of a Right.

         Any election by a holder of a Right to receive cash in full or partial
settlement of such Right, and any exercise of such Right for cash, may be made
only by a Request filed with the Corporation Secretary of the Company during the
period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for
publication by the Company of quarterly or annual summary statements of earnings
and ending on the twelfth business day following such date. Within thirty (30)
days after the receipt by the Company of a Request to receive cash in full or
partial settlement of a Right or to exercise such Right for cash, the Committee
shall, in its sole discretion, either consent to or disapprove, in whole or in
part, such Request.

         If the Committee disapproves in whole or in part any election by a
holder to receive cash in full or partial settlement of a Right or to exercise
such Right for cash, such disapproval shall not affect such holder's right to
exercise such Right at a later date, to the extent that such Right shall be
otherwise exercisable, or to elect the form of payment at a later date, provided
that an election to receive cash upon such later exercise shall be subject to
the approval of the Committee. Additionally, such disapproval shall not affect
such holder's right to exercise any related Option or Options granted to such
holder under the Plan.

         A holder of a Right shall not be entitled to request or receive cash in
full or partial payment of such Right during the first six (6) months of its
term; provided, however, that such prohibition shall not apply if the holder of
such Right is not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the
Exchange Act. In no event will a holder of a Right who is subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act be entitled to make
such a request or receive cash in full or partial payment of such Right until
the Company shall have satisfied the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3(e)(1)
promulgated under the Exchange Act for the specified periods.

         For all purposes of this Article VII, the fair market value of Shares
shall be determined in accordance with the principles set forth in Article V
hereof.


VIII.    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT


<PAGE>   11
         Upon termination of employment of any employee with the Company and all
subsidiary corporations and parent corporations of the Company, any Option or
Right previously granted to the employee, unless otherwise specified by the
Committee in the Option or Right, shall, to the extent not theretofore
exercised, terminate and become null and void; provided, however, that:

                  (a) if the employee shall die while in the employ of such
         corporation or during either the three (3) month or one (1) year
         period, whichever is applicable, specified in clause (b) below and at a
         time when such employee was entitled to exercise an Option or Right as
         herein provided, the legal representative of such employee, or such
         person who acquired such Option or Right by bequest or inheritance or
         by reason of the death of the employee, may, not later than one (1)
         year from the date of death, exercise such Option or Right, to the
         extent not theretofore exercised, in respect of any or all of such
         number of Shares as specified by the Committee in such Option or Right;
         and

                  (b) if the employment of any employee to whom such Option or
         Right shall have been granted shall terminate by reason of the
         employee's retirement (at such age or upon such conditions as shall be
         specified by the Committee), disability (as described in Section
         22(e)(3) of the Code) or dismissal by the employer other than for cause
         (as defined below), and while such employee is entitled to exercise
         such Option or Right as herein provided, such employee shall have the
         right to exercise such Option or Right so granted in respect of any or
         all of such number of Shares as specified by the Committee in such
         Option or Right, at any time up to and including (i) three (3) months
         after the date of such termination of employment in the case of
         termination by reason of retirement or dismissal other than for cause,
         and (ii) one (1) year after the date of termination of employment in
         the case of termination by reason of disability.

         In no event, however, shall any person be entitled to exercise any
Option or Right after the expiration of the period of exercisability of such
Option or Right, as specified therein.

         If an employee voluntarily terminates his or her employment, or is
discharged for cause, any Option or Right granted hereunder shall, unless
otherwise specified by the Option Committee in the Option or Right, forthwith
terminate with respect to any unexercised portion thereof.


<PAGE>   12
         If an Option or Right granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal
representative of a deceased grantee or by a person who acquired an Option or
Right granted hereunder by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of
any employee or former employee, written notice of such exercise shall be
accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of
the right of such legal representative or other person to exercise such Option
or Right.

         For the purposes of the Plan, the term "for cause" shall mean (a) with
respect to an employee who is a party to a written employment agreement with,
or, alternatively, participates in a compensation or benefit plan of the Company
or a subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company, which
agreement or plan contains a definition of "for cause" or "cause" (or words of
like import) for purposes of termination of employment thereunder by the Company
or such subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company, "for cause"
or "cause" as defined therein; or (b) in all other cases, as determined by the
Committee or the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, (i) there has been
a theft, embezzlement, or other criminal misappropriation of funds by the
employee, whether from the Company or any other person; (ii) there has been an
incident or occurrence of substance abuse by the employee that impaired or that
impairs employee's ability to perform his duties and responsibilities to the
Company or a subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company; (iii)
employee has been convicted of or has entered a plea of guilty or nolo
contendere to a felony or to any other crime, which other crime is punishable by
incarceration for a period of one (1) year or longer, or which is a crime
involving moral turpitude; or (iv) employee has in a material way, breached or
failed to fulfill any of his material duties or responsibilities to the Company
or a subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the Company, which breach
or failure has continued for thirty (30) days following delivery of a written
notice from the Company or a subsidiary corporation or parent corporation of the
Company to employee identifying the manner in which employee has materially
breached or failed to fulfill such material duties or responsibilities.

         For the purposes of the Plan, an employment relationship shall be
deemed to exist between an individual and a corporation if, at the time of the
determination, the individual was an "employee" of such corporation for purposes
of Section 422(a) of the Code. If an individual is on leave of absence taken
with the consent of the corporation by which such individual was employed, or is
on active military service, and is determined to be an "employee" for purposes
of the exercise of an Option or Right, such individual shall not be entitled to
exercise such Option or Right during such period and while the 


<PAGE>   13
employment is treated as continuing intact unless such individual shall have
obtained the prior written consent of such corporation, which consent shall be
signed by the chairman of the board of directors, the president, a senior
vice-president or other duly authorized officer of such corporation.

         A termination of employment shall not be deemed to occur by reason of
(i) the transfer of an employee from employment by the Company to employment by
a subsidiary corporation or a parent corporation of the Company or (ii) the
transfer of an employee from employment by a subsidiary corporation or a parent
corporation of the Company to employment by the Company or by another subsidiary
corporation or parent corporation of the Company.

         In the event of the complete liquidation or dissolution of a subsidiary
corporation, or if such corporation ceases to be a subsidiary corporation, any
unexercised Options or Rights theretofore granted to any person employed by such
subsidiary corporation will be deemed canceled unless such person is employed by
the Company or by any parent corporation or another subsidiary corporation after
the occurrence of such event. If an Option or Right is to be canceled pursuant
to the provisions of the previous sentence, notice of such cancellation will be
given to each employee holding unexercised Options, and such holder will have
the right to exercise such Options or Rights in full (without regard to any
limitation set forth or imposed pursuant to Article VI) during the thirty (30)
day period following notice of such cancellation.

IX.      EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

         Options granted under the Plan shall be exercised by the optionee as to
all or part of the Shares covered thereby by the giving of written notice of the
exercise thereof to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at the principal
business office of the Company, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased
and accompanied by payment of the purchase price. Subject to the terms of
Articles XIV, XV and XVII hereof, the Company shall cause certificates for the
Shares so purchased to be delivered at the principal business office of the
Company, against payment of the full purchase price, on the date specified in
the notice of exercise.

X.       USE OF PROCEEDS

         The cash proceeds of the sale of Shares subject to the Options granted
hereunder are to be added to the general funds of the Company and used for its
general corporate purposes as the Board of Directors shall determine.


<PAGE>   14
XI.      NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         Neither an Option nor a Right granted hereunder shall be transferable,
whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and any Option or Right granted hereunder shall be
exercisable, during the lifetime of the holder, only by such holder. Except to
the extent provided above, Options and Rights may not be assigned, transferred,
pledged, hypothecated or disposed of in any way (whether by operation of law or
otherwise) and shall not be subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

XII.     ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES; EFFECT OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, in the event of
any change in the Shares subject to the Plan or to any Option or Right granted
under the Plan (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization,
stock dividend, stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of
shares, exchange of shares, or other like change in capital structure of the
Company), the Committee shall make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number
of Shares which may be acquired under the Plan pursuant to the exercise of
Options and Rights, the maximum number of shares for which Options or Rights may
be granted to any one employee or the directors of the Company as a group, and
the number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding Options or
Rights as shall be equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights under
such Options or Rights, and the determination of the Committee as to these
matters shall be conclusive; provided, however, that (a) each such adjustment
with respect to an Incentive Option and any related Right shall comply with the
rules of Section 424(a) of the Code (or any successor provision), and (b) in no
event shall any adjustment be made which would render any Incentive Option
granted hereunder other than an "incentive stock option" as defined in Section
422 of the Code.

         In the event of a "change in control" of the Company, all then
outstanding Options and Rights shall immediately become exercisable. For
purposes of the Plan, a "change in control" of the Company occurs if (a) more
than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of
stock of the Company normally entitled to vote for the election of directors of
the Company is acquired by another person, firm or corporation or by a
cooperating group of such individuals or entities, (b) the Board of Directors
approves a consolidation or merger of the Company with another corporation, the
consummation of which would result in the occurrence of an event described in
clause (a) above.


<PAGE>   15
         The Committee, in its sole discretion, may determine that, upon the
occurrence of a transaction described in the preceding paragraph, each Option or
Right outstanding hereunder shall terminate within a specified number of days
after notice to the holder, and such holder shall receive, with respect to each
Share subject to such Option or Right, an amount equal to the excess of the fair
market value of such Shares immediately prior to the occurrence of such
transaction over the exercise price per Share of such Option or Right; such
amount shall be payable in cash, in one or more of the kinds of property payable
in such transaction, or in a combination thereof, as the Committee in its
discretion shall determine. The provisions contained in the preceding sentence
shall be inapplicable to an Option or Right granted within six (6) months before
the occurrence of a transaction described above if the holder of such Option or
Right is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange
Act.

XIII.    RIGHT TO TERMINATE EMPLOYMENT

         The Plan shall not impose any obligation on the Company or on any
subsidiary corporation or parent corporation thereof to continue the employment
of any holder of an Option or Right and it shall not impose any obligation on
the part of any holder of an Option or Right to remain in the employ of the
Company or of any subsidiary corporation or parent corporation thereof.

XIV.     PURCHASE FOR INVESTMENT

         Except as hereinafter provided, the Committee may require the holder of
an Option or Right granted hereunder, as a condition of exercise of such Option
or Right, to execute and deliver to the Company a written statement in form
satisfactory to the Committee, in which such holder represents and warrants that
such holder is purchasing or acquiring the Shares acquired thereunder for such
holder's own account, for investment only and not with a view to the resale or
distribution thereof, and agrees that any subsequent resale or distribution of
any of such Shares shall be made only pursuant to either (i) a Registration
Statement on an appropriate form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), which Registration Statement has become effective and is
current with regard to the Shares being sold, or (ii) a specific exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act, but in claiming such
exemption the holder shall, prior to any offer of sale or sale of such Shares,
obtain a prior favorable written opinion of counsel, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel of the Company, as to the application of such exemption
thereto. The foregoing restriction shall not apply to (x) issuances by the
Company so long as the Shares being issued are registered under the Securities
Act and a prospectus in respect thereof is current 


<PAGE>   16
or (y) reofferings of Shares by affiliates of the Company (as defined in Rule
405 or any successor rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act) if
the Shares being reoffered are registered under the Securities Act and a
prospectus in respect thereof is current.

         Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Company to register
Shares subject to any Option or Right under the Securities Act. In addition, if
at any time the Committee shall determine that the listing or qualification of
the Shares subject to such Option or Right on any securities exchange or under
any applicable law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory
body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the
granting of an Option or Right, or the issuance of Shares thereunder, such
Option or Right may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing,
qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of
any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

XV.      ISSUANCE OF STOCK CERTIFICATES; LEGENDS; PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

         Upon any exercise of an Option or Right which may be granted hereunder
and, in the case of an Option, payment of the purchase price, a certificate or
certificates for the Shares shall be issued by the Company in the name of the
person exercising the Option or Right and shall be delivered to or upon the
order of such person.

         The Company may endorse such legend or legends upon the certificates
for Shares issued pursuant to the Plan and may issue such "stop transfer"
instructions to its transfer agent in respect of such Shares as the Committee,
in its discretion, determines to be necessary or appropriate to (a) prevent a
violation of, or to perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of
the Securities Act, (b) implement the provisions of the Plan and any agreement
between the Company and the optionee or grantee with respect to such Shares, or
(c) permit the Company to determine the occurrence of a disqualifying
disposition, as described in Section 421(b) of the Code, of Shares transferred
upon exercise of an Incentive Option granted under the Plan.

         The Company shall pay all issue or transfer taxes with respect to the
issuance or transfer of Shares, as well as all fees and expenses necessarily
incurred by the Company in connection with such issuance or transfer, except
fees and expenses which may be necessitated by the filing or amending of a
Registration Statement under the Securities Act, which fees and expenses shall
be borne by the recipient of the Shares unless such Registration Statement has
been filed by the Company for its 


<PAGE>   17
own corporate purposes (and the Company so states) in which event the recipient
of the Shares shall bear only such fees and expenses as are attributable solely
to the inclusion of the Shares he or she receives in the Registration Statement.

         All Shares issued as provided herein shall be fully paid and
nonassessable to the extent permitted by law.

XVI.     WITHHOLDING TAXES

         The Company may require an employee exercising a Right or a
Non-Qualified Option granted hereunder, or disposing of Shares acquired pursuant
to the exercise of an Incentive Option in a disqualifying disposition (within
the meaning of Section 421(b) of the Code), to reimburse the corporation that
employs such employee for any taxes required by any government to be withheld or
otherwise deducted and paid by such corporation in respect of the issuance or
disposition of such Shares. In lieu thereof, the corporation that employs such
employee shall have the right to withhold the amount of such taxes from any
other sums due or to become due from such corporation to the employee upon such
terms and conditions as the Committee shall prescribe The corporation that
employs such employee may, in its discretion, hold the stock certificate to
which such employee is entitled upon the exercise of an Option as security for
the payment of such withholding tax liability, until cash sufficient to pay that
liability has been accumulated. In addition, at any time that the Company
becomes subject to a withholding obligation under applicable law with respect to
the exercise of a Right or Non-Qualified Option (the "Tax Date"), except as set
forth below, a holder of a Right or Non-Qualified Option may elect to satisfy,
in whole or in part, the holder's related personal tax liabilities (an
"Election") by (a) directing the Company to withhold from Shares issuable in the
related exercise either a specified number of Shares or Shares having a
specified value (in each case not in excess of the related personal tax
liabilities), (b) tendering Shares previously issued pursuant to the exercise of
an Option or Right or other shares of the Company's common stock owned by the
holder or (c) combining any or all of the foregoing options in any fashion. An
Election shall be irrevocable. The withheld Shares and other Shares tendered in
payment should be valued at their fair market value (determined in accordance
with the principles set forth in Article V hereof) on the Tax Date. The
Committee may disapprove of any Election, suspend or terminate the right to make
Elections or provide that the right to make Elections shall not apply to
particular Shares or exercises. The Committee may impose any additional
conditions or restrictions on the right to make an Election as it shall deem
appropriate. In addition, the Company shall be authorized to effect any such
withholding upon exercise of a Non-Qualified Option or Right by retention of
shares issuable upon such 


<PAGE>   18
exercise having a fair market value at the date of exercise (as determined under
Article V) which is equal to the amount to be withheld; provided, however, that
the Company shall not be authorized to effect such withholding without the prior
written consent of the employee if such withholding would subject such employee
to liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. The Committee may
prescribe such rules as it determines with respect to employees subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act to effect such tax
withholding in compliance with the Rules established by the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and
the positions of the staff of the Commission thereunder expressed in no-action
letters exempting such tax withholding from liability under Section 16(b) of the
Exchange Act.

XVII.    LISTING OF SHARES AND RELATED MATTERS

         The Board of Directors may delay any issuance or delivery of Shares if
it determines that listing, registration or qualification of Shares covered by
the Plan upon any national securities exchange or under any state or federal
law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is
necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the sale or
purchase of Shares under the Plan, until such listing, registration,
qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained, or
otherwise provided for, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of
Directors.

XVIII.   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

         The Board of Directors may, from time to time, amend the Plan, provided
that no amendment shall be made, without the approval of the stockholders of the
Company, that will (a) increase the total number of Shares reserved for Options
and Rights under the Plan (other than an increase resulting from an adjustment
provided for in Article XII hereof), (b) reduce the exercise price of any
Incentive Option granted hereunder, (c) modify the provisions of the Plan
relating to eligibility, or (d) materially increase the benefits accruing to
participants under the Plan. The Committee shall be authorized to amend the Plan
and the Options granted thereunder to permit the Incentive Options granted
thereunder to qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section
422 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The rights
and obligations under any Option or Right granted before amendment of the Plan
or any unexercised portion of such Option or Right shall not be adversely
affected by amendment of the Plan or the Option or Right without the consent of
the holder of such Option or Right.


<PAGE>   19
XIX.     TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN

         The Board of Directors may at any time suspend or terminate the Plan.
The Plan, unless sooner terminated under Article XXIII or by action of the Board
of Directors, shall terminate at the close of business on the Termination Date.
Options and Rights may not be granted while the Plan is suspended or after it is
terminated. Rights and obligations under any Option or Right granted while the
Plan is in effect shall not be altered or impaired by suspension or termination
of the Plan, except upon the consent of the person to whom the Option or Right
was granted. The power of the Committee to construe and administer any Options
or Rights granted prior to the termination or suspension of the Plan under
Article III nevertheless shall continue after such termination or during such
suspension.

XX.      SAVINGS PROVISION

         With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act,
transactions under the Plan are intended to comply with all applicable
conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. To the extent
any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it
shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed
advisable by the Committee.

XXI.     GOVERNING LAW

         The Plan, such Options and Rights as may be granted hereunder and all
related matters shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance
with, the domestic substantive laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect
to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the
application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

XXII.    PARTIAL INVALIDITY

         The invalidity or illegality of any provision herein shall not be
deemed to affect the validity of any other provision.

XXIII.   EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Plan shall become effective at 9:00 a.m., Salt Lake City time, on
the Effective Date; provided, however, that if the Plan is not approved by a
vote of the stockholders of the Company at an annual meeting or any special
meeting or by unanimous written consent within twelve (12) months after the
Effective Date, the Plan and any Options or Rights granted thereunder shall
terminate.


<PAGE>   1


                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3













                    PENSION PLAN OF EMPLOYEES OF MOTOR CARGO
                                       AND
                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

















<PAGE>   2



                    PENSION PLAN FOR EMPLOYEES OF MOTOR CARGO

         This pension plan is an amendment by restatement of the Pension Plan
for Employees of Motor Cargo. The Plan was effective August 1, 1977, and Motor
Cargo now amends the Plan to comply with the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and
subsequent legislation.

         The Plan is an individually prepared plan for the Employer which
utilizes the prototype basic plan document of PPD Consulting, Ltd., a regional
defined benefit prototype plan sponsor. This adoption agreement and the basic
plan constitute the entire plan and trust document. Motor Cargo incorporates the
basic plan document of PPD Consulting, Ltd. by reference and attaches it to this
Adoption Agreement. Any provision in the basic plan document that applies to a
"nonstandardized" also applies to this Adoption Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.01 Motor Cargo, a Utah corporation, is the sole Employer adopting
this Plan.

         1.02 TRUSTEE The Trustee is West One Trust Company, Salt Lake City,
Utah. The Trustee is a discretionary trustee.

         1.03 PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is the
         Pension Plan for Employees of Motor Cargo.

         1.07 EMPLOYEE. The Plan does not excludes from eligibility Employees
whose pension benefits are the subject of collective bargaining as defined in
Section 1.07(A) of the Plan. Leased Employees treated as Employees under
Section 1.31 of the Plan are excluded.

        RELATED EMPLOYERS. If any member of the Employer's related group (as
defined in Section 1.30 of the Plan) executes a Participation Agreement, such
member's Employees are eligible to participate in this Plan, unless excluded by
reason of an exclusion classification elected under this Adoption Agreement
Section 1.07. If any member of the Employer's related group does not execute a
Participation Agreement, that related group member's Employees are not eligible
to participate in the Plan.

         1.12 COMPENSATION. GENERAL DEFINITION OF COMPENSATION (SEE SECTION
1.12(A) OF THE PLAN). Any reference in the Plan to the general definition of
Compensation is a reference to the "current income definition" of Compensation.

         1.14 AVERAGE COMPENSATION. DEFINITION OF AVERAGE COMPENSATION. THIS
PLAN DOES not use Average Compensation.

         1.16  ACTUARIAL DEFINITIONS.

         ACTUARIAL FACTORS. To determine actuarial equivalence under the Plan,
the Plan Administrator will use the following assumptions, except as the Plan
otherwise requires:

<PAGE>   3

         POST-RETIREMENT.
         Interest: 8%
         Mortality: UP - 1984 Unisex Pension Mortality Table

         PRE-RETIREMENT.
         Interest: 8%

         PBGC INTEREST RATES. In applying Section 1.16(B) of the Plan, the
applicable PBGC interest rates are those in effect on the first day of the Plan
Year in which the Participant's distribution occurs.

         1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR. PLAN YEAR. Plan Year means the 12
consecutive month period ending every December 31. 
         LIMITATION YEAR. The Limitation Year is the Plan Year.

         1.18 EFFECTIVE DATE. The restated Effective Date is January 1, 1989,
except as otherwise provided in this Adoption Agreement or in the basic plan
document. The basic plan document provisions of Part 2 of Article III relating
to limitations on annual benefits and the provisions of Section 10.06 relating
to the mandatory distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9) are effective for
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1986.

         1.27 HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service is the
actual method. If a Participant incurs a Disability, the Plan Administrator will
credit Hours of Service under Section 1.27(c) of the Plan to the Participant for
purposes on benefit accrual without regard to the 501 Hours of Service limit
until the earlier of (1) the date the Participant is no longer subject to the
Disability, or (2) the date the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

         1.29 SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. The Plan does credit Service
with any predecessor or prior employer(s) except as otherwise specifically
provided. See Article VII regarding vesting and Article V regarding pension
benefits.

                                   ARTICLE II
                              EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

         2.01 ELIGIBILITY. ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS. To become a Participant in
the Plan, an Employee must complete one Year of Service. The Plan does not
impose an age condition for participation. 
PLAN ENTRY DATE. "Plan Entry Date" means the restated Effective Date 
and the first day of every month of the Plan Year. 
TIME OF PARTICIPATION. An Employee will become a Participant on the Plan
Entry Date (if employed on that date) coincident with or immediately following
the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions described in this
Adoption Agreement Section 2.01.

         2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. HOURS OF SERVICE. An Employee
must complete 1,000 Hours of Service during an eligibility computation period to
receive credit for a Year of Service under Article II. 



<PAGE>   4

ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD. After the initial eligibility computation period
described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility
computation period as the anniversary of the Employment Commencement Date.

         2.03 BREAK IN SERVICE - PARTICIPATION. The Break in Service rule
described in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan applies to the Employer's Plan.

         2.06 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. The Plan does not permit an eligible
Employee or a Participant to elect not to participate.

                                   ARTICLE III
                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

         3.06 OVERALL LIMITATIONS. The defined contribution plan limitation
under Section 3.06 of the Plan applies to the Employer's Plan. To the extent
necessary to satisfy the limitation under Section 3.06, the Employer will reduce
the Participant's contribution to the defined contribution plan.

                                    ARTICLE V
                           NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT

         5.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT. Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is age 65.

         5.02 AMOUNT OF NORMAL RETIREMENT PENSION/ACCRUED BENEFIT. A
Participant's normal annual retirement pension is the sum of the following (a)
and (b)):

         (a)      $240 per year for each Year of Service prior to January 1,
                  1977. A Year of Service for this purpose is 12 months of
                  uninterrupted Service of the Employer or Bonanza Trucking
                  Company, Inc. and R & R Trucking after the completion of a
                  Year of Service. A leave of absence for military service,
                  approved educational program, sickness disability or
                  termination followed by re-employment within 60 days is not a
                  break in the continuity of Service.

         (b)      For each year of Future Service, a Participant will receive
                  the benefit determined under the following formula:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 The Annual
                  For a Plan Year in Which                    Retirement Income
                  Hours of Service were:                       benefit will be:
                  ----------------------                       ----------------

                  <S>                                               <C> 
                           1,800 or more                            $240
                  At least 1,600 but less than 1,800                 216
                  At least 1,400 but less than 1,600                 192
                  At least 1,200 but less than 1,400                 168
                  At least 1,000 but less than 1,200                 144
                           Less than 1,000                             0
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   5

Future Service means a Plan Year after December 31, 1976, in which the
Participant completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer.

In no event shall a Participant's normal retirement pension exceed the pension
based upon the 25 consecutive Years of Service prior to January 1, 1977, and
Years of Future Service as defined in (b) above in which the Participant's
pension would be the greatest.

PART III. SPECIAL Rules. SPECIAL ACCRUAL RULE. The Plan applies the special
accrual rule in Section 5.02(D) of the Plan.

         5.03 NORMAL FORM OF BENEFIT. The normal form of benefit for a
Participant is a straight life annuity. The Trustee shall pay retirement
benefits monthly.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                            EARLY RETIREMENT PENSION

         6.01 EARLY RETIREMENT PENSION. Early retirement is a date after the
Participant has attained age 55 and is 100% vested. A Participant who has
satisfied the requirements for an early retirement pension may elect to retire
early by giving 60 days prior written notice to the Advisory Committee. The
Participant's early retirement pension shall be his normal retirement pension
reduced by .375% for each month by which his early retirement date precedes his
normal retirement date.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                               DISABILITY PENSION

         7.01 DISABILITY PENSION. The Plan provides a disability pension who has
not attained age 55. The disability pension equals 55% of the Participant's
Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit payable at the Participant's Normal Retirement
Date. When a Participant attains age 55, the provisions of Section 6.01 apply.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     DEFERRED VESTED PENSION - DEATH BENEFIT

         8.03 PAYMENT OF DEFERRED VESTED PENSION. PRESENT VALUE DOES NOT EXCEED
$3,500. If the present value of the Participant's deferred vested pension does
not exceed $3,500, the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to pay the
pension, in accordance with Section 8.03(a) of the Plan as soon as
administratively practicable following the Participant's Separation from
Service. If the Participant's Separation from Service occurs after December 31,
1993, and the present value of his deferred vested pension is $25, the Trustee
will pay the pension in lump sum.

PRESENT VALUE EXCEEDS $3,500. If the present value of the Participant's deferred
vested pension exceeds $3,500 after the Participant satisfies the requirements
for an early retirement pension, the Participant then has a continuing right to
elect to commence payment of his deferred vested pension commencing on the first
administratively practical distribution date. A distribution date


<PAGE>   6

is the first day of the month of each Plan Year. If the Participant has attained
Normal Retirement Age, the Participant may make the foregoing election even if
he has not separated from Service.

         8.04 PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFIT. The death benefit under Section 8.04
of the Plan equals present value of the Participant's Accrued Benefit.

         8.05 VESTING SCHEDULE. PARTICIPANT DISABILITY. The 100% vesting rule
under Section 8.05 of the Plan does not apply to disability.

VESTING SCHEDULE. The following vesting schedule applies for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1988:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Years of                           Non-forfeitable
         Service                              Percentage
         -------                              ----------

         <S>                                      <C>
         Less than 5 ...............................0%
         5 or more ...............................100%
</TABLE>

TOP HEAVY VESTING SCHEDULE. The following vesting schedule applies in the Plan
Year for which the Plan first is top heavy and then in all subsequent Plan
Years.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Years of                           Non-forfeitable
         Service                              Percentage
         -------                              ----------

<S>                                               <C>
         Less than 3................................0%
         3 or more ..............................100%
</TABLE>

MINIMUM VESTING. The present value of a Participant's Non-forfeitable Accrued
Benefit will never be less than the lesser of $25.00 or the present value of his
entire Accrued Benefit, even if the application of the vesting schedule would
result in a Non-forfeitable Accrued Benefit with a smaller present value. The
minimum vesting provision of this paragraph applies for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1993.

         8.06 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING. HOURS OF SERVICE. An Employee must
complete at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a vesting computation period to
receive credit for a Year of Service under Article VIII. For Service prior to
January 1, 1977, the Plan shall determine a Year of Service for vesting as 1/12
of all the Participant's completed months of interrupted Service for the
Employer or its predecessor, Bonanza Trucking Company, Inc. and R & R Trucking.
A leave of absence for military service, approved educational program, sickness,
disability or termination of employment followed by re-employment within 60 days
shall not be considered an interruption of continuous Service.

VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
Plan Years.

         8.08 DISREGARD OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. The deemed cash-out rule described
in Section 8.09 of the Plan does not apply.



<PAGE>   7
                                   ARTICLE IX
                         PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY

         9.01 PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY - Eligibility. PRESENT VALUE DOES
NOT EXCEED $3,500. If the present value of the preretirement survivor annuity
does NOT exceed $3,500, the Advisory Committee will direct the Trustee to pay
the death benefit in lump sum as soon as administratively practicable following
the Participant's death.

PRESENT VALUE EXCEEDS $3,500. If the present value of the preretirement survivor
annuity exceeds $3,500, the surviving spouse may elect to commence payment of
that annuity as of the first day of any month following the earlier of (1) the
Participant's earliest retirement age (see Sections 6.01 and 8.03 of the
Adoption Agreement), or (2) the Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

                                    ARTICLE X
             PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT - OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT

         10.02 QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. SURVIVOR ANNUITY
PERCENTAGE. The survivor annuity percentage equals 50%.

         10.03 COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS. No modifications apply to Section 10.03
of the Plan, except the Plan does not permit a hardship withdrawal following
Separation from Service.

         10.05 OPTIONAL FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION. In lieu of the optional forms of
distribution described in Section 10.05(A) of the basic plan document, the Plan
provides the following optional forms of distribution: (1) Five year certain and
life thereafter; and (2) joint and 100% survivor annuity.

                                  ARTICLE XVII
                  INVESTMENT IN INSURANCE OR ANNUITY CONTRACTS

         17.01 PURCHASE OF LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Plan does
not determine any portion of the Participant's death benefit under Section 8.04
on the basis of the face amount of life insurance purchased on behalf of the
Participant.

         The Trustee, executing this Adoption Agreement, accepts its position
and agrees to all of the obligations, responsibilities and duties imposed upon
the Trustee under the Prototype Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to
the provisions of this Plan and Trust, and in witness of its agreement, the
Employer by its duly authorized officer, has executed this Adoption

<PAGE>   8



         Agreement, and the Trustee signified its acceptance, in Salt Lake City,
Utah, on this 29 day of December, 1994.


                                 MOTOR CARGO


                                 By:    /s/  LYNN H. WHEELER
                                    --------------------------------------
                                    Lynn H.  Wheeler, Vice President/Finance


                                             "EMPLOYER"


                                 WEST ONE TRUST COMPANY
                                 Salt Lake City, Utah


                                 By:   /s/  GLEN T. EVANS
                                    --------------------------------------
                                            Glen T. Evans, Trust Officer

                                            "TRUSTEE"


<PAGE>   9



                  SPECIAL MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF
                                   MOTOR CARGO

         A special meeting of the Board of Directors of Motor Cargo, a
corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State
of Utah, was held on the ___ day of December, 1994, pursuant to a consent to
hold the meeting without prior notice, such consent indicated by the signatures
of the Directors to these Minutes. There were present at the meeting, the
following Directors:

   HAROLD R TATE             LOU V.  HOLDNER           MARVIN L.  FRIEDLAND

constituting the three Directors of the Corporation. Upon motion duly made,
seconded and unanimously adopted, Harold R. Tate was chosen as Chairman and
Marvin L. Friedland was chosen as Secretary of the meeting.

         The Chairman announced the only order of business was the consideration
by the Board of amendments to the existing pension plan. The Chairman then
explained Congress has passed new laws affecting the terms of the existing
retirement plan and the Corporation must amend the plan in order to maintain its
qualification under the Internal Revenue Code. The Chairman further explained
that the Corporation could make the necessary amendments by restating the plan
in full with the amended pages and amended articles incorporated within the plan
as restated. The Chairman then presented the proposed changes to the Board.
After an explanation by the Chairman of the terms of the proposed amendments,
including amendments not required for plan qualification, motion was made,
seconded and it was unanimously:

         RESOLVED, THAT THE CORPORATION ADOPT ALL OF THE AMENDMENTS TO THE
EXISTING PENSION PLAN PROPOSED AT THIS MEETING, ALL OF SUCH AMENDMENTS TO BE
EFFECTIVE FOR THE PLAN YEAR COMMENCING JANUARY 1, 1987, EXCEPT AS NOTED IN THE
PLAN. TO EFFECT THE AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN, THE CORPORATION SHALL RESTATE THE
PLAN IN FULL WITH THE AMENDED PAGES AND AMENDED ARTICLES INCORPORATED WITHIN THE
PLAN AS RESTATED AND LYNN H. WHEELER IS DESIGNATED AND AUTHORIZED TO EXECUTE THE
RESTATED PLAN ON BEHALF OF THE CORPORATION. THE SECRETARY SHALL RETAIN ONE COPY
OF THE PLAN AS STATED PRIOR TO THE AMENDMENTS ADOPTED AT THIS MEETING AS PART OF
THE PERMANENT RECORD OF THE CORPORATION AND THE SECRETARY SHALL REMOVE FROM
CIRCULATION ALL OTHER COPIES OF THE PLAN AS STATED PRIOR TO SUCH AMENDMENTS.

         RESOLVED FURTHER, THAT LOU V. HOLDNER, MARVIN L FRIEDLAND AND LYNN H.
WHEELER BE APPOINTED AS MEMBERS OF THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE OF THE PLAN, EACH TO
SERVE UNTIL APPOINTMENT OF A SUCCESSOR, THAT THE EMPLOYER BE APPOINTED FOR THE
PLAN AS THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AND THAT WEST ONE TRUST COMPANY BE APPOINTED AND
CONTINUE AS TRUSTEE OF THE TRUST CREATED UNDER THE PLAN.



<PAGE>   10



         There being no further business to come before the meeting, it was,
upon motion duly made, seconded and unanimously adopted, adjourned.

                                             Marvin L.  Friedland, Secretary
                                             -------------------------------

                         CONSENT TO HOLD SPECIAL MEETING


         -----------------------------------       -----------------------------
         Harold R.  Tate                                   Lou V.  Holdner


                          -----------------------------
                               Marvin L. Friedland

<PAGE>   1

                                                                EXHIBIT 10.4

                            ADOPTION AGREEMENT #005
            NONSTANDARDIZED CODE [SECTION]401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

        The undersigned, Motor Cargo ("Employer"), by executing this Adoption
Agreement, elects to become a participating Employer in the West One Trust
Defined Contribution Master Plan (basic plan document #01) by adopting the
accompanying Plan and Trust in full as if the Employer were a signatory to that
Agreement. The Employer makes the following elections granted under the
provisions of the Master Plan.

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

        1.02    TRUSTEE. The Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

[ ]     (a) A discretionary Trustee. See Section 10.03[A] of the Plan.

[X]     (b) A nondiscretionary Trustee. See Section 10.03[B] of the Plan. (Note:
        The Employer may not elect Option (b) if a Custodian executes the
        Adoption Agreement.]

        1.03    PLAN. The name of the Plan as adopted by the Employer is Motor
Cargo Profit Sharing Plan.

        1.07    EMPLOYEE. The following Employees are not eligible to
participate in the Plan: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (g))

[X]     (a) No exclusions.

[ ]     (b) Collective bargaining employees (as defined in Section 1.07 of the
        Plan). [Note: If the Employer excludes union employees from the Plan,
        the Employer must be able to provide evidence that retirement benefits
        were the subject of good faith bargaining.]

[ ]     (c) Nonresident aliens who do not receive any earned income (as defined
        in Code [SECTION]911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes United 
        States source income (as defined in Code [SECTION]861(a)(3)).

[ ]     (d) Commission Salesmen.

[ ]     (e) Any Employee compensated on a salaried basis.

[ ]     (f) Any employee compensated on an hourly basis.

[ ]     (g) (Specify) ______________________________________________________

        ____________________________________________________________________

LEASED EMPLOYEES. Any Leased Employee treated as an Employee under Section 1.31
of the Plan, is: (Choose (h) or (i))

[X]     (h) Not eligible to participate in the Plan.

[ ]     (i) Eligible to participate in the Plan, unless excluded by reason of an
        exclusion classification elected under this Adoption Agreement Section
        1.07.

RELATED EMPLOYERS. If any member of the Employer's related group (as defined in
Section 1.30 of the Plan) executes a Participation Agreement to this Adoption
Agreement, such member's Employees are eligible to participate in this Plan,
unless excluded by reason of an exclusion classification elected under this
Adoption Agreement Section 1.07. In addition: (Choose (j) or (k))

[X]     (j) No other related group member's Employees are eligible to
        participate in the Plan.

[ ]     (k) The following nonparticipating related group member's Employees are
        eligible to participate in the Plan unless excluded by reason of an
        exclusion classification elected under this Adoption Agreement Section
        1.07:

        ____________________________________________________________________

        ____________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>   2
     1.12  COMPENSATION.

TREATMENT OF ELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. (Choose (a) or (b))

[ ]  (a) "Compensation" includes elective contributions made by the Employer on
     the Employee's behalf.

[X]  (b) "Compensation" does not include elective contributions.

MODIFICATIONS TO COMPENSATION DEFINITION. (Choose (c) or at least one of (d)
through (j))

[ ]  (c) No modifications other than as elected under Options (a) or (b).

[ ]  (d) The Plan excludes Compensation in excess of $__________________.

[X]  (e) In lieu of the definition in Section 1.12 of the Plan, Compensation
     means any earnings reportable as W-2 wages for Federal income tax
     withholding purposes, subject to any other election under this Adoption
     Agreement Section 1.12.

[ ]  (f) The Plan excludes bonuses.

[ ]  (g) The Plan excludes overtime.

[ ]  (h) The Plan excludes Commissions.

[ ]  (i) Compensation will not include Compensation from a related employer (as
     defined in Section 1.30 of the Plan) that has not executed a Participation
     Agreement in this Plan unless, pursuant to Adoption Agreement Section 1.07,
     the Employees of that related employer are eligible to participate in this
     Plan.

[ ]  (j) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
     __________________________________________________________________________.

If, for any Plan Year, the Plan uses permitted disparity in the contribution or
allocation formula elected under Article III, any election of Options (f), (g),
(h) or (j) is ineffective for such Plan Year with respect to any Nonhighly
Compensated Employee.

SPECIAL DEFINITION FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. "Compensation" for purposes of
any matching contribution formula under Article III means: (Choose (k) or (l)
only if applicable)

[X]  (k) Compensation as defined in this Adoption Agreement Section 1.12.

[ ]  (l) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
     __________________________________________________________________________.

SPECIAL DEFINITION FOR SALARY REDUCTION CONTRIBUTIONS. An Employee's salary
reduction agreement applies to his Compensation determined prior to the
reduction authorized by that salary reduction agreement, with the following
exceptions: (Choose (m) or at least one of (n) or (o), if applicable)

[X]  (m) No exceptions.

[ ]  (n) If the Employee makes elective contributions to another plan maintained
     by the Employer, the Advisory Committee will determine the amount of the
     Employee's salary reduction contribution for the withholding period:
     (Choose (1) or (2))

         [ ] (1) After the reduction for such period of elective contributions
             to the other plan(s).

         [ ] (2) Prior to the reduction for such period of elective
             contributions to the other plan(s).
[ ]  (o) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________.

     1.17 PLAN YEAR/LIMITATION YEAR.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3
PLAN YEAR. Plan Year means: (Chose (a) or (b))

[x] (a) The 12 consecutive month period ending every ______________________.

[ ] (b) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________.

LIMITATION YEAR. The Limitation Year is: (Choose (c) or (d))

[x] (c) The Plan Year.

[ ] (d) The 12 consecutive month period ending every _________________.

    1.18    EFFECTIVE DATE.

NEW PLAN. The "Effective Date" of the Plan is ______________________.

RESTATED PLAN. The restated Effective Date is January 1, 1993. This Plan is a
substitution and amendment of an existing retirement plan(s) originally
established April 1, 1985. [Note: See the Effective Date Addendum.]

    1.27    HOUR OF SERVICE. The crediting method for Hours of Service is
(Choose (a) or (b))

[x] (a) The actual method.

[ ] (b) The __________________________________ equivalency method, except:

        [ ] (1) No exceptions.

        [ ] (2) The actual method applies for purposes of: (Choose at least one)

             [ ] (i)    Participation under Article II.

             [ ] (ii)   Vesting under Article V.

             [ ] (iii)  Accrual of benefits under Section 3.06.

[Note: On the blank line, insert "daily," "weekly," "semi-monthly payroll
periods" or "monthly."]

    1.29    SERVICE FOR PREDECESSOR EMPLOYER. In addition to the predecessor
service the Plan must credit by reason of Section 1.29 of the Plan, the Plan
credits Service with the following predecessor employer(s): Bonanza Truck
Company, Inc. and R & R Trucking. Service with the designated predecessor
employer(s) applies: (Choose at least one of (a) or (b); (c) is available only
in addition to (a) or (b))

[x] (a) For purposes of participation under Article II.

[x] (b) For purposes of vesting under Article V.

[ ] (c) Except the following Service: ______________________________.

[Note: If the Plan does not credit any predecessor service under this
provision, insert "N/A" in the first blank line. The Employer may attach a
schedule to this Adoption Agreement, in the same format as this Section 1.29,
designating additional predecessor employers and the applicable service
crediting elections.]

    1.31    LEASED EMPLOYEES. If a Leased Employee is a Participant in the Plan
and also participates in a plan maintained by the leasing organization: (Choose
(a) or (b)) N/A.

[ ] (a) The Advisory Committee will determine the Leased Employee's allocation
of Employer contributions under Article III without taking into account the
Leased Employee's allocation, if any, under the leasing organization's plan.

[ ] (b) The Advisory Committee will reduce a Leased Employee's allocation of
Employer nonelective

<PAGE>   4
        contributions (other than designated qualified nonelective
        contributions) under this Plan by the Leased Employee's allocation under
        the leasing organization's plan, but only to the extent that allocation
        is attributable to the Leased Employee's service provided to the
        Employer. The leasing organization's plan:

          [ ]  (1) Must be a money purchase plan which would satisfy the
               definition under Section 1.31 of a safe harbor plan,
               irrespective of whether the safe harbor exception applies.

          [ ]  (2) Must satisfy the features and, if a defined benefit plan,
               the method of reduction described in an addendum to this
               Adoption Agreement, numbered 1.31.

                                   ARTICLE II
                             EMPLOYEE PARTICIPANTS

        2.01    ELIGIBILITY.

ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS. To become a Participant in the Plan, an Employee must
satisfy the following eligibility conditions: (Choose (a) or (b) or both; (c)
is optional as an additional election) N/A

[ ]  (a) Attainment of age ___________ (specify age, not exceeding 21).

[X]  (b) Service requirement. (Choose one of (1) through (3))

         [X]  (1) One Year of Service.

         [ ]  (2) ___________ months (not exceeding 12) following the
              Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

         [ ]  (3) One Hour of Service.

[ ]  (c) Special requirements for non-401(k) portion of plan. (Make elections
     under (1) and under (2))

         (1) The requirements of this Option (c) apply to participation in:
         (Choose at least one of (i) through (iii))

             [ ]  (i)   The allocation of Employer nonelective contributions
                  and Participant forfeitures.

             [ ]  (ii)  The allocation of Employer matching contributions
                  (including forfeitures allocated as matching contributions).

             [ ]  (iii) The allocation of Employer qualified nonelective
                  contributions.

         (2) For participation in the allocations described in (1), the
         eligibility conditions are: (Choose at least one of (i) through (iv))

             [ ]  (i)   ________ (one or two) Year(s) of Service, without an
                  intervening Break in Service (as described in Section 2.03(A)
                  of the Plan) if the requirement is two Years of Service.

             [ ]  (ii)  ________ months (not exceeding 24) following the
                  Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

             [ ]  (iii) One Hour of Service.

             [ ]  (iv)  Attainment of age ________ (Specify age, not exceeding
                  21).

PLAN ENTRY DATE. "Plan Entry Date" means the Effective Date and: (Choose (d),
(e) or (f))

[ ]  (d) Semi-annual Entry Dates. The first day of the Plan Year and the first
     day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

[ ]  (e) The first day of the Plan Year.


                                       4
<PAGE>   5

[X]     (f) (Specify entry dates) January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1.

TIME OF PARTICIPATION. An Employee will become a Participant (and, if
applicable, will participate in the allocations described in Option (c)(1)),
unless excluded under Adoption Agreement Section 1.07, on the Plan entry Date
(if employed on that date): (Choose (g), (h) or (i))

[X]     (g) immediately following
[ ]     (h) immediately preceding
[ ]     (i) nearest

the date the Employee completes the eligibility conditions described in Options
(a) and (b) (or in Option (c)(2) if applicable) of this Adoption Agreement
Section 2.01. [Note: The Employer must coordinate the selection of (g), (h) or
(i) with the "Plan entry Date" selection in (d), (e) or (f). Unless otherwise
excluded under Section 1.07, the Employee must become a Participant by the
earlier of: (1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the
Employee completes the age and service requirements of Code [SECTION]410(a); or
(2) 6 months after the date the Employee completes those requirements.]

Dual eligibility. The eligibility conditions of this Section 2.01 apply to:
(Choose (j) or (k))

[X]     (j) All Employees of the Employer, except (Choose (1) or (2))

            [X] (1) No exceptions.

            [ ] (2) Employees who are Participants in the Plan as of the
                Effective Date.

[ ]     (k) Solely to an Employee employed by the Employer after _________. If
        the Employee was employed by the Employer on or before the specified
        date, the Employee will become a Participant: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

        [ ] (1) On the latest of the Effective Date, his Employment Commencement
            Date or the date he attains age _____________ (not to exceed 21).

        [ ] (2) Under the eligibility conditions in effect under the Plan prior
            to the restated Effective Date. If the restated Plan required more
            than one Year of Service to participate, the eligibility condition
            under this Option (2) for participation in the Code Section 401(k)
            arrangement under this Plan is one year of Service for Plan Years
            beginning after December 31, 1988. [For restated plans only]

        [ ] (3) Specify ____________________________________________________

            ________________________________________________________________

        2.02 YEAR OF SERVICE - PARTICIPATION

HOURS OF SERVICE. An Employee must complete: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) 1,000 Hours of Service

[ ] (b) _________________ Hours of Service

during an eligibility computation period to receive credit for a Year of
Service. [Note: The Hours of Service requirement may not exceed 1,000.]

ELIGIBILITY COMPUTATION PERIOD. After the initial eligibility computation
period described in Section 2.02 of the Plan, the Plan measures the eligibility
computation period as: (Choose (c) or (d))

[ ] (c) The 12 consecutive month period beginning with each anniversary of an
    Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

[X] (d) The Plan Year, beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first
    anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

                                       5
<PAGE>   6
     2.03  BREAK IN SERVICE -- PARTICIPATION. The Break in Service rule
described in Section 2.03(B) of the Plan:  (Choose (a) or (b))

[X]  (a)   Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

[ ]  (b)   Applies to the Employer's Plan.

     2.06  ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE. The Plan: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X]  (a)   Does not permit an eligible Employee or a Participant to elect not
     to participate.

[ ]  (b)   Does permit an eligible Employee or a Participant to elect not to
     participate in accordance with Section 2.06 and with the following rules:
     (Complete (1), (2), (3) and (4))

           (1)  An election is effective for a Plan Year if filed no later
           than _______________________________________________________.

           (2)  An election not to participate must be effective for at least 
                ____ Plan Year(s).

           (3)  Following a re-election to participate, the Employee or
           Participant:

           [ ]  (i)  May not again elect not to participate for any subsequent
           Plan Year.

           [ ]  (ii) May again elect not to participate, but not earlier than
           the ________ Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the 
           re-election first was effective.

           (4)  (Specify) ___________________________________________________
           ________________________________________________ (Insert "N/A" if
           no other rules apply).

                                  ARTICLE III
                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

     3.01  AMOUNT.

PART I. [OPTIONS (a) THROUGH (g)] AMOUNT OF EMPLOYER'S CONTRIBUTION.  The
Employer's annual contribution to the Trust will equal the total amount of
deferral contributions, matching contributions, qualified nonelective
contributions and nonelective contributions, as determined under this Section
3.01. (Choose any combination of (a), (b), (c) and (d), or choose (e))

[X]  (A)   DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS (CODE SECTION 401(k) ARRANGEMENT). (Choose
     (1) or (2) or both)

               [X]  (1) Salary reduction arrangement. The Employer must
               contribute the amount by which the Participants have reduced 
               their Compensation for the Plan Year, pursuant to their salary
               reduction agreements on file with the Advisory Committee. A
               reference in the Plan to salary reduction contributions is a
               reference to these amounts.

               [ ]  (2) Cash or deferred arrangement. The Employer will
               contribute on behalf of each Participant the portion of the
               Participant's proportionate share of the cash or deferred
               contribution which he has not elected to receive in cash. See
               Section 14.02 of the Plan. The Employer's cash or deferred
               contribution is the amount the Employer may from time to time
               deem advisable which the Employer designates as a cash or
               deferred contribution prior to making that contribution to the
               Trust.

[X]  (b)  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Employer will make matching contributions
     in accordance with the formula(s) elected in Part II of this Adoption
     Agreement Section 3.01.

[X]  (c)  DESIGNATED QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Employer, in its
     sole discretion, may contribute

                                       6
<PAGE>   7
        an amount which it designated as a qualified nonelective contribution.

[X] (d) NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS. (Choose any combination of (1) through (4).

        [X]     (1) Discretionary contribution. The amount (or additional
                amount) the Employer may from time to time deem advisable.

        [ ]     (2) The amount (or additional amount) the Employer may from 
                time to time deem advisable, separately determined for each of 
                the following classifications of Participants: (Choose (i) or
                (ii)).

                [ ] (i)    Nonhighly Compensated Employees and Highly 
                           Compensated Employees.

                [ ] (ii)   (Specify classifications) __________________________
                    ___________________________________________________________.

                Under this Option (2), the Advisory Committee will allocate 
                the amount contributed for each Participant classification in 
                accordance with Part II of Adoption Agreement Section 3.04, as
                if the Participants in that classification were the only
                Participants in the Plan.

        [ ]     (3) ____% of the Compensation of all participants under the
                Plan, determined for the Employer's taxable year for which it
                makes the contribution. [Note: The percentage selected may not 
                exceed 15%.]

        [ ]     (4) ____% of Net Profits but not more than $_______________.

[ ] (e) FROZEN PLAN. This Plan is a frozen Plan effective _____________________
        _______________________. The Employer will not contribute to the Plan 
        with respect to any period following the stated date.

NET PROFITS. The Employer: (Choose (f) or (g))

[X] (f) Need not have Net Profits to make its annual contribution under this
        Plan. 

[ ] (g) Must have current or accumulated Net Profits exceeding $___________ to
        make the following contributions: (Choose at least one)

        [ ]     (1) Cash or deferred contributions described in Option (a)(2).

        [ ]     (2) Matching contributions described in Option (b), except:
                ___________________________________.

        [ ]     (3) Qualified nonelective contributions described in Option (c).

        [ ]     (4) Nonelective contributions described in Option (d).

The term "Net Profits" means the Employer's net income or profits for any
taxable year determined by the Employer upon the basis of its books of account
in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices consistently applied
without any deductions for Federal and state taxes upon income or for
contributions made by the Employer under this Plan or under any other employee
benefit plan the Employer maintains. The term "Net Profits" specifically
excludes _______________________________________________________________________
________________________. [Note: Enter "N/A" if no exclusions apply.]

If the Employer requires Net Profits for matching contributions and the Employer
does not have sufficient Net Profits under Option (g), it will reduce the
matching contribution under a fixed formula on a prorata basis for all
Participants. A Participant's share of the reduced contribution will bear the
same ratio as the matching contribution the Participant would have received if
Net Profits were to the total matching contribution all Participants would have
received if Net Profits were sufficient. If more than one member of a related
group (as defined in Section 1.30) execute this Adoption Agreement, each
participating member will determine Net Profits separately but will not apply
this reduction unless, after combining the separately determined Net Profits,
the aggregate Net Profits are insufficient to satisfy the matching contribution
liability. "Net Profits" includes both current and accumulated Net Profits.


                                       7
<PAGE>   8
PART II. [OPTIONS (h) THROUGH (j)] MATCHING CONTRIBUTION FORMULA. [Note: If the
Employer elected Option (b), complete Options (h), (i) and (j).]

[X]  (h) AMOUNT OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. For each Plan Year, the Employer's
     matching contribution is: (Choose any combination of (1), (2), (3), (4)
     and (5))

     [X] (1) An amount equal to 25% of each Participant's eligible
         contributions for the Plan Year.

     [ ] (2) An amount equal to __________% of each Participant's first tier of
         eligible contributions for the Plan Year, plus the following matching
         percentage(s) for the following subsequent tiers of eligible
         contributions for the Plan Year: _____________________________________
         ______________________________________________________________________
         _________________________________________________________.

     [X] (3) Discretionary formula.

         [X] (i) An amount (or additional amount) equal to a matching percentage
             the Employer from time to time may deem advisable of the
             Participant's eligible contributions for the Plan Year.

         [ ] (ii) An amount (or additional amount) equal to a matching
             percentage the Employer from time to time may deem advisable of
             each tier of the Participant's eligible contributions for the Plan
             Year.

     [ ] (4) An amount equal to the following percentage of each Participant's
         eligible contributions for the Plan Year, based on the Participant's
         Years of Service:
          
         Number of Years of Service     Matching Percentage
         --------------------------     -------------------

                ----------              ----------
                ----------              ----------
                ----------              ----------
                ----------              ----------
                ----------              ----------

         The Advisory Committee will apply this formula by determining Years of
         Service as follows:
         ______________________________________________________________________
         __________________________.

     [ ] (5) A Participant's matching contributions may not: (Choose (i) or
         (ii))

         [ ] (i)  Exceed ______________________________________________________
             __________________________________________________________________
             _____________.

         [ ] (ii)  Be less than _______________________________________________
             __________________________________________________________________
             _____________.

         RELATED EMPLOYERS. If two or more related employers (as defined in
         Section 1.30) contribute to this Plan, the related employers may elect
         different matching contribution formulas by attaching to the Adoption
         Agreement a separately completed copy of this Part II. Note: Separate
         matching contribution formulas create separate current benefit
         structures that must satisfy the minimum participation test of Code
         Section 401(a)(26).]

[X]  (i) DEFINITION OF ELIGIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS. Subject to the requirements of
     Option (j), the term "eligible contributions" means: (Choose any
     combination of (1) through (3))

         [X] (1) Salary reduction contributions.


                                       8
<PAGE>   9
        [ ] (2) Cash or deferred contributions (including any part of the
            Participant's proportionate share of the cash or deferred
            contribution which the Employer defers without the Participant's
            election).

        [ ] (3) Participant mandatory contributions, as designated in Adoption
            Agreement Section 4.01. See Section 14.04 of the Plan.

[x] (j) AMOUNT OF ELIGIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT. When determining a
    Participant's eligible contributions taken into account under the matching
    contributions formula(s), the following rules apply: (Choose any combination
    of (1) through (4))

        [ ] (1) The Advisory Committee will take into account all eligible
            contributions credited for the Plan Year.

        [X] (2) The Advisory Committee will disregard eligible contributions
            exceeding six percent (6%) of participant's eligible compensation.

        [ ] (3) The Advisory Committee will treat as the first tier of eligible
            contributions, an amount not exceeding: ____________________________
            ___________________________________________________________________.

            The subsequent tiers of eligible contributions are: ________________
            ____________________________________________________________________
            ___________________________________________________________________.

        [ ] (4) (Specify) ______________________________________________________
            ____________________________________________________________________
            ___________________________________________________________________.

PART III. [OPTIONS (k) AND (l)]. SPECIAL RULES FOR CODE SECTION 401(k)
ARRANGEMENT. (Choose (k) or (l), or both, as applicable)

[X] (k) SALARY REDUCTION AGREEMENTS. The following rules and restrictions apply
    to an Employee's salary reduction agreement: (Make a selection under (1),
    (2), (3) and (4))

        (1) Limitation on amount. The Employee's salary reduction
        contributions: (Choose (i) or at least one of (ii) or (iii))

            [ ] (i)    No maximum limitation other than as provided in the Plan.

            [X] (ii)   May not exceed 15% of Compensation for the Plan Year,
                subject to the annual additions limitation described in Part 2
                of Article III and the 402(g) limitation described in Section
                14.07 of the Plan.

            [ ] (iii)  Based on percentages of Compensation must equal at least
                ______________________________________________________________.

        (2) An Employee may revoke, on a prospective basis, a salary reduction
        agreement: (Choose (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv))

            [ ] (i)    Once during any Plan Year but not later than ___________
                of the Plan Year.

            [X] (ii)   As of any Plan Entry Date.

            [ ] (iii)  As of the first day of any month.

            [ ] (iv)   (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year)
                _______________________________________________________________.

        (3) An Employee who revokes his salary reduction agreement may file a
        new salary reduction agreement with an effective date: (Choose (i),
        (ii), (iii) or (iv))


                                       9
<PAGE>   10
            [ ] (i)     No earlier than the first day of the next Plan Year.

            [X] (ii)    As of any subsequent Plan Entry Date.

            [ ] (iii)   As of the first day of any month subsequent to the
                month in which he revoked an Agreement.

            [ ] (iv)    (Specify, but must be at least once per Plan Year
                following the Plan Year of revocation) _________________________
                ___________________________________________.

        (4) A Participant may increase or may decrease, on a prospective basis,
            his salary reduction percentage or dollar amount: (Choose (i), (ii),
            (iii) or (iv))

            [ ] (i)     As of the beginning of each payroll period.

            [ ] (ii)    As of the first day of each month.

            [X] (iii)   As of any Plan Entry Date.

            [ ] (iv)    (Specify, but must permit an increase or a decrease at
                least once per Plan Year) ______________________________________
                _______________________________________.

[ ] (l) CASH OR DEFERRED CONTRIBUTIONS. For each Plan Year for which the
    Employer makes a designated cash or deferred contribution, a Participant may
    elect to receive directly in cash not more than the following portion (or,
    if less, the 402(g) limitation described in Section 14.07 of the Plan) of
    his proportionate share of that cash or deferred contribution: (Choose (1)
    or (2)) N/A

        [ ] (1) All or any portion.

        [ ] (2) ___________________________________%.

    3.04    CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION. The Advisory Committee will allocate
deferral contributions, matching contributions, qualified nonelective
contributions and nonelective contributions in accordance with Section 14.06
and the elections under this Adoption Agreement Section 3.04.

PART I. [OPTIONS (a) THROUGH (d)]. SPECIAL ACCOUNTING ELECTIONS. (Choose
whichever elections are applicable to the Employer's Plan)

[X] (a) MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT. The Advisory Committee will allocate
    matching contributions to a Participant's: (Choose (1) or (2); (3) is
    available only in addition to (1))

        [X] (1) Regular Matching Contributions Account.

        [ ] (2) Qualified Matching Contributions Account.

        [ ] (3) Except, matching contributions under Option(s) _____________ of
            Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 are allocable to the Qualified
            Matching Contributions Account.

[X] (b) SPECIAL ALLOCATION DATES FOR SALARY REDUCTION CONTRIBUTIONS. The
    Advisory Committee will allocate salary reduction contributions as of the
    Accounting Date and as of the following additional allocation dates: As of
    any day contributions are made into the trust account.

[X] (c) SPECIAL ALLOCATION DATES FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The Advisory
    Committee will allocate matching contributions as of the Accounting Date and
    as of the following additional allocation dates: As of any day contributions
    are made to the trust account.

[X] (d) DESIGNATED QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS -- DEFINITION OF
    PARTICIPANT. For purposes of allocating the designated qualified nonelective
    contribution, "Participant" means: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

        [ ] (1) All Participants.

        [X] (2) Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the
            Plan Year.


                                       10
<PAGE>   11

        [ ] (3) (Specify) ______________________________________.

PART II. METHOD OF ALLOCATION - NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION. Subject to any
restoration allocation required under Section 5.04, the Advisory Committee 
will allocate and credit each annual nonelective contribution (and Participant
forfeitures treated as nonelective contributions) to the Employer Contributions
Account of each Participant who satisfies the conditions of Section 3.06, in
accordance with the allocation method selected under this Section 3.04. If the
Employer elects Option (e)(2), Option (g)(2) or Option (h), for the first 3% of
Compensation allocated to all Participants, "Compensation" does not include any
exclusions elected under Adoption Agreement Section 1.12 (other than the
exclusion of elective contributions), and the Advisory Committee must take into
account the Participant's Compensation for the entire Plan Year. (Choose an
allocation method under (e), (f), (g) or (h); (i) is mandatory if the Employer
elects (f), (g) or (h); (j) is optional in addition to any other election.)

[X] (e) NONINTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA. (Choose (1) or (2))

        [X] (1) The Advisory Committee will allocate the annual nonelective
            contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation
            for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
            Participants for the Plan Year.

        [ ] (2) The Advisory Committee will allocate the annual nonelective
contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan
Year. For purposes of this Option (2), "Participant" means, in addition to a
Participant who satisfies the requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year,
any other Participant entitled to a top heavy minimum allocation under Section
3.04(B), but such Participant's allocation will not exceed 3% of his
Compensation for the Plan Year.

[ ] (f) TWO-TIERED INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA - MAXIMUM DISPARITY. First, the
    Advisory Committee will allocate the annual Employer nonelective
    contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation plus
    Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus
    Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation
    under this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation
    plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable percentage (5.7%,
    5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum Disparity Table following Option (i).

    The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining nonelective
    contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
    Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan
    Year.

[ ] (g) THREE-TIERED INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA. First, the Advisory
Committee will allocate the annual Employer nonelective contributions in the
same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under
this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation may not
exceed the applicable percentage (5.7%, 5.4% or 4.3%) listed under the Maximum
Disparity Table following Option (i). Solely for purposes of the allocation in
this first paragraph, "Participant" means, in addition to a Participant who
satisfies the requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or
(2))

        [ ] (1) No other Participant.

        [ ] (2) Any other Participant entitled to a top heavy minimum allocation
            under Section 3.04(B), but such Participant's allocation under this
            Option (g) will not exceed 3% of his Compensation for the Plan Year.

As a second tier allocation, the Advisory Committee will allocate the
nonelective contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Excess
Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess Compensation of all
Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under this paragraph, as a
percentage of each Participant's Excess Compensation, may not exceed the
allocation percentage in the first paragraph.

Finally, the Advisory Committee will allocate any remaining nonelective
contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants 

                                       11
<PAGE>   12
    for the Plan Year.

[ ] (h) FOUR-TIERED INTEGRATED ALLOCATION FORMULA. First, the Advisory Committee
    will allocate the annual Employer nonelective contributions in the same
    ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
    total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding
    3% of each Participant's Compensation. Solely for purposes of this first
    tier allocation, a "Participant" means, in addition to any Participant who
    satisfies the requirements of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year, any other
    Participant entitled to a top heavy minimum allocation under Section 3.04(B)
    of the Plan.

    As a second tier allocation, the Advisory Committee will allocate the
    nonelective contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Excess
    Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess Compensation of all
    Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each Participant's
    Excess Compensation.

    As a third tier allocation, the Advisory Committee will allocate the annual
    Employer contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's
    Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan year bears to the total
    Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.
    The allocation under this paragraph, as a percentage of each Participant's
    Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable
    percentage (2.7%, 2.4% or 1.3%) listed under the Maximum Disparity Table
    following Option (i).

    The Advisory Committee then will allocate any remaining nonelective
    contributions in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the
    Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all participants for the Plan
    Year. 

[ ] (i) EXCESS COMPENSATION. For purposes of Option (f), (g) or (h), "Excess
    Compensation" means Compensation in excess of the following Integration
    Level: (Choose (1) or (2))

        [ ]     (1) ____% (not exceeding 100%) of the taxable wage base, as
                determined under Section 230 of the Social Security Act, in
                effect on the first day of the Plan Year. (Choose any
                combination of (i) and (ii) or choose (iii)) 

                [ ] (i)   Rounded to___________________________________________
                          (but not exceeding the taxable wage base).

                [ ] (ii)  But not greater than $____________________.

                [ ] (iii) Without any further adjustment or limitation.

        [ ]     (2) $_____________________ [Note: Not exceeding the taxable wage
                base for the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement first is
                effective.]

MAXIMUM DISPARITY TABLE. For purposes of Options (f), (g) and (h), the
applicable percentage is:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      Integration Level (as            Applicable Percentages for      Applicable Percentages
percentage of taxable wage base)        Option (f) or Option (g)           for Option (h)
- --------------------------------       --------------------------      ----------------------
<S>                                              <C>                            <C>
100%                                              5.7%                          2.7%

More than 80% but less than 100%                  5.4%                          2.4%

More than 20% (but not less than
$10,001) and not more than 80%                    4.3%                          1.3%

20% (or $10,000, if greater) or less              5.7%                          2.7%
</TABLE>


[ ] (j) ALLOCATION OFFSET. The Advisory Committee will reduce a Participant's
allocation otherwise made 


                                       12
<PAGE>   13
     under Part II of this Section 3.04 by the Participant's allocation under
     the following qualified plan(s) maintained by the Employer: ____________
     _________________________________________________________________.

          The Advisory Committee will determine this allocation reduction:
     (Choose (1) or (2))

          [ ]  (1)  By treating the term "nonelective contribution" as including
               all amounts paid or accrued by the Employer during the Plan Year
               to the qualified plan(s) referenced under this Option (j). If a
               Participant under this Plan also participates in that other plan,
               the Advisory Committee will treat the amount the Employer
               contributes for or during a Plan Year on behalf of a particular
               Participant under such other plan as an amount allocated under
               this Plan to that Participant's Account for that Plan Year. The
               Advisory Committee will make the computation of allocation
               required under the immediately preceding sentence before making
               any allocation of nonelective contributions under this Section
               3.04.

          [ ]  (2)  In accordance with the formula provided in an addendum to
               this Adoption Agreement, numbered 3.04(j).

TOP HEAVY MINIMUM ALLOCATION -- METHOD OF COMPLIANCE.  If a Participant's
allocation under this Section 3.04 is less than the top heavy minimum
allocation to which he is entitled under Section 3.04(B): (Choose (k) or (l))

[X]  (k)  The Employer will make any necessary additional contribution to the
     Participant's Account, as described in Section 3.04(B)(7)(a) of the Plan.

[ ]  (l)  The Employer will satisfy the top heavy minimum allocation under the
     following plan(s) it maintains: _________________________________________
     ____________________________________________________________. However, the
     Employer will make any necessary additional contribution to satisfy the top
     heavy minimum allocation for an Employee covered only under this Plan and
     not under the other plan(s) designated in this Option (l). See Section
     3.04(B)(7)(b) of the Plan.

If the Employer maintains another plan, the Employer may provide in an addendum
to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.04, any modifications to the
Plan necessary to satisfy the top heavy requirements under Code Section 416.

RELATED EMPLOYERS.  If two or more related employers (as defined in Section
1.30) contribute to this Plan, the Advisory Committee must allocate all
Employer nonelective contributions (and forfeitures treated as nonelective
contributions) to each Participant in the Plan, in accordance with the
elections in this Adoption Agreement Section 3.04: (Choose (m) or (n))

[X]  (m)  Without regard to which contributing related group member employs the
     Participant. 

[ ]  (n)  Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing
     Employer. If a Participant receives Compensation from more than one
     contributing Employer, the Advisory Committee will determine the
     allocations under this Adoption Agreement Section 3.04 by prorating among
     the participating Employers the Participant's Compensation and, if
     applicable, the Participant's Integration Level under Option (i).

     3.05  FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.  Subject to any restoration allocation
required under Sections 5.04 or 9.14, the Advisory Committee will allocate a
Participant forfeiture in accordance with Section 3.04: (Choose (a) or (b); (c)
and (d) are optional in addition to (a) or (b))

[ ]  (a)  As an Employer nonelective contribution for the Plan Year in which the
     forfeiture occurs, as if the Participant forfeiture were an additional
     nonelective contribution for that Plan Year.

[X]  (b)  To reduce the Employer matching contributions and nonelective
     contributions for the Plan Year: (Choose (1) or (2))

     [ ]  (1)  in which the forfeiture occurs.

     [X]  (2)  immediately following the Plan Year in which the forfeiture
          occurs. 

                                       13
<PAGE>   14
[X]  (c) To the extent attributable to matching contributions: (Choose (1), (2)
or (3))

         [X]  (1) In the manner elected under Options (a) or (b).

         [ ]  (2) First to reduce Employer matching contributions for the Plan
              Year: (Choose (i) or (ii))

              [ ]  (i)  in which the forfeiture occurs,

              [ ]  (ii) immediately following the Plan Year in which the
                   forfeiture occurs, then as elected in Options (a) or (b).

         [ ]  (3) As a discretionary matching contribution for the Plan Year in
              which the forfeiture occurs, in lieu of the manner elected under
              Options (a) or (b).

[ ]  (d) First to reduce the Plan's ordinary and necessary administrative
expenses for the Plan Year and then will allocate any remaining forfeitures in
the manner described in Options (a), (b) or (c), whichever applies. If the
Employer elects Option (c), the forfeitures used to reduce Plan expenses:
(Choose (1) or (2))

         [ ]  (1) relate proportionately to forfeitures described in Option (c)
              and to forfeitures described in Options (a) or (b).

         [ ]  (2) relate first to forfeitures described in Option _______.

ALLOCATION OF FORFEITED EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Advisory Committee
will allocate any forfeited excess aggregate contributions (as described in
Section 14.09): (Choose (e), (f) or (g))

[X]  (e) To reduce Employer matching contributions for the Plan Year (Choose (1)
     or (2))

         [ ]  (1) in which the forfeiture occurs.

         [X]  (2) immediately following the Plan Year in which the forfeiture
              occurs.
[ ]  (f) As Employer discretionary matching contributions for the Plan Year 
     in which forfeited, except the Advisory Committee will not allocate these
     forfeitures to the Highly Compensated Employees who incurred the 
     forfeitures.

[ ]  (g) In accordance with Options (a) through (d), whichever applies, except
     the Advisory Committee will not allocate these forfeitures under Option (a)
     or under Option (c)(3) to the Highly Compensated Employees who incurred the
     forfeitures.

     3.06 ACCRUAL OF BENEFIT.

COMPENSATION TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT. For the Plan Year in which the Employee first
becomes a Participant, the Advisory Committee will determine the allocation of
any cash or deferred contribution, designated qualified nonelective contribution
or nonelective contribution by taking into account: (Choose (a) or (b))

[ ]  (a) The Employee's Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

[X]  (b) The Employee's Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year in which
     the Employee actually is a Participant in the Plan.

ACCRUAL REQUIREMENTS. Subject to the suspension of accrual requirements of
Section 3.06(E) of the Plan, to receive an allocation of cash or deferred
contributions, matching contributions, designated qualified nonelective
contributions, nonelective contributions and Participant forfeitures, if any,
for the Plan Year, a Participant must satisfy the conditions described in the
following elections: (Choose (c) or at least one of (d) through (f))

[ ]  (c) SAFE HARBOR RULE. If the Participant is employed by the Employer on the
     last day of the Plan Year, the Participant must complete at least one Hour
     of Service for that Plan Year. If the Participant is not employed by the
     Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, the Participant must complete at
     least 501 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

[X]  (d) HOURS OF SERVICE CONDITION. The Participant must complete the following
     minimum number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year: (Choose at least
     one of (1) through (5))



                                       14
<PAGE>   15
         [X] (1) 1,000 Hours of Service.

         [ ] (2) (Specify, but the number of Hours of Service may not exceed
             1,000) __________.

         [X] (3) No Hour of Service requirement if the Participant terminates
             employment during the Plan Year on account of: (Choose (i), (ii)
             or (iii))

             [X] (i) Death.

             [X] (ii) Disability.

             [X] (iii) Attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan
                 Year or in a prior Plan Year.
           
         [ ] (4) __________ Hours of Service (not exceeding 1,000) if the
             Participant terminates employment with the Employer during the Plan
             Year, subject to any election in Option (3).

         [X] (5) No Hour of Service requirement for an allocation of employer
             matching contributions made from January 1, 1993 to September 30,
             1993.

[X]  (e) EMPLOYMENT CONDITION. The Participant must be employed by the Employer
     on the last day of the Plan Year, irrespective of whether he satisfies any
     Hours of Service condition under Option (d), with the following exceptions:
     (Choose (1) or at least one of (2) through (5))

         [ ] (1) No exceptions.

         [X] (2) Termination of employment because of death.

         [X] (3) Termination of employment because of disability.

         [X] (4) Termination of employment following attainment of Normal
             Retirement Age.

         [ ] (5) No employment condition for the following
             contributions:___________________. 

[X]  (f) Effective beginning October 1, 1993: Participant must be employed by
     the employer on the last day of the calendar quarter, irrespective of
     whether he satisfies any Hours of Service condition under option (d) in
     order to receive an allocation of employer matching contribution. There
     shall be no exceptions to this employment condition.

SUSPENSION OF ACCRUAL REQUIREMENTS. The suspension of accrual requirements of
Section 3.06(E) of the Plan: (Choose (g), (h) or (i))

[X]  (g) Applies to the Employer's Plan.

[ ]  (h) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan.

[ ]  (i) Applies in modified form to the Employer's Plan, as described in an
     addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 3.06(E).

SPECIAL ACCRUAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Plan allocates
matching contributions on two or more allocation dates for a Plan Year, the
Advisory Committee, unless otherwise specified in Option (l), will apply any
Hours of Service condition by dividing the required Hours of Service on a
prorata basis to the allocation periods included in that Plan Year.
Furthermore, a Participant who satisfies the conditions described in this
Adoption Agreement Section 3.06 will receive an allocation of matching
contributions (and forfeitures treated as matching contributions) only if the
Participant satisfies the following additional condition(s): (Choose (j) or at
least one of (k) or (l))

[X]  (j) No additional conditions.

[ ]  (k) The Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan
     Year. This Option (k) applies to: (Choose (1) or (2))

         [ ] (1) All matching contributions.

         [ ] (2) Matching contributions described in Option(s) __________ of
             Adoption Agreement Section


                                       15
<PAGE>   16
             3.01.

[ ]  (l) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
     _________________________________________________________________________.

     3.15  MORE THAN ONE PLAN LIMITATION. If the provisions of Section 3.15
apply, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan equals: (Choose (a), (b) or
(c))

[ ]  (a) The product of:

         (i) the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date (including any
         amount which the Advisory Committee would have allocated but for the
         limitations of Code Section 415), times

         (ii) the ratio of (1) the amount allocated to the Participant as of
         such date under this Plan divided by (2) the total amount allocated as
         of such date under all qualified defined contribution plans (determined
         without regard to the limitations of Code Section 415).

[X]  (b) The total Excess Amount.

[ ]  (c) None of the Excess Amount.

     3.18  DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN LIMITATION.

APPLICATION OF LIMITATION. The limitation under Section 3.18 of the Plan:
(Choose (a) or (b))

[ ]  (a) Does not apply to the Employer's Plan because the Employer does not
     maintain and never has maintained a defined benefit plan covering any
     Participant in this Plan.

[X]  (b) Applies to the Employer's Plan. To the extent necessary to satisfy the
     limitation under Section 3.18, the Employer will reduce: (Choose (1) or
     (2))

         [ ] (1) The Participant's projected annual benefit under the defined
             benefit plan under which the Participant participates.

         [X] (2) Its contribution or allocation on behalf of the Participant to
             the defined contribution plan under which the Participant
             participates and then, if necessary, the Participant's projected
             annual benefit under the defined benefit plan under which the
             Participant participates.

[Note: If the Employer selects (a), the remaining options in this Section 3.18
do not apply to the Employer's Plan.]

COORDINATION WITH TOP HEAVY MINIMUM ALLOCATION. The Advisory Committee will
apply the top heavy minimum allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B) of the
Plan with the following modifications: (Choose (c) or at least one of (d) or
(e))

[X]  (c) No modifications.

[ ]  (d) For Non-Key Employees participating only in this Plan, the top heavy
     minimum allocation is the minimum allocation described in Section 3.04(B)
     determined by substituting __________% (not less than 4% for "3%," 
     except: (Choose (i) or (ii))

         [ ] (i) No exceptions.

         [ ] (ii) Plan Years in which the top heavy ratio exceeds 90%.

[ ]  (e) For Non-Key Employees also participating in the defined benefit plan,
     the top heavy minimum is: (Choose (1) or (2))

         [ ] (1) 5% of Compensation (as determined under Section 3.04(B) of the
             Plan) irrespective of the contribution rate of any Key Employee,
             except: (Choose (i) or (ii))
        
             [ ] (i) No exceptions.



                                       16
<PAGE>   17

            [ ] (ii) Substituting "7-1/2%" for "5%" if the top heavy ratio does
                not exceed 90%.

        [ ] (2) 0%. [Note: The Employer may not select this Option (2) unless
            the defined benefit plan satisfies the top heavy minimum benefit
            requirements of Code Section 416 for these Non-Key Employees.]

ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS FOR TOP HEAVY CALCULATION. To determine the top heavy
ratio, the Advisory Committee will use the following interest rate and
mortality assumptions to value accrued benefits under a defined benefit plan:

_____________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________


If the elections under this Section 3.18 are not appropriate to satisfy the
limitations of Section 3.18, or the top heavy requirements under Code
Section 416, the Employer must provide the appropriate provisions in an
addendum to this Adoption Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

        4.01 PARTICIPANT NONDEDUCTIBLE CONTRIBUTIONS.  The Plan: (Choose (a) or
(b); (c) is available only with (b))

[X] (a) Does not permit Participant nondeductible contributions.

[ ] (b) Permits Participant nondeductible contributions, pursuant to Section
    14.04 of the Plan.

[ ] (c) The following portion of the Participant's nondeductible contributions
    for the Plan Year are mandatory contributions under Option (i)(3) of
    Adoption Agreement Section 3.01: (Choose (1) or (2))

        [ ] (1) The amount which is not less than: __________________________

            ______________________________.

        [ ] (2) The amount which is not greater than: _______________________

            ______________________________.

ALLOCATION DATES. The Advisory Committee will allocate nondeductible
contributions for each Plan Year as of the Accounting Date and the following
additional allocation dates: (Choose (d) or (e)) N/A

[ ] (d) No other allocation dates.

[ ] (e) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________________________.

As of an allocation date, the Advisory Committee will credit all nondeductible
contributions made for the relevant allocation period. Unless otherwise
specified in (E), a nondeductible contribution relates to an allocation period
only if actually made to the Trust no later than 30 days after that allocation
period ends.

        4.05 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTION - WITHDRAWAL/DISTRIBUTION. Subject to the
restrictions of Article VI, the following distribution options apply to a
Participant's Mandatory Contributions Account, if any, prior to his Separation
from Service: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b) through (d))

[X] (a) No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

[ ] (b) The same distribution options applicable to the Deferral Contributions
    Account prior to the Participant's Separation from Service, as elected in
    Adoption Agreement Section 6.03.

[ ] (c) Until he retires, the Participant has a continuing election to receive
    all or any portion of his Mandatory Contributions Account if: (Choose (1) or
    at least one of (2) through (4))

        [ ] (1) No conditions.

        [ ] (2) The mandatory contributions have accumulated for at least _____
            Plan Years since 


                                       17
<PAGE>   18
            the Plan Year for which contributed.

        [ ] (3) The Participant suspends making nondeductible contributions for
            a period of ___________ months.

        [ ] (4) (Specify) ______________________________________________________
            _______________________________________________________________.

[ ] (d) (Specify) ______________________________________________________________
    ___________________________________________________________________.


                                   ARTICLE V
                   TERMINATION OF SERVICE--PARTICIPANT VESTING

    5.01    NORMAL RETIREMENT. Normal Retirement Age under the Plan is:
(Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) Sixty-five (65) [State age, but may not exceed age 65].

[ ] (b) The later of the date the Participant attains _____________ (____) years
    of age or the ______________ (____) anniversary of the first day of the
    Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [The
    age selected may not exceed age 65 and the anniversary selected may not
    exceed the 5th.]

    5.02    PARTICIPANT DEATH OR DISABILITY. The 100% vesting rule under
Section 5.02 of the Plan: (Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (c))

[ ] (a) Does not apply.

[X] (b) Applies to death.

[X] (c) Applies to disability.

    5.03    VESTING SCHEDULE.

DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT/QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS
ACCOUNT/QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT/MANDATORY CONTRIBUTIONS
ACCOUNT. A Participant has a 100% Nonforfeitable interest at all times in his
Deferral Contributions Account, his Qualified Matching Contributions Account,
his Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account and in his Mandatory
Contributions Account.

REGULAR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT/EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT. With
respect to a Participant's Regular Matching Contributions Account and Employer
Contributions Account, the Employer elects the following vesting schedule:
(Choose (a) or (b); (c) and (d) are available only as additional options)

[ ] (a) Immediate vesting. 100% Nonforfeitable at all times. [Note: The Employer
must elect Option (a) if the eligibility conditions under Adoption Agreement
Section 2.01(c) require 2 years of service or more than 12 months of
employment.]

<PAGE>   19
[X]  (b)  Graduated Vesting Schedules.

     TOP HEAVY SCHEDULE                             NON TOP HEAVY SCHEDULE
        (MANDATORY)                                       (OPTIONAL)

Years of              Nonforfeitable        Years of            Nonforfeitable 
Service                 Percentage          Service               Percentage
- --------              --------------        --------            --------------

Less than 1..........       0%              Less than 1..........       0%
                          ---                                         ---  
    1................       0%                  1................       0%
                          ---                                         ---  
    2................      20%                  2................       0%
                          ---                                         ---  
    3................      40%                  3................      20%
                          ---                                         ---  
    4................      60%                  4................      40%
                          ---                                         ---  
    5................      80%                  5................      60%
                          ---                                         ---  
    6 or more........     100%                  6................      80%
                                                                      ---  
                                                7 or more........     100%
                                                                      ---  

[ ]  (c)  Special vesting election for Regular Matching Contributions Account.
     In lieu of the election under Options (a) or (b), the Employer elects the
     following vesting schedule for a Participant's Regular Matching
     Contributions Account: (Choose (1) or (2))

     [ ]  (1)  100% Nonforfeitable at all times.

     [ ]  (2)  In accordance with the vesting schedule described in addendum to
          this Adoption Agreement, numbered 5.03(c). [Note: If the Employer
          elects this Option (c)(2), the addendum must designate the applicable
          vesting schedule(s) using the same format as used in Option (b).]

[Note: Under Options (b) and (c)(2), the Employer must complete a Top Heavy
Schedule which satisfies Code Section 416. The Employer, at its option, may
complete a Non Top Heavy Schedule. The Non Top Heavy Schedule must satisfy Code
Section 411(a)(2). Also see Section 7.05 of the Plan.]

[X]  (d)  The Top Heavy Schedule under Option (b) (and, if applicable, under
     Option (c)(2)) applies: (Choose (1) or (2))

     [ ]  (1)  Only in a Plan Year for which the Plan is top heavy.

     [X]  (2)  In the Plan Year for which the Plan first is top heavy and then
          in all subsequent Plan Years. [Note: The Employer may not elect Option
          (d) unless it has completed a Non Top Heavy Schedule.]

MINIMUM VESTING. (Choose (e) or (f))

[X]  (e)  The Plan does not apply a minimum vesting schedule.

[ ]  (f)  A Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will never be less than
     the lesser of $__________ or his entire Accrued Benefit, even if the
     application of a graduated vesting schedule under Options (b) or (c) would
     result in a smaller Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

LIFE INSURANCE INVESTMENTS. The Participant's Accrued Benefit attributable to
insurance contracts purchased on his behalf under Article XI is: (Choose (g) 
or (h)) 

[X]  (g)  Subject to the vesting election under Options (a), (b) or (c).

[ ]  (h)  100% Nonforfeitable at all times, irrespective of the vesting
     election under Options (b) or (c)(2).

     5.04  CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTIALLY-VESTED PARTICIPANTS/RESTORATION
OF FORFEITED ACCRUED BENEFIT.  The deemed cash-out rule described in Section
5.04(C) of the Plan:  (Choose (a) or (b))

                                       19
<PAGE>   20
[ ] (a) Does not apply.

[X] (b) Will apply to determine the timing of forfeitures for 0% vested
    Participants. A Participant is not a 0% vested Participant if he has a
    Deferral Contributions Account.

    5.06    YEAR OF SERVICE -- VESTING.
 
VESTING COMPUTATION PERIOD. The Plan measures a Year of Service on the basis of
the following 12 consecutive month periods: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) Plan Years.

[ ] (b) Employment Years. An Employment Year is the 12 consecutive month
period measured from the Employee's Employment Commencement Date and each
successive 12 consecutive month period measured from each anniversary of that
Employment Commencement Date.

HOURS OF SERVICE. The minimum number of Hours of Service an Employee must
complete during a vesting computation period to receive credit for a Year of
Service is: (Choose (c) or (d))

[X] (c) 1,000 Hours of Service.

[ ] (d) ________ Hours of Service. [Note: The Hours of Service requirement may
    not exceed 1,000.]

    5.08    INCLUDED YEARS OF SERVICE -- VESTING. The Employer specifically
excludes the following Years of Service: (Choose (a) or at least one of (b)
through (e))

[X] (a) None other than as specified in Section 5.08(a) of the Plan.

[ ] (b) Any Year of Service before the Participant attained the age of _________
    (____). [Note: The age selected may not exceed age 18.]

[ ] (c) Any Year of Service during the period the Employer did not maintain
    this Plan or a predecessor plan.

[ ] (d) Any Year of Service before a Break in Service if the number of
    consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater of 5 or the
    aggregate number of the Years of Service prior to the Break. This exception
    applies only if the Participant is 0% vested in his Accrued Benefit derived
    from Employer contributions at the time he has a Break in Service.
    Furthermore, the aggregate number of Years of Service before a Break in
    Service do not include any Years of Service not required to be taken into
    account under this exception by reason of any prior Break in Service.

[ ] (e) Any Year of Service earned prior to the effective date of ERISA if the
    Plan would have disregarded that Year of Service on account of an Employee's
    Separation from Service under a Plan provision in effect and adopted before
    January 1, 1974.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                    TIME AND METHOD OF PAYMENTS OF BENEFITS

CODE SECTION 411(d)(6) PROTECTED BENEFITS. The elections under this Article VI
may not eliminate Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits. To the extent the
elections would eliminate a Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit, see
Section 13.02 of the Plan. Furthermore, if the elections liberalize the
optional forms of benefit under the Plan, the more liberal options apply on the
later of the adoption date or the Effective Date of this Adoption Agreement.

    6.01    TIME OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT.

DISTRIBUTION DATE. A distribution date under the Plan means any day of the plan
year. [Note: The Employer must specify the appropriate date(s). The specified
distribution dates primarily establish annuity starting dates and the notice
and consent periods prescribed by the Plan. The Plan allows the Trustee an
administratively practicable period of time to make the actual distribution
relating to a particular distribution date.]


                                       20
<PAGE>   21

NONFORFEITABLE ACCRUED BENEFIT NOT EXCEEDING $3,500. Subject to the limitations
of Section 6.01(A)(1), the distribution date for distribution of a
Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit not exceeding $3,500 is: (Choose (a), (b), (c),
(d) or (e))

[ ] (a) _________________ of the _________________ Plan Year beginning after
    the Participant's Separation from Service.

[X] (b) The next distribution date following completion of the next valuation
    following the Participant's Separation from Service.

[ ] (c) _________________ of the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
    _________________ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).

[ ] (d) _________________ following the Participant's attainment of Normal
    Retirement Age, but not earlier than _________________ days following his
    Separation from Service.

[ ] (e) (Specify) ______________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________.

NONFORFEITABLE ACCRUED BENEFIT EXCEEDS $3,500. See the elections under Section
6.03.

DISABILITY. The distribution date, subject to Section 6.01(A)(3), is: (Choose
(f), (g) or (h))

[ ] (f) _________________ after the Participant terminates employment because
of disability.

[X] (g) The same as if the Participant had terminated employment without
disability.

[ ] (h) (Specify) ______________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________.

HARDSHIP. (Choose (i) or (j))

[X] (i) The Plan does not permit a hardship distribution to a Participant who
    has separated from Service.

[ ] (j) The Plan permits a hardship distribution to a Participant who has
    separated from Service in accordance with the hardship distribution policy
    stated in: (Choose (1), (2) or (3))

        [ ] (1) Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

        [ ] (2) Section 14.11 of the Plan.

        [ ] (3) The addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered Section 6.01.

DEFAULT ON A LOAN. If a Participant or Beneficiary defaults on a loan made
pursuant to a loan policy adopted by the Advisory Committee pursuant to Section
9.04, the Plan: (Choose (k), (l) or (m))

[X] (k) Treats the default as a distributable event. The Trustee, at the time of
    the default, will reduce the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit
    by the lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued interest) or the Plan's
    security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit. To the extent the
    loan is attributable to the Participant's Deferral Contributions Account,
    Qualified Matching Contributions Account or Qualified Nonelective
    Contributions Account, the Trustee will not reduce the Participant's
    Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit unless the Participant has separated from
    Service or unless the Participant has attained age 59-1/2.

[ ] (l) Does not treat the default as a distributable event. When an otherwise
distributable event first occurs pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.03 of
the Plan, the Trustee will reduce the Participant's Nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit by the lesser of the amount in default (plus accrued interest) or the
Plan's security interest in that Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit.

                                       21
<PAGE>   22
[ ]  (m) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________

        6.02 METHOD OF PAYMENT OF ACCRUED BENEFIT. The Advisory Committee will
apply Section 6.02 of the Plan with the following modifications: (Choose (a) or
at least one of (b), (c), (d) and (e))

[ ]  (a) No modifications.

[ ]  (b) Except as required under Section 6.01 of the Plan, a lump sum
     distribution is not available:___________________________________________
     __________________________________________________________________________
     ________________________________________________________________.

[X]  (c) An installment distribution: (Choose (1) or at least one of (2) or (3))

     [X]  (1)   Is not available under the Plan.

     [ ]  (2)   May not exceed the lesser of __________________ years or the
          maximum period permitted under Section 6.02.

     [ ]  (3)   (Specify) _____________________________________________________
          _____________________________________________________________________
          ________________________________.

[ ]  (d) The Plan permits the flowing annuity options: _______________________
     _________________________________________________________________________
     ___________________________________________________________________. 
     Any Participant who elects a life annuity option is subject to the
     requirements of Sections 6.04(A), (B), (C) and (D) of the Plan. See Section
     6.04(E). [Note: The Employer may specify additional annuity options in an
     addendum to this Adoption Agreement, numbered 6.02(d).]

[ ]  (e) If the Plan invests in qualifying Employer securities, as described in
     Section 10.03(F), a Participant eligible to elect distribution under
     Section 6.03 may elect to receive that distribution in Employer securities
     only in accordance with the provisions of the addendum to this Adoption
     Agreement, numbered 6.02(e).

     6.03 BENEFIT PAYMENT ELECTIONS.

PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS AFTER SEPARATION FORM SERVICE. A Participant who is
eligible to make distribution elections under Section 6.03 of the Plan may
elect to commence distribution of his Nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit: (Choose
at least one of (a) through (c))

[ ]  (a) As of any distribution date, but not earlier than ____________________
     _______________ of the _____________________________________ Plan Year
     beginning after the Participant's Separation from Service.

[X]  (b) As of the following date(s): (Choose at least one of Options (1)
     through (6))

     [ ] (1) Any distribution date after the close of the Plan Year in which
         the Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

     [X] (2) Any distribution date following his Separation from Service with
         the Employer.

     [ ] (3) Any distribution date in the _________________ Plan Year(s)
         beginning after his Separation from Service.

     [ ] (4) Any distribution date in the Plan Year after the Participant incurs
         _____________________ Break(s) in Service (as defined in Article V).



                                       22
<PAGE>   23
    [ ]         (5)  Any distribution date following attainment of age _____
                and completion of at least _____ Years of Service (as defined 
                in Article V.)

    [ ]         (6)  (Specify) ________________________________________________
                ______________________________________________________________.

[ ] (c) (Specify) _____________________________________________________________
    __________________________________________________________________________.

    The distribution events described in the election(s) made under Options
(a), (b) or (c) apply equally to all Accounts maintained for the Participant
unless otherwise specified in Option (c).

PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS PRIOR TO SEPARATION FROM SERVICE -- REGULAR MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT AND EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT. Subject to the
restrictions of Article VI, the following distribution options apply to a
Participant's Regular Matching Contributions Account and Employer Contributions
Account prior to his Separation from Service: (Choose (d) or at least one of
(e) through (h))

[X] (d) No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

[ ] (e) Attainment of Specified Age. Until he retires, the Participant has a
    continuing election to receive all or any portion of his Nonforfeitable
    interest in these Accounts after he attains: (Choose (1) or (2))

    [ ]         (1)  Normal Retirement Age.

    [ ]         (2)  _____ years of age and is at least _____% vested in these
                Accounts. [Note: If the percentage is less than 100%, see the
                special vesting formula in Section 5.03.]

[ ] (f) After a Participant has participated in the Plan for a period of not
    less than _____ years and he is 100% vested in these Accounts, until he
    retires, the Participant has a continuing election to receive all or any
    portion of the Accounts. [Note: The number in the blank space may not be
    less than 5.]

[ ] (g) Hardship. A Participant may elect a hardship distribution prior to his
Separation from Service in accordance with the hardship distribution policy:
(Choose (1), (2) or (3); (4) is available only as an additional option)

    [ ]         (1)  Under Section 6.01(A)(4) of the Plan.

    [ ]         (2)  Under Section 14.11 of the Plan.

    [ ]         (3)  Provided in the addendum to this Adoption Agreement,
                numbered Section 6.03.

    [ ]         (4)  In no event may a Participant receive a hardship
                distribution before he is at least ____% vested in these
                Accounts. [Note: If the percentage in the blank is less than
                100%, see the special vesting formula in Section 5.03]

[ ] (h) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
    _________________________________________________________________________.

[Note: The Employer may use an addendum, number 6.03, to provide additional
language authorized by Options (b)(6), (c), (g)(3) or (h) of this Adoption
Agreement Section 6.03.]


                                       23
<PAGE>   24
PARTICIPANT ELECTIONS PRIOR TO SEPARATION FROM SERVICE -- DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS
ACCOUNT, QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT AND QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE
CONTRIBUTIONS ACCOUNT. Subject to the restrictions of Article VI, the following
distribution options apply to a Participant's Deferral Contributions Account,
Qualified Matching Contributions Account and Qualified Nonelective Contributions
Account prior to his Separation from Service: (Choose (i) or at least one of (j)
through (l))

[ ] (i) No distribution options prior to Separation from Service.

[ ] (j) Until he retires, the Participant has a continuing election to receive
all or any portion of these Accounts after he attains: (Choose (1) or (2))

    [ ] (1) The later of Normal Retirement Age or age 59-1/2.

    [ ] (2) Age ________________ (at least 59-1/2).

[X] (k) Hardship. A Participant, prior to this Separation from Service, may
    elect a hardship distribution from his Deferral Contributions Account in
    accordance with the hardship distribution policy under Section 14.11 of the
    Plan.

[ ] (l) (Specify) ______________________________________________________________
    _______________________________. [Note: Option (l) may not permit in service
    distributions prior to age 59-1/2 (other than hardship) and may not modify
    the hardship policy described in Section 14.11.]

SALE OF TRADE OR BUSINESS/SUBSIDIARY. If the Employer sells substantially all
of the assets (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(2)) used in a trade or
business or sells a subsidiary (within the meaning of Code Section 409(d)(3)),
a Participant who continues employment with the acquiring corporation is
eligible for distribution from his Deferral Contributions Account, Qualified
Matching Contributions Account and Qualified Nonelective Contributions Account:
(Choose (m) or (n))

[X] (m) Only as described in this Adoption Agreement Section 6.03 for
    distributions prior to Separation from Service.

[ ] (n) As if he has a Separation from Service. After March 31, 1988, a
    distribution authorized solely by reason of this Option (n) must constitute
    a lump sum distribution, determined in a manner consistent with Code Section
    401(k)(10) and the applicable Treasury regulations.

    6.04    ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO PARTICIPANTS AND SURVIVING SPOUSES. The
annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) Apply only to a Participant described in Section 6.04(E) of the Plan
    (relating to the profit sharing exception to the joint and survivor
    requirements).

[ ] (b) Apply to all Participants.


                                   ARTICLE IX
       ADVISORY COMMITTEE -- DUTIES WITH RESPECT TO PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

    9.10    VALUE OF PARTICIPANT'S ACCRUED BENEFIT. If a distribution (other
than a distribution from a segregated Account and other than a corrective
distribution described in Sections 14.07, 14.08, 14.09 or 14.10 of the Plan)
occurs more than 90 days after the most recent valuation date, the distribution
will include interest at: (Choose (a), (b) or (c))

[X] (a) Zero (0)% per annum. [Note: The percentage may equal 0%.]

[ ] (b) The 90 day Treasury bill rate in effect at the beginning of the current
    valuation period.


                                       24
<PAGE>   25
[ ]  (c)  (Specify)_____________________________________________________.

     9.11  ALLOCATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF NET INCOME GAIN OR LOSS. Pursuant to
Section 14.12, to determine the allocation of net income, gain or loss:
(Complete only those items, if any, which are applicable to the Employer's
Plan) 

[X]  (a)  For salary reduction contributions, the Advisory Committee will:
(Choose (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5))

     [ ]  (1)  Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

     [ ]  (2)  Use the segregated account approach described in Section 14.12. 

     [X]  (3)  Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12,
          based on a daily weighting period.

     [ ]  (4)  Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning of the
          valuation period ________% of the salary reduction contributions:
          (choose (i) or (ii))

          [ ]  (i)            made during that valuation period.

          [ ]  (ii)  made by the following specified time: _________________
               _________________________________.

     [ ]  (5)  Apply the allocation method described in the addendum to this
          Adoption Agreement numbered 9.11(a).     

[X]  (b)  For matching contributions, the Advisory Committee will: (Choose (1),
     (2), (3) or (4)

     [ ]  (1)  Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

     [X]  (2)  Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12,
          based on a daily weighting period.

     [ ]  (3)  Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning of the
          valuation period __________% of the matching contributions allocated
          during the valuation period.

     [ ]  (4)  Apply the allocation method described in the addendum to this
          Adoption Agreement numbered 9.11(b).

[ ]  (c)  For Participant nondeductible contributions, the Advisory Committee
     will:  (Choose (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5)) N/A

     [ ]  (1)  Apply Section 9.11 without modification.

     [ ]  (2)  Use the segregated account approach described in Section 14.12. 

     [ ]  (3)  Use the weighted average method described in Section 14.12,
          based on a _____________________ weighting period.

     [ ]  (4)  Treat as part of the relevant Account at the beginning of the
          valuation period __________% of the Participant nondeductible
          contributions: (Choose (i) or (ii))

          [ ]  (i)           made during that valuation period.

          [ ]  (ii) made by the following specified time: _________________
               ______________________________________.

     [ ]  (5)  Apply the allocation method described in the addendum to this
          Adoption Agreement numbered 9.11(c).

                                       25
<PAGE>   26

                                   ARTICLE X
                    TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

        10.03 INVESTMENT POWERS. Pursuant to Section 10.03[F] of the Plan, the
aggregate investments in qualifying Employer securities and in qualifying
Employer real property: (Choose (a) or (b))

[X] (a) May not exceed 10% of Plan assets.

[ ] (b) May not exceed _____% of Plan assets. [Note: The percentage may not
    exceed 100%.]

        10.14 VALUATION OF TRUST. In addition to each Accounting Date, the
Trustee must value the Trust Fund on the following valuation date(s): (Choose
(a) or (b))

[X] (a) No other mandatory valuation dates.

[ ] (b) (Specify) ______________________________________________________

    ____________________________________________________________________.


                                       26
<PAGE>   27
                            EFFECTIVE DATE ADDENDUM
                             (RESTATED PLANS ONLY)

        The Employer must complete this addendum only if the restated Effective
Date specified in Adoption Agreement Section 1.18 is different than the restated
effective date for at least one of the provisions listed in this addendum. In
lieu of the restated Effective Date in Adoption Agreement Section 1.18, the
following special effective dates apply: (Choose whichever elections apply)

[X]  (a) COMPENSATION DEFINITION. The Compensation definition of Section 1.12
     (other than the $200,000 limitation) is effective for Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1992. [Note: May not be effective later than the first
     day of the first Plan Year beginning after the Employer executes this
     Adoption Agreement to restate the Plan for the Tax Reform Act of 1986, if
     applicable.]

[ ]  (b) ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS. The eligibility conditions specified in
     Adoption Agreement Section 2.01 are effective for Plan Years beginning
     after ________________________________________.

[ ]  (c) SUSPENSION OF YEARS OF SERVICE. The suspension of Years of Service rule
     elected under Adoption Agreement Section 2.03 is effective for Plan Years
     beginning after ________________________________________.

[ ]  (d) CONTRIBUTION/ALLOCATION FORMULA. The contribution formula elected under
     Adoption Agreement Section 3.01 and the method of allocation elected under
     Adoption Agreement Section 3.04 is effective for Plan Years beginning after
     _______________________________________.

[X]  (e) ACCRUAL REQUIREMENTS. The accrual requirements of Section 3.06 are
     effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1992.

[ ] (f) EMPLOYMENT CONDITION. The employment condition of Section 3.06 is
     effective for Plan Years beginning after
     ________________________________________.

[ ]  (g) ELIMINATION OF NET PROFITS. The requirement for the Employer not to
     have net profits to contribute to this Plan is effective for Plan Years
     beginning after __________________________________. [Note: The date
     specified may not be earlier than December 31, 1985.]

[ ]  (h) VESTING SCHEDULE. The vesting schedule elected under Adoption Agreement
     Section 5.03 is effective for Plan Years beginning after
     __________________________________.

[X]  (i) ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS. The special allocation provisions elected under
     Adoption Agreement Section 9.11 are effective for Plan Years beginning
     after December 31, 1992.

[ ]  (j) (Specify) ____________________________________________________________
     _____________________________________________________________.

        For Plan Years prior to the special Effective Date, the terms of the
Plan prior to its restatement under this Adoption Agreement will control for
purposes of the designated provisions. A special Effective Date may not result
in the delay of a Plan provision beyond the permissible Effective Date under
any applicable law requirements.



                                       27
<PAGE>   28
                                 Execution PAGE


        The Trustee (and Custodian, if applicable), by executing this Adoption
Agreement, accepts its position and agrees to all of the obligations,
responsibilities and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or Custodian) under the
Master Plan and Trust. The Employer hereby agrees to the provisions of this
Plan and Trust, and in witness of its agreement, the Employer by its duly
authorized officers, has executed this Adoption Agreement, and the Trustee (and
Custodian, if applicable) signified its acceptance, on this 20 day of December,
1993.



Name and EIN of Employer: Motor Cargo  EIN 87-0222090

Signed:  /s/  [SIG]
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------



Name(s) of Trustee: West One Trust Company

Signed:  /s/  [SIG]
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------



Name of Custodian:
                   ------------------------------------------------------------

Signed:
       -------------------------------------------------------------------------


[Note: A Trustee is mandatory, but a Custodian is optional. See Section 10.03
of the Plan.]

PLAN NUMBER: The 3-digit plan number the Employer assigns to this Plan for
ERISA reporting purposes (Form 5500 Series) is: 002.

USE OF ADOPTION AGREEMENT. Failure to complete properly the elections in this
Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of Employer's Plan. The
3-digit number assigned to this Adoption Agreement (see page 1) is solely for
the Master Plan Sponsor's recordkeeping purposes and does not necessarily
correspond to the plan number the Employer designated in the prior paragraph.

MASTER PLAN SPONSOR. The Master Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of
the basic plan document will notify all adopting employers of any amendment of
this Master Plan or of any abandonment or discontinuance by the Master Plan
Sponsor of its maintenance of this Master Plan. For inquiries regarding the
adoption of the Master Plan, the Master Plan Sponsor's intended meaning of any
plan provisions or the effect of the opinion letter issued to the Master Plan
Sponsor, please contact the Master Plan Sponsor at the following address and
telephone number: West One Trust Company, 107 South Main Street, Suite 303,
Salt Lake City, UT 84111.

RELIANCE ON OPINION LETTER. The Employer may not rely on the Master Plan
Sponsor's opinion letter covering this Adoption Agreement. For reliance on the
Plan's disqualification, the Employer must obtain a determination letter from
the applicable IRS Key District Office.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.5


                          MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.
                           RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT


          THIS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into this 2nd day of
October, 1997 by and between MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC., a Utah corporation
(the "Company"), and LOUIS V. HOLDENER, an individual residing in the State of
Utah (the "Participant"). The Company and the Participant are later sometimes
collectively referred to as the "Parties."

                                R E C I T A L S:

          The Participant is a valuable and trusted key employee of the Company
who has played, and will continue to play, a significant role in the financial
success of the Company. The Company wishes to create an added incentive on the
part of the Participant to advance the interests of the Company by granting to
the Participant an opportunity to acquire shares of the common stock of the
Company as set forth in this Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual promises
contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties
agree as follows:

     1.   Purpose.

          The purpose of this Agreement is to provide the Participant with an
opportunity to acquire shares of the common stock, no par value, of the Company
(the "Common Stock") as described in this Agreement, thereby providing an
incentive to the Participant to enhance the long-term value of the Company and
to remain employed by the Company.

     2.   Grant Date; Termination of Agreement.

          The grant by the Company of shares of the Common Stock to the
Participant set forth in Section 3 shall take place on the date on or before
December 31, 1997 (the "Grant Date") on which the initial public offering of
shares of the Common Stock (the "Initial Public Offering") is consummated. If
the Initial Public Offering is not consummated prior to December 31, 1997, this
Agreement shall, as of such date, terminate in its entirety and be null and void
and of no further force or effect.

     3.   Grant of Right to Receive Common Stock.

          The Company hereby grants to the Participant the right to receive a
total of twenty thousand (20,000 ) shares of the Common Stock (the "Granted
Shares") on the Grant Date. The Company grants the right to receive the Granted
Shares to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, as partial consideration for the services to be rendered by the
Participant to the Company. No consideration other than the rendering of such
services (and 


<PAGE>   2

continuing employment until release of the Granted Shares as provided in Section
6) shall be required in exchange for the right to receive the Granted Shares,
and such services shall be deemed to be payment in full by the Participant for
the Granted Shares.

     4.   Share Certificates.

          Four (4) stock certificates, each representing the Participant's
ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) of the Granted Shares shall be issued in
the name of the Participant and delivered to the Company as soon as practicable
on or after the Grant Date. All of the Granted Shares represented by such
certificates shall be deemed to be issued to the Participant on and after the
Grant Date and to be outstanding for all purposes in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement. The Participant shall deliver to the Company an undated stock
power duly endorsed in blank with respect to each such certificate immediately
after the issuance thereof. The Granted Shares and the certificates representing
the Granted Shares shall be held by the Company on behalf of the Participant
until (i) the Granted Shares are forfeited as provided in Section 6 (in which
event the certificates representing any Granted Shares that have been so
forfeited shall be canceled, and the shares of Common Stock represented by such
certificates shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock)
or (ii) the Granted Shares are released to the Participant as provided in
Section 6 (in which event the certificates representing any of the Granted
Shares to be so released shall be transferred to the Participant as provided in
Section 7 or to his beneficiary or personal representative as provided in
Section 8) and the blank stock powers shall be destroyed.

     5.   Dividends and Voting Rights.

          On and after the Grant Date, the Participant shall be entitled to
receive cash dividends on all the Granted Shares, if any, when paid by the
Company and shall have full voting rights with respect to the full number of the
Granted Shares, even though any of the Granted Shares with respect to which such
dividends are paid or vote exercised shall not have been released to the
Participant and shall be subject to forfeiture as provided in Section 6.
Certificates representing any securities of the Company distributed in a
transaction described in Section 13 or otherwise with respect to any of the
Granted Shares held for the Participant by the Company shall be delivered to the
Company to be held with such Granted Shares and shall thereafter become part of
the Granted Shares for all purposes of this Agreement, subject to being released
or being forfeited as provided in Section 6, as if such distributed securities
had been granted to the Participant on the Grant Date. The Participant shall
deliver to the Company stock powers duly endorsed in blank with respect to all
certificates representing any such distributed securities.

     6.   Release and Forfeiture of Granted Shares.

          The Granted Shares held for the Participant by the Company pursuant to
Section 4 shall be released to the Participant and/or forfeited by the
Participant as set forth below:



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

          a.   Release Before Termination of Employment. During the term of the
     Participant's continuous employment with the Company, the Granted Shares
     shall be released by the Company to the Participant in the following
     amounts on the following dates:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Amount                             Date
                          ------                             ----
                         <S>                           <C>    
                          5,000   shares               January 1, 1998
                          5,000   shares               January 1, 1999
                          5,000   shares               January 1, 2000
                          5,000   shares               January 1, 2001
</TABLE>


          For purposes of this Section 6, continuous employment shall include
     employment with any combination of the Company and one or more
     subsidiaries, and a temporary leave of absence with the consent of the
     Company shall not be deemed to be a break in continuous employment.

          b.   Forfeiture due to termination of employment. Except as otherwise
     set forth in this Section 6, if the employment of the Participant is
     terminated by the Participant, any of the Granted Shares not previously
     released in accordance with this Section 6 shall be forfeited immediately
     upon the effective date of the termination and the Participant shall have
     no further rights with respect to such Granted Shares.

          c.   Termination for Cause. If the employment of the Participant is
     terminated for reasons which constitute termination for cause (as later
     defined), he shall forfeit all rights to any and all of the Granted Shares
     that have not been released to him on or before the effective date of such
     termination. For purposes of this Section 6(c), "termination for cause"
     shall mean the termination of the employment of the Participant on account
     of (i) gross negligence or gross dereliction of the duties that have been
     assigned to the Participant by the Company, (ii) such negligence or
     misconduct as shall constitute a breach of the covenants and obligations of
     the Participant under this Agreement, (iii) insubordination or action by
     the Participant that is detrimental to the interests of the Company (as
     determined by the Board of Directors), (iv) the failure or refusal of the
     Participant to comply with the provisions of this Agreement or (v) the
     Participant's being convicted by any duly constituted law enforcement
     agency or authority of a crime involving moral turpitude. Notwithstanding
     the foregoing, disability because of illness or accident (other than the
     addiction to alcohol or drugs) shall not constitute a basis for termination
     for cause.

          d.   Involuntary Termination without Cause. If the employment of the
     Participant is terminated by the Company, but not under circumstances which
     constitute termination for cause or termination as the result of
     disability, the following number of



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

     Granted Shares held by the Company pursuant to Section 4 that have not
     theretofore been released to the Participant pursuant to Section 6(a) shall
     be released to the Participant as soon as practicable following such
     termination: (i) if such termination occurs before January 1, 1999, that
     number of the Granted Shares that equals ten thousand (10,000 ) minus the
     number of the Granted Shares released to the Participant before the
     effective date of such termination; (ii) if such termination occurs on or
     after January 1, 1999, that number of Granted Shares that equals twenty
     thousand (20,000) minus the number of Granted Shares released to the
     Participant before the effective date of such termination.

          e.   Disability. In the event that the employment of the Participant 
     is terminated as a result of the disability (as later defined) of the
     Participant, the following number of the Granted Shares held by the Company
     pursuant to Section 4 that have not theretofore been released to the
     Participant pursuant to Section 6(a) shall be released to the Participant
     as soon as practicable following the effective date of such termination:
     (i) if such termination occurs before January 1, 1999, that number of
     Granted Shares that equals ten thousand (10,000) minus the number of the
     Granted Shares released to the Participant before the effective date of
     such termination; (ii) if such termination occurs on or after January 1,
     1999, that number of the Granted Shares that equals twenty thousand
     (20,000) minus the number of Granted Shares already released to the
     Participant before the date of such termination. For purposes of this
     Section 6(e), "disability" shall mean the inability to work or function as
     a result of illness, accident or disease, in a manner consistent with the
     Participant's present employment responsibilities with the Company, such
     disability to be reasonably determined by the Board of Directors.

          f.   Death. In the event the Participant dies on or before January 1,
     2001, the following number of the Granted Shares held by the Company
     pursuant to Section 4 that have not been released pursuant to Section 6(a)
     shall be released to the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the
     Participant pursuant to Section 8, or lacking such a designation to the
     Participant's estate, as soon as practicable following such death: (i) if
     such death occurs before January 1, 1999, that number of the Granted Shares
     that equals ten thousand (10,000) minus the number of the Granted Shares
     released to the Participant before the date of such death; (ii) if such
     death occurs on or after January 1, 1999, that number of the Granted Shares
     that equals twenty thousand (20,000) minus the number of the Granted Shares
     released to the Participant before the date of such death.

          g.   Acceleration of Release. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
     of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Company may, in its sole
     and absolute discretion, accelerate the release of all or part of the
     Granted Shares or may increase the number of the Granted Shares to be
     released to the Participant or in the event of his death, to his
     beneficiaries or estate, based on criteria satisfactory to the Board of
     Directors.

     7.   Distribution of Certificates upon Release of the Granted Shares.

          Upon the release of any of the Granted Shares in accordance with
Section 6, the 



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

Company shall deliver to the Participant the certificate representing such
Granted Shares (or to his Beneficiary or his estate, as the case may be, if the
release of the Granted Shares occurs on account of the Participant's death), and
the recipient shall have full and immediate rights to the shares of Common Stock
represented by such certificate (except to the extent of restrictions imposed by
law).

     8.   Designation of Beneficiary.

          The Participant may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by an
instrument filed by the Participant with the Company. In the absence of such a
designation, the Participant's personal representative, in his or her capacity
as such, shall be deemed to be the beneficiary of the Participant for all
purposes of this Agreement. Any beneficiary designation may be revoked by the
Participant or superseded by the filing of a new designation at any time prior
to the Participant's death.

     9.   Nonassignability of Granted Shares.

          The Granted Shares that have not been released as provided in Section
6 shall not be assignable or transferrable by the Participant.

     10.  No Right or Obligation of Continued Employment.

          Nothing contained in this Agreement shall require the Company or its
subsidiaries to continue to employ the Participant, nor shall the Participant be
required to remain in the employment of the Company or its subsidiaries. The
Granted Shares shall not be affected by any change in the Participant's duties
or position as long as the Participant remains an employee of the Company or its
subsidiaries.

     11.  Withholding.

          The Company may require the Participant or other recipient of any
distribution of the Granted Shares under this Agreement to pay to the Company
the amount of any tax or other amount required by any governmental authority to
be withheld and paid over by the Company to such authority for the account of
the person entitled to such distribution. The recipient may satisfy such
obligation in whole or in part by electing to have the Company withhold from the
distribution shares of the Common Stock. In such an event, the number of shares
of the Common Stock withheld shall have a fair market value as of the date that
the amount of tax to be withheld is determined equal to the amount of such
obligation being satisfied.

     12.  Retirement Plans.

          In no event shall any amounts accrued or payable under this Agreement
be treated as compensation for the purpose of determining the amount of
contributions or benefits to which the Participant shall be entitled or under
any plan intended to be a qualified plan within the 



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

meaning of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or any excess plan
providing benefits that would have been payable under such a qualified plan but
for legal limitations on contributions or benefits that may be made to or
payable from any such plan.

     13.  Adjustments in Shares.

          If there is any change in the shares of the Common Stock because of
merger, consolidation or reorganization involving the Company, or if the Board
of Directors of the Company declares a stock dividend or stock split that is
distributable in shares of the Common Stock, or if there is a change in the
capital stock structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the number of
the Granted Shares held by the Company pending release pursuant to Section 6 of
this Agreement shall be adjusted in proportion to the increase or decrease in
the number of the shares of the Common Stock resulting from such change, stock
dividend or stock split, or change in capital stock structure.

     14.  Subsidiary Defined.

          For purposes of this Agreement, "Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation
(other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the
Company if each corporation other than the last corporation in the unbroken
chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the
chain.

     15.  Amendment and Termination.

          This Agreement may be amended or terminated at any time by the Board
of Directors of the Company, provided that such termination or amendment shall
not, without the consent of the Participant, affect such Participant's rights
with respect to the Granted Shares granted to him prior to the effective date of
such termination or amendment.

     16.  Other Agreements.

          This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the internal laws of the State of Utah, which internal laws exclude any
provision or interpretation of such laws that would call for, or permit, the
application of the laws of any other state or jurisdiction, and any dispute
arising therefrom and the remedies available shall be determined solely in
accordance with such internal laws.

          This Agreement shall not be modified by any oral agreement, either
express or implied, and all amendments or modifications of this Agreement shall
be in writing and be signed by both of the Parties. The provisions of this and
the immediately preceding sentence themselves may not be amended or modified,
either orally or by conduct, either express or implied, and it is the declared
intention of the Parties that no provision of this Agreement,



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

including said two sentences, shall be modifiable in any way or manner
whatsoever other than through a written document signed by both of the Parties.

          The section headings in this Agreement are for the purpose of
convenience only and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms of
this Agreement.

          Where the context requires, the singular shall include the plural, the
plural shall include the singular, and any gender shall include all other
genders.

                  [remainder of page intentionally left blank]



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written.


                                              "COMPANY"

                                              MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                              a Utah corporation


                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ----------------------------
Attest:


- ---------------------------------
Secretary



                                              "PARTICIPANT"


                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Louis V.  Holdener

Witness:


- ---------------------------------

Name:
     ----------------------------

                                       8

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.6

                AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND SELL LEASEHOLD INTEREST

     This Agreement is made on October 2, 1990 by and between Leonard L.
Gumport, in his capacity as Chapter 7 Trustee of the bankruptcy estate of
Transcon Lines ("Seller"), and MOTOR CARGO, INC., a Utah corporation ("Buyer").

                                  R E C I T A L

     Transcon Lines, a California corporation ("Lines"), is the Debtor in Case
No. LA-90-10680-RR pending in the United States Bankruptcy Court, Central
District of California ("Bankruptcy Court").

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions
contained herein, Seller and Buyer hereby agree as follows:

          1. Purchase and Sale. Seller hereby agrees to sell and assign to Buyer
and Buyer hereby agrees to purchase and accept from Seller all of Seller's
right, title and interest (the "Leasehold") under that certain lease dated July
20, 1982 by and between Milton L. Selby, William T. Selby, Joanne Selby
Karshner, 



<PAGE>   2

Lloyd Hall Selby, Elizabeth Bingham, Edward F. Selby, William T. Selby, Jr.,
John D. Selby and Virginia Selby Hagemann, as lessors, and Lines, as lessee,
covering certain real property at 7754 Paramount Boulevard, Pico Rivera,
California and more particularly described therein (the "Lease") for the
Purchase Price and on the other terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. A
copy of the Lease is attached as Exhibit A hereto and hereby incorporated
herein.

          2. Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for the Leasehold is Two Hundred
Eight Thousand Seven Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($208,700.00) (the "Purchase
Price"), subject to reduction of the Purchase Price in accordance with Section
10 hereof. At the Closing (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Buyer shall pay
Seller the Purchase Price, less any amounts owing to Buyer under Section 6
hereof, by wire transfer of current funds to a bank account identified in
writing by Seller prior to Closing.

          3. Assignment and Assumption. At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to
Buyer a counterpart of an assignment and assumption of the Lease dated as of the
Closing in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto and hereby incorporated herein
(the 



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

"Assignment") executed by Seller and Buyer shall deliver to Seller a counterpart
of the Assignment executed by Buyer.

          4.   Conditions to Closing.

               (a) Reduction of Purchase Price

               The obligation of Buyer hereunder to purchase the Leasehold is
          subject to the conditions that: (i) the estimate of the cost to
          remediate any hydrocarbon contamination of the premises ("Premises")
          covered by the Lease contained in the written report referred to in
          Section 10 hereof does not exceed Two Hundred Thousand and No/100
          Dollars ($200,000.00) and (ii) Seller approves said written report in
          accordance with Section 10 hereof. Seller's failure to deliver to
          Buyer written notice disapproving said written report in accordance
          with Section 10 hereof shall be deemed to constitute Seller's approval
          thereof.

               (b) Bankruptcy Court Approval



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

               The obligation of Seller to sell and the obligation of Buyer to
          purchase the Leasehold hereunder is subject to the condition that the
          Bankruptcy Court issues an order approving the purchase and sale of
          the Leasehold substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto
          and hereby incorporated herein and that said order is final on or
          before sixty (60) days from the date hereof. The Trustee agrees to
          petition the Bankruptcy Court for such an order on or before ten (10)
          days from the date hereof.

               (c) Memorandum of Lease Extension.

               The obligation of Buyer to purchase the Leasehold hereunder is
          subject to the condition that the addressees of that certain letter
          agreement dated August 14, 1990 between said addressees and Buyer, a
          copy of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, provide Buyer within
          ten business days following entry of the order referred to in Section
          4(b) hereof with the Memorandum of Lease Extension referred to in
          Paragraph C of said letter agreement.



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

          5. Closing. The delivery by Seller to Buyer of a counterpart of the
Assignment executed by Seller in accordance with Section 3 hereof and the
delivery by Buyer to Seller of the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2
hereof and of a counterpart of the Assignment executed by Buyer in accordance
with Section 3 hereof is herein referred to as the Closing. The Closing shall
occur at 10:00 a.m. in the offices of Seller's counsel, Tuttle & Taylor, 40th
Floor,355 South Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, California on the third day (which is
not a Saturday, Sunday or California or federal bank holiday) after all of the
conditions contained in Sections 4(a), 4(b) and 4(c) hereof have been satisfied.

          6. Prorations. Rent and taxes and assessments on the Premises payable
by Seller under the terms of the Lease shall be prorated to the Closing, and the
amount payable to Seller or Buyer as a result of such proration shall be paid at
the Closing.

                  7. Brokerage Commission. Seller hereby represents and warrants
that Seller has not engaged any broker, finder or similar agent in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Buyer hereby represents
and warrants that, except 



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

for Wilson Barnett, Inc. Buyer has not engaged any broker, finder or similar
agent in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and
that Buyer will pay any commission owing to Wilson Barnett, Inc. in connection
with said transactions. Each of the parties hereto agrees to hold harmless,
indemnify and defend the other party from and against any claim, liability or
other obligation and loss and expenses related thereto, including without
limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, which such indemnified party incurs by
reason of any breach by the indemnifying party of the warranties and
representations contained in this Section 7.

          8. "As Is" Purchase. Buyer hereby represents warrants and covenants
that:

               (a) Buyer is relying solely on its own inspections,
          investigations, studies, surveys, tests and analyses in purchasing the
          Leasehold and is purchasing the Leasehold on an "as is" basis with all
          faults or defects in the Premises now known or hereafter discovered by
          Buyer.



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

               (b) The management personnel of Buyer have the necessary
          expertise to conduct or employ the proper personnel to conduct the
          inspections investigations, studies, surveys, tests and analyses
          referred to in Section 8(a) hereof.

               (c) Buyer accepts any and all risks that Buyer may not be able to
          use the Premises for any purpose intended or desired by Buyer or that
          the Premises may not have the value assumed by Buyer in its agreement
          to purchase the Leasehold hereunder.

               (d) At the Closing Buyer will accept the Leasehold subject to all
          violations of law or municipal ordinances orders or requirements
          against or affecting the Premises or any portion thereof.

          9. License to Inspect. Seller hereby grants to Buyer and its agents,
representatives, and designees a license to enter upon the Premises on or before
thirty (30) days from the date hereof, at Buyer's sole cost and expense, for the
purposes of making inspections, investigations, studies, surveys, tests and
analyses of the Premises. Buyer has previously delivered to 



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

Seller evidence satisfactory to Seller that Buyer or such agent, representative
or designee owns public liability insurance in an amount and with coverage
reasonably satisfactory to Seller. Buyer agrees that Buyer or its agents will
not cause any material damage or risk of material damage to the Premises. In
addition, Buyer hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Seller harmless from and
against any and all damage, claim, liability or expense of any kind whatsoever
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of any
such entry by Buyer, its representatives, agents or designees. Promptly after
such entry, Buyer shall, at its own cost, return the Premises to the same
physical condition as of the date of entry including, without limitation, the
repair of any physical damage resulting from any entry.

                  10. Investigation of Possible Hydrocarbon Contamination.
Buyer, at Buyer's sole expense, shall engage Don Martinez (who may utilize
subcontractors) to investigate the Premises to determine whether the Premises
are contaminated by hazardous or toxic materials or waste, the extent of any
such contamination and the actions required to remedy such contamination, to
estimate the cost of such remedial actions and to deliver to Buyer and Seller a
written report containing such 



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

determinations, including, without limitation, a full report of any drilling to
obtain soil samples and of any tests and analysis of such samples, and the
identity of the parties performing the drilling and the sample testing and
analysis, all on or before twenty-five (25) days from the date hereof. If
requested by Seller, Buyer shall also provide Seller with said soil samples on
or before thirty (30) days from the date hereof.

          Within forty (40) days from the date hereof, Seller will notify Buyer
in writing as to whether Seller approves or disapproves said written report.
Seller agrees not to disapprove said report unreasonably and, if Seller does
disapprove said written report, to specify the reasons for said disapproval in
said written notice. If Seller approves said written report, the Purchase Price
shall be reduced by the amount indicated in said written report as the estimated
cost of the actions required to remediate the hydrocarbon contamination of the
Premises, provided such reduction shall not exceed Two Hundred Thousand and
No/100 Dollars ($200,000.00). In addition, if said estimates cost is Fifty
Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) or less and Seller approves said
written report, the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an additional Eighteen
Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($18,000.00). If Seller reasonably disapproves said
report there 



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

shall be no reduction of the Purchase Price. In no event shall said
written report or any other report of said investigation be furnished to anyone
other than Buyer and Seller, unless legally required.

          11. Attorneys' Fees. Should either Buyer or Seller institute any
action or proceeding to enforce any provision of this Agreement or for damages
by reason of an alleged breach of any provision hereof or for a declaration of
rights hereunder, the prevailing party in such action, on trial or appeal, shall
be entitled to receive all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys'
fees) incurred by such prevailing party in connection with such action or
proceeding.

          12. Notices. Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, any
notice, demand, or other such item to be delivered to Buyer or Seller hereunder
shall be deemed delivered and received when given in writing and personally
delivered to the person designated below for the applicable party, or upon
delivery by receipted messenger or delivery service at the time of delivery
shown upon such receipt; and in either case shall be delivered to the address or
addresses indicated for such party 



                                       10
<PAGE>   11

below, and/or to such other person or address as such party may from time to
time by written notice designate to the other:

  If to Seller:            Leonard L. Gumport, Esq.
  ------------             Hufstedler, Miller, Kaus
                           & Beardsley
                           355 South Grand Avenue,
                           45th Floor
                           Los Angeles, CA 90071-3107

  with a copy to:          Tuttle & Taylor
                           355 South Grand Avenue
                           Los Angeles, California 90071
                           Attn: Patrick L. Shreve

  If to Buyer:             MOTOR CARGO, INC.
                           P.O. Box 2351
                           Salt Lake City, Utah 84110
                           Attn: Marvin Friedland

with a copy to:            Buchalter, Nemer Fields
                           & Younger
                           700 South Flower Street
                           Los Angeles, CA 90017-4183
                           Attn: Kevin M. Brandt

          13. Binding Effect. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein,
this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of Buyer and Seller and their
respective successors and assigns.

          14. Entire Agreement; Modification. This Agreement and the License and
Indemnity Agreement dated August 9, 1990 between Seller and Buyer constitute the
entire agreement between Buyer



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

and Seller pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior
agreements, understandings and representations of the parties hereto with
respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified,
amended, supplemented or otherwise changed, except by a writing executed by both
Buyer and Seller.

          15. Captions. Section headings used herein are for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this
Agreement.

          16. Other Definitions. Terms defined in any other part of this
Agreement shall have the defined meanings wherever capitalized herein. As used
in this Agreement, the terms "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and are not limited to any specific sections. Wherever
appropriate in this Agreement, the singular shall be deemed to refer to the
plural and the plural to the singular, and pronouns of certain genders shall be
deemed to comprehend either or both of the other genders.

          17. Counterparts. This Agreement, and any amendment hereto, may be
executed in any number of counterparts and by each party on separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed


                                       12
<PAGE>   13

and delivered shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

          18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be deemed to be an agreement
made under the laws of the State of California and for all purposes shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with such laws and the laws of the
United States of America to the extent such federal laws by their terms apply.

          19. Time is of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or
caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective
representatives thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

                                        SELLER:

                                        /s/ Leonard L. Gumport, Trustee
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Leonard L. Gumport in his capacity 
                                        as Chapter 7 Trustee of the 
                                        bankruptcy estate of Transcon Lines


                                        BUYER:

ATTEST:                                 MOTOR CARGO, INC.


                                       13
<PAGE>   14


By: /s/                                 By: /s/
   -------------------------------          -----------------------------------
                                            Its: Secretary General Counsel
                                                -------------------------------

                                       14
<PAGE>   15
                                   EXHIBIT A

                                   L E A S E

          THIS LEASE made the 20th day of July, 1982, by and between MILTON L.
SELBY, WILLIAM T. SELBY, JOANNE SELBY KARSHNER, LLOYD HALL SELBY, ELIZABETH
BINGHAM, EDWARD F. SELBY, WILLIAM T. SELBY, JR., JOHN D. SELBY and VIRGINIA
SELBY HAGEMANN, Parties of the First Part and Lessors, and TRANSCON LINES, a
California corporation, Party of the Second Part and Lessee,

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

          In consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and agreements
herein contained, said parties hereto do hereby covenant, represent, promise and
agree to and with each other as follows:

          FIRST: Lessors herein named are presently the owners of the land and
improvements thereon which were the subject of a lease dated the 28th day of
August, 1951, made by EDWARD M. SELBY and EVA M. SELBY, husband and wife, as
Lessors, and TRANSCON LINES, as Lessee. That lease was thereafter extended by a
lease executed the 20th day of June, 1963, with supplements and amendments
thereafter made. The most recent term of said lease will terminate on the 31st
day of December, 1983. This lease


<PAGE>   16

shall be deemed to be an extension and revision of said lease and the previous
amendments and supplements thereto. Said former lease shall remain in effect
until the effective date of this lease. Upon this lease becoming effective, it
shall be wholly substituted for said former lease.

          SECOND: Said Lessors do hereby lease, demise and let to said Lessee,
and said Lessee does hereby hire, take and lease from said Lessors, that certain
real property situated in the Rancho Santa Gertrudes, in the County of Los
Angeles, State of California, and more particularly described as follows:

          That certain real property situated in the Rancho Santa Gertrudes, as
          per map recorded in Book 1, Pages 156 to 158, inclusive, of Patents in
          the office of the County Recorder of the County of Los Angeles, and
          more particularly described as follows:

          Beginning at the most northerly corner of Lot A of "Tweedy's Rivera
          Property", as per map recorded in Book 12, page 169 of Maps, in the
          office of the County Recorder of said county, as said corner is shown
          on the map of Tract No. 14580, as per map recorded in Book 364, page
          25 of Maps; thence North 50(degree) 11' 50" West along the
          southwesterly line of the right of way of the Atchison-Topeka and
          Santa Fe Railroad as shown on said last mentioned map, 366.99 feet to
          the beginning of a tangent curve concave southwesterly and having a
          radius of 5690.40 feet; thence northwesterly along said curve through
          a central angle of 1(degree) 29' 20" a distance of 147.87 feet; thence
          South 28(degree) 12' West 39.79 feet; thence North 70(degree) 21' 49"
          West 47.17 feet; thence


                                       2
<PAGE>   17

          South 27(degree) 35' 40" West 68.48 feet to the northeasterly line of
          Paramount Boulevard as realigned in 1956; thence along said
          northeasterly line of Paramount Boulevard as so realigned, South
          23(degree) 27' 23" West, 631.74 feet; thence North 67(degree) 19' 48"
          West, 7 feet; thence South 22(degree) 40' 12" West, 528.57 feet to the
          Northerly boundary of the land described in the addendum to the lease
          to Trade-Wind Motor Fans, Inc., dated currently with the lease of
          1963; thence South 61(degree) 48' O" East, 456 feet more or less to a
          point in the Northwesterly line of said"Tweedy's Rivera Property";
          thence North 28(degree) 12' East along said northwesterly line of
          "Tweedy's Rivera Property" 1137.93 feet to the point of beginning.

          TOGETHER WITH the buildings and other improvements presently erected
          upon said land. Said leased lands, together with said buildings and
          improvements, are sometimes hereinafter referred to as "the demised
          premises".

          RESERVING TO LESSORS the right, with respect to a railroad spur track,
          as stated in said original lease and amendments thereto hereinbefore
          described.

Should any of the above described property be included within the area taken by
the Atchison-Topeka and Santa Fe Railroad, the area thus taken should be
excluded from this lease.

          THIRD: The term of this lease shall be for a term of ten (10) years,
commencing January 1, 1984, and extending to and including the 31st day of
December 1993.

          FOURTH: Said Lessee does hereby agree to pay to Lessors as monthly
rental for an initial five (5) year period of said term Sixteen Thousand Dollars
($16,000.00), and for the second five (5) year period of said term of the lease
commencing January



                                       3
<PAGE>   18

1, 1989 and for the remainder of the term the sum
of Eighteen Thousand Dollars ($18,000.00).

          FIFTH: In addition to the rent above stated, Lessee agrees that it
will pay all taxes and assessments which may be levied or assessed and become
payable during the term of this lease upon said demised premises. Lessee will at
all times during the term of this lease and any extension or renewal thereof
keep in effect earthquake insurance covering said buildings and improvements and
will at all times during the term of this lease and extension or renewal thereof
keep in effect fire insurance in an amount equal to not less than the full
insurable value of the buildings and improvements on said demised premises with
loss payable to Lessors. All of said insurance shall be written by an insurance
company or insurance companies approved by Lessors. The original of all
insurance policies shall be delivered to Lessors. Lessee shall also keep in
effect public liability insurance covering said demised premises in the amount
of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) for injury to one person or Three
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) for one accident or in amounts in excess
thereof. Lessors shall be named as insured in said policies. Premiums on all
insurance herein mentioned shall be paid by Lessee.



                                       4
<PAGE>   19

          SIXTH: Lessee agrees that it will keep said buildings and improvements
in good condition and repair during the term of this lease, except repairs made
necessary by fire, earthquake, or other casualty over which Lessee has no
control. The proceeds of insurance, if any, shall be used as contemplated in
paragraph FIFTEENTH hereof. Except for these exceptions and ordinary wear and
tear, said Lessee agrees that it will, at the termination of this lease,
surrender the demised premises to Lessors in substantially as good condition of
repair as when received. Said Lessors shall not be called upon at any time
during the term of this lease to make any additions to, or alterations or
repairs of, the demised premises, except as herein stated in paragraph
FIFTEENTH; but if at any time, Lessors find that said demised premise are not
being maintained by said Lessee in good condition and repair, Lessors may enter
upon said premises and make such repairs and said Lessee agrees that it will pay
to Lessors on demand the costs of such repairs.

          SEVENTH: Said demised premises are leased to said Lessee as a terminal
for its trucking business and for any other like business reasonably related
thereto, and for shops and office purposes. The premises may be used for other
purposes, and may be sublet by Lessee for other purposes; provided, however,
that such purposes shall not include the operation of any



                                       5
<PAGE>   20

business which shall cause offensive odors or substantial noise, or shall cause
an unusual detriment or damage to the land or structures being used.

          EIGHTH: Lessee has heretofore installed and may here after install
shelving, trade fixtures, signs, and other personalty on the demised premises.
Such trade fixtures and personalty shall remain the property of Lessee, and
Lessee may remove the same at any time during the term of this lease. Lessee
agrees that where the removal shall cause any damage, Lessee shall repair such
damage to the demised premises at its own expense.

          NINTH: Lessee agrees that during said term of this lease, it will pay
all charges for electricity, gas, water and telephone service used on said
demised premises.

          TENTH: Lessee may install in the leased premises temporary partitions,
but Lessee shall not make alterations in the major structure of said buildings
and no change, except work of installing Lessee's fixtures, shall be made on the
structural portion of the buildings on the leased premises by Lessee until
notice of its intention to do so shall have been given to Lessors, together with
a description of the nature of the additions or alterations intended to be made,
and Lessors shall have consented thereto in writing. Any such work shall be done
at the expense of



                                       6
<PAGE>   21

the Lessee and Lessee agrees to hold Lessors and the said leased property
harmless and to wholly indemnify Lessors against any cost or obligation arising
from the doing of said work and against all liens of any nature arising
therefrom. Lessors reserve the right to go upon the premises and to post thereon
notice of non-responsibility and to do all other acts necessary to protect
Lessors and the property of Lessors from liens of any type or nature.

          ELEVENTH: Lessors covenant that Lessors are seized of said real
property in fee simple and have full right to make this lease and; that Lessee
shall have quiet and peaceable possession of said premises during all of said
term.

          TWELFTH: Anyone claiming under this lease through Lessors, or any
assignee or successor in interest of Lessors, shall be bound by all the
obligations, undertakings, agreements, waivers and other commitments of Lessors
under this lease.

          THIRTEENTH: Said Lessors may enter upon the demised premises at all
reasonable times to examine the condition thereof, and Lessors shall not be
liable for any damage to any property or effects upon the demised premises
caused by fire or other casualty, or by the bursting, leaking or overflowing of
any waste pipes, water pipes, tanks, drains, or caused by rain or water from any
source, nor for damages arising from acts or



                                       7
<PAGE>   22

neglect of any owner or occupants of adjacent or contiguous property.

          FOURTEENTH: Said Lessee agrees to indemnify and save and hold 
harmless said Lessors from any and all liability, fine, or penalty connected
with the maintenance and use of said Premises imposed or incurred because of
non-compliance by the Lessee with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation of
properly constituted authorities. When Lessee shall have accepted occupancy of
said demised premises, it agrees that Lessors shall not be liable for or on
account of any loss, injury or damage to persons or to property of others on or
in the demised premises resulting from the Lessee's occupancy or use thereof;
that neither said Lessee, nor anyone claiming through or under said Lessee,
shall make any claim against Lessors for or on account of any such loss, injury
or damage, and that Lessee will indemnify and save and hold harmless said
Lessors from and against all liability, cause of action, claim or demand which
said Lessee or third party may assert arising out of or by reason of any such
loss, injury or damage. 

          FIFTEENTH: Should the buildings or improvements situated on the
demised premises be damaged by fire, the elements or other casualty, and should
that damage not be caused by the acts of the Lessee or any subtenant of Lessee
or by Lessee's



                                       8
<PAGE>   23
failure to act or Lessee's negligence or by similar failure of subtenants of
the Lessee, Lessors shall proceed to repair such damage as promptly as can be
done after adjustment of insurance unless the buildings and improvements on the
demised premises shall be so damaged that they cannot be repaired or replaced by
the expenditure of a sum equal to the amount recovered by Lessors from the
insurance placed thereon by Lessee as required by the terms hereof. Should
Lessee pay to Lessors the difference between the amount recovered by Lessors'
said insurance and the cost of said repairs, then Lessors shall proceed to
repair said damage in the same manner as if the cost of said repairs should have
been wholly covered by said insurance. Should the amount recovered from said
insurance not be sufficient to provide for the repairs of said building or the
replacement thereof and should Lessee choose not to pay the difference, then
either party may terminate this lease by notice in writing to the other within
thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or determination of insurance
settlement available, whichever may be later. If this lease is not terminated as
herein provided, then Lessors shall promptly commence to repair all damage to
said premises and diligently and as speedily as possible carry thee same through
to completion, and this lease shall not be terminated, but shall continue in
accordance with its terms, except that Lessee shall not be



                                       9
<PAGE>   24

required to pay any rent, based upon the value of the buildings or improvements,
during the time the premises are untenantable. 

          SIXTEENTH: Should said Lessee be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or
should a receiver be appointed for Lessee, or for the interest of Lessee in said
premises, or should Lessee make an assignment for the benefit of creditors,then
unless the proceedings of such bankruptcy or insolvency be dismissed, or such
receiver or committee be discharged within ten (10) days after such adjudication
or appointment, Lessors, at their option, may terminate this lease. No waiver of
a breach of any covenant or agreement or provision herein contained shall be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other
covenant, agreement or provision, and Lessee agrees to pay and discharge all
court costs and attorney's fees incurred by the Lessors in enforcing the
covenants, agreements and provisions of this lease.

          SEVENTEENTH: Should said Lessee hold over or remain in possession or
occupancy of said demised premises, or any part thereof, after the expiration of
the term of this lease, or after any earlier termination thereof, without any
written lease on said premises being made and entered into between Lessors and
Lessee, such holding over or continuing possession or occupancy shall not be
deemed or held to operate as any renewal or



                                       10
<PAGE>   25

extension of this lease and shall, if rent is paid by Lessee and accepted by
Lessors for or during any period of time Lessee so holds over or remains in
possession or occupancy, create only a tenancy from month to month at the rental
and upon the terms and conditions hereinbefore specified, which tenancy may, at
any time, be terminated by either Lessors or Lessee giving to the other party
thirty (30) days notice of such intention to terminate the same.

          EIGHTEENTH: If said Lessee shall be in default in the payment of any
rent due hereunder, or in the performance of any of the covenants or conditions
hereof, and shall fail to correct or rectify any such default or to take
appropriate steps for the purpose of correcting or rectifying the same (which
steps shall thereafter be prosecuted diligently to completion) within ten (l0)
days after receipt of written notice from Lessors, then Lessors may enter into
said demised premises and again have and repossess the same, as if this lease
had not been made and have the right, at their option, to cancel this lease
without prejudice to the rights of Lessors to recover all unpaid rent for the
period up to the time of such re-entry. In case of any such default and
re-entry, said Lessors may relet said demised premises from time to time during
the remainder of the time of



                                       11
<PAGE>   26

this lease for the highest rent obtainable and may recover from Lessee any
deficiency for any amount of rent herein reserved.

          NINETEENTH: It is agreed that any notice given by either party hereto
to the other pursuant to any of the provisions hereof shall be deemed to have
been properly delivered when deposited in the United States mail with adequate
postage prepaid and addressed to said Lessee at General Office, 101 Continental
Blvd., E1 Segundo, California 90245, or to said Lessors at Post Office Box 790,
Ventura, California 93002, as the case may be, subject to change of address of
either party by notifying the other party of such change.

          TWENTIETH: Lessors reserve full right and title to all oil, gas and
other hydrocarbon substances in, under or on the leased premises and the right
to remove any such substances therefrom; provided, however, that Lessors will
not place oil wells upon said leased premises, except by means of drilling under
said leased premises from a point outside the same. Should such drilling
increase the cost of insurance on the leased premises, such additional cost will
be paid by Lessors.

          TWENTY-FIRST: Said Lessee shall not assign this lease or any rights
therein or thereunder, at any time without the consent, in writing, of the
Lessors having been first had and obtained. Lessee may sublet the demised
premises in whole or in



                                       12
<PAGE>   27

part without the consent of Lessors; provided Lessee shall not sublet said
premises for use in any manner prohibited by the terms hereof.

          TWENTY-SECOND: Said Lessee shall, at its expense, comply with all
laws, ordinances, regulations and orders of duly constituted public authorities
now or hereafter affecting said demised premises, or the use thereof. Said
Lessee may contest the validity of any such law, ordinance, regulation or order,
but shall indemnify Lessors against the consequences of any violation thereof.

          Receipt or acceptance by Lessors of rent or any other payment with
knowledge of the breach by Lessee of any term, covenant, condition, provision or
agreement of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach. The waiver
by Lessors of one breach or default on the part of Lessee shall not constitute a
waiver by Lessors of any term, covenant, condition or provision or agreement of
this lease unless expressed in writing signed by Lessors.

          TWENTY-THIRD: All covenants and agreements herein contained shall,
subject to the provision as to assignment, apply to and bind and inure to the
benefit of the heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the Lessors and
the successors and assigns of the Lessee, respectively.



                                       13
<PAGE>   28

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Parties of the First Part and Lessors have
hereunto subscribed their names, and said Party of the Second Part and Lessee
has caused its corporate name to be hereunto subscribed and its corporate seal
to be hereunto affixed by its officers thereunto duly authorized.

  /s/ Milton L. Selby                         /s/ Edward F. Selby
- -----------------------------------         -----------------------------------
MILTON L. SELBY                             EDWARD F. SELBY


  /s/ William T. Selby                        /s/ William T. Selby, Jr.
- -----------------------------------         -----------------------------------
WILLIAM T. SELBY                            WILLIAM T. SELBY, JR.



  /s/ Joanne Selby Karshner                   /s/ John D. Selby
- -----------------------------------         -----------------------------------
JOANNE SELBY KARSHNER                       JOHN D. SELBY



  /s/ Lloyd Hall Selby                        /s/ Virginia Selby Hagemann
- -----------------------------------         -----------------------------------
LLOYD HALL SELBY                            VIRGINIA SELBY HAGEMANN



  /s/ Eliabeth S. Bingham
- -----------------------------------
ELIZABETH BINGHAM

                                    (Lessors)


                                    TRANSCON LINES


                                    By:  /s/ James E. Fox
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       James E. Fox
                                       Vice President & Treasurer


                                       14
<PAGE>   29

                                     By:  /s/ Benjamin C. Throop
                                        -----------------------------------
                                        Benjamin C. Throop
                                        Sr. Vice President, Administration
                                        --AND--
                                        Assistant Secretary

                                      (Lessee)


                                       15

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT ("Lease") made this 23 day of December 199__ between
CHANNING, INC., a Colorado Corporation ("Lessor") and Motor Cargo, Inc., a _
corporation ("Lessee").

1. AGREEMENT In consideration of the rents, covenants and conditions contained
in this Lease to be kept and performed by Lessee, Lessor leases the land and
building commonly known as 16300 E. Smith Road, City of Aurora, County of Adams,
State of Colorado, and more particularly described as. Lot 2 Block 1 Frank T.
Ferris Subdivision, filing No. 2 ("Premises") to Lessee, and Lessee leases the
Premises from Lessor, according to this Lease. This Lease shall be a "net
lease", with all expenses to be borne by Lessee.

2. TERM

         (a) Initial Term. The term of this Lease will begin on May 20, 1997,
and expire on November 30, 1998.

         (b) Option to Extend. Lessee may extend the term for an additional two
years, by written notice of its election to do so given to Lessor at least one
hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration date of the initial term. The
terms and conditions of the Lease applicable at the expiration date will govern
the extended term; however, the monthly rent will be Thirteen Thousand Nine
Hundred Ninety Dollars ($13,990.) Lessee will not have any rights under this
paragraph 2(b) if (1) an event of default exists on the expiration date or on
the date on which the Lessee gives its notice, or (2) Lessee exercises its
rights less than 180 days before the expiration date.

3. RENT Lessee will pay Lessor Two Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Nine Hundred
Ninety Five and 27/100 Dollars ($237,995.27) rental for the full term of the
Lease in equal consecutive monthly installments of Twelve Thousand Nine Hundred
Fifty Eight Dollars ($12,958.00) (the "monthly rent") on or before the first day
of each month during the term of this Lease. Provided, however, that Lessee
shall pay Lessor Seventeen Thousand Seven Hundred Nine and 27/100 Dollars
($17,709.27), representing the monthly rent for the remainder of May and June
1997 on or before May 20, 1997. The monthly rent will be paid in advance at the
address specified for Lessor in paragraph 26(e) or such other place as Lessor
designates, without prior demand and without any abatement, deduction or setoff.
If the commencement date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar
month, or if the expiration date occurs on a day other than the last day of a
calendar month, then the monthly rent for the fractional month will be prorated
on a daily basis.

4. USE The Premises will be used and operated by Lessee as a motor freight
terminal, and Lessee shall not use the Premises for any other purpose, including
for fueling and servicing of motor vehicles, without the prior written consent
of Lessor, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.


<PAGE>   2

5. ALTERATIONS Lessee shall have the right, at its sole expense and with the
prior written consent of the Lessor, to make alterations in or additions or
changes, modifications or repairs ("Alterations") to the Premises which do not
affect the structural integrity or change the basic character of the Premises.
All such Alterations shall be done in conformance with all applicable building
and zoning laws, ordinances and regulations, appropriate and adequate insurance,
including workers' compensation insurance and insurance of the type specified in
paragraph 9 of the Lease, shall be carried by the Lessee and/or any contractor
or subcontractor working for and/or at the direction of the Lessee. Any
alterations, additions or changes made or placed in or on the Premises by Lessee
shall remain as affixed and shall become the property of the Lessor at the
termination of the Lease, with the exception of trade fixtures. Lessee shall
repair or pay for all repairs necessary for damages to the Premises caused by
removal of such trade fixtures.

6. REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE The Lessor shall be responsible for the structural
integrity of the building, roof, floors, walls, and foundation of the Premises;
corrective action to restore this structural integrity, if required, shall be
the responsibility and at the expense of the Lessor unless the structural
integrity was affected by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Lessee.
Lessee at its own cost and expense shall be responsible for the repair and
maintenance of the water and sewer systems, sprinkler system, electric
(system(s), gas system(s) and the air conditioning and heating systems and
equipment in addition to the foundation, floors, walls, partitions, ceilings,
and other improvements. The Lessee shall throughout the term of this Lease, at
its own cost and expense keep and maintain the Premises in good condition,
repair and order, both inside and outside, and the yard areas, railings, docks,
sidewalks and curbs thereon or adjoining or in front of the Premises. Lessee
further covenants that it will not permit, commit or suffer waste, impairment or
deterioration of the Premises or the improvements thereon or any part thereof,
reasonable wear and tear excepted.

7. TAXES

         (a) Obligation for Payment. Lessee will promptly reimburse Lessor for
all taxes (collectively the "Tax"), including without limitation real estate and
personal property taxes and assessments assessed, levied, confirmed, or imposed
against the Premises, Lessee's personal property located in the Premises,
Lessee's operations on the Premises, or by reason of this Lease, during the term
of this Lease, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of
Lessor and Lessee. Lessee shall reimburse Lessor per agreed-to proration, or
within ten days after receipt of a request for payment of any such tax.

         (b) Liability for Taxes. Lessee's liability to pay taxes and
assessments shall be prorated on the basis of a 365-day year to account for any
fractional portion of a fiscal tax year included in the term of the Lease at its
commencement and expiration.

8. UTILITIES Lessee will pay the appropriate supplies for all water, gas,
electricity, light, heat, telephone, power, and other utilities and
communications services used by Lessee on the Premises during the term, whether
or not the services are billed directly to Lessee. Lessee will also procure, or
cause to be procured, without cost to Lessor, any and all necessary permits,
licenses, or other authorizations required for the lawful and proper
installation and maintenance upon the Premises of wires, pipes, conduits, tubes,
and other equipment and appliances for use in 


<PAGE>   3

supplying any of the services to and upon the Premises. Lessor, upon request of
Lessee, and at the sole expense and liability of Lessee, will join with Lessee
in any application required for obtaining or continuing any of the services.

9. INSURANCE

         (a) "All Risk". Lessee shall maintain, at its cost, on the buildings
and other improvements that are part of the Premises a policy of standard fire
and extended coverage insurance to the extent of at least the full replacement
value of the improvements. Full replacement value of the improvements is agreed
to be a minimum of seven hundred thousand dollars ($700,000). The insurance
policy shall be issued in the names of the Lessor and Lessee as their interests
appear. The insurance policy shall provide that any proceeds shall be paid to
Lessor and Lessee for use as provided in paragraph 10 ("Destruction of
Premises") below. Rent loss insurance shall be maintained by Lessor to be
reimbursed by Lessee within ten days of billing by Lessor.

         (b) General Liability. Lessee will, at its sole expense, obtain and
keep in force during the term of this Lease commercial general liability
insurance with a combined single limit of not leas than one million dollars
($1,000,000) for injury to or death of any one person, three million dollars
($3,000,000) for injury to or death of any number of persons in one occurrence,
and one million dollars ($1,000,000) for damage to property, insuring against
any and all liability of Lessor and Lessee, including without limitation
coverage for contractual liability, broad form property damage, host liquor
liability, and non-owned automobile liability, with respect to the Premises or
arising out of the maintenance, use, or occupancy of the Premises. The insurance
will insure the performance by Lessee of the indemnity agreement as to liability
for injury to or death of persons and damage to property set forth in paragraph
11 below. The insurance will be noncontributing with any insurance that may be
carried by Lessor and will contain a provision that Lessor, although named as an
insured, will nevertheless be entitled to recover under the policy for any loss,
injury, or damage to Lessor, its agents, and employees, or the property of such
persons. From time to time, the limits and coverage of all the insurance may be
adjusted by agreement of Lessor and Lessee in conformity with the then
prevailing custom of insuring liability in the State of Colorado.

10. DESTRUCTION OF THE PREMISES. If, during the term hereof, the Premises are
totally or partially destroyed, rendering the Premises totally or partially
inaccessible or unusable, Lessee shall restore the Premises to substantially the
same condition as they were in immediately before destruction, whether or not
the insurance proceeds are sufficient to cover the actual cost of restoration.
Such destruction shall not terminate this Lease.

11. INDEMNITY. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor against any and
all claims and demands arising from the negligence of the Lessee, its officers,
agent, invitees and/or employees, as well as those arising from Lessee's failure
to comply with any covenant of this Lease on its part to be performed, and shall
defend Lessor against any and all suits and/or actions arising out of such
negligence, actual or alleged. Likewise, Lessor shall indemnify and hold
harmless Lessee against any and all claims and demands arising from the
negligence of the Lessor, its officers, agents, invitees and/or employees, as
well as those arising from the Lessor's 


<PAGE>   4

failure to comply with any covenant of this Lease on its part to be performed,
and shall at its own expense defend the Lessee against any and all suits and/or
actions arising out of said negligence.

12. MECHANICS' LIENS. Lessee shall pay all costs for construction done by it or
caused to be done by it on the Premises as permitted by this Lease. Lessee shall
keep the building, other improvements, and land of which the Premises are a part
free and clear of all mechanics' liens resulting from construction done by or
for Lessee. Lessee shall have the right to contest the correctness or the
validity of any such lien if, immediately on demand by Lessor, Lessee procures
and records a lien release bond issued by a corporation authorized to issue
surety bonds in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of the
claim of lien.

13. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS (GENERALLY)

(a) Lessee's Obligations. Lessee will not use or occupy, or permit any portion
of the Premises to be used or occupied:

(1) in violation of any law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, certificate of
it occupancy, or other governmental requirement;

(2) for any disreputable business or purpose; or

(3) in any manner or for any business or purpose that creates risks of fire or
other hazards, or that would in any way violate, suspend, void, or increase the
rate of fire or liability or any other insurance of any kind at any time carried
by Lessor upon all or any part of the building in which the Premises are located
or its contents.

Lessee will comply with all laws, ordinance, orders, rules, regulations, and
other governmental requirements relating to the use, condition, or occupancy of
the Premises, and all rules, orders, regulations, and requirements of the board
of fire underwriters or insurance service office, or any other similar body,
having jurisdiction over the building in which the Premises are located.

(b) Lessee's Obligations with Respect to Environmental Laws.

(1) Lessee and the Premises will remain in compliance with all applicable laws,
ordinances, and regulations (including consent decrees and administrative
orders) relating to public health and safety and protection of the environment,
including those statutes, laws, regulations, and ordinances identified in
subparagraph (7), all as amended and modified from time to time (collectively,
"environmental laws"). All governmental permits relating to the use or operation
of the Premises required by applicable environmental laws are and will remain in
effect, and Lessee will comply with them.

(2) Lessee will not permit to occur any release, generation, manufacture,
storage, treatment, or disposal of "hazardous material", as that term is defined
in subparagraph (7), on, in, under, or from the Premises. Lessee may allow
vehicles carrying hazardous materials to use the Premises. Lessee will promptly
notify Lessor, in writing, if Lessee has or acquires notice or knowledge that
any hazardous material has been or is threatened to be released, discharged,
disposed of, 


<PAGE>   5

transported, or stored on, in, under, or from the Premises; and if any hazardous
material is found on the Premises, Lessee, at its own cost and expense, will
immediately take such action as is necessary to detain the spread of and remove
the hazardous material to the complete satisfaction of Lessor and the
appropriate governmental authorities.

(3) Lessee will immediately Lessor and provide copies upon receipt of all
written complaints, claims, citations, demands, inquiries, reports, or notices
relating to the condition of the Premises or compliance with environmental laws.
Lessee will promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice any of those actions
and proceedings to the satisfaction of Lessor. Lessee will keep the Premises
free of any lien imposed pursuant to any environmental laws.

(4) Lessor will have the right at all reasonable times and from time to time to
conduct environmental audits of the Premises, and Lessee will cooperate in the
conduct of those audits. The audits will be conducted by a consultant of
Lessor's choosing, and if any hazardous material is detected or if a violation
of any of the warranties, representations, or covenants contained in this
paragraph is discovered, the fees and expenses of such consultant will be borne
by Lessee and will be paid as additional rent under this Lease on demand by
Lessor.

(5) If Lessee fails to comply with any of the foregoing warranties,
representations, and covenants, Lessor may cause the removal (or other cleanup
acceptable to Lessor) of any hazardous material from the Premises. The costs of
hazardous material removal and any other cleanup (including transportation and
storage costs) will be additional rent under this Lease, whether or not a court
has ordered the cleanup, and those costs will become due and payable on demand
by Lessor. Lessee will give Lessor, its agents, and employees access to the
Premises to remove or otherwise clean up any hazardous material. Lessor,
however, has no affirmative obligation to remove or otherwise clean up any
hazardous material, and this Lease will not be construed as creating any such
obligation.

(6) Lessee agrees to indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to
Lessor and at Lessee's sole cost), and hold Lessor and Lessor's affiliates,
shareholders, directors, officers, employees, and agents free and harmless from
and against all losses, liabilities, obligations, penalties, claims, litigation,
demands, defenses, costs, judgments, suits, proceedings, damages (including
consequential damages), disbursements, or expenses of any kind (including
attorneys' and experts' fees and expenses and fees and expenses incurred in
investigating, defending, or prosecuting any litigation, claim, or proceeding)
that may at any time be imposed upon, incurred by, or asserted or awarded
against Lessor or any of them in connection with or arising from or out of:

(A) any hazardous material on, in, under, or affecting all or any portion of the
Premises;

(B) any misrepresentation, inaccuracy, or breach of any warranty, covenant, or
agreement contained or referred to in this paragraph;

(C) any violation or claim of violation by Lessee of any environmental law; or


<PAGE>   6

(D) the imposition of any lien for the recovery of any costs for environmental
cleanup or other response costs relating to the release or threatened release of
hazardous material.

This indemnification is the personal obligation of Lessee and will survive
termination of this Lease. Lessee, its successors, and assigns waive, release,
and agree not to make any claim or bring any cost recovery action against Lessor
under CERCLA, as the term is defined in subparagraph (7), or any state
equivalent or any similar law now existing or enacted after this date. To the
extent that Lessor is strictly liable under any such law, regulation, ordinance,
or requirement, Lessee's obligation to Lessor under this indemnity will also be
without regard to fault on the part of Lessee with respect to the violation or
condition that results in liability to Lessor.

(7) For purposes of this Lease,"hazardous materials" has the definitions found
in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. # 9601, et seq., or the Hazardous Materials Transportation
Act, 49 U.S.C. # 1802, both as amended to this date and as amended after this
date; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), 42 U.S.C. # 6902, et
seq., as amended to this date and as amended after this date; or any other
applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, ordinance, or requirement
(including consent decrees and administrative orders) relating to or imposing
liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous
waste substance or material, all as amended to this date or as amended after
this date.

(c) Right to Contest Laws. Lessee will have the right to contest by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted in good faith in the name of Lessee, or, with
the prior consent of the Lessor, in the name of Lessor, or both, without cost or
expense to Lessor, the validity or application of any law, ordinance, order,
rule, regulation, or legal requirement of any nature. If compliance with any
law, ordinance, order, rule, regulation, or requirement may legally be delayed
pending the prosecution of any proceeding, without incurring any lien, charge,
or liability of any kind against the Premises, or Lessee's interest in the
Premises, and without subjecting Lessee or Lessor to any liability, civil or
criminal, for failure so to comply, Lessee may delay compliance until the final
determination of the proceeding. Even if a lien, charge, or liability may be
incurred by reason of delay, Lessee may contest and delay, so long as (1) the
contest or delay does not subject Lessor to criminal liability and (2) Lessee
furnishes to Lessor security, reasonably satisfactory to Lessor, against any
loss or injury by reason of any contest or delay. Lessor will not be required to
join any proceedings referred to in this paragraph unless the provision of any
applicable law, rule, or regulation at the time in effect requires that the
proceedings be brought by or in the name of Lessor, or both. In that event
Lessor will join the proceedings or permit them to be brought in its name if
Lessee pays all related expenses.

14. CONDEMNATION. If more than twenty five (25%) percent of the Premises shall
be taken or appropriated by any public authority under the power of eminent
domain, and such total or such partial loss of the Premises shall make it
impractical for Lessee's use as a motor freight terminal, this Lease Agreement
may be terminated at the option of either party. Lessor shall be entitled to any
and all income, rent, award or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid
or made in connection with such public use or purpose, except that Lessee shall
be entitled to receive and retain any amount which may be specifically awarded
to it because of the taking of its trade 


<PAGE>   7

fixtures. In the event of a partial taking by the right of eminent domain which
results in taking of twenty five (25%) percent or less of the total area of the
Premises, this Lease shall continue in force and effect, and the Lessee shall be
given an equitable reduction in rent, according to the nature and extent of such
taking.

15. ASSIGNMENTS AND SUBLEASES Without Lessor's prior written consent, which
Lessor agrees will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, Lessee will neither
assign this Lease in whole or in part, nor sublease all or part of the Premises.

16. SIGN INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL Lessee, at its sole cost, shall have the right
to place, construct and maintain exterior signage on the Premises including
those signs presently on the Premises. All signs/advertising shall be in
accordance with all applicable building and zoning laws, ordinances and
regulations and with written permission of Lessor, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. At the expiration of this Lease, or any extension
thereof, all signs installed on the Premises since the commencement date of this
Lease and any prior lease, shall be removed by Lessee at its expense in a
responsible and workmanlike manner, protecting the building and adjacent
property from any defacing or damage caused by such removal.

17. END OF TERM

At the end of this Lease, Lessee will surrender the Premises in good order and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If Lessee is not then in default,
Lessee may remove from the Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, and movable
furniture placed in the Premises by Lessee, whether or not the trade fixtures or
equipment are fastened to the building. Lessee will not remove any trade
fixtures or equipment without Lessor's prior written consent if the trade
fixtures or equipment are used in the operation of the building or if the
removal of the fixtures or equipment will impair the structure of the building.
Lessee will fully repair any damage occasioned by the removal of any trade
fixtures, equipment, furniture, alterations, additions, and improvements. All
trade fixture, equipment, furniture, alterations, additions, and improvements
not so removed will conclusively be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and
may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by Lessor
without notice to Lessee or to any other person and without obligation to
account for them. Lessee will pay Lessor all expenses incurred in connection
with Lessor's disposition of such property, including without limitation the
cost of repairing any damage to the building or Premises caused by removal of
the property. Lessee's obligation to observe and perform this covenant will
survive the end of this Lease.

18. SUBORDINATION

(a) General. This Lease and Lessee's rights under this Lease are subject and
subordinate to any ground lease or underlying lease, first mortgage, first deed
of trust, or other first lien encumbrance or indenture, together with any
renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations, and replacements of them,
which now or at any subsequent time affect the Premises, any interest of Lessor
in the Premises, or Lessor's interest in this Lease and the estate created by
this Lease (except to the extent that any such instrument expressly provides
that this Lease is superior to it). This provision will be self-operative and no
further instrument of subordination will be required 


<PAGE>   8

in order to effect it. Nevertheless, Lessee will execute, acknowledge and
deliver to Lessor, at any time and from time to time, upon demand by Lessor, any
documents as may be requested by Lessor, any ground Lessor or underlying lessor,
or any mortgagee, or any holder of a deed of trust or other instrument described
in this paragraph, to confirm or effect the subordination. If Lessee fails or
refuses to execute, acknowledge, and deliver any such document within twenty
(20) days after written demand, Lessor, its successors, and assigns will be
entitled to execute, acknowledge, and deliver the document on behalf of Lessee
as Lessee's as attorney-in-fact. Lessee constitutes and irrevocably appoints
Lessor, its successors, and assigns, as Lessee's attorney-in-fact to execute,
acknowledge, and deliver on behalf of Lessee any documents described in this
paragraph.

(b) Attornment. If any holder of any mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, or
other similar instrument described in subparagraph (a) succeeds to Lessor's
interest in the Premises, Lessee will pay to it all rents subsequently payable
under this Lease. Lessee will, upon request of anyone so succeeding to the
interest of Lessor, automatically become the Lessee of, and attorn to, the
successor in interest without change in this Lease. The successor in interest
will not be bound by (1) any payment of rent for more than one month in advance,
(2) any amendment or modification of this Lease made without its written
consent, (3) any claim against Lessor arising prior to the date on which the
successor succeeded to Lessor's interest, or (4) any claim or offset of rent
against the Lessor. Upon request by the successor in interest and without cost
to Lessor or the successor in interest, Lessee will execute, acknowledge and
deliver an instrument or instruments confirming the attornment. The instrument
of attornment will also provide that the successor in interest will not disturb
Lessee in its use of the Primises in accordance with this Lease. If Lessee fails
or refuses to execute, acknowledge, and deliver the instrument within twenty
(20) days after written demand, the successor in interest will be entitled to
execute, acknowledge, and deliver the document on behalf of Lessee as Lessee's
as attorney-in-fact. Lessee constitutes and irrevocably appoints the successor
in interest as Lessee's attorney-in-fact to execute, acknowledge, and deliver on
behalf of Lessee any document described in this paragraph.

19. ESTOPPEL Estoppel Certificates. Within no more than ten (10) days after
written request by Lessor, Lessee will execute, acknowledge, and deliver to
Lessor a certificate stating:

(1) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, or, if the Lease
is modified, the way in which it is modified accompanied by a copy of the
modification agreement;

(2) the date to which rental and other sums payable under this Lease have been
paid;

(3) that no notice has been received by Lessee of any default which has not been
cured, or, if the default has not been cured, what Lessee intends to do in order
to effect the cure, and when it will do so;

(4) that Lessee has accepted and occupied the Premises;

(5) that Lessee has no claim or offset against Lessor, or, if it does, stating
the date of the assignment and assignee (if known to Lessee); and


<PAGE>   9

(6) other matters as may be reasonably requested by Lessor.

Any certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser of the Premises
and any prospective mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust or mortgage
encumbering the Premises. If Lessor submits a completed certificate to Lessee,
and if Lessee fails to object to its contents within ten (10) days after its
receipt of the completed certificate, the matters stated in the certificate will
conclusively be deemed to be correct. Furthermore, Lessee irrevocably appoints
Lessor as Lessee's attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver on Lessee's behalf
any completed certificate to which Lessee does not object within ten (10) days
after its receipt.

20. LESSOR'S ACCESS. The Lessor, or Lessor's agent, shall have the right to
enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof at all reasonable hours for
the purpose of examining the same or for maintenance and repairs required of it
under the Lease. The Lessor, or Lessor's agent, shall have the right to show the
Premises to persons wishing to purchase or lease the same at reasonable hours.
during the six (6) months period prior to the expiration of the Lease, the
Lessor, or the Lessor's agent, shall have the right to place the usual "to let"
or "for sale" notices on the Premises provided they do not cover the Lessee's
signs and windows or access to the Premises and the Lessee agrees to permit the
same to remain thereon without hindrance or molestation.

21. SECURITY DEPOSIT Lessee has deposited twelve thousand nine hundred fifty
eight dollars ($12,958.00) with Lessor as security for Lessee's payment of rent
and performance of its other obligations under this Lease, and any renewals or
extensions of this Lease. If Lessee defaults in its payment of rent or
performance of its other obligations under this Lease, Lessor may use all or
part of the security deposit for the payment of rent or any other amount in
default, or for the payment of any other amount which Lessor may spend or become
obligated to spend by reason of Lessee's default, or for the payment to Lessor
of any other loss or damage which Lessor may suffer by reason of Lessee's
default. If Lessor so uses any portion of the security deposit, Lessee will
restore the security deposit to its original amount within five (5) days after
written demand from Lessor. Lessor will not be required to keep the security
deposit separate from its general funds, and Lessee will not be entitled to
interest on the security deposit. The security deposit will not be a limitation
on Lessor's damages or other rights under this Lease, or a payment of liquidated
damages, or an advance payment of the rent. If Lessee pays the rent and performs
all of its other obligations under this Lease, Lessor will return the unused
portion of the security deposit to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the end
of the term; however, if Lessor has evidence that the security deposit has been
assigned to an assignee of the Lease, Lessor will return the security deposit to
the assignee. Lessor may deliver the security deposit to the purchaser of the
Premises and be discharged from further liability with respect to it.

22. COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT So long as Lessee pays the rent and performs all
of its obligations in this Lease, Lessee's possession of the Premises will not
be disturbed by Lessor, or anyone claiming by, through or under Lessor, or by
the holders of the mortgages described in paragraph 18.

23. LIMITATION ON LESSEE'S RECOURSE Lessee's sole recourse against Lessor, and
any successor to the interest of Lessor in the Premises, is to the interest of
Lessor, and any successor, 


<PAGE>   10

in the Premises. Lessee will not have any right to satisfy any judgment which it
may have against Lessor, or any successor, from any other assets of Lessor, or
any successor.

In this paragraph the terms "Lessor" and "successor" include the shareholders,
venturers, and partners of Lessor and successor and the officers, directors, and
employees of Lessor and successor. The provisions of this paragraph are not
intended to limit Lessee's right to seek injunctive relief or specific
performance, or Lessee's right to claim the proceeds of insurance (if any)
specifically maintained by Lessor for Lessee's benefit.

24. DEFAULT

(a) Events of Default. The following occurrences are "events of default":

(1) Lessee defaults in the due and punctual payment of rent or any other payment
required under this Lease, and the default continues for five (5) days after
written notice from Lessor; however, Lessee will not be entitled to more than
one (1) notice for default in payment of rent during any twelve month period,
and if, within twelve (12) months after any notice, any rent is not paid when
due, an event of default will have occurred without further notice;

(2) Lessee vacates or abandons the Premises;

(3) This Lease or the Premises or any part of the Premises is taken upon
execution or by other process of law directed against Lessee, or is taken upon
or subjected to any attachments by any creditor of Lessee or claimant against
Lessee, and the attachment is not discharged within fifteen (15) days after its
levy;

(4) Lessee files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or
arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any
insolvency act of any state, or is dissolved, or makes an assignment for the
benefit of creditors;

(5) Involuntary proceedings under any bankruptcy laws or insolvency act or for
the dissolution of Lessee are instituted against Lessee, or a receiver or
trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of Lessee's property, and the
proceeding is not dismissed or the receivership or trusteeship is not vacated
within ninety (90) days after institution or appointment;

(6) Lessee fails to take possession of the Premises on the commencement date of
the term; or

(7) Lessee breaches any of the other agreements, terms, covenants, or conditions
that this Lease requires Lessee to perform, and the breach continues for a
period of twenty (20) days after notice by Lessor to Lessee.


<PAGE>   11

(b) Remedies. If any one or more events of default set forth in paragraph 24(a)
occurs, then Lessor may, at its election:

(1) give Lessee written notice of its intention to terminate this Lease on the
date of the notice or on any later date specified in the notice, and, on the
date specified in the notice, Lessee's right to possession of the Premises will
cease and the Lease will be terminated, except as to Lessee's liability set
forth in this paragraph 24(b)(l). If this Lease is terminated pursuant to the
provisions of this subparagraph (1), Lessee will remain liable to Lessor for
damages in an amount equal to the rent and other sums that would have been owing
by Lessee under this Lease for the balance of the term if this Lease had not
been terminated, less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting of the Premises
by Lessor subsequent to the termination, after deducting all Lessor's expenses
in connection with reletting.

and/or

(2) without demand or notice, re-enter and take possession of the Premises or
any part of the Premises; expel the Lessee from the Premises and those claiming
through or under Lessee; and remove the effects of both or either, without being
deemed guilty of any manner of trespass and without prejudice to any remedies
for arrears of rent or preceding breach of covenants or conditions. If Lessor
elects to re-enter as provided in this paragraph 24(b)(2), or if Lessor takes
possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any
notice provided by law, Lessor may, from time to time, without terminating this
lease, relet the Premises or any part of the Premises, either alone or in
conjunction with other portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part, in Lessor's or Lessee's name but for the account of Lessee, for the term
or terms (which may be greater or less than the period which would otherwise
have constituted the balance of the term of this lease) and on such terms and
conditions (which may include concessions of free rent, and the alteration and
repair of the Premises) as Lessor, in its uncontrolled discretion, may
determine. Lessor may collect and receive the rents for the Premises. Lessor
will not be responsible or liable for any failure to relet the Premises, or any
part of the Premises, or for any failure to collect any rent due upon the
reletting. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Lessor will be
construed as an election on Lessor's part to terminate this Lease unless a
written notice of the intention is given to Lessee. No notice from Lessor under
this lease or under a forcible entry and detainer statute or similar law will
constitute an election by Lessor to terminate this lease unless the notice
specifically says so.

25. INTEREST OF PAST DUE OBLIGATIONS. If Lessee fails to pay any payment due to
Lessor under this Lease within five (5) days alter such payment is due, the
unpaid amount shall be subject to a one time late payment charge for that
payment equal to five percent (5%) of the unpaid amounts. This late payment
charge will constitute liquidated damages, and will be paid to Lessor together
with such unpaid amounts. In addition, any payment due to Lessor under this
Lease which is not paid within five (5) days after such payment is due shall
bear interest at the rate of 1.5% per month from the due date until such amount
is paid in full. Any such interest payment or late charge shall not excuse or
correct any default by the Lessee in the payment of rent under this Lease,
unless full payment of all overdue sums is also received by Lessor.

26. MISCELLANEOUS


<PAGE>   12

(a) Recordation. Lessee's recordation of this Lease or any memorandum or short
form of it will be void and a default under this Lease.

(b) Holding Over. If Lessee remains in possession of the Premises after the end
of this Lease, Lessee will occupy the Premises as a Lessee from month to month,
subject to all conditions, provisions, and obligations of this Lease in effect
on the last day of the term. Monthly rent shall be $16,200 during any holdover
period.

(c) No Waiver. No waiver of any condition or agreement in this Lease by either
Lessor or Lessee will imply or constitute a further waiver by such party of the
same or any other condition or agreement.

(d) Authority. If Lessee signs this Lease as a corporation, each of the persons
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessee warrants to Lessor that Lessee is a
duly authorized and existing corporation, that Lessee is qualified to do
business in the state in which the Premises are located, that Lessee has full
right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each and every person
signing on behalf of Lessee is authorized to do so. Upon Lessor's request,
Lessee will provide evidence satisfactory to Lessor confirming these
representations.

(e) Notices. Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, or other
communication required or permitted under this Lease will be written and will be
deemed to have been given (1) when personally delivered, when served pursuant to
the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or (2) on the third (3rd) day after it is
deposited in any depository regularly maintained by the United States postal
service, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, addressed to:

Lessor:                 Channing, Inc.
                        2679 S. Zephyr Court
                        Lakewood, CO 80227
                        Attn: Mr. Hedley Smith
                        (303) 989-3386

with a copy to:

                        Channing, Inc.
                        8985 Tahoe Lane
                        Boulder, CO 80301
                        Attn: Mr. Walt Krier
                        (303) 665-2468

Lessee:                 Motor Cargo
                        P.O. Box 2351
                        Salt Lake City, UT 84110
                        Attn: Mr. Lou Holdener
                        (800) 922-4099

<PAGE>   13

                        (801) 292-1111

Either Lessor or Lessee may change its address or addressee for purposes of this
paragraph by giving ten (10) days' prior notice according to this paragraph.

(f) Attorneys' Fees. If Lessor and Lessee litigate any provision of this Lease
or the subject matter of this Lease, the unsuccessful litigant will pay to the
successful litigant all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees
and court costs, incurred by the successful litigation at trial and on any
appeal. If, without fault ,either Lessor or Lessee is made a party to any
litigation instituted by or against the other, the other will indemnify the
faultless one against all loss, liability, and expense, including reasonable
attorneys' fees and court costs, incurred by it in connection with the
litigation.

(g) Waiver of Jury Trial. Lessor and Lessee waive trial by jury in any action,
proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either of them against the other on all
matters arising out of this Lease or the use and occupancy of the Premises
(except claims for personal injury or property damage). If Lessor commences any
summary proceeding for nonpayment of rent, Lessee will not interpose (and waives
the right to interpose) any counterclaim in any proceeding.

(h) Binding Effect. This Lease will inure to the benefit of, and will be binding
upon, Lessor's successors and assigns. This Lease will inure to the benefit of,
and will be binding upon, the Lessee's successors and assigns so long as the
succession or assignment is permitted by paragraph 15.

Lessor and Lessee have executed this Lease as of the first date in this Lease.

LESSOR:                                       LESSEE:

CHANNING, INC.                                MOTOR CARGO, INC.
a Colorado corporation                        a Utah corporation

By: s/Hedley S. Smith                         By: s/Lou Holdener
       President                                    President

STATE OF COLORADO        )
                         ) SS.
COUNTY OF JEFFERSON      )

         I hereby certify that the foregoing Lease Agreement was subscribed and
sworn to before me on this 23 day of Dec. 199_, by Hedley Smith as President of
Channing, Inc.

         WITNESS my official hand and seal.

         My commission expires: 1/10/99
                                ________________

                                                    /s/        
                                               Notary Public     [SEAL]
<PAGE>   14

                                             My Comm. Expires _______________

[SEAL]


STATE OF UTAH                 )
                              ) SS.
COUNTY OF DAVIS               )

         I hereby certify that the foregoing Lease Agreement was subscribed and
sworn to before me on this 29 day of January, 1997, by Lou Holdener as 
President of Motor Cargo, Inc.

         WITNESS my official hand and seal.

         My commission expires: 7/28/1999


                                             /s/
                                             Notary Public
                                             Address

[SEAL]






<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.8


                                 LEASE AGREEMENT

                                     Between

                 ANDREA TACCHINO COMPANY, a Nevada Corporation,
                                    LANDLORD

                                       And

                     MOTOR CARGO, INC., a Utah Corporation,
                                     TENANT

                            Effective January 1, 1989


<PAGE>   2
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
ARTICLE I
Premises, Use and Original Term of Lease.....................................1

ARTICLE II
Rent     ....................................................................2

ARTICLE III
Net Lease, Impositions and Adjustments.......................................6

ARTICLE IV
Option To Renew..............................................................9

ARTICLE V
Construction of Additional Improvements.....................................11

ARTICLE VI
Condition and Maintenance of Premises.......................................13

ARTICLE VII
Alterations and New Construction............................................17

ARTICLE VIII
Insurance...................................................................18

ARTICLE IX
Indemnification of Landlord.................................................22

ARTICLE X
Damage or Destruction of Premises...........................................23

ARTICLE XI
Condemnation................................................................24

ARTICLE XII
Assignment, Subleases, Transfers or Encumbrances............................26

ARTICLE XIII
Subordination and Financing.................................................30

ARTICLE XIV
Certificates................................................................33

ARTICLE XV
Discharge of Liens..........................................................34
</TABLE>


                                       2
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
ARTICLE XVI
Reservation of Space for Outdoor Advertising................................35

ARTICLE XVII
Bankruptcy..................................................................36

ARTICLE XVIII
Default ....................................................................37

ARTICLE XIX
Right of Access.............................................................43

ARTICLE XX
End of Term.................................................................44

ARTICLE XXI
Miscellaneous...............................................................45
</TABLE>



                                       3
<PAGE>   4
                                      LEASE

         THIS LEASE, made and entered into effective the first day of January,
1989, by and between ANDREA TACCHINO COMPANY, a Nevada corporation ("Landlord"),
and MOTOR CARGO, INC., a Utah corporation ("Tenant").

                                    ARTICLE I

                    Premises, Use and Original Term of Lease

         Section 1.1 The Landlord hereby demises and leases to the Tenant, and
the Tenant hereby hires and leases from the Landlord, for the term and upon the
conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth, in an as is condition all that
certain real property together with the existing improvements thereon (the
"Premises") situated in the City of Reno, County of Washoe, State of Nevada,
more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and made a part
hereof.

         Section 1.2 The Premises shall be used by Tenant for the purpose of
conducting a trucking terminal, uses related thereto, and for no other purpose.

         Section 1.3 The original term of this Lease shall commence at 12:01
a.m. on the first day of January, 1989 ( the "Commencement Date") and shall end
at 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 1996.

<PAGE>   5

                                   ARTICLE II

                                      Rent

         Section 2.1 The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as rent for the
Premises during the original term of this Lease without any prior demand there
for, or any deduction, recoupment, set off or counterclaim whatsoever (a) an
annual basic rent as provided in Section 2.2, plus (b) all property and excise
taxes and other impositions in accordance with Article III.

         Section 2.2 Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the annual basic
rent for each year from the Commencement Date through December 31, 1996, shall
be $87,518.00.

         Section 2.3 The annual basic rent shall be increased, but not
decreased, at the beginning of the third, fifth and seventh Lease Years based on
the Consumer Price Index. The index to be used shall be the Consumer Price Index
for All Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers for the City of San Francisco,
California, All Items, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United
States Department of Labor using the period 1982-1984 = 100 as the base period
(the "Consumer Price Index"). The increase shall be computed by dividing the
annual basic rent for the 12 month period ending December 31, 1989, by the index
number for the month of October, 1988, which is 121.3 and then multiplying the
quotient so obtained by the index number for the month of October preceding the
initial month of the Lease Year for which the increase is being calculated.



                                       2
<PAGE>   6

         Section 2.4 In the event that Bureau of Labor Statistics shall change
the cycle for publication of the Consumer Price Index so that no index number is
published for the month of October, then the index number for the nearest month
before the month of October shall be substituted as the multiplier of the
quotient determined in accordance with Section 2.3 above. If the manner in which
the Consumer Price Index is determined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics shall
be substantially revised, an adjustment shall be made in such revised index
which would produce results equivalent, as nearly as possible, to those which
would have been obtained if the Consumer Price Index had not been so revised. If
the 1982-1984 average shall no longer be used as an index of 100, such change
shall constitute a substantial revision. If the Consumer Price Index shall
become unavailable to the public because publication is discontinued, or
otherwise, a comparable index based upon changes in the cost of living or
purchasing power of the consumer dollar published by any other governmental
agency or, if no such index shall be available, then a comparable index
published by a major bank or other financial institution or by a university or a
recognized financial publication shall be used to calculate the rental increases
required by this Article.

         Section 2.5 For the purposes of this Lease, the term "Lease Year" means
the period beginning on the Commencement Date 


                                       3
<PAGE>   7

and ending on December 31, 1989, and each 12-month period thereafter.

         Section 2.6 If this Lease or any rent due under it commences on a date
which is not the beginning of a month or terminates on a date which is not the
end of a month, the rent for that month will be prorated based upon the number
of days in the month before and after the commencement date or termination date
as the case may be.

         Section 2.7 The annual basic rent shall be paid in equal monthly
installments in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar
month.

         Section 2.8 Each payment of rent will be made to the Landlord by the
Tenant, in good funds, at such place in the United States of America as may be
designated in writing by the Landlord to the order of the Landlord or such other
person as the Landlord may from time to time specify in writing. Until further
notice by the Landlord, the Tenant shall pay all rent to the Landlord c/o Paul
S. Ferrari, 1255 Manor Drive, Reno, Nevada 89509. No payment to or receipt by
Landlord of a lesser amount than the then amount required to be paid under this
Lease, shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest amount of
such obligation then due hereunder, notwithstanding any notation, legend or
instructions of Tenant to the contrary, which notation, legend or instructions
shall be null and void. No endorsement or statement on any check or other
communication accompanying a 


                                       4
<PAGE>   8
check for payment of any amounts payable under this Lease shall be deemed an
accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check in payment without
prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of any sums owed by Tenant
under this Lease or to pursue any other remedy available in this Lease or under
law, against Tenant.

         Section 2.9 In the event any sums required to be paid by Tenant
hereunder are not received by Landlord on or before the fifth (5th) calendar day
after the same are due, then, for each and every late payment, Tenant shall pay,
as additional rent, a service charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount
required to be paid. The provisions herein for late payment service charges
shall not be construed to extend the date for payment of any sums required to be
paid by Tenant hereunder or to relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay all such
sums at the time or times herein stipulated. Notwithstanding the imposition of
such service charges pursuant to this Section 2.9, Tenant shall be in default
under this Lease if any or all payments required to be made by Tenant are not
made on or before the time due as herein stipulated, and neither the demand for,
nor collection by, Landlord of such late payment service charges shall be
construed as a cure of such default on the part of Tenant. It is agreed that the
said service charge is a fair and reasonable charge under the circumstances and
shall not be construed as interest on a debt payment. In the event any charge
imposed hereunder or 


                                       5

<PAGE>   9

under any other section of this Lease is either stated to be or construed as
interest, then no such interest charge shall be calculated at a rate which is
higher than the maximum rate which is allowed under the general usury law of
Nevada then in effect, which maximum rate of interest shall be substituted for
the rate in excess thereof, if any, computed pursuant to this Lease. It is
further agreed that a late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any sum required to
be paid hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such
costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges.

                                   ARTICLE III

                     Net Lease, Impositions and Adjustments

         Section 3.1 This Lease is intended to be a net lease under which,
during the term of this Lease, the rents will be absolutely net to the Landlord
and the Tenant will pay as additional rent all costs, expenses, obligations and
impositions of every kind relating directly or indirectly in any way, foreseen
or unforeseen, to the Premises. As used herein "Impositions" means without
limitation all taxes, assessments, water, storm, and sanitary sewer rents,
license and permit fees, and other governmental levies, charges and impositions,
general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen,
of every kind and nature whatsoever imposed, assessed or levied, or which may
become a lien upon the Premises, at any 


                                       6
<PAGE>   10

time during the term of this Lease upon or against the Premises or any portion
of the Premises, this Lease itself, the rent payable under this Lease or on the
Landlord solely by reason of its ownership of the Premises or the Tenant's use
of the Premises, but not including any income, corporate franchise,
unincorporated business, estate, inheritance or similar taxes which may be
imposed against the Landlord or any successor interest. The Tenant will also pay
all utility charges, storm water runoff treatment system fees, and other costs
related to the Premises during the term of this Lease. The Tenant will pay all
Impositions or installments of Impositions before any fine, penalty, interest or
cost may be added to them, except that the Tenant may pay any Imposition in
installments if permitted by law to do so, even if interest accrues on the
unpaid balance of the Imposition. The Tenant will, at the Landlord's request,
provide the Landlord with evidence of payment of any or all Impositions.

         Section 3.2 If the holder of any mortgage loan incurred by the Landlord
(a "Permitted Fee Mortgage") requires the Landlord to deposit with the holder of
the Permitted Fee Mortgage (a "Permitted Fee Mortgagee") monthly or less
frequently sums equal to pro-rata portions of Impositions for the then current
year, the Tenant will at the request of the Landlord pay to the Permitted Fee
Mortgagee the sums the Landlord is required to pay to the Permitted Fee
Mortgagee as estimated Impositions. To the extent the Tenant pays estimated
Impositions to a Permitted Fee 


                                       7
<PAGE>   11

Mortgagee, the Tenant will be relieved of the obligation to pay the Impositions.

         Section 3.3 The Landlord and the Tenant will adjust between them the
payment of all Impositions as of the beginning and end of the term or this
Lease, and of all refunds or rebates of Impositions allocable to periods prior
to commencement, and after termination, of the term of this Lease, so that the
Tenant will bear the cost of all portions of Impositions allocable to the term
of this Lease and the Landlord will bear the cost of all Impositions allocable
to periods before and after the term of this Lease. Allocations will be made in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For purposes of this
Section, a deposit by the Landlord or the Tenant of funds with a Permitted Fee
Mortgagee with regard to an Imposition will be deemed to be or to have been,
payment of the Imposition to the extent of the deposit at the time the deposit
is made. At any time after the commencement of the term of this Lease, the
Landlord may bill the Tenant, and at any time after termination of the term of
this Lease, the Tenant may bill the Landlord, for the estimated portion of the
Impositions paid by the Landlord or the Tenant, as the case may be, allocable to
the other party and the other party will pay the sum shown on the bill within 30
days after the bill is received. Estimates will be based on the prior year's
Impositions. Any additional payments or refunds due after 


                                       8
<PAGE>   12

Impositions are finally determined will be made promptly upon request.

         Section 3.4 The Tenant may, at its own cost, contest the amount or
validity of any Imposition. The Tenant may not postpone payment of an Imposition
while the Tenant is contesting it.

         Section 3.5 The Tenant may at its own cost seek a reduction in the
assessed valuation of the Premises for tax purposes and prosecute any action or
proceeding for that purpose in the name of the Tenant, the Landlord, or both.
The Tenant will be entitled to retain any tax refund resulting from a reduction
in assessed valuation, except to the extent the Tenant is required by Section
3.3. to pay a portion of the refund to the Landlord.

         Section 3.6 The Landlord will cooperate with the Tenant in connection
with any proceedings of the type described in Sections 3.4 and 3.5, and will
execute all documents, and do all other things reasonably requested of it by the
Tenant in connection with those proceedings.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 Option To Renew

         Section 4.1 If Tenant is not in default, Tenant will have the option to
renew this Lease at its expiration for an additional 5 year period and, if
Tenant exercises that option, and is not in default, Tenant will have the
further option to 


                                       9
<PAGE>   13

renew this Lease for a second additional 5 year period and, if Tenant exercises
that option, and is not in default, Tenant will have a further option to renew
this Lease for a third additional 5 year period. Each option to renew will be
exerciseable by a notice from the Tenant to the Landlord given at least 180 days
prior to the expiration of the original term of this Lease, or as to the second
renewal option, 180 days prior to the expiration of the first renewal option, or
as to the third renewal option, 180 days prior to the expiration of the second
renewal option.

         Section 4.2 During each renewal period the annual basic rent provided
for in Section 2.1(a) will be increased as provided in Section 4.3 and the
Tenant will perform all the Tenant's other duties and obligations under this
Lease.

         Section 4.3 The annual basic rent payable will be increased, but not
decreased, at the beginning of the first, third and fifth Lease Years of each of
the first, and third renewal options and at the beginning of the second and
fourth Lease Years of the second renewal option based on the Consumer Price
Index for all Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, All Items, for the City
of San Francisco, California, published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the
United States Department of Labor using the period 1982-1984 = 100 as the base
period. The increase in annual basic rent for the Premises shall be computed by
dividing the annual basic rent payable for the 12-month period ending December
31, 1989, by the index number for October, 1988, 


                                       10
<PAGE>   14
which is 121.3 and then multiplying that quotient by the index number for the
month of October preceding the initial month of the first, third, and fifth
Lease Years of the first and third renewal options and the second and fourth
Lease Years of the second renewal option. The provisions of Section 2.4 shall
apply with respect to any changes in the Consumer Price Index.

                                    ARTICLE V

                     Construction of Additional Improvements

         Section 5.1 Landlord and Tenant agree to remodel the office located on
the Premises in accordance with the plans attached hereto as Exhibit "B".

         With Tenant's cooperation, Landlord shall prepare and submit all plans
and specifications necessary to construct the improvements referred to in this
Section. Landlord and Tenant shall acknowledge their approval of the plans and
specifications in writing. Landlord shall be responsible for arranging for all
contractors, subcontractors, architects, engineers, governmental inspectors, and
other persons and entities as may be necessary for the completion of
construction of the improvements. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in any
manner as may be reasonably necessary to enable Landlord to carry out its
responsibilities and duties pursuant to this Section.

         Section 5.2 The Landlord shall pay one-half (1/2) of the Cost of
Completion of the improvements referred to in Section 5.1 




                                       11
<PAGE>   15

and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the other one-half (1/2) of the Cost of
Completion of said improvements.

         Section 5.3 The Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, complete
all interior finishes, including, without limitation, floor and wall coverings,
for the improvements referred to in Section 5.1.

         Section 5.4 As used in Section 5.2 the "Cost of Completion" shall
consist of all of the costs incurred by Landlord directly or indirectly to
construct the improvements such that the completed construction will conform
substantially with the plans or any change orders made. These costs shall
include, but not be limited to, (a) the cost of preparing plans and
specifications, (b) the amounts paid pursuant to all construction contracts,
including, but not limited to, asbestos removal contracts, amounts paid pursuant
to subcontracts, change orders, amounts paid to discharge or for the defense of
mechanics' liens, wages, penalties, late charges, architects' fees, engineers'
fees, governmental inspection fees, utility costs, utility connection fees, and
escrow and title insurance fees, (b) all financing costs incurred by Landlord in
obtaining financing to complete construction in conformance with the plans,
including, but not limited to, loan commitment fees, points, interest, finance
charges, appraisal fees and inspection fees, (c) attorneys' costs and fees and
any related litigation expenses (including expert witness costs and fees)
incurred by Landlord 




                                       12
<PAGE>   16

directly or indirectly, for the purpose of insuring that construction of the
improvements is completed without interruption and substantially in accordance
with the plans, and (d) any other cost. incurred directly or indirectly by the
Landlord that would normally be incurred in the construction comparable
improvements in the Reno, Nevada area.

         Section 5.5 If the Cost of Completion for the improvements referred to
in Section 5.1 exceeds $43,000.00, the annual basic rent provided in Section
2.1(a) shall be increased by an amount necessary to fully amortize the excess at
twelve percent (12%) interest over a period of eight (8) years. Thereafter, the
annual basic rent for said improvements shall increase, but not decrease, as
provided in Section 2.3 during the original term of this Lease and as provided
in Section 4.3 during any renewal term hereof. In addition, Tenant shall pay all
Impositions resulting directly or indirectly from said improvements in
accordance with the provisions of Article III.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      Condition and Maintenance of Premises

         Section 6.1 During the entire term of this Lease, Landlord, upon
written notice from Tenant of the necessity therefor, shall correct any
structural defects in the roof and exterior walls of any building on the
Premises, unless the requirements for maintenance or repair of such items
results from 


                                       13
<PAGE>   17

the act or neglect of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or customers.

         Section 6.2 Landlord and Tenant will share equally in the cost of
corrective measures, maintenance and new improvements incurred in complying with
all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding
underground fuel tanks. Tenant shall be responsible for all monitoring,
reporting and recordkeeping required by all applicable federal, state and local
laws and regulations regarding underground fuel tanks. All such reports and
records shall be available for inspection and copying by Landlord or its duly
authorized agents at all reasonable times and places. Tenant shall immediately
notify Landlord of all defects in or deterioration of any underground fuel tanks
and associated piping on the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any and
all costs incurred as a result spills and overfills of underground fuel tanks on
the Premises.

         Section 6.3 (a) Except for the repairs and maintenance that Landlord is
specifically obligated to make or perform pursuant to Section 6.1 above, and
except as provided in Section 6.2 above, throughout the entire term of this
Lease, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly make all repairs and replacements
and perform maintenance in and to the entire Premises and all equipment and
fixtures therein or appurtenant thereto, that are necessary or desirable in
order to keep the entire Premises in good order, condition and repair, in safe,
dry and tenantable 


                                       14
<PAGE>   18

condition, and in a condition which is equal in manner, quality and class to the
original work and installations. Tenant shall at all times during the term of
this Lease maintain the entire Premises in a manner which complies in all
material respects with all laws and regulations of all governmental authorities
having jurisdiction over the Premises. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Tenant, at its expense, shall maintain and promptly make any and all
necessary repairs to or replacements of: (i) that portion of any pipes, lines,
ducts, wires or conduits contained within and serving the Premises; (ii) the
glass windows, storefront, plate glass doors, and all fixtures or appurtenances
composed of glass, that are contained in or about the Premises; (iii) Tenant's
sign; (iv) the floors and floor coverings, doors, windows, walls, partitions and
ceilings in the Premises; (v) heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical
and plumbing equipment and fixtures installed in or about the Premises; and (vi)
asphalt paving on the Premises. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this
Article VI, Tenant, at its expense, shall make any and all repairs to the
Premises as may be necessitated by any break-in, forcible entry or other
trespass into or upon the Premises, regardless of whether or not such entry and
damage is caused by the negligence or fault of Tenant or occurs during or after
business hours.

         (b) Tenant shall keep and maintain the entire Premises in a clean,
sanitary and safe condition in accordance with 


                                       15
<PAGE>   19

applicable law and in accordance with all directions, rules and regulations of
the health officer, building inspector, the National Fire Protection Association
and any other officials of the governmental agencies having jurisdiction, at the
sole cost and expense of Tenant, and Tenant shall comply with all requirements
of law, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any lawful authority having
jurisdiction affecting the Premises or Tenant's use thereof.

         (c) Landlord or its agents may come into and upon the Premises at any
reasonable time for purposes of examining and inspecting the Premises and for
any other purpose reasonably related to Landlord's interest in the Premises. If
the Tenant refuses or neglects to properly maintain the Premises, or to commence
or complete repairs promptly and adequately, Landlord may, but shall not be
required to, make and complete said repairs or maintenance and Tenant shall pay
the cost therefor, plus a charge of fifteen percent (15%) of such cost to
Landlord upon demand, as additional rent.

         Section 6.4 The Tenant has been in possession of the Premises for
several years and will continue in possession of the Premises in the condition
in which it is at the date of commencement of the term of this Lease.



                                       16
<PAGE>   20
                                   ARTICLE VII

                        Alterations and New Construction

         Section 7.1 The Tenant may not make alterations to buildings or
improvements on the Premises, demolish buildings or improvements on the
Premises, or construct new buildings or other improvements on the Premises
without the prior written consent of the Landlord. When seeking the Landlord's
consent under this Section, Tenant shall submit detailed plans to the Landlord.

         Section 7.2 (a) The Tenant will complete all permitted construction on
the Premises undertaken by it; (b) all alterations and new construction on the
Premises will be complete in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with
all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations; (c) the Tenant will first
obtain all required licenses and permits relating to alterations or new
construction on the Premises; and (d) the Tenant will not undertake any
alterations to, or demolish any portion of, the buildings or improvements on the
Premises unless (i) such portion thereof is replaced, and (ii) the alteration or
replacement does not impair the structural soundness of the buildings or
materially lessen their market value.

         Section 7.3 The Tenant will pay all costs of alterations, construction
and demolition permitted under this Article during the term of this Lease. All
payments will be made in time to prevent the imposition of any workman's or
material-man's lien upon the Premises or, if a workman's or materialman's 


                                       17
<PAGE>   21

lien is imposed upon the Premises because of a claim which the Tenant is
contesting, the Tenant will obtain a bond sufficient to cause the discharge of
the lien. At least 3 days immediately following the execution of this Lease,
Tenant will record a Notice of Nonresponsibility on behalf of Landlord with the
County Recorder of Washoe County, Nevada.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    Insurance

         Section 8.1 At all times during the term of this Lease, the Tenant
will, at its own cost and expense:

              (a) Keep all buildings and other improvements on the Premises
insured against loss or damage by fire, with all standard extended coverage, in
an amount or amounts at least sufficient to (i) insure that if any buildings or
improvements are substantially destroyed the proceeds of the insurance will be
sufficient to pay for removal of all remnants of the destroyed buildings or
improvements, (ii) provide are least 100% of the replacement cost of the
buildings and improvements included in the Premises, and (iii) comply with the
requirements of any mortgage to which this Lease is subordinate, and

              (b) Keep in force general public liability insurance naming the
Landlord and the Tenant as insureds in the amount of $1,000,000.00, or such
greater amount as is customary for a property in Washoe County, Nevada, used for
the purposes for which the Tenant uses the Premises.



                                       18
<PAGE>   22

         Section 8.2 If the estimated cost of any permitted alteration or new
construction will be more than $10,000.00 during the period of construction, the
Tenant will maintain, at its own cost and expense, or cause contractors to
maintain at their cost and expense,

              (a) Completed value builders risk insurance for such alterations
and new construction on the Premises, including building materials on the
Premises, with all standard extended coverage, in an amount not less than the
Tenant's estimate of the cost of the construction; and

              (b) Workmen's compensation insurance covering the contractor's and
owner's full liability.

         Section 8.3 All insurance required by this Article will insure the
Landlord and the Tenant as their respective interests may appear and in the case
of insurance against damage to the Premises, will, if requested by the Landlord,
also insure the interest of the holder of any mortgage on the Premises and
provide that proceeds, if any, will be payable to the Landlord, the Tenant,
and/or the Mortgagee, as their respective interests may appear.

         Section 8.4 All insurance will be with companies rated at least AA in
Best's Key Rating Index and authorized to do business in the State of Nevada. To
the extent obtainable each policy under which insurance coverage is obtained in
order to comply with this Section will provide that it may not be canceled



                                       19
<PAGE>   23

without thirty days' prior written notice to the Landlord. If such a provision
cannot be obtained, the Tenant will, at the request of the Landlord, provide the
Landlord with proof of each premium payment made with regard to each policy when
the payment is made.

         Section 8.5 If there is a loss, the Landlord and the Tenant will
cooperate in efforts to recover any insurance proceeds which may become due.

         Section 8.6 Within 30 days after the Commencement Date and thereafter
at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of any expiring policy of
insurance maintained to meet the requirements of this Lease, the Tenant will
furnish the Landlord a certificate or memorandum of each policy of insurance
maintained to comply with this Article.


         Section 8.7 The Landlord and the Tenant each waives as to the other and
its agents and employees all claims and rights of recovery for any damage to the
Premises (whether or not the damage was the fault of the Landlord or the Tenant
or its agents and employees) to the extent, but only to the extent, of any
proceeds recoverable under policies of insurance required to be maintained under
this Lease (including proceeds of coverage in excess of the minimum amounts
required by this Lease). The tenant and the Landlord each waives as to its
insurers, and will use its best efforts to cause each policy of insurance
maintained by it which relates to the Premises to include a waiver of any rights



                                       20
<PAGE>   24

or claims against the other by reason of subrogation, assignment of claim or
otherwise.

         Section 8.8 If any type of insurance Tenant is required to maintain
ceases to be generally available for properties similar to the Premises, Tenant
will not be required to maintain that type of insurance but will maintain the
most nearly comparable insurance which is generally available for properties
similar to the Premises.

         Section 8.9 Neither the issuance of any insurance policy required
hereunder, nor the minimum limits specified herein with respect to Tenant's
insurance coverage, shall be deemed to limit or restrict in any way Tenant's
liability arising under or out of this Lease.

         Section 8.10 In the event that Tenant shall fail promptly to furnish
any insurance coverage hereunder required to be procured by Tenant, Landlord at
its sole option, shall have the right to obtain the same and pay the premium
therefor for a period not exceeding one (1) year in each instance, and the
premium so paid by Landlord together with an amount equal to fifteen percent
(15%) of such premium shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant to Landlord
as additional rent.

         Section 8.11 All insurance policies herein required to be procured by
Tenant shall be written as primary policy coverage and not contributing with or
in excess of any coverage which Landlord may carry.




                                       21
<PAGE>   25

                                   ARTICLE IX

                           Indemnification of Landlord

         Section 9.1 The Tenant will indemnify the Landlord against, and hold
the Landlord harmless from, (i) any and all claims arising from the use or
management of the Premises or from any work or other things done (other than by
the Landlord) on the Premises during the term of this Lease, including, but not
limited to, all Impositions and utility charges relating to the term of this
Lease, (ii) any and all claims for loss or damage arising during the term of
this Lease from the condition of any building included in the Premises or any
street, curb or sidewalk adjoining the land included in the Premises, or any
vaults, tunnels, passageways or space in or appurtenant to the Premises, or
arising from a failure by the Tenant to fulfill any of its obligations under
this Lease, or arising from any other cause except the willful act of its
agents, contractors, servants or employees, and (iii) all liabilities, costs and
expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred in connection with any
such claim or any action or proceeding brought with regard to any such claim. If
any action or proceeding is brought against the Landlord by reason of any such
claim, the Landlord will promptly notify the Tenant of the commencement of the
action or proceeding and will offer the Tenant the opportunity to assume the
defense of the action or proceeding.



                                       22
<PAGE>   26

                                    ARTICLE X

                        Damage or Destruction of Premises

                  Section 10.1 Except as otherwise provided no damage or
destruction of any portion of the Premises by fire or any other cause will cause
an abatement of rent or in any other way affect the obligations of the Tenant
under this Lease. If the terminal which is part of the Premises is wholly or
partially destroyed by fire or other casualty, the Tenant shall continue to
utilize the terminal for the operation of its business to the extent that is
practicable to do so from the standpoint of good business practice. All rent
shall abate from the time any such damage or destruction occurs until the
terminal is restored, unless the Tenant continues or resumes doing business
thereon, in which event the rent provided for in Section 2.1(a) shall be
equitably abated in the proportion that the area of the unused part of the
terminal bears to the whole area of the terminal. Nothing in this Section shall
be construed to abate or diminish the payment, and duty to make Payment, by
Tenant of rent required by Section 2.1(b) and of its other monetary and
nonmonetary obligations contained in this Lease. The Tenant will at its own
expense make any repairs necessary to restore the Premises to at least as good
condition as it was in immediately prior to the damage or destruction, whether
or not the cost of those repairs is reimbursed by insurance. The general
contractor to be employed by Tenant to make such repairs must be first approved
by Landlord in 


                                       23
<PAGE>   27

writing. The net proceeds of insurance resulting from any damage or destruction
(after collection of expenses, if any) will be paid to the Tenant, which will
apply the proceeds to reimburse itself for the cost of repairs, and will retain
any excess.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Condemnation

                  Section 11.1 If at any time during the term of this Lease any
portion of the Premises is taken by any authority by the exercise of any right
of eminent domain or in any condemnation proceeding, or by agreement between the
Landlord and those authorized to exercise such right, the Landlord will give the
Tenant prompt notice of the occurrence, describing the nature and extent of the
taking or the nature of the proceedings and negotiations and the nature and
extent of the taking which might result from them as the case may be. Subject to
the prior rights, if any, of Permitted Mortgagees, the Landlord will receive all
awards and other compensation for the taking, except that if the laws of the
State of Nevada permit compensation for termination of business of a tenant
which is in addition to, and will not reduce, the awards and other compensation
to the Landlord, the Landlord will cooperate in attempting to have the
compensation include an award for termination of the business being conducted on
the Premises, and the Tenant will be entitled to receive that portion of the
compensation for the taking.

         Section 11.2 If a portion, but not all, of the Premises 


                                       24
<PAGE>   28
is taken or condemned, the Landlord will promptly make such repairs as are
necessary to make each building which is part of the Premises a whole
architectural unit whether or not the cost exceeds the net proceeds of the
condemnation award. Any excess will be retained by the Landlord. If the Landlord
does not fulfill its obligation to repair, the Tenant may make such repairs as
are necessary to make each building which is a part of the Premises a whole
architectural unit and may recover its costs from the rent.

         If a taking reduces the area of the terminal building by more than 35%,
or the area of the parking lot on the Premises by more than 35%, the taking may,
at the election of the Tenant, exercised by a notice in writing to the Landlord
given within 60 days after legal title to the portion of the Premises passes to
the governmental authority, be considered a taking of the entire Premises to
which Section 11.3 will apply. There shall be no abatement of rent for any
taking which is not considered a taking of the entire Premises.

         Section 11.3 If the entire Premises is taken or condemned, this Lease
will terminate as of the date the governmental authority takes possession of the
Premises, with the same force and effect as though that were the date specified
in Article I and Article IV.

         Section 11.4 If a governmental authority takes only the right to
possession and retains possession of the Premises for a 


                                       25
<PAGE>   29

period of six months or less, this Lease will continue in full force and effect
without any abatement of rent, and the amounts payable by the governmental
authority will be paid to the Tenant and the governmental authority will be
considered a sub-tenant of the Tenant. If a governmental authority takes only
the right to possession of the Premises, but retains possession for more than
six months, the Tenant will have the option, exercisable by a notice to the
Landlord given within seven months after the governmental authority takes
possession of the Premises to treat the governmental action to be a taking of
the entire Premises to which Section 11.3 will apply. If the Tenant does not
exercise that option, the governmental action will be treated in the same manner
as a taking only of possession for six months or less.

                                   ARTICLE XII

                Assignment, Subleases, Transfers or Encumbrances

         Section 12.1 Neither this Lease nor any interest therein, whether legal
or equitable, shall be assigned, alienated, pledged or hypothecated, in whole or
in part, voluntarily or by operation of law, nor shall the Premises be sublet,
in whole or in part, without the written consent of Landlord having been
previously had and obtained. A consent to one assignment, subletting, occupation
or use by any other person, shall not be deemed to be a consent to any
subsequent assignment, subletting, occupation or use by another person. Any 


                                       26
<PAGE>   30

such assignment or subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall be
an Event of Default. This Lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be
assignable, as to the interest of Tenant, by operation of law, without the
written consent of Landlord.

         Section 12.2 Landlord may withhold the consent required under Section
12.1 for any of the following reasons, which list is not exclusive, and such
withholding of consent shall be deemed to be reasonable:

              (a) A conflict or incompatibility with other uses in the Andrea
Tacchino Company Industrial Subdivision; or

              (b) Financial inadequacy or business history or experience of the
proposed sublessee or assignee; or

              (c) A proposed use or user whose impact on the other tenants in
the Andrea Tacchino Company Industrial Subdivision would be disadvantageous.

         Section 12.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following conditions
shall apply to any proposed assignment or sublease hereunder:

              (a) Each and every covenant, condition, or obligation imposed upon
Tenant by this Lease and each and every right, remedy, or benefit afforded
Landlord by this Lease shall not be impaired or diminished as a result of such
assignment or sublease;



                                       27
<PAGE>   31
              (b) If Tenant is a corporation which is not deemed a public
corporation, or is an unincorporated association or partnership, the transfer,
assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in such corporation,
association or partnership in the aggregate in excess of twenty-five percent
(25%) shall be deemed an assignment within this Article XII requiring the
written consent of Landlord;

              (c) No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of
Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the rent and to perform
all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder and the acceptance of
rent by Landlord from any person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord
of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any assignment or
subletting;

              (d) No permitted assignment or sublease shall be valid and no
assignee or sublessee shall take possession of the Premises assigned or sublet
unless, within ten (10) days after the execution thereof, Tenant shall deliver
to Landlord a duly executed duplicate original of such assignment or sublease in
form satisfactory to Landlord which provides (i) the assignee or sublessee
assumes Tenant's obligations for the payment of rent and for the full and
faithful observance and performance of the covenants, terms and conditions
contained herein, and (ii) that such assignee or sublessee will, at Landlord's
election, attorn directly to Landlord in the event Tenant's lease is terminated



                                       28
<PAGE>   32

for any reason, and (iii) such assignment or sublease contains such other
assurances as Landlord reasonably deems necessary;

              (e) Any monthly rent or other payment or consideration accruing to
Tenant as the result of any such assignment, transfer or sublease, including any
lump sum or periodic payment in any manner relating to such assignment, transfer
or sublease, which is in excess of the rent then payable by Tenant under this
Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent. Landlord may
require a certificate from Tenant specifying the full amount of any such payment
of whatsoever nature; and

              (f) Any costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees (which shall
include the cost of any time expended by Landlord's attorneys including in-house
counsel) incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed or purported
assignment, transfer or sublease shall be borne by Tenant and shall be payable
to Landlord as additional rent. It is understood and agreed that the
restrictions set forth in this Article are of primary importance in enabling
Landlord to control the mix of tenants in the Andrea Tacchino Company Industrial
Subdivision.

              Section 12.4 If this Lease is transferred or assigned, in
violation of this Article XII, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet
or occupied by any person or entity other than Tenant, whether as a result of
any act or omission by Tenant, or by operation of law, or otherwise, then
Landlord, whether before 




                                       29
<PAGE>   33

or after default by Tenant, may, in addition to, and not in diminution of or
substitution for, any other rights and remedies under this Lease or pursuant to
law to which Landlord may be entitled as a result thereof, collect rent from the
transferee, assignee, subtenant or occupant and apply the net amount collected
to the rent herein reserved, but no such transfer, assignment, subletting,
occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the covenants contained
herein or the acceptance of the transferee, assignee, subtenant, or occupant as
the tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of
covenants on the part of Tenant set forth in this Lease.

         Section 12.5 In the event of any transfer of Landlord's interest in the
Premises, including a sale or lease, the transferor shall be automatically
relieved of any and all obligations on the part of Landlord accruing from and
after the date of such transfer, provided that (a) the interest of the
transferor, as Landlord, in any funds then in the hands of Landlord in which
Tenant has an interest shall be turned over, subject to such interest, to the
then transferee; and (b) notice of such sale, transfer or lease shall be
delivered to Tenant as required by law.

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                           Subordination and Financing

                  Section 13.1 Tenant agrees that this Lease shall, at the
request of Landlord, be subordinate to any mortgage or deeds 


                                       30
<PAGE>   34

of trust that are now, or may hereafter be, placed upon the Premises and to any
and all advances to be made thereunder, and to the interest thereon, and all
renewals, replacements and extensions thereof, provided that the mortgagees or
beneficiaries named in said mortgages or trust deeds shall agree to recognize
the interest of Tenant under this Lease in the event of foreclosure, if Tenant
is not then in default. Tenant also agrees that any mortgagee or beneficiary may
elect to have this Lease constitute a prior lien to its mortgage or deed of
trust, and in the event or such election and upon notification by such mortgagee
or beneficiary to Tenant to that effect, this Lease shall be deemed prior in
lien to such mortgage or deed of trust, whether this Lease is dated prior to or
subsequent to the date of said mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant agrees that
upon the request of Landlord, or any mortgagee or beneficiary, Tenant shall
execute whatever instruments may be required to carry out the intent of this
Section.

         Section 13.2 If, and so long as, any mortgage (including, for purposes
of this Section, any deed of trust) is in effect, then at the option of the
mortgagee (including, for purposes of this Section, any trustee):

              (a) This Lease and Tenant's tenancy hereunder will continue in
full force and effect notwithstanding (i) the occurrence of an event of default
under such mortgage, (ii) any failure by Landlord to comply with any provision
of this Lease; 




                                       31
<PAGE>   35

(iii) any defense, counterclaim or set-off to which Tenant might be entitled
against Landlord under this Lease; (iv) any delay or omission by the mortgagee
in exercising, or any waiver by the mortgagee of, any right or remedy under the
mortgage or the note which it secures ("Note"); (v) any amendment of, or
supplement to the Note or the mortgage which does not affect any rights of
Tenant under this Lease; or (vi) any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency,
reorganization composition, dissolution, liquidation, or similar proceeding with
respect to Landlord;

              (b) If any such mortgagee shall enter into and become possessed of
the Premises or any part thereof through summary or other proceedings, Tenant
shall be obligated to pay to such mortgagee the rent payable hereunder as the
same becomes payable and otherwise to comply with the provisions hereof on the
part of Tenant to be complied with; and

              (c) If any such mortgagee or any purchaser at any public or
private foreclosure sale resulting from any default under any such mortgage,
shall enter into and become possessed of the Premises or any part thereof
through summary or other proceedings, Tenant, without charge therefor, will
attorn to such mortgagee or purchaser as the case may be, and recognize such
mortgagee or purchaser as its Landlord under this Lease, in accordance with all
of the provisions hereof, and will promptly execute upon request of such
mortgagee or purchaser an agreement of attornment, in recordable form.



                                       32
<PAGE>   36

         Section 13.3 In the event a Permitted Mortgagee requires, as a
condition to financing, modifications to this Lease, then, provided such
modifications do not increase the rent to be paid hereunder, Landlord shall
submit to Tenant a written amendment with such required modifications and if
Tenant fails to execute and return the same within ten (10) days after the
amendment has been submitted, then Landlord shall have the right to cancel this
Lease, upon written notice to Tenant, whereupon this Lease shall be immediately
cancelled and terminated, any money or security theretofore deposited by Tenant
with Landlord shall be returned to Tenant, and both Landlord and Tenant shall
thereupon be relieved from any and all further liability or obligation
hereunder.

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                                  Certificates

         Section 14.1 At any time and from time to time on not less than 10
days' prior notice by the Landlord, the Tenant will execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications,
that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and describing the
modifications) and stating (a) whether there are any offsets or defenses on the
part of the Tenant, (b) the dates to which the rent, Impositions and other
charges have been paid in advance, if any, and (c) whether to the best knowledge
of the signer of the 


                                       33
<PAGE>   37

certificate the Tenant or the Landlord is in default in performance of any
obligations under this Lease, and, if so, specifying each such default.

         Section 14.2 At any time and from time to time on not less than ten
(10) days' prior notice by the Tenant, the Landlord will execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Tenant a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications,
that the Lease is in full force and effect as modified and describing the
modifications) and stating (a) the dates to which the rent, Impositions and
other charges have been paid in advance, if any, and (b) whether or not to the
best knowledge of the signer of the certificate the Tenant or the Landlord is in
default in performance of any obligations under this Lease, and, if so,
specifying each such default.

                                   ARTICLE XV

                               Discharge of Liens

         Section 15.1 Tenant will not create or permit to exist any lien or
other encumbrance on the Premises resulting from any acts or omissions by the
Tenant. If as a result of the failure of the Tenant to pay any Imposition which
the Tenant is required by this Lease to pay, to make any payment to a contractor
or subcontractor which the Tenant is required by this Lease to make, or to make
any other payment, a lien is placed upon the Premises, the Landlord may, but
will not be required to pay such sum as is 


                                       34
<PAGE>   38

required to obtain discharge of the lien, or obtain the discharge of the lien by
deposit or bonding. If the Landlord does that, the Tenant will pay the Landlord,
promptly on demand as additional rent under this Lease, the entire sum spent by
the Landlord plus the Landlord's reasonable expenses including reasonable
attorneys' fees, in connection with obtaining discharge of the lien.

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                  Reservation of Space for Outdoor Advertising

         Section 16.1 There is hereby reserved from the Premises ground and air
space for the purposes of erecting and maintaining advertising displays
(painted, reflectorized, printed, illuminated or otherwise) including necessary
structures, power poles and connections. This reservation shall not be utilized
in a manner which allows for the erection of an advertising display in a manner
which interferes with Tenant's reasonable use of the property.

         Tenant agrees not to erect or permit any other party to erect any
advertising displays or other advertising matter on any property within a radius
of 600 feet of any such outdoor advertising display, except those advertising
Tenant's business, nor to permit any other obstruction to partially or
completely obscure the normal highway view of said display. Tenant agrees to
allow Landlord, its agents or the agents or employees of any person, firm or
entity having an outdoor advertising display on 


                                       35
<PAGE>   39

the Premises hereby reserved, access to the property for the purpose of
erecting, maintaining, changing or removing any such display at any reasonable
time.

         This reservation shall be effective for the entire term of the Lease,
without reduction in the rental specified herein. Landlord shall be entitled to
all of the rents and profits from said advertising displays. 

         It is agreed that any outdoor advertising display presently on the
Premises is included in this reservation and that said display does not
interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.

                                  ARTICLE XVII

                                   Bankruptcy

         Section 17.1 If at any time during the term of this Lease there shall
be filed by or against Tenant in any court pursuant to any statute either of the
United States or of any State a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for
reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a
portion of Tenant's property, or if Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit
of creditors or petitions for, or enters into, an arrangement (any of which are
referred to herein as "a bankruptcy event"), then the following provisions shall
apply:

              (a) In all cases any debtor in possession or trustee in bankruptcy
shall either expressly assume or reject this Lease within the time provided in
11 U.S.C. Section365(d).



                                       36
<PAGE>   40

              (b) In the event of an assumption of the Lease by a debtor or by a
trustee, such debtor or trustee shall immediately after such assumption (i) cure
any default or provide adequate assurances that defaults will be promptly cured;
and (ii) compensate Landlord for actual pecuniary loss; and (iii) provide
adequate assurance of future performance.

              (c) Where a default exists in the Lease, the trustee or debtor
assuming the Lease may not require Landlord to provide services or supplies
incidental to the Lease before its assumption by such trustee or debtor, unless
Landlord is compensated under the terms a' the Lease for such services and
supplies provided before the assumption of such Lease.

              (d) Subject to the provisions of Articles XII, the debtor and
trustee may only assign this Lease if: (i) it is assumed; and (ii) adequate
assurance of future performance by the assignee is provided, whether or not
there has been a default under the Lease.

              (e) Landlord specifically reserves any and all remedies available
to Landlord in this Lease or at law or in equity in respect of a bankruptcy
event by Tenant to the extent such remedies are permitted by law.

                                  ARTICLE XVIII

                                     Default

                  Section 18.1 Subject to the provisions of any applicable law
in effect at the time, each of the following 




                                       37
<PAGE>   41

events will be an Event of Default under this Lease:

              (a) The Tenant fails to pay any rent required by Sections 2.1(a)
or (b) or any other charges required to be paid by Tenant when the same shall be
due and payable under this Lease;

              (b) The Tenant fails to perform or comply with any of the other
terms, covenants, agreements or conditions contained in this Lease and the
failure continues for more than thirty (30) days after the Landlord notifies the
Tenant in writing of the failure, except that if the failure cannot be cured
within 30 days, there will not be an Event of Default if within the 30-day
period the Tenant begins to cure the failure, and thereafter the Tenant proceeds
diligently to cure it. Provided, however, there shall be no grace period for a
failure to perform the duty imposed on the Tenant by Section 8.1.

              (c) The Tenant files or consents to the filing of any petition
seeking debtor's relief or a petition seeking relief is filed against the Tenant
under the laws of any state or of the United States.

              (d) The making by Tenant of any assignment or arrangement for the
benefit of creditors.

              (e) The appointment of a Trustee or Receiver to take possession of
substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or Tenant's
interest in the Lease.



                                       38
<PAGE>   42

              (f) The attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of
substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or Tenant's
interest in the Lease.

              (g) Tenant's unauthorized assignment or subletting of the
Premises.

              (h) Repeated legal action by Landlord against the Tenant during
the term of this Lease.

              (i) Tenant abandons the Premises (failure to occupy and operate
the Premises for fifteen consecutive days shall be deemed an abandonment).

         Section 18.2 If there is an Event of Default under this Lease
(regardless of the pendency of any proceeding which has or might have the effect
of preventing the Tenant from complying with the terms of this Lease), the
Landlord may at any time while the situation which constitutes an Event of
Default continues, exercise any one or more of the following remedies:

         (a) The Landlord may terminate this Lease by a notice in writing to the
Tenant on a date (the "Early Termination Date") specified in the notice (which
may be the date the notice is given), without any right by the Tenant to
reinstate its rights by paying any rent or other sum which is due or otherwise
curing the situation which constituted an Event of Default. On the Early
Termination Date the term of this Lease will terminate as fully and with the
same effect as if that were the last day of the term of this Lease, the Tenant
shall immediately surrender 


                                       39
<PAGE>   43

possession of the Premises to the Landlord, the Tenant will have no further
rights under this Lease, and the Landlord will immediately become entitled to
receive damages from the Tenant equal to the difference between (i) the
aggregate rent for the balance of the term (not including subsequent renewal
periods), plus all other charges which are due and payable under this Lease by
Tenant and (ii) the net proceeds of any reletting after deducting all of
Landlord's expenses in connection with such reletting.

              In addition, upon termination of this Lease under this subsection,
the Landlord will be entitled to recover from the Tenant (iii) any cost of
repairing the Premises to the condition in which they are required to be kept
under this Lease, less any insurance or other proceeds available to the Landlord
for that purpose, (iv) all rent and other sums due up to the Early Termination
Date, and (v) any reasonable costs, including, but not limited to reasonable
attorneys' fees, incurred by the Landlord in recovering possession of the
Premises.

              (b) With or without terminating this Lease, as the Landlord may
elect, the Landlord may reenter and repossess the Premises and lease it to any
other person upon such terns as the Landlord may deem reasonable, for a term or
terms which may be longer or shorter than the term of this Lease. Any reletting
with regard to periods prior to the termination of this Lease will be for the
account of the Tenant. The Tenant will remain liable for 


                                       40
<PAGE>   44

(i) all rent and other sums which would be payable under this Lease by the
Tenant in the absence of the repossession, less (ii) the net proceeds, if any,
of any reletting effected for the account of the Tenant, after deducting all the
Landlord's expenses in connection with the reletting (including, but not limited
to, repossession costs, brokerage commissions, reasonable attorneys' fees and
other legal expenses, employee expenses, reasonable alteration costs, and other
expenses of preparation for reletting).

              (c) If any portion of the Premises is sublet or leased by the
Tenant to others, during the continuance of the situation which constitutes the
Event of Default, the Landlord may, as the Tenant's agent, collect rents due
from any sub-tenant and apply those rents to the rent and other sums the Tenant
is required to pay under this Lease, without in any way affecting the Tenant's
remaining obligations under this Lease. This agency is being given for security
and is hereby declared to be irrevocable.

         Section 18.3 If the Landlord terminates this Lease or relets the
Premises as provided in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 18.2, the Landlord
may remove the Tenant, all persons claiming under the Tenant, and their
respective property, from the Premises, and upon thirty (30) days' written
notice to the Tenant store that property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at
the cost of, and for the account of, the Tenant, without resort 


                                       41
<PAGE>   45

to legal process (which the Tenant expressly waives) and without being deemed
guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any resulting loss, damage or injury.
If after thirty (30) days, Tenant has failed to reclaim the personal property
being stored by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to sell such personal
property and apply the proceeds to mitigate damages.

         Section 18.4 The Tenant waives, for itself and all persons claiming
under or through it, all rights under present or future law to redeem any
portion of the Premises or otherwise reinstate this Lease if the term of this
Lease is terminated or not renewed under Article IV.

         Section 18.5 The remedies in this Article XVIII are intended to be
cumulative, except that the remedy in Section 18.2(a) is exclusive of any other
remedy. No remedy made available to the Landlord in this Article XVIII is
intended to preclude the Landlord from using any other remedy provided in this
Lease or by law.

         Section 18.6 No waiver by the Landlord of, or failure of the Landlord
to seek a remedy for, any breach by the Tenant of any of its obligations under
this Lease will be a waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of that or
any other obligation.

         Section 18.7 Any damage or loss of rent sustained by Landlord may be
recovered by Landlord, at Landlord's option, at the time of reletting, or in a
single or separate action, from time to time, as said loss of rents or damages
shall accrue, or 


                                       42
<PAGE>   46

at Landlord's option, in a single proceeding deferred until the expiration a,
the original term of this Lease (in which event Tenant hereby agrees that the
cause of action shall not be deemed to have accrued until the original date of
expiration of said term).

         Section 18.8 Nothing contained herein shall prevent the enforcement of
any claim Landlord may have against Tenant for anticipatory breach of the
unexpired term of this Lease. In the event of a breach or anticipatory breach by
Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Landlord shall have the
right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in
equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not provided
for herein.

                                   ARTICLE XIX

                                 Right of Access

         Section 19.1 Landlord may, at any reasonable time or times, upon prior
notice to Tenant (except in the event of an emergency, in which event no notice
shall be required), after the Commencement Date, enter upon the Premises, any
portion thereof and any appurtenance thereto (with men and materials, if
required) for the purpose of: (a) inspecting the same; (b) making such repairs,
replacements or alterations which Landlord may be required to perform as herein
provided or which it may deem desirable for the Premises; and (c) showing the
Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders or lessees. Landlord hereby



                                       43
<PAGE>   47

expressly reserves the right, exercisable at any time and from time to time, to
erect, use, maintain and repair pipes, conduits, plumbing, vents, ducts and
wires in, to, under and through the Premises as and to the extent that Landlord
may now or hereafter deem to be necessary or appropriate for the proper
operation and maintenance of the Andrea Tacchino Company Industrial Subdivision.
During the last six (6) months of the term, the Landlord shall have the right to
display one or more "For Rent" signs on or about the Premises.

                                   ARTICLE XX

                                   End of Term

         Section 20.1 Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the term of
this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, in the
condition in which they are required to be kept under this Lease, and shall
surrender to Landlord all keys to or for the Premises and inform Landlord of all
combinations of locks, safes and vaults, if any, in the Premises. Tenant, at its
expense, shall promptly remove all personal property of Tenant, repair all
damage to the Premises caused by such removal and restore the Premises to the
condition which existed prior to the installation of the property so removed.
Any personal property of Tenant not removed within ten (10) days following the
expiration or earlier termination of the Lease shall be deemed to have been
abandoned by Tenant and to have become the property of Landlord, and may be
retained or 


                                       44
<PAGE>   48

disposed of by Landlord, as Landlord shall desire. Tenant's obligation to
observe or perform the covenants set forth in this Section shall survive the
termination of this Lease.

         Section 20.2 If Tenant shall hold possession of the Premises after the
expiration or termination of this Lease, at Landlord's option (a) Tenant shall
be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a Tenant from month-to-month, at
double the monthly basic rent and other charges in effect during the last Lease
Year immediately preceding such holdover and otherwise subject to all of the
terms and conditions of this Lease, or (b) Landlord may exercise any other
remedies it has under this Lease or at law or in equity including an action for
wrongfully holding over. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser
amount than the correct rent shall be deemed to be other than a payment on
account, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter
accompanying any check for payment of rent or any other amounts owed to Landlord
be deemed to effect or evidence an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may
accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover
the balance of the rent or other amount owed or to pursue any other remedy
provided in this Lease.

                                   ARTICLE XXI

                                  Miscellaneous

         Section 21.1 Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever the
approval or consent of the Landlord is required for 




                                       45
<PAGE>   49

any purpose under this Lease, that approval or consent may be given or withheld
by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. Without limiting the foregoing,
if any approval or consent is requested by either party, unless the consenting
party notifies the requesting party within 60 days that it will not grant the
approval or consent, the consenting party will be deemed to have given the
approval or consent on the 61st day.

         Section 21.2 The Landlord and the Tenant each represents and warrants
to the other that no person has acted as a broker or finder or in a similar
capacity in connection with this Lease or the transaction embodied in it. The
Landlord hereby indemnifies the Tenant, and the Tenant hereby indemnifies the
Landlord against, and each of them agrees to hold the other harmless from, any
liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) by reason
of any claim for broker's, finder's or similar fees arising out of services
allegedly performed for the indemnifying party.

         Section 21.3 The rights and privileges of the Landlord under this Lease
will be cumulative, and no one of them will preclude the Landlord from taking
advantage of any other of them, nor will they preclude the Landlord from taking
advantage of any granted by law.

         Section 21.4 This Lease will be governed by, and construed under, the
laws of the State of Nevada.



                                       46
<PAGE>   50

         Section 21.5 The captions of the Articles of this Lease are for
convenience only and in no way affect the construction of the terms and
conditions of this Lease.

         Section 21.6 The term "Landlord" as used in this Lease means the owner
of the fee interest in the Premises.

         Section 21.7 All notices and other communications required or permitted
to be given by the Landlord or the Tenant must be in writing and will be deemed
given on the day when delivered in person or on the third business day after the
day on which mailed from within the United States of America by certified or
registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as
follows:

          IF TO THE LANDLORD:            Andrea Tacchino Company
                                         c/o Paul A. Ferrari
                                         1255 Manor Drive
                                         Reno, Nevada 89509

                                         Gordon H. DePaoli, Esq.
                                         P. O. Box 2311
                                         Reno, Nevada 89505

         IF TO THE TENANT:               Motor Cargo, Inc.
                                         P. O. Box 2351
                                         Salt Lake City, Utah 84110

         or to such other place as the Landlord or the Tenant may from time to
time designate in a written notice to the other.

         Section 21.8 This Lease contains the entire agreement between the
parties hereto and there are no promises, agreements, conditions, undertakings,
or warranties, or representations, oral or written, express or implied, between
them other than as herein set forth. No change or modification of this Lease or
of any of 




                                       47
<PAGE>   51

the provisions hereof shall be valid or effective unless the same is in writing
and signed by the parties hereto. No alleged or contended waiver of any of the
provisions of this Lease shall be valid or effective unless in writing signed by
the party against whom it is sought to be enforced.

         Section 21.9 All rights and liabilities herein given to, or imposed
upon, the respective parties hereto shall extend to and bind the several
respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the said
parties; and if there shall be more than one Tenant, or more than one person or
entity acting collectively as Tenant, they shall all be bound jointly and
severally by the terms, covenants and agreements herein. Any restriction on or
requirement imposed upon Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to extend to Tenant's
guarantor, Tenant's sublessees, Tenant's assignees and Tenant's invitees, and it
shall be Tenant's obligation to cause the foregoing persons to comply with such
restrictions or requirements. No rights, however, shall inure to the benefit of
any assignee or other transferee of Tenant, and no rights or benefits shall be
conferred upon any such assignee or transferee by reason of this Section 21.8
unless such rights or benefits shall be expressly otherwise set forth in this
Lease.

         Section 21.10 Neither Landlord, Landlord's beneficiaries, any persons
or entities comprising Landlord, nor any successor in interest to Landlord (or
to such persons or 


                                       48
<PAGE>   52

entities) shall have any personal liability for any failure by Landlord to
perform any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease applicable to Landlord.
Tenant shall look solely to the equity of the then owner of the Premises in such
property for the satisfaction of any remedies of the Tenant in the event of a
breach by Landlord of any of its obligations hereunder.

         Section 21.11 Landlord hereunder shall have the right to freely assign
this Lease without notice to or the consent of Tenant.

         Section 21.12 Tenant shall not impose any counterclaim or counterclaims
in a summary proceeding or other action based on termination or holdover.

         Section 21.13 If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof
to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable,
the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or
circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall
not be affected thereby, and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

         Section 21.14 No failure by Landlord to insist upon the strict
performance of any term, covenant, agreement, provision, condition or limitation
of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, and no failure by
Landlord to exercise any right or remedy available upon a breach of any such
term, 

                                       49
<PAGE>   53

covenant, agreement, provision, condition or limitation of this Lease, shall
constitute a waiver of any such breach or of any such term, covenant, agreement,
provision, condition or limitation.

         Section 21.15 Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord herein which is
not paid when due shall bear interest at a rate equal to three percent (3%) in
excess of the "prime rate" announced from time to time by First Interstate Bank
of Nevada, N.A., from the date due until paid, unless otherwise specifically
provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any
default by Tenant under this Lease.

         Section 21.16 Upon Landlord's written request from time to time, Tenant
shall promptly furnish Landlord financial statements outlining Tenant's then
current financial condition.

         Section 21.17 Except as expressly provided in this Lease, each
requirement that a sum be paid or an act performed by a specified date is an
essential term of this Lease.

         Section 21.18 Tenant shall comply with all statutes, ordinances and
requirements of all municipal, state and federal authorities now in force, or
which may hereafter be in force pertaining to the Premises, occasioned by or
affecting the use thereof by Tenant.

         Section 21.19 If Landlord is delayed or prevented from performing any
of its respective obligations during the term of this Lease because of strikes,
lockouts, labor troubles, 


                                       50
<PAGE>   54

inability to procure materials, failure of power, governmental restrictions or
reasons of a like nature not the fault of Landlord, then the period of such
delays shall be deemed added to the time herein provided for the performance of
any such obligation and the Landlord shall not be liable for losses or damages
caused by such delays.

         Section 21.20 (a) This Lease may be executed in several counterparts
and the counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

              (b) Landlord may act under this Lease by its attorney or agent.

              (c) Wherever a requirement is imposed on Tenant hereunder, Tenant
shall be required to perform such requirement at its sole cost and expense
unless it is specifically otherwise provided herein.

              (d) (1) Wherever appropriate herein, the singular includes the
plural and the plural includes the singular, the neuter includes the masculine
and feminine genders, and if there be more than one tenant, the obligations
imposed upon the Tenant shall be joint and several.

                  (2) Whenever the word "including" is used herein, it shall be
deemed to mean "including, but not limited to."



                                       51
<PAGE>   55

                  (3) The words "re-enter" and "re-entry" as used herein shall
not be restricted to their technical legal meaning.

              (e) Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding:

                  (1) Any provision hereof which permits or requires a party to
take any particular action shall be deemed to permit or require, as the case may
be, such party to cause such action to be taken; and

                  (2) Any provision hereof which requires any party not to take
any particular action shall be deemed to require such party to prevent such
action to be taken by any person or by operation of law. 

         Section 21.21 Neither this Lease nor any memorandum hereof may be
recorded without the express written consent of Landlord.

         Section 21.22 In the event of any action or proceeding brought by
either party against the other under this Lease, the prevailing party shall be
entitled to recover the fees of its attorneys, costs of experts, deposition
costs and other costs of suit, in such action or proceeding, including costs of
appeal, if any. In addition, should it be necessary for Landlord to employ legal
counsel to enforce any of the provisions contained herein, Tenant agrees to pay
all such attorneys' fees, reasonably incurred.



                                       52
<PAGE>   56
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and the Tenant have executed this
Lease as of the day and year first above written.


                                       ANDREA TACCHINO COMPANY


                                       By:  /s/ Paul A. Ferrari
                                           --------------------------------
                                           Paul A. Ferrari
                                       Its:  President
                                           --------------------------------
                                                                   LANDLORD


                                       MOTOR CARGO, INC.


                                       By: /s/
                                           --------------------------------

                                       Its:
                                           --------------------------------
                                                                     TENANT


                                       53
<PAGE>   57



                                   EXHIBIT "A"


From the intersection of Sections 1 and 2, T 19N, R 19E, M.D.B.&M., and
Sections 6 and 7, T 19N, R 20E, M.D.B.& M., S 0(degree)11'37" E, 341.45' thence
to a curve to the right, (DELTA)=19(degree)17'19", R=655.14, L=220.55' along
the northerly boundary of 4th Street; thence along the same northerly boundary
of 4th Street S 76(degree)34'56" W 433.77' to the intersection of the
centerline of Ferrari Street and the northerly boundary of 4th Street. Thence
along the centerline of Ferrari Street S 13(degree)25'04" E 300.00' and hence
on a curve to the left, (DELTA)=11(degree)32'12" R=200', L=40.27' to the
intersection of the centerlines of Ferrari and E. Fifth Streets. Thence N
76(degree)34'56" E 524.39' along the centerline of E. Fifth Street. Thence N
0(degree)09'22" W, 256.28' along the westerly boundary of DePaoli Street to the
true point of beginning.
        
From the true point of beginning S 89(degree)50'38" W 392.25' along
the southerly property line to the intersection of the property line and the
State Highway Department right-of-way. Thence along said State Highway
Department right-of-way N 16(degree)41'58" E 58.42' to a series of three curves
to the right, (DELTA)=15(degree)9'58", R=470', L=125.77';
(DELTA)=12(degree)26'05", R=470', L=102.00; (DELTA)=18(degree)12'45", R=470.00,
L=149.40', thence N 76(degree)09'11" E 1.79' to the southerly boundary of
Tacchino Street. Thence, along Tacchino Street S 83(degree)27'29" E 96.45' to a
curve to the right, (DELTA)=83(degree)18'07", R=20.00', L=29.08', ending on the
westerly boundary of DePaoli Street. Thence along the westerly boundary of
DePaoli Street S 0(degree)09'22" E 319.34' to the true point of beginning,
encompassing an area of 62,871 ft.(2) +
                                      --





                                       54
<PAGE>   58
                                                                   


                          MEMORANDUM OF LEASE EXTENSION

This agreement made in triplicate the 28th day of November 1990, between;

William T. Selby, Joanne S. Karshner, Lloyd H. Selby, Elizabeth Bingham, Edward
F. Selby, William T. Selby Jr., John D. Selby and Virginia S. Kackert, herein
referred to as lessors and;

Motor Cargo Inc., as Lessee.

The parties agree:

1) The persons herein named as Lessors are the present Owners of the real
property in Pico Rivera California that is currently subject to a lease dated
July 20, 1982 in which Transcon Lines, a Corporation, is named as Lessee. A true
and correct copy of that lease is attached. That is certified to be a true,
correct and complete copy of that lease. When in this agreement the lease is
referred to it is that lease which is referred to

2) Transcon Lines the Lessee named in that lease has been declared bankrupt. A
Trustee, Leonard L. Gumport has been appointed by the United States Bankruptcy
Court for the Central District of California. The Trustee has assumed the lease
and has assigned it to Motor Cargo Inc., the party named as Lessee in this
agreement.

3) The Lessors have consented to that assumption and assignment.

4) By this agreement Motor Cargo Inc. agrees to assume the lease and to honor
and comply with all of the terms and conditions therein contained. Motor Cargo
Inc. also agrees to pay to Selby Rivera account, in addition to the rents, the
sum of Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) to be paid immediately.

5) The Lessors agree that upon the assumption of the lease and the payment of
the Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) the lease will be extended for a
five year period commencing January 1, 1994 and expiring on December 31, 1998 on
the same terms and conditions contained therein for the original term except
that the rent to be paid as set forth in paragraph four of the lease shall
during each month of the extended term be increased to Forty Thousand Dollars
($40,000.00) per month to be paid by the lessee Motor Cargo Inc.

In Witness whereof said Lessors have hereunto subscribed their names and the
Lessee has caused its corporate name and seal to be hereunto affixed by its
officers thereunto duly authorized who have signed the document on behalf of the
corporation.


<PAGE>   59
                                     OWNERS:



   /s/ William T. Selby                        /s/ Edward F. Selby
   -------------------------------             ----------------------------
       William T. Selby                            Edward F. Selby




   /s/ Joanne Selby Karshner                   /s/ William T. Selby Jr.
   -------------------------------             ----------------------------
       Joanne Selby Karshner                       William T. Selby Jr.



   /s/ Lloyd H. Selby                          /s/ John D. Selby
   -------------------------------             ----------------------------
       Lloyd H. Selby                              John D. Selby



   /s/ Elizabeth Bingham                       /s/ Virginia Selby Kackert
   -------------------------------             ----------------------------
       Elizabeth Bingham                           Virginia Selby Kackert


                            LESSEE: MOTOR CARGO INC.


By: /s/                                        By: /s/
   -------------------------------             ----------------------------
             President                                   Secretary

STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF VENTURA    )

On August 29, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
State, personally appeared WILLIAM T. SELBY, known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he executed
the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                                /s/ Barbara L. Saunders
                                                -------------------------
                                                      Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Barbara L. Saunders
Notary Public - California
Ventura County
My Comm. Expires Feb. 22, 1991


                                       2


<PAGE>   60

STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF            )

On September 7, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for
said State, personally appeared JOANNE SELBY KARSHNER, known to me to be the
person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that
he executed the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Samuel C. Vaughn
                                      --------------------------
                                           Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Samuel C. Vaughn
Notary Public - California
Contra Costa County
My Comm. Expires Dec. 18, 1991


STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF            )

On September 7, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for
said State, personally appeared LLOYD HALL SELBY, known to me to be the person
whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he
executed the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Samuel C. Vaughn
                                      --------------------------
                                           Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Samuel C. Vaughn
Notary Public - California
Contra Costa County
My Comm. Expires Dec. 18, 1991


STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF            )

On September 7, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for
said State, personally appeared ELIZABETH BINGHAM, 


                                       3


<PAGE>   61

known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument
and acknowledged that he executed the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Samuel C. Vaughn
                                      --------------------------
                                           Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Samuel C. Vaughn
Notary Public - California
Contra Costa County
My Comm. Expires Dec. 18, 1991


STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF VENTURA    )

On August 29, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
State, personally appeared EDWARD F. SELBY, known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he executed
the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Barbara L. Saunders
                                      -----------------------------
                                            Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Barbara L. Saunders
Notary Public - California
Ventura County
My Comm. Expires Feb. 22, 1991


STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF ALAMEDA    )

On August 31, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
State, personally appeared WILLIAM T. SELBY JR., known to me to be the person
whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he
executed the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Janet H. Johnson
                                      -------------------------------
                                             Notary Public

                                       4

<PAGE>   62
(Official Seal)
Janet H. Johnson
Notary Public - California
Alameda County
My Comm. Expires Oct. 20, 1993


STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF ALAMEDA    )

On August 29, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
State, personally appeared WILLIAM T. SELBY, known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he executed
the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Barbara L. Saunders
                                      -----------------------------
                                            Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Barbara L. Saunders
Notary Public - California
Ventura County
My Comm. Expires Feb. 22, 1991


STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF            )

On August 29, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
State, personally appeared JOHN D. SELBY, known to me to be the person whose
name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he executed
the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Barbara L. Saunders
                                      -----------------------------
                                            Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Barbara L. Saunders
Notary Public - California
Ventura County
My Comm. Expires Feb. 22, 1991


                                       5

<PAGE>   63

STATE OF CALIFORNIA  )
                     )  ss.
COUNTY OF BUTTE      )

On Sept. 10, 1990, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said
State, personally appeared VIRGINIA SELBY KACKERT, known to me to be the person
whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged that he
executed the same.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


                                       /s/ Celeste F. Riner
                                     ----------------------------
                                            Notary Public
(Official Seal)
Celeste F. Riner
Notary Public - California
Butte County
My Comm. Expires Jan. 7, 1991


                                       6


<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9


                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT


                                     Between


                 ANDREA TACCHINO COMPANY, a Nevada Corporation,


                                    LANDLORD


                                       And


                      MOTOR CARGO, INN, a Utah Corporation,


                                     TENANT


                                  March 1, 1990

<PAGE>   2
         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE, made and entered into the 1st day of
March, 1990, by and between ANDREA TACCHINO COMPANY, a Nevada corporation
("Landlord"), and MOTOR CARGO, INC., a Utah corporation ("Tenant").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, effective January 1, ,989, the Landlord and Tenant entered
into a Lease Agreement; and

         WHEREAS, effective August 1, 1989, Landlord and Viking Freight System,
Inc. ("Viking") entered into a Lease Agreement (the "Viking Lease"); and

         WHEREAS, Viking desires to terminate the Viking Lease, and Tenant
desires to lease a portion of the premises leased by Viking; and I

         WHEREAS, the Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease Agreement,
as is hereinafter Set forth.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and the mutual
covenants and conditions herein contained, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as
follows:

         A. Article I of the Net Lease Agreement, as amended, is hereby amended
to read as follows:

                                   "ARTICLE I

                    PREMISES, USE AND ORIGINAL TERM OF LEASE

                  SECTION 1.1 The Landlord hereby demises and leases to the
                  Tenant, and the Tenant hereby 

<PAGE>   3

                  hires and leases from the Landlord, for the term and upon the
                  conditions and provisions hereinafter set forth, in an as is
                  condition all that certain real property together with the
                  existing improvements hereon (the "Premises") situated in the
                  City of Reno, County of Washoe, State of Nevada, more
                  particularly described on Exhibit "A-1" attached hereto and
                  made a part hereof.

                  SECTION 1.2 Section 1.2 is not changed.

                  SECTION 1.3 The original term of this Lease shall commence at
                  12:01 a.m. on the first day of January, 1989 (the
                  "Commencement Date") and shall end at 11:59 p.m. on December
                  31, 1999."

                  B. Article II of the Lease Agreement, as amended, is hereby
                  amended to read as follows:

                  "SECTION 2.1 Section 2.1 is not changed.

                  SECTION 2.2 Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the
                  annual basic rent for each year, effective on the date of this
                  Amendment through December 31, 1999, shall be $124,717.92.


<PAGE>   4

                  SECTION 2.3 The annual basic rent shall be increased, but not
                  decreased, at the beginning of the second, fourth, and seventh
                  Lease Years based on the Consumer Price Index. The index to be
                  used shall be the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Wage
                  Earners and Clerical Workers for the City of San Francisco,
                  California, All Items, published by the Bureau of Labor
                  Statistics of the United States Department of labor using the
                  period 1982-1984 = 100 as the base period (the "Consumer Price
                  Index"). The increase shall be computed by dividing the annual
                  basic rent in effect on the date of this Amendment ($124,
                  717.92), by the index number for the month of October, 1988,
                  which is 121.3 and then multiplying the quotient so obtained
                  by the index number for the month of October preceding the
                  initial month of the Lease Year for which the increase is
                  being calculated.

                  SECTION 2.4 Section 2.4 is not changed.

                  SECTION 2.5 Section 2.5 is not changed.

                  SECTION 2.6 Section 2.6 is not changed. 

<PAGE>   5

                  SECTION 2.7 Section 2.7 is not changed.

                  SECTION 2.8 Section 2.8 is not changed.

                  SECTION 2.9 Section 2.9 is not changed.

         C. This First Amendment to Lease Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures hereto and
thereto were on the same instrument.

         D. Except as specifically modified herein by Lease Agreement dated
January 1,1989, shall remain in full force and effect and the parties shall be
bound by all of the terms and conditions hereof.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Landlord and the Tenant have executed this
First Amendment to Lease Agreement the day and year above written.

 

                                       ANDREA TACCHINO COMPANY
                                       By:_________________________________

                                       Its:________________________________
                                                                   Landlord

                                       MOTOR CARGO, INC.
                                       By:_________________________________

                                       Its:________________________________
                                                                     Tenant


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

ARTICLE ONE: BASIC TERMS

        This Article One contains the Basic Terms of this Lease between the
Landlord and Tenant named below. Other Articles, Sections and Paragraphs of the
Lease referred to in this Article One explain and define the Basic Terms and
are to be read in conjunction with the Basic Terms.

        Section 1.01. DATE OF LEASE:    October 31, 1995

        Section 1.02. LANDLORD (INCLUDE LEGAL ENTITY):  Pete Aardema

Address of Landlord:    7801 Mission Center Court
                        San Diego, CA 92108

        Section 1.03.   TENANT (INCLUDE LEGAL ENTITY):  Motor Cargo

Address of Tenant:      9320 Activity, San Diego, CA 92126

        Section 1.04.   PROPERTY: The Property is part of Landlord's
multi-tenant real property development known as 7075 Carroll Road, San Diego,
Ca 92121 and described or depicted in Exhibit "A" (the "Project"). The Project
includes the land, the buildings and all other improvements located on the
land, and the common areas described in Paragraph 4.05(a). The Property is
(include street address, approximate square footage and description)
Approximate 7,000 square feet commonly known as Suite "A" of the Cross-dock at
7075 Carroll Road. The space includes twenty (20) dock high doors (includes 1
(one) ramped door.)

        Section 1.05.   LEASE TERM: Five (5) years 0 months beginning on June 1,
1996 or such other date as is specified in this Lease, and ending on May 31,
2001

        Section 1.06.   PERMITTED USES: (See Article Five) A Freight Facility

        Section 1.07.   TENANT'S GUARANTOR: (If none, so state) None

        Section 1.08.   BROKERS: (See Article Fourteen) (If none, so state)
Landlord's Broker: None
Tenant's Broker: None

        Section 1.09.   COMMISSION PAYABLE TO LANDLORD'S BROKER: (See Article
Fourteen) $

        Section 1.10.   INITIAL SECURITY DEPOSIT: (See Section 3.03) $10,500.00

        Section 1.11.   VEHICLE PARKING SPACES ALLOCATED TO TENANT: (See
Section 4.05) Thirty-Two (32) Trailer Space, Twenty-Two (22) Car Spaces

        Section 1.12.   RENT AND OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE BY TENANT:

        (a) BASE RENT: Ten thousand five hundred and no 100's ****** Dollars
($10,500.00) per month for the first Twelve (12) months, as provided in Section
3.01, and shall be increased on the first day of the 13th, 25th, 37th, and 49th
month(s) after the Commencement Date, as provided in Section 3.02.

        (b) OTHER PERIODIC PAYMENTS: (i) Real Property Taxes (See Section
4.02); (ii) Utilities (See Section 4.03); (iii) Insurance Premiums (See Section
4.04); (iv) Tenant's Initial Pro Rata Share of Common Area Expenses 40% (See
Section 4.05); (v) Impounds for Insurance Premiums and Property Taxes (See
Section 4.08); (vi) Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations (See Article Six).

        Section 1.13.   LANDLORD'S SHARE OF PROFIT ON ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE:
(See Section 9.05) One Hundred percent (100%) of the Profit (the "Landlord's
Share").

        Section 1.14.   RIDERS: The following Riders are attached to and made a
part of this Lease: (If none, so state)_________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________

(c) 1988 Southern California Chapter                          Initials /s/ [SIG]
    of the Society of Industrial                                       ---------
    and Office Realtors,(c) Inc.                                   /s/ [SIG]
                                                                ----------------
                                       1
                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)


 
<PAGE>   2
ARTICLE TWO: LEASE TERM

     Section 2.01. LEASE OF PROPERTY FOR LEASE TERM. Landlord leases the
Property to Tenant and Tenant leases the Property from Landlord for the Lease
Term. The Lease Term is for the period stated in Section 1.05 above and shall
begin and end on the dates specified in Section 1.05 above, unless the beginning
or end of the lease Term is changed under any provision of this Lease. The
"Commencement Date" shall be the date specified in Section 1.05 above for the
beginning of the Lease term, unless advanced or delayed under any provision of
this Lease.

     Section 2.02. DELAY IN COMMENCEMENT. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant
if Landlord does not deliver possession of the Property to Tenant on the
Commencement Date. Landlord's non-delivery of the Property to Tenant on that
date shall not affect this Lease or the obligations of Tenant under this Lease
except that the Commencement Date shall be delayed until Landlord delivers
possession of the Property to Tenant and the Lease Term shall be extended for a
period equal to the delay in delivery of possession of the Property to Tenant,
plus the number of days necessary to end the Lease Term on the last day of a
month. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Property to Tenant within
sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Tenant may elect to cancel this
Lease by giving written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the sixty
(60)-day period ends. If Tenant gives such notice, the Lease shall be cancelled
and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further obligations to the other.
If Tenant does not give such notice, Tenant's right to cancel the Lease shall
expire and the Lease Term shall commence upon the delivery of possession of the
Property to Tenant. If delivery of possession of the Property to Tenant is
delayed, Landlord and Tenant shall, upon such delivery, execute an amendment to
this Lease setting forth the actual Commencement Date and expiration date of the
Lease. Failure to execute such amendment shall not affect the actual
Commencement Date and expiration date of the lease.

     Section 2.02. EARLY OCCUPANCY. If Tenant occupies the Property prior to
the Commencement Date, Tenant's occupancy of the Property shall be subject to
all of the provisions of this Lease. Early occupancy of the Property shall not
advance the expiration date of this Lease. Tenant shall pay Base Rent then and
all other charges specified in this Lease for the early occupancy period.

     Section 2.04. HOLDING OVER. Tenant shall vacate the Property upon the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for and indemnify Landlord against all damages which Landlord incurs
from Tenant's delay in vacating the Property. If Tenant does not vacate the
Property upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and Landlord
thereafter accepts rent from Tenant, Tenant's occupancy of the Property shall
be a "month-to-month" tenancy, subject to all of the terms of this Lease
applicable to a month-to-month tenancy, except that the Base Rent then in effect
shall be increased by twenty-five percent (25%).

ARTICLE THREE: BASE RENT

      Section 3.01. TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT. Upon execution of this Lease,
Tenant shall pay Landlord the Base Rent in the amount stated in Paragraph
1.12(a) above for the first month of the Lease Term. On the first day of the
second month of the Lease Term and each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay
Landlord the Base Rent, in advance, without offset, deduction or prior demand.
The Base Rent shall be payable at Landlord's address or at such other place as
Landlord may designate in writing.

      Section 3.02. COST OF LIVING INCREASES. The Base Rent shall be increased
on each date (the "Rental Adjustment Date") stated in Paragraph 1.12(a) above
in accordance with the increase in the United States Department of Labor,
Bureau of Labor Statistics, Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (all
items for the geographical Statistical Area in which the Property is located on
the basis of 1982-1984 = 100)(the "Index") as follows:

      (a) The Base Rent (the "Comparison Base Rent") in effect immediately
before each Rental Adjustment Date shall be increased by the percentage that
the Index has increased from the date (the "Comparison Date") on which payment
of the Comparison Base Rent began through the month in which the applicable
Rental Adjustment Date occurs. The Base Rent shall not be reduced by reason of
such computation. Landlord shall notify Tenant of each increase by a written
statement which shall include the index for the applicable Comparison Date, the
index for the applicable Rental Adjustment Date, the percentage increase
between those two indices, and the new Base Rent. Any increase in the Base Rent
provided for in this Section 3.02 shall be subject to any minimum or maximum
increase, if provided for in Paragraph 1.12(a).

     (b) Tenant shall pay the new Base Rent from the applicable Rental
Adjustment Date until the next Rental Adjustment Date. Landlord's notice may be
given after the applicable Rental Adjustment Date of the increase, and Tenant
shall pay Landlord the accrued rental adjustment for the months elapsed between
the effective date of the increase and Landlord's notice of such increase within
ten (10) days after the Landlord's notice. If the format or components of the
index are materially changed after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall
substitute an index which is published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics or
similar agency and which is most nearly equivalent to the Index in effect on the
Commencement Date. The substitute index shall be used to calculate the increase
in the Base Rent unless Tenant objects to such index in writing within fifteen
(15) days after receipt of Landlord's notice. If Tenant objects, Landlord and
Tenant shall submit the selection of the substitute index for binding
arbitration in accordance with the rules and regulations of the American
Arbitration Association at its office closest to the Property. The costs of
arbitration shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant. 

      (c) In no event shall said annual increase be more than seven percent (7%)
or less than three percent (3%) per annum.

      Section 3.03. SECURITY DEPOSIT; INCREASES.

      (a) Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord a
cash Security Deposit in the amount set forth in Section 1.10 above. Landlord
may apply all or part of the Security Deposit to any unpaid rent or other
charges due from Tenant or to cure any other defaults of Tenant. If Landlord
uses any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall restore the Security Deposit
to its full amount within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request.
Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material default under this Lease. No
interest shall be paid on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required
to keep the Security Deposit separate from its other accounts and no trust
relationship is created with respect to the Security Deposit.



(c) 1988 Southern California Chapter              Initials  /s/ [SIG]
    of the Society of Industrial and                      ---------------- 
    Office Realtors, Inc.                                   /s/ [SIG]
                                                  ------------------------


                                       2

                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)
<PAGE>   3
        Section 3.04.  TERMINATION; ADVANCE PAYMENTS.  Upon termination of this
Lease under Article Seven (Damage or Destruction), Article Eight (Condemnation)
or any other termination not resulting from Tenant's default, and after Tenant
has vacated that Property in the manner required by this Lease, Landlord shall
refund or credit to Tenant (or Tenant's successor) the unused portion of the
Security Deposit, any advance rent or other advance payments made by Tenant to
Landlord, and any amounts paid for real property taxes and other reserves which
apply to any time periods after termination of the Lease.

ARTICLE FOUR: OTHER CHARGES PAYABLE BY TENANT

        Section 4.01.  ADDITIONAL RENT.  All charges payable by Tenant other
than Base Rent are called "Additional Rent." Unless this Lease provides
otherwise, Tenant shall pay all Additional Rent then due with the next monthly
installment of Base Rent. The term "rent" shall mean Base Rent and Additional
Rent.

        Section 4.02  PROPERTY TAXES.

        (a)  REAL PROPERTY TAXES.  Tenant shall pay all real property taxes on
the Property (including any fees, taxes or assessments against, or as a result
of, any tenant improvements installed on the Property by or for the benefit of
Tenant) during the Lease Term. Subject to Paragraph 4.02(c) and Section 4.08
below, such payment shall be made at least ten (10) days prior to the
delinquency date of the taxes. Within such ten (10)-day period, Tenant shall
furnish Landlord with satisfactory evidence that the real property taxes have
been paid. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any real property taxes paid by
Tenant covering any period of time prior to or after the Lease Term. If Tenant
fails to pay the real property taxes when due, Landlord may pay the taxes and
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of such tax payment as Additional
Rent.

     (b)  DEFINITION OF "REAL PROPERTY TAX."  "Real property tax" means: (i) any
fee, license fee, license tax, business license fee, commercial rental tax,
levy, charge, assessment, penalty or tax imposed by any taxing authority against
the Property; (ii) any tax on the Landlord's right to receive, or the receipt
of, rent or income from the Property or against Landlord's business of leasing
the Property; (iii) any tax or charge for fire protection, streets, sidewalks,
road maintenance, refuse or other services provided to the Property by any
governmental agency; (iv) any tax imposed upon this transaction or based upon a
re-assessment of the Property due to a change of ownership, as defined by
applicable law, or other transfer of all or part of Landlord's interest in the
Property; and (v) any charge or fee replacing any tax previously included within
the definition of real property tax. "Real property tax" does not, however,
include Landlord's federal or state income, franchise, inheritance or estate
taxes.

        (c)  JOINT ASSESSMENT.  If the Property is not separately assessed,
Landlord shall reasonably determine Tenant's share of the real property tax
payable by Tenant under Paragraph 4.02(a) from the assessor's worksheets or
other reasonably available information. Tenant shall pay such share to Landlord
within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's written statement.

        (d)  PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES.

             (i) Tenant shall pay all taxes charged against trade fixtures,
        furnishings, equipment or any other personal property belonging to
        Tenant. Tenant shall try to have personal property taxed separately from
        the Property.

             (ii) If any of Tenant's personal property is taxed with the
        Property, Tenant shall pay Landlord the taxes for the personal property
        within fifteen (15) days after Tenant receives a written statement from
        Landlord for such personal property taxes.
        
        Section 4.03  UTILITIES.  Tenant shall pay, directly to the appropriate
supplier, the cost of all natural gas, heat, light, power, sewer service,
telephone, water, refuse disposal and other utilities and services supplied to
the Property. However, if any services or utilities are jointly metered with
other property, Landlord shall make a reasonable determination of Tenant's
proportionate share of the cost of such utilities and services and Tenant shall
pay such share to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's
written statement.

        Section 4.04  INSURANCE POLICIES.

        (a)  LIABILITY INSURANCE.  During the Lease Term, Tenant shall maintain
a policy of commercial general liability insurance (sometimes known as broad
form comprehensive general liability insurance) insuring Tenant against
liability for bodily injury, property damage (including loss of use of
property) and personal injury arising out of the operation, use or occupancy of
the Property. Tenant shall name Landlord as an additional insured under such
policy. The initial amount of such insurance shall be One Million Dollars
($1,000,000) per occurrence and shall be subject to periodic increase based
upon inflation, increased liability awards, recommendation of Landlord's
professional insurance advisers and other relevant factors. The liability
insurance obtained by Tenant under this Paragraph 4.04(a) shall (i) be primary
and non-contributing; (ii) contain cross-liability endorsements; and (iii)
insure Landlord against Tenant's performance under Section 5.05, if the matters
giving rise to the indemnity under Section 5.05 result from the negligence of
Tenant. The amount and coverage of such insurance shall not limit Tenant's
liability nor relieve Tenant of any other obligation under this Lease. Landlord
may also obtain comprehensive public liability insurance in an amount and with
coverage determined by Landlord insuring Landlord against liability arising out
of ownership, operation, use or occupancy of the Property. The policy obtained
by Landlord shall not be contributory and shall not provide primary insurance.

        (b)  PROPERTY AND RENTAL INCOME INSURANCE.  During the Lease Term,
Landlord shall maintain policies of insurance covering loss of or damage to the
Property in the full amount of its replacement value. Such policy shall contain
an Inflation Guard Endorsement and shall provide protection against all perils
included within the classification of fire, extended coverage, vandalism,
malicious mischief, special extended perils (all risk), sprinkler leakage and
any other perils which Landlord deems reasonably necessary. Landlord shall have
the right to obtain flood and earthquake insurance if required by any lender
holding a security interest in the Property. Landlord shall not obtain
insurance for Tenant's fixtures or equipment or building improvements installed
by Tenant on the Property. During the Lease Term, Landlord shall also maintain
a rental income insurance policy, with loss payable to Landlord, in an amount
equal to one year's Base Rent, plus estimated real property taxes and insurance
premiums. Tenant shall be liable for the payment of any deductible amount under
Landlord's or Tenant's insurance policies maintained pursuant to this Section
4.04, in any amount not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). Tenant shall
not do or permit anything to be done which invalidates any such insurance
policies.

        (c)  PAYMENT OF PREMIUMS.  Subject to Section 4.08, Tenant shall pay
all premiums for the insurance policies described in Paragraphs 4.04(a) and (b)
(whether obtained by Landlord or Tenant) within fifteen (15) days after
Tenant's receipt of a copy of the premium statement or other evidence of the
amount due, except Landlord shall pay all premiums for non-primary
comprehensive public liability insurance which Landlord elects to obtain as
provided in Paragraph 4.04(a). For insurance policies

(C) 1988 Southern California Chapter             Initials /s/     [SIG]
         of the Society of Industrial [LOGO]              ----------------------
         and Office Realtors,(R) Inc.                     /s/     [SIG]
                                                         -----------------------

                                       3
                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)
<PAGE>   4


maintained by Landlord which cover improvements on the entire Project, Tenant
shall pay Tenant's prorated share of the premiums, in accordance with the
formula in Paragraph 4.05(e) for determining Tenant's share of Common Area
costs. If Insurance policies maintained by Landlord cover improvements on real
property other than the Project, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement
of the premium applicable to the Property showing in reasonable detail how
Tenant's share of the premium was computed. If the Lease Term expires before
the expiration of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord, Tenant shall be
liable for Tenant's prorated share of the insurance premiums. Before the
Commencement Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any policy of
insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this Section 4.04. At
least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, Tenant shall
deliver to Landlord a renewal of such policy. As an alternative to providing a
policy of insurance, Tenant shall have the right to provide Landlord a
certificate of insurance, executed by an authorized officer of the insurance
company, showing that the insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under
this Section 4.04 is in full force and effect and containing such other
information which Landlord reasonably requires.

        (d) GENERAL INSURANCE PROVISIONS.

            (i)   Any insurance which Tenant is required to maintain under this
Lease shall include a provision which requires the insurance carrier to give
landlord not less than thirty (30) days' written notice prior to any
cancellation or modification of such coverage.

            (ii)  If Tenant fails to deliver any policy, certificate or renewal
to Landlord required under this Lease within the prescribed time period or if
any such policy is cancelled or modified during the Lease Term without
Landlord's consent, Landlord may obtain such insurance, in which case Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such insurance within fifteen (15)
days after receipt of a statement that indicates the cost of such insurance.

            (iii) Tenant shall maintain all insurance required under this Lease
with companies holding a "General Policy Rating" of A-12 or better, as set forth
in the most current issue of "Best Key Rating Guide". Landlord and Tenant
acknowledge the insurance markets are rapidly changing and that insurance in the
form and amounts described in this Section 4.04 may not be available in the
future. Tenant acknowledges that the insurance described in this Section 4.04 is
for the primary benefit of Landlord. If at any time during the Lease Term,
Tenant is unable to maintain the insurance required under the Lease, Tenant
shall nevertheless maintain insurance coverage which is customary and
commercially reasonable in the insurance industry for Tenant's type of business,
as that coverage may change from time to time. Landlord makes no representation
as to the adequacy of such insurance to protect Landlord's or Tenant's
interests. Therefore, Tenant shall obtain any such additional property or
liability insurance which Tenant deems necessary to protect Landlord and
Tenant.

            (iv)  Unless prohibited under any applicable insurance policies
maintained, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive any and all rights of
recovery against the other, or against the officers, employees, agents or
representatives of the other, for loss of or damage to its property or the
property of others under its control, if such loss or damage is covered by any
insurance policy in force (whether or not described in this Lease) at the time
of such loss or damage. Upon obtaining the required policies of insurance,
Landlord and Tenant shall give notice to the insurance carriers of this mutual
waiver of subrogation.

        Section 4.05.  COMMON AREAS; USE, MAINTENANCE AND COSTS.

        (a) COMMON AREAS. As used in this Lease, "Common Areas" shall mean all
areas within the Project which are available for the common use of tenants of
the Project and which are not leased or held for the exclusive use of Tenant or
other tenants, including, but not limited to, parking areas, driveways,
sidewalks, loading areas, access roads, corridors, landscaping and planted
areas. Landlord, from time to time, may change the size, location, nature and
use of any of the Common Areas, convert Common Areas into leasable areas,
construct additional parking facilities (including parking structures) in the
Common Areas, and increase or decrease Common Area land and/or facilities.
Tenant acknowledges that such activities may result in inconvenience to Tenant.
Such activities and changes are permitted if they do not materially affect
Tenant's use of the Property.

        (b) USE OF COMMON AREAS. Tenant shall have the nonexclusive right (in
common with other tenants and all others to whom Landlord has granted or may
grant such rights) to use the Common Areas for the purposes intended, subject
to such reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time
to time. Tenant shall abide by such rules and regulations and shall use its
best effort to cause others who use the Common with Tenant's express or
implied permission to abide by Landlord's rules and regulations. At any time,
Landlord may close any Common Areas to perform any acts in the Common Areas
as, in Landlord's judgment, are desirable to improve the Project. Tenant shall
not interfere with the rights of Landlord, other tenants or any other person
entitled to use the Common Areas.

        (c) SPECIFIC PROVISION RE: VEHICLE PARKING. Tenant shall be entitled to
use the number of vehicle parking spaces in the Project allocated to Tenant in
Section 1.11 of the Lease without paying any additional rent. Tenant's parking
shall not be reserved and shall be limited to vehicles no larger than standard
size automobiles or pickup utility vehicles. Tenant shall not cause large
trucks or other large vehicles to be parked within the Project or on the
adjacent public streets. Temporary parking of large delivery vehicles in the
Project may be permitted by the rules and regulations established by Landlord.
Vehicles shall be parked only in striped parking spaces and not in driveways,
loading areas or other locations not specifically designated for parking.
Handicapped spaces shall only be used by those legally permitted to use them.
If Tenant parks more vehicles in the parking area than the number set forth in
Section 1.11 of this Lease, such conduct shall be a material breach of this
Lease. In addition to Landlord's other remedies under the Lease, Tenant shall
pay a daily charge determined by Landlord for each such additional vehicle.

        (d) MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS. Landlord shall maintain the Common
Areas in good order, condition and repair and shall operate the Project, in
Landlord's sole discretion, as a first-class industrial/commercial real
property development. Tenant shall pay Tenant's pro rata share (as determined
below) of all costs incurred by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of
the Common Areas. Common Area costs include, but are not limited to, costs and
expenses for the following: gardening and landscaping; utilities, water and
sewage charges; maintenance of signs (other than tenants' signs); premiums for
liability, property damage, fire and other types of casualty insurance on the
Common Areas and worker's compensation insurance; all property taxes and
assessments levied on or attributable to the Common Areas and all Common Area
improvements; all personal property taxes levied on or attributable to personal
property used in connection with the Common Areas; straight-line depreciation
on personal property owned by Landlord which is consumed in the operation or
maintenance of the Common Areas; rental or lease payments paid by Landlord for
rented or leased personal property used in the operation or maintenance 



                                          Initials /s/      [SIG]
                                                  ---------------------------

                                                  /s/       [SIG]
                                                  ---------------------------

(c) 1988 Southern California Chapter
         of the Society of Industrial          [LOGO]
         and Office Realtors,(r) Inc.

                                       4

                            [MULTI-TENANT NET FORM]
<PAGE>   5
of the Common Areas; fees for required licenses and permits; repairing,
resurfacing, repaving, maintaining, painting, lighting, cleaning, refuse
removal, security and similar items; reserves for roof replacement and exterior
painting and other appropriate reserves; and a reasonable allowance to Landlord
for Landlord's supervision of the Common Areas (not to exceed five percent (5%)
of the gross rents of the Project for the calendar year). Landlord may cause
any or all of such services to be provided by third parties and the cost of
such services shall be included  in Common Area costs. Common Area costs shall
not include depreciation of real property which forms part of the Common Areas.

        (e)  TENANT'S SHARE AND PAYMENT.  Tenant shall pay Tenant's annual pro
rata share of all Common Area costs (prorated for any fractional month) upon
written notice from Landlord that such costs are due and payable, and in any
event prior to delinquency. Tenant's pro rata share shall be calculated by
dividing the square foot area of the Property, as set forth in Section 1.04 of
the Lease, by the aggregate square foot area of the Project which is leased or
held for lease by tenants, as of the date on which the computation is made.
Tenant's initial pro rata share is set out in Paragraph 1.13(b). Any changes in
the Common Area costs and/or the aggregate area of the Project leased or held
for lease during the Lease Term shall be effective on the first day of the
month after such change occurs. Landlord may, at Landlord's election,
estimate in advance and charge to Tenant as Common Area costs, all real
property taxes for which Tenant is liable under Section 4.02 of the Lease, all
insurance premiums for which Tenant is liable under Section 4.04 of the
Lease, all maintenance and repair costs for which Tenant is liable under
Section 6.04 of the Lease, and all other Common Area costs payable by Tenant
hereunder. At Landlord's election, such statements of estimated Common Area
costs shall be delivered monthly, quarterly or at any other periodic intervals
to be designated by Landlord. Landlord may adjust such estimates at any time
based upon Landlord's experience and reasonable anticipation of costs. Such
adjustments shall be effective as of the next rent payment date after notice
to Tenant. Within sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year of the
Lease Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles setting forth, in reasonable
detail, the Common Area costs paid or incurred by Landlord during the
preceding calendar year and Tenant's pro rata share. Upon receipt of such
statement, there shall be an adjustment between Landlord and Tenant, with
payment to or credit given by Landlord (as the case may be) so that Landlord
shall receive the entire amount of Tenant's share of such costs and expenses
for such period. 

        Section 4.06.   LATE CHARGES. Tenant's failure to pay rent promptly may
cause Landlord to incur unanticipated costs. The exact amount of such costs are
impractical or extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs may include, but
are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which
may be imposed on Landlord by any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed
encumbering the Property. Therefore, if Landlord does not receive any rent
payment within ten (10) days after it becomes due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a
late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the overdue amount. The parties agree
that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs
Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment.

        Section 4.07   INTEREST ON PAST DUE OBLIGATIONS. Any amount owed by
Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate
of fifteen percent (15%) per annum from the due date of such amount. However,
interest shall not be payable on late charges to be paid by Tenant under this
Lease. The payment of interest on such amounts shall not excuse or cure any
default by Tenant under this Lease. If the interest rate specified in this
Lease is higher than the rate permitted by law, the interest rate is hereby
decreased to the maximum legal interest rate permitted by law.

        Section 4.08.   IMPOUNDS FOR INSURANCE PREMIUMS AND REAL PROPERTY
TAXES. If requested by any ground lessor or lender to whom Landlord has granted
a security interest in the Property, or if Tenant is more than ten (10) days
late in the payment of rent more than once in any consecutive twelve (12)-month
period, Tenant shall pay Landlord a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the
annual real property taxes and insurance premiums payable by Tenant under this
Lease, together with each payment of Base Rent. Landlord shall hold such
payments in a non-interest bearing impound account. If unknown, Landlord
shall reasonably estimate the amount of real property taxes and insurance
premiums when due. Tenant shall pay any deficiency of funds in the impound
account to Landlord upon written request. If Tenant defaults under this Lease,
Landlord may apply any funds in the impound account to any obligation then due
under this Lease.

ARTICLE FIVE: USE OF PROPERTY

        Section 5.01.   PERMITTED USES.  Tenant may use the Property only for
the Permitted Uses set forth in Section 1.06 above.

        Section 5.02.   MANNER OF USE. Tenant shall not cause or permit the
Property to be used in any way which constitutes a violation of any law,
ordinance, or governmental regulation or order, which annoys or interferes with
the rights of tenants of the Project, or which constitutes a nuisance or waste.
Tenant shall obtain and pay for all permits, including a Certificate of
Occupancy, required for Tenant's occupancy of the Property and shall promptly
take all actions necessary to comply with all applicable statutes, ordinances,
rules, regulations, orders and requirements regulating the use by Tenant of the
Property, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act.

        Section 5.03.   HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. As used in this Lease, the term
"Hazardous Material" means any flammable items, explosives, radioactive
materials, hazardous or toxic substances, material or waste or related
materials, including any substances defined as or included in the definition of
"hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials" or "toxic
substances" now or subsequently regulated under any applicable federal, state
or local laws or regulations, including without limitation petroleum-based
products, paints, solvents, lead, cyanide, DDT, printing inks, acids,
pesticides, ammonia compounds and other chemical products, asbestos, PCBs and
similar compounds, and including any different products and materials which are
subsequently found to have adverse effects on the environment or the health and
safety of persons. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to
be generated, produced, brought upon, used, stored, treated or disposed of in
or about the Property by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, sublessees
or invitees without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall be
entitled to take into account such other factors or facts as Landlord may
reasonably determine to be relevant in determining whether to grant or withhold
consent to Tenant's proposed activity with respect to Hazardous Material. In no
event, however, shall Landlord be required to consent to the installation or
use of any storage tanks on the Property.

        Section 5.04.   SIGNS AND AUCTIONS. Tenant shall not place any signs on
the Property without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall not conduct
or permit any auctions or sheriff's sales at the Property.

        Section 5.05.   INDEMNITY. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against and
hold Landlord harmless from any and all costs, claims or liability arising
from: (a) Tenant's use of the Property; (b) the conduct of Tenant's business or
anything else done or  

                                          Initials /s/      [SIG]
                                                  ---------------------------

                                                  /s/       [SIG]
                                                  ---------------------------

(c) 1988 Southern California Chapter
      of the Society of Industrial      [LOGO]
      and Office Realtors,(r) Inc.

                                       5
                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)
<PAGE>   6
permitted by Tenant to be done in or about the Property, including any
contamination of the Property or any other property resulting from the presence
or use of Hazardous Materials caused or permitted by Tenant; (c) any breach or
default in the performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease; (d) any
misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Tenant under this Lease; or (e)
other acts or omissions of Tenant. Tenant shall defend Landlord against any
such cost, claim or liability at Tenant's expense with counsel reasonably
acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord's election, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord for any legal fees or costs incurred by Landlord in connection with
any such claim. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant
assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the
Property arising from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect
thereof against Landlord, except for any claim arising out of Landlord's gross
negligence or willful misconduct. As used in this Section, the term "Tenant"
shall include Tenant's employees, agents, contractors and invitees, if 
applicable.

        Section 5.06.   LANDLORD'S ACCESS.  Landlord or its agents may enter the
Property at all reasonable times to show the Property to potential buyers,
investors or tenants or other parties; to do any other act or to inspect and
conduct tests in order to monitor Tenant's compliance with all applicable
environmental laws and all laws governing the presence and use of Hazardous
Material; or for any other purpose Landlord deems necessary. Landlord shall
give Tenant prior notice of such entry, except in the case of an emergency.
Landlord may place customary "For Sale" or "For Lease" signs on all the 
Property.

        Section 5.07.   QUIET POSSESSION.  If Tenant pays the rent and complies
with all other terms of this Lease, Tenant may occupy and enjoy the Property for
the full Lease Term, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

ARTICLE SIX:  CONDITION OF PROPERTY; MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

        Section 6.01    EXISTING CONDITIONS.  Tenant accepts the Property in
its condition as of the execution of the Lease, subject to all recorded
matters, laws, ordinances, and governmental regulations and orders. Except as
provided herein, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of
Landlord has made any representation as to the condition of the Property or the
suitability of the Property for Tenant's intended use. Tenant represents and
warrants that Tenant has made its own inspection of and inquiry regarding the
condition of the Property and is not relying on any representations of Landlord
or any Broker with respect thereto. If Landlord or Landlord's Broker has
provided a Property Information Sheet or other Disclosure Statement regarding
the Property, a copy is attached as an exhibit to the Lease.

        Section 6.02.   EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY.  Landlord shall
not be liable for any damage or injury to the person, business (or any loss of
income therefrom), goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Tenant,
Tenant's employees, invitees, customers or any other person in or about the
Property, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from: (a) fire,
steam, electricity, water, gas or rain; (b) the breakage, leakage, obstruction
or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air
conditioning or lighting fixtures or any other cause; (c) conditions arising in
or about the Property or upon other portions of the Project, or from other
sources or places; or (d) any act or omission of any other tenant of the
Project. Landlord shall not be liable for any such damage or injury even though
the cause of or the means of repairing such damage or injury are not accessible
to Tenant. The provisions of this Section 6.02 shall not, however, exempt
Landlord from liability for Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

        Section 6.03.   LANDLORD'S OBLIGATIONS.

        (a)  Except as provided in Article Seven (Damage or Destruction) and
Article Eight (Condemnation), Landlord shall keep the following in good order,
condition and repair: the foundations, exterior walls and roof of the Property
(including painting the exterior surface of the exterior walls of the Property
not more often than once every five (5) years, if necessary) and all components
of electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems and
facilities located in the Property which are concealed or used in common by
tenants of the Project. However, Landlord shall not be obligated to maintain or
repair windows, doors, plate glass or the interior surfaces of exterior walls.
Landlord shall make repairs under this Section 6.03 within a reasonable time
after receipt of written notice from Tenant of the need for such repairs.

        (b)  Tenant shall pay or reimburse Landlord for all cost Landlord
incurs under Paragraph 6.03(a) above as Common Area costs as provided for in
Section 4.05 of the Lease. Tenant waives the benefit of any statute in effect
now or in the future which might give Tenant the right to make repairs at
Landlord's expense or to terminate this Lease due to Landlord's failure to keep
the Property in good order, condition and repair. 

        Section 6.04.   TENANT'S OBLIGATIONS.  

        (a)  Except as provided in Section 6.03, Article Seven (Damage or
Destruction) and Article Eight (Condemnation), Tenant shall keep all portions
of the Property (including structural, nonstructural, interior, systems and
equipment) in good order, condition and repair (including interior repainting
and refinishing, as needed). If any portion of the Property or any system or
equipment in the Property which Tenant is obligated to repair cannot be fully
repaired or restored; Tenant shall promptly replace such portion of the
Property or system or equipment in the Property, regardless of whether the
benefit of such replacement extends beyond the Lease Term; but if the benefit
or useful life of such replacement extends beyond the Lease Term (as such term
may be extended by exercise of any options), the useful life of such
replacement shall be prorated over the remaining portion of the Lease Term (as
extended), and Tenant shall be liable only for that portion of the cost which
is applicable to the Lease Term (as extended). Tenant shall maintain a
preventive maintenance contract providing for the regular inspection and
maintenance of the heating and air conditioning system by a licensed heating
and air conditioning contractor, unless Landlord maintains such equipment under
Section 6.03 above. If any part of the Property or the Project is damaged by any
act or omission of Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of repairing or
replacing such damaged property, whether or not Landlord would otherwise be
obligated to pay the cost of maintaining or repairing such property. It is the
intention of Landlord and Tenant that at all times Tenant shall maintain the
portions of the Property which Tenant is obligated to maintain in an
attractive, first-class and fully operative condition.

        (b)  Tenant shall fulfill all of Tenant's obligations under this
Section 6.04 at Tenant's sole expense. If Tenant fails to maintain, repair or
replace the Property as required by this Section 6.04, Landlord may, upon ten
(10) days' prior notice to Tenant (except that no notice shall be required in
the case of an emergency), enter the Property and perform such maintenance or
repair (including replacement, as needed) on behalf of Tenant. In such case,
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all cost incurred in performing such
maintenance or repair immediately upon demand.

        
                                          Initials /s/      [SIG]
                                                  ---------------------------

                                                  /s/       [SIG]
                                                  ---------------------------

(c) 1988 Southern California Chapter
      of the Society of Industrial
      and Office Realtors,(r) Inc.

                                       6
                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)

<PAGE>   7
        Section 6.05. ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, AND IMPROVEMENTS.

        (a) Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements 
to the Property without Landlord's prior written consent, except for
non-structural alterations which do not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) in
cost cumulatively over the Lease Term and which are not visible from the
outside of any building of which the Property is part. Landlord may require
Tenant to provide demolition and/or lien and completion bonds in form and amount
satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly remove any alterations,
additions, or improvements constructed in violation of this Paragraph 6.05(a)
upon Landlord's written request. All alterations, additions, and improvements
shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformity with all
applicable laws and regulations, and by a contractor approved by Landlord. Upon
completion of any such work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with "as built"
plans, copies of all construction contracts, and proof of payment for all labor
and materials.

        (b) Tenant shall pay when due all claims for labor and material
furnished to the Property. Tenant shall give Landlord at least twenty (20)
days' prior written notice of the commencement of any work on the Property,
regardless of whether Landlord's consent to such work is required. Landlord may
elect to record and post notices of non-responsibility on the Property.

        Section 6.06. CONDITION UPON TERMINATION. Upon the termination of the
Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Property to Landlord, broom clean and in the
same condition as received except for ordinary wear and tear which Tenant was
not otherwise obligated to remedy under any provision of this Lease. However,
Tenant shall not be obligated to repair any damage which Landlord is required to
repair under Article Seven (Damage or Destruction). In addition, Landlord may
require Tenant to remove any alterations, additions or improvements (whether or
not made with Landlord's consent) prior to the expiration of the Lease and to
restore the Property to its prior condition, all at Tenant's expense. All
alterations, additions and improvements which Landlord has not required Tenant
to remove shall become Landlord's property and shall be surrendered to Landlord
upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, except that Tenant may
remove any of Tenant's machinery or equipment which can be removed without
material damage to the Property. Tenant shall repair, at Tenant's expense, any
damage to the Property caused by the removal of any such machinery or equipment.
In no event, however, shall Tenant remove any of the following materials or
equipment (which shall be deemed Landlord's property) without Landlord's prior
written consent: any power wiring or power panels; lighting or lighting
fixtures; wall coverings; drapes, blinds or other window coverings; carpets or
other floor coverings; heaters, air conditioners or any other heating or air
conditioning equipment; fencing or security gates; or other similar building
operating equipment and decorations.

ARTICLE SEVEN: DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

        Section 7.01. PARTIAL DAMAGE TO PROPERTY.

        (a) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing immediately upon the
occurrence of any damage to the Property. If the Property is only partially
damaged (i.e., less than fifty percent (50%) of the Property is untenantable as
a result of such damage or less than fifty percent (50%) of Tenant's operations
are materially impaired) and if the proceeds received by Landlord from the
insurance policies described in Paragraph 4.04(b) are sufficient to pay for the
necessary repairs, this Lease shall remain in effect and Landlord shall repair
the damage as soon as reasonably possible. Landlord may elect (but is not
required) to repair any damage to Tenant's fixtures, equipment, or
improvements. 

        (b) If the insurance proceeds received by Landlord are not sufficient
to pay the entire cost of repair, or if the cause of the damage is not covered
by the insurance policies which Landlord maintains under Paragraph 4.04(b),
Landlord may elect either to (i) repair the damage as soon as reasonably
possible, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or
(ii) terminate this Lease as of the date the damage occurred. Landlord shall
notify Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the occurrence
of the damage whether Landlord elects to repair the damage or terminate the
Lease. If Landlord elects to repair the damage, Tenant shall pay Landlord the
"deductible amount" (if any) under Landlord's insurance policies and, if the
damage was due to an act or omission of Tenant, or Tenant's employees, agents,
contractors or invitees, the difference between the actual cost of repair and
any insurance proceeds received by Landlord. If Landlord elects to terminate
the Lease, Tenant may elect to continue this Lease in full force and effect, in
which case Tenant shall repair any damage to the Property and any building in
which the Property is located. Tenant shall pay the cost of such repairs,
except that upon satisfactory completion of such repairs, Landlord shall
deliver to Tenant any insurance proceeds received by Landlord for the damage
repaired by Tenant. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such election
within ten (10) days after receiving Landlord's termination notice.

        (c) If the damage to the Property occurs during the last six (6) months
of the Lease Term and such damage will require more than thirty (30) days to
repair, either Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease as of the
date the damage occurred, regardless of the sufficiency of any insurance
proceeds. The party electing to terminate this Lease shall give written
notification to the other party of such election within thirty (30) days after
Tenant's notice to Landlord of the occurrence of the damage.

        Section 7.02. SUBSTANTIAL OR TOTAL DESTRUCTION. If the Property is
substantially or totally destroyed by any cause whatsoever (i.e., the damage
to the Property is greater than partial damage as described in Section 7.01),
and regardless of whether Landlord receives any insurance proceeds, this Lease
shall terminate as of the date the destruction occurred. Notwithstanding the
preceding sentence, if the Property can be rebuilt within six (6) months after
the date of destruction, Landlord may elect to rebuild the Property at
Landlord's own expense, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and
effect. Landlord shall notify Tenant of such election within thirty (30) days
after Tenant's notice of the occurrence of total or substantial destruction. If
Landlord so elects, Landlord shall rebuild the Property at Landlord's sole
expense, except that if the destruction was caused by an act or omission of
Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference between the actual cost of
rebuilding and any insurance proceeds received by Landlord.

        Section 7.03. TEMPORARY REDUCTION OF RENT. If the Property is destroyed
or damaged and Landlord or Tenant repairs or restores the Property pursuant to
the provisions of this Article Seven, any rent payable during the period of
such damage, repair and/or restoration shall be reduced according to the
degree, if any, to which Tenant's use of the Property is impaired. However, the
reduction shall not exceed the sum of one year's payment of Base Rent,
insurance premiums and real property taxes. Except for such possible reduction
in Base Rent, insurance premiums and real property taxes, Tenant shall not be
entitled to any compensation, reduction, or reimbursement from Landlord as a
result of any damage, destruction, repair, or restoration of or to the Property.



(C) 1988 Southern California Chapter      7          Initials  /s/  [SIG]
         of the Society of Industrial                        ----------------
         and Office Realtors, Inc.                             /s/  [SIG]
                                                     -------- ---------------- 
                               (MULTI-TENANT NET FORM)

                                          
<PAGE>   8
        Section 7.04. WAIVER. Tenant waives the protection of any statute, code
or judicial decision on which grants a tenant the right to terminate a lease in
the event of the substantial or total destruction of the leased property.
Tenant agrees that the provisions of Section 7.02 above shall govern the rights
and obligations of Landlord and Tenant in the event of any substantial or total
destruction to the Property.

ARTICLE EIGHT: CONDEMNATION

        If all or any portion of the Property is taken under the power of
eminent domain or sold under the threat of that power (all of which are called
"Condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken or sold on the
date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first.
If more than twenty percent (20%) of the floor area of the building in which the
Property is located, or which is located on the Property, is taken, either
Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning
authority takes title or possession, by delivering written notice to the other
within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such taking (or in the
absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority
takes title or possession). If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this
Lease, this Lease shall remain in effect as to the portion of the Property not
taken, except that the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced in
proportion to the reduction in the floor area of the Property. Any Condemnation
award or payment shall be distributed in the following order: (a) first, to any
ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed of trust encumbering the
Property, the amount of its interest in the Property; (b) second, to Tenant,
only the amount of any award specifically designated for loss of or damage to
Tenant's trade fixtures or removable personal property; and (c) third, to
Landlord, the remainder of such award, whether as compensation for reduction in
the value of the leasehold, the taking of the fee, or otherwise. If this Lease
is not terminated, Landlord shall repair any damage to the Property caused by
the Condemnation, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any
damage for which Tenant has been reimbursed by the condemning authority. If the
severance damages received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay for such
repair, Landlord shall have the right to either terminate this Lease or make
such repair at Landlord's expense.

ARTICLE NINE: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

        Section 9.01. LANDLORD'S CONSENT REQUIRED. No portion of the Property or
of Tenant's interest in this Lease may be acquired by any other person or
entity, whether by sale, assignment, mortgage, sublease, transfer, operation of
law, or act of Tenant, without Landlord's prior written consent, except as
provided in Section 9.02 below. Landlord has the right to grant or withhold its
consent as provided in Section 9.05 below. Any attempted transfer without
consent shall be void and shall constitute a non-curable breach of this Lease.
If Tenant is a partnership, any cumulative transfer of more than twenty percent
(20%) of the partnership interests shall require Landlord's consent. If Tenant
is a corporation, any change in the ownership of a controlling interest of the
voting stock of the corporation shall require Landlord's consent.

        Section 9.02. TENANT AFFILIATE. Tenant may assign this Lease or
sublease the Property, without Landlord's consent, to any corporation which
controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any
corporation resulting from the merger of or consolidation with Tenant
("Tenant's Affiliate"). In such case, any Tenant's Affiliate shall assume in
writing all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

        Section 9.03. NO RELEASE OF TENANT. No transfer permitted by this
Article Nine, whether with or without Landlords consent, shall release Tenant
or change Tenant's primary liability to pay the rent and to perform all other
obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord's acceptance of rent from any
other person is not a waiver of any provision of this Article Nine. Consent to
one transfer is not a consent to any subsequent transfer. If Tenant's
transferee defaults under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against
Tenant without pursuing remedies against the transferee. Landlord may consent
to subsequent assignments or modifications of this Lease by Tenant's
transferee, without notifying Tenant or obtaining its consent. Such action
shall not relieve Tenant's liability under this Lease.

        Section 9.04. OFFER TO TERMINATE. If Tenant desires to assign the Lease
or sublease the Property, Tenant shall have the right to offer, in writing, to
terminate the Lease as of a date specified in the offer. If Landlord elects in
writing to accept the offer to terminate within twenty (20) days after notice of
the offer, the Lease shall terminate as of the date specified and all the terms
and provisions of the Lease governing termination shall apply. If Landlord does
not so elect, the Lease shall continue in effect until otherwise terminated and
the provisions of Section 9.05 with respect to any proposed transfer shall
continue to apply.

        Section 9.05. LANDLORD'S CONSENT.

        (a) Tenant's request for consent to any transfer described in Section
9.01 shall set forth in writing the details of the proposed transfer, including
the name, business and financial condition of the prospective transferee,
financial details of the proposed transfer (e.g., the term of and the rent and
security deposit payable under any proposed assignment or sublease), and any
other information Landlord deems relevant. Landlord shall have the right to
withhold consent, if reasonable, or to grant consent, based on the following
factors: (i) the business of the proposed assignee or subtenant and the proposed
use of the Property; (ii) the net worth and financial reputation of the proposed
assignee or subtenant; (iii) Tenant's compliance with all of its obligations
under the Lease; and (iv) such other factors as Landlord may reasonably deem
relevant. If Landlord objects to a proposed assignment solely because of the
net worth and/or financial reputation of the proposed assignee, Tenant may
nonetheless sublease (but not assign), all or a portion of the Property to the
proposed transferee, but only on the other terms of the proposed transfer.

        (b) If Tenant assigns or subleases, the following shall apply:

                (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under the
Lease the Landlord's Share (stated in Section 1.13) of the Profit (defined
below) on such transaction as and when received by Tenant, unless Landlord
gives written notice to Tenant and the assignee or subtenant that Landlord's
Share shall be paid by the assignee or subtenant to Landlord directly. The
"Profit" means (A) all amounts paid to Tenant for such assignment or sublease,
including "key" money, monthly rent in excess of the monthly rent payable under
the Lease, and all fees and other consideration paid for the assignment or
sublease, including fees under any collateral agreements, less (B) costs and
expenses directly incurred by Tenant in connection with the execution and
performance of such assignment or sublease for real estate broker's commissions
and costs of renovation or construction of tenant improvements required under
such assignment or sublease. Tenant is entitled to recover such costs and
expenses before Tenant is obligated to pay the Landlord's Share to Landlord.
The Profit in the

                                       8

(C)1988 Southern California Chapter            Initials /s/ [SIG]               
        of the Society of Industrial  [LOGO]           -------------------------
        and Office Realtors(R), Inc.            /s/ [SIG]
                                                --------------------------------

                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)
<PAGE>   9
        case of a sublease of less than all the Property is the rent allocable
        to the subleased space as a percentage on a square footage basis.

                (ii) Tenant shall provide Landlord a written statement
        certifying all amounts to be paid from any assignment or sublease of the
        Property within thirty (30) days after the transaction documentation is
        signed, and Landlord may inspect Tenant's books and records to verify
        the accuracy of such statement. On written request, Tenant shall
        promptly furnish to Landlord copies of all the transaction
        documentation, all of which shall be certified by Tenant to be complete,
        true and correct. Landlord's receipt of Landlord's Share shall not be a
        consent to any further assignment or subletting. The breach of Tenant's
        obligation under this Paragraph 9.05(b) shall be a material default of
        the Lease.

        Section 9.06. NO MERGER. No merger shall result from Tenant's sublease
of the Property under this Article Nine, Tenant's surrender of this Lease or
the termination of this Lease in any other manner. In any such event, Landlord
may terminate any or all subtenancies or succeed to the interest of tenant as
sublandlord under any or all subtenancies.

ARTICLE TEN: DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

        Section 10.01. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. Tenant's performance of each
of Tenant's obligations under this Lease is a condition as well as a covenant.
Tenant's right to continue in possession of the Property is conditioned upon
such performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of all covenants
and conditions.

        Section 10.02. DEFAULTS. Tenant shall be in material default under this
Lease:

        (a) If Tenant abandons the Property or if Tenant's vacation of the
Property results in the cancellation of any Insurance described in Section 4.04;

        (b) If Tenant fails to pay rent or any other charge when due;

        (c) If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant's non-monetary obligations
under this Lease for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from
Landlord; provided that if more than thirty (30) days are required to complete
such performance, Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences such
performance within the thirty (30)-day period and thereafter diligently pursues
its completion. However, Landlord shall not be required to give such notice if
Tenant's failure to perform constitutes a non-curable breach of this Lease. The
notice required by this Paragraph is intended to satisfy any and all notice
requirements imposed by law on Landlord and is not in addition to any such
requirement.

        (d) (i) If Tenant makes a general assignment or general arrangement for
the benefit of creditors; (ii) if a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or
for reorganization or rearrangement is filed by or against Tenant and is not
dismissed within thirty (30) days; (iii) if a trustee or receiver is appointed
to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the
Property or of Tenant's interest in this Lease and possession is not restored
to Tenant within thirty (30) days; or (iv) if substantially all of Tenant's
assets located at the Property or of Tenant's interest in this Lease is
subjected to attachment, execution or other judicial seizure which is not
discharged within thirty (30) days. If a court of competent jurisdiction
determines that any of the acts described in this subparagraph (d) is not a
default under this Lease, and a trustee is appointed to take possession (or if
Tenant remains a debtor in possession) and such trustee or Tenant transfers
Tenant's interest hereunder, then Landlord shall receive, as Additional Rent,
the excess, if any, of the rent (or any other consideration) paid in connection
with such assignment or sublease over the rent payable by Tenant under this
Lease.

        (e) If any guarantor of the Lease revokes or otherwise terminates, or
purports to revoke or otherwise terminate, any guaranty of all or any portion
of Tenant's obligations under the Lease. Unless otherwise expressly provided,
no guaranty of the Lease is revocable.

        Section 10.03. REMEDIES. On the occurrence of any material default by
Tenant, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand
and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which
Landlord may have:

        (a) Terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Property by any lawful
means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately
surrender possession of the Property to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall
be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of
Tenant's default, including (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid
Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord had earned at the
time of the termination; (ii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount
by which the unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Landlord
would have earned after termination, until the time of the award exceeds the
amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably
avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the
unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which Tenant would have paid
for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of
such rental loss that Tenant proves Landlord could have reasonably avoided; and
(iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment
proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under the
Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result
therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses Landlord incurs
in maintaining or preserving the property after such default; the costs of
recovering possession of the Property, expenses of reletting, including
necessary renovation or alteration of the Property, Landlord's reasonable
attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith, and any real estate commission
paid or payable. As used in subparts (i) and (ii) above, the "worth at the time
of the award" is computed by allowing interest on unpaid amounts at the rate of
fifteen percent (15%) per annum, or such lesser amount as may then be the
maximum lawful rate. As used in subpart (iii) above, the "worth at the time of
the award" is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the
Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award, plus one percent
(1%). If Tenant has abandoned the Property, Landlord shall have the option of
(i) retaking possession of the Property and recovering from Tenant the amount
specified in this Paragraph 10.03(a), or (ii) proceeding under Paragraph
10.03(b);

        (b) Maintain Tenant's right to possession, in which case this Lease
shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant has abandoned the Property. In
such event, Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord's rights and
remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as it
becomes due;

        (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord
under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Property is
located.

        Section 10.04. REPAYMENT OF "FREE" RENT. If this Lease provides for a
postponement of any monthly rental payments, a period of "free" rent or other
rent concession, such postponed rent or "free" rent is called the "Abated
Rent". Tenant shall 

(C) 1988 Southern California Chapter                Initials /s/ [SIG]
of the Society of Industrial        [LOGO]                   ------------------ 
and Office Realtors,(R) Inc.                                 /s/ [SIG]
                                                             ------------------

                                       9
                            (Multi-Tenant Net Form)
<PAGE>   10
be credited with having paid all of the Abated Rent on the expiration of the
Lease Term only if Tenant has fully, faithfully, and punctually performed all
of Tenant's obligations hereunder, including the payment of all rent (other
than the Abated Rent) and all other monetary obligations and the surrender of
the Property in the physical condition required by this Lease. Tenant
acknowledges that its right to receive credit for the Abated Rent is absolutely
conditioned upon Tenant's full, faithful and punctual performance of its
obligations under this Lease. If Tenant defaults and does not cure within any
applicable grace period, the Abated Rent shall immediately become due and
payable in full and this Lease shall be enforced as if there were no such rent
abatement or other rent concession. In such case Abated Rent shall be
calculated based on the full initial rent payable under this Lease.

        Section 10.05. AUTOMATIC TERMINATION. Notwithstanding any other term or
provision hereof to the contrary, the Lease shall terminate on the occurrence
of any act which affirms the Landlord's intention to terminate the Lease as
provided in Section 10.03 hereof, including the filing of an unlawful detainer
action against Tenant. On such termination, Landlord's damages for default
shall include all costs and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees that
Landlord incurs in connection with the filing, commencement, pursuing and/or
defending of any action in any bankruptcy court or other court with respect to
the Lease; the obtaining of relief from any stay in bankruptcy restraining any
action to evict Tenant; or the pursuing of any action with respect to
Landlord's right to possession of the Property. All such damages suffered
(apart from Base Rent and other rent payable hereunder) shall constitute
pecuniary damages which must be reimbursed to Landlord prior to assumption of
the Lease by Tenant or any successor to Tenant in any bankruptcy or other
proceeding. 

        Section 10.06. CUMULATIVE REMEDIES. Landlord's exercise of any right or
remedy shall not prevent it from exercising any other right or remedy.

ARTICLE ELEVEN: PROTECTION OF LENDERS

        Section 11.01. SUBORDINATION. Landlord shall have the right to
subordinate this Lease to any ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage
encumbering the Property, any advances made on the security thereof and any
renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof,
whenever made or recorded. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and any lender
which is acquiring a security interest in the Property or the Lease. Tenant
shall execute such further documents and assurances as such lender may require,
provided that Tenant's obligations under this Lease shall not be increased in
any material way (the performance of ministerial acts shall not be deemed
material), and Tenant shall not be deprived of its rights under this Lease.
Tenant's right to quiet possession of the Property during the Lease Term shall
not be disturbed if Tenant pays the rent and performs all of Tenant's
obligations under this Lease and is not otherwise in default. If any ground
lessor, beneficiary or mortgagee elects to have this Lease prior to the lien of
its ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage and gives written notice thereof to
Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such ground lease, deed of trust or
mortgage whether this lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said
ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage or the date of recording thereof.

        Section 11.02. ATTORNMENT. If Landlord's interest in the Property is
acquired by any ground lessor, beneficiary under a deed of trust, mortgagee, or
purchaser at a foreclosure sale, Tenant shall attorn to the transferee of or
successor to Landlord's interest in the Property and recognize such transferee
or successor as Landlord under this Lease. Tenant waives the protection of any
statute or rule of law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to
terminate this Lease or surrender possession of the Property upon the transfer
of Landlord's interest.

        Section 11.03. SIGNING OF DOCUMENTS. Tenant shall sign and deliver any
instrument or documents necessary or appropriate to evidence any such
attornment or subordination or agreement to do so. If Tenant fails to do so
within ten (10) days after written request, Tenant hereby makes, constitutes
and irrevocably appoints Landlord, or any transferee or successor of Landlord,
the attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute and deliver any such instrument or
document. 

        Section 11.04. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES.

        (a) Upon Landlord's written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying: (i) that none of the
terms or provisions of this Lease have been changed (or if they have been
changed, stating how they have been changed); (ii) that this Lease has not been
cancelled or terminated; (iii) the last date of payment of the Base Rent and
other charges and the time period covered by such payment; (iv) that Landlord
is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is claimed to be in
default, stating why); and (v) such other representations or information with
respect to Tenant or the Lease as Landlord may reasonably request or which any
prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Property may require. Tenant shall
deliver such statement to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord's
request. Landlord may give any such statement by Tenant to any prospective
purchaser or encumbrancer of the Property. Such purchaser or encumbrancer may
rely conclusively upon such statement as true and correct.

        (b) If Tenant does not deliver such statement to Landlord within such
ten (10)-day period, Landlord, any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer,
may conclusively presume and rely upon the following fact: (i) that the terms
and provisions of this Lease have not been changed except as otherwise
represented by Landlord; (ii) that this Lease has not been cancelled or
terminated except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (iii) that not more
than one month's Base Rent or other charges have been paid in advance; and (iv)
that Landlord is not in default under the Lease. In such event, tenant shall be
estopped from denying the truth of such facts.

        Section 11.05. TENANT'S FINANCIAL CONDITION. Within ten (10) days after
written request from Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord such financial
statements as Landlord reasonably requires to verify the Net worth of Tenant or
any assignee, subtenant, or guarantor of Tenant. In addition, Tenant shall
deliver to any lender designated by Landlord any financial statements required
by such lender to facilitate the financing or refinancing of the Property.
Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that each such financial statement
is a true and accurate statement as of the date of such statement. All
financial statements shall be confidential and shall be used only for the
purposes set forth in this Lease.

ARTICLE TWELVE: LEGAL COSTS

        Section 12.01. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. If Tenant or Landlord shall be in
breach or default under this Lease, such party (the "Defaulting Party") shall
reimburse the other party (the "Nondefaulting Party") upon demand for any costs
or expenses that the Nondefaulting Party incurs in connection with any breach
or default of the Defaulting Party under this Lease, whether or not suit is
commenced or judgment entered. Such costs shall include legal fees and costs
incurred for the negotiation of a 



(C) 1988 Southern California Chapter      10         Initials /s/ [SIG]
         of the Society of Industrial [LOGO]                  --------------
         and Office Realtors,* Inc.                           /s/ [SIG]
                                                              --------------

                               (MULTI-TENANT NET FORM)

<PAGE>   11
settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise. Furthermore, if any action for
breach of or to enforce the provisions of this Lease is commenced, the court in
such action shall award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, a
reasonable sum as attorneys' fees and costs. The losing party in such action
shall pay such attorneys' fees and costs. Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord
against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands and
liability Landlord may incur if Landlord becomes or is made a party to any
claim or action (a) instituted by Tenant against any third party, or by any
third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding any interest
under or using the Property by license of or agreement with Tenant; (b) for
foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or
such other person; (c) otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or
transaction of Tenant or such other person; or (d) necessary to protect
Landlord's interest under this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, or other
proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended. Tenant shall
defend Landlord against any such claim or action at Tenant's expense with
counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord's election, Tenant
shall reimburse Landlord for any legal fees or costs Landlord incurs in any
such claim or action.

     Section 12.02.  LANDLORD'S CONSENT.  Tenant shall pay Landlord's
reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection with Tenant's request for
Landlord's consent under Article Nine (Assignment and subletting), or in
connection with any other act which Tenant proposes to do and which requires
Landlord's consent.

ARTICLE THIRTEEN:  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     Section 13.01.  NON-DISCRIMINATION.  Tenant promises, and it is a
condition to the continuance of this Lease, that there will be no
discrimination against, or segregation of, any person, or group of persons on
the basis of race, color, sex, creed, national origin or ancestry in the
leasing, subleasing, transferring, occupancy, tenure or use of the Property or
any portion thereof.

     Section 13.02.  LANDLORD'S LIABILITY; CERTAIN DUTIES.

     (a)  As used in this Lease, the term "Landlord" means only the current
owner or owners of the fee title to the Property or Project or the leasehold
estate under a ground lease of the Property or Project at the time in question.
Each Landlord is obligated to perform the obligations of Landlord under this
Lease only during the time such Landlord owns such interest or title. Any
Landlord who transfers its title or interests is relieved of all liability with
respect to the obligations of Landlord under this Lease to be performed on or
after the date of transfer. However, each Landlord shall deliver to its
transferee all funds that Tenant previously paid if such funds have not yet
been applied under the terms of this Lease.

     (b)  Tenant shall give written notice of any failure by Landlord to
perform any of its obligations under this Lease to Landlord and to any ground
lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust encumbering the
Property whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant in writing.
Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord (or such
ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary) fails to cure such non-performance
within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant's notice. However, if such
non-performance reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure,
Landlord shall not be in default if such cure is commenced within such thirty
(30) -day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

     (c)  Notwithstanding any term or provision herein to the contrary, the
liability of Landlord for the performance of its duties and obligations under
this Lease is limited to Landlord's interest in the Property and the Project,
and neither the Landlord nor its partners, shareholders, officers or other
principals shall have any personal liability under this Lease.

     Section 13.03.  SEVERABILITY.  A determination by a court of competent
jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease or any part thereof is illegal or
unenforceable shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of such provision or
this Lease, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     Section 13.04.  INTERPRETATION.  The captions of the Articles or Sections
of this Lease are to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a
part of the terms or provisions of this Lease. Whenever required by the context
of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall
include the singular. The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each
include the other. In any provision relating to the conduct, acts or omissions
of Tenant, the term "Tenant" shall include Tenant's agents, employees,
contractors, invitees, successors or others using the Property with Tenant's 
expressed or implied permission.

     Section 13.05.  INCORPORATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS; MODIFICATIONS.  This
Lease is the only agreement between the parties pertaining to the lease of the
Property and no other agreements are effective. All amendments to this Lease
shall be in writing and signed by all parties. Any other attempted amendment
shall be void.

     Section 13.06.  NOTICES.  All notices required or permitted under this
Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Notices to Tenant
shall be delivered to the address specified in Section 1.03 above, except that
upon Tenant's taking possession of the Property, the Property shall be Tenant's
address for notice purposes. Notices to Landlord shall be delivered to the
address specified in Section 1.02 above. All notices shall be effective upon
delivery.  Either party may change its notice address upon written notice to the
other party.

     Section 13.07.  WAIVERS.  All waivers must be in writing and signed by the
waiving party.  Landlord's failure to enforce any provision of this Lease or
its acceptance of rent shall not be a waiver and shall not prevent Landlord
from enforcing that provision or any other provision of this Lease in the
future. No statement on a payment check from Tenant or in a letter accompanying
a payment check shall be binding on Landlord. Landlord may, with or without
notice to Tenant, negotiate such check without being bound to the conditions of
such statement.

     Section 13.08.  NO RECORDATION.  Tenant shall not record this Lease
without prior written consent from Landlord. However, either Landlord or Tenant
may require that a "Short Form" memorandum of this Lease executed by both
parties be recorded. The party requiring such recording shall pay all transfer
taxes and recording fees.

     Section 13.09.  BINDING EFFECT; CHOICE OF LAW. This Lease binds any party
who legally acquires any rights or interest in this Lease from Landlord or
Tenant. However, Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant's successor unless
the rights or interests of Tenant's successor are acquired in accordance with
the terms of this Lease. The laws of the state in which the Property is located
shall govern this Lease.

     Section 13.10.  CORPORATE AUTHORITY; PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY.  If Tenant is
a corporation, each person signing this Lease on behalf of tenant represents
and warrants that he has full authority to do so and that this Lease binds the
corporation. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall
deliver to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of Tenant's Board of
Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease or other evidence of such
authority reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant is a partnership, each
person or entity signing this Lease for Tenant represents and warrants that he
or it is a general

                                       11

(c)1988  Southern California                            Initials /s/  [SIG]
         Chapter of the Society                                  ------------
         of Industrial and                                      /s/   [SIG]   
         Office Realtors,(R)                            ---------------------   
         Inc.                (MULTI-TENANT NET FORM)
<PAGE>   12
partner of the partnership, that he or it has full authority to sign for the
partnership and that this Lease binds the partnership and all general partners
of the partnership. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of any general
partner's withdrawal or addition. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is
signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenant's recorded statement
of partnership or certificate of limited partnership.

        Section 13.11. JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. All parties signing this
Lease as Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of
Tenant.

        Section 13.12. FORCE MAJEURE. If Landlord cannot perform any of its
obligations due to events beyond Landlord's control, the time provided for
performing such obligations shall be extended by a period of time equal to the
duration of such events. Events beyond Landlord's control include, but are not
limited to, acts of God, war, civil commotion, labor disputes, strikes, fire,
flood or other casualty, shortages of labor or material, government regulation
or restriction and weather conditions.

        Section 13.13. EXECUTION OF LEASE. This Lease may be executed in
counterparts and, when all counterpart documents are executed, the counterparts
shall constitute a single binding instrument. Landlord's delivery of this Lease
to Tenant shall not be deemed to be an offer to lease and shall not be binding
upon either party until executed and delivered by both parties.

        Section 13.14. SURVIVAL. All representations and warranties of Landlord
and Tenant shall survive the termination of this Lease.

        ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS MAY BE SET FORTH IN A RIDER OR RIDERS ATTACHED
HERETO OR IN THE BLANK SPACE BELOW. IF NO ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS ARE INSERTED,
PLEASE DRAW A LINE THROUGH THE SPACE BELOW.


(C) 1988 Southern California Chapter                        Initials /s/  [SIG]
         of the Society of Industrial [LOGO]                         -----------
         and Office Realtors(R), Inc.                                /s/  [SIG]
                                       12                    -------------------

                            (MULTI-TENANT NET FORM)
<PAGE>   13
        Landlord and Tenant have signed this Lease at the place and on the
dates specified adjacent to their signatures below and have initialed all
Riders which are attached to or incorporated by reference in this Lease.

                                                "LANDLORD"

Signed on January 31, 1996 at _______________________________________________.

                                        By: /s/ PETE AARDEMA
                                            ----------------------------------

                                            Pete Aardema

                                        Its:
                                            ----------------------------------

                                        By: /s/ PETE AARDEMA
                                            ----------------------------------

                                        Its:
                                            ----------------------------------

                                                "TENANT"

Signed on January 24, 1996 at MOTOR CARGO, 845 WEST CENTER, NORTH SALT LAKE,
UTAH 84054

                                        By: /s/ [sig]
                                            ----------------------------------

                                        Its: V.P. OF OPERATIONS
                                            ----------------------------------

                                        By:
                                            ----------------------------------

                                        Its:
                                            ----------------------------------

        IN ANY REAL ESTATE TRANSACTION, IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT YOU CONSULT WITH
A PROFESSIONAL, SUCH AS A CIVIL ENGINEER, INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST OR OTHER PERSON
WITH EXPERIENCE IN EVALUATING THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY, INCLUDING THE
POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS, HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND UNDERGROUND STORAGE
TANKS.

        THIS PRINTED FORM LEASE HAS BEEN DRAFTED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AT THE
DIRECTION OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA CHAPTER OF THE SOCIETY OF INDUSTRIAL AND
OFFICE REALTORS(R), INC. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA CHAPTER OF THE SOCIETY OF INDUSTRIAL AND OFFICE REALTORS(R),
INC., ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS NAMED HEREIN, OR THEIR
EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS, AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT OR TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR OF THIS TRANSACTION. LANDLORD AND TENANT SHOULD
RETAIN LEGAL COUNSEL TO ADVISE THEM ON SUCH MATTERS AND SHOULD RELY UPON THE
ADVICE OF SUCH LEGAL COUNSEL.



(C) 1988 Southern California Chapter                        Initials /s/  [SIG]
         of the Society of Industrial [LOGO]                         ----------
         and Office Realtors(R), Inc.                                /s/  [SIG]
                                                            -------------------
                                       13

                            (MULTI-TENANT NET FORM)

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                        STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE - GROSS
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION


1.   Parties. This Lease, dated, for reference purposes only, September 29, 
1995, is made by and between Colburn R. Thomason, Michael Tolladay, and Kevin
Tweed (herein called "Lessor") and MOTOR CARGO (herein called "Lessee").

2.   Premises. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from Lessor for
the term, at the rental, and upon all of the conditions set forth herein, that
certain real property situated in the County of Fresno State of California,
commonly known as 2041 W. McKinley Avenue and described as APN 449-020-15
Approximately 6.3 acres. Said real property including the land and all
improvements therein, is herein called "the Premises".

3.   Term.

     3.1 Term. The term of this Lease shall be for Three (3) years commencing on
November 1, 1995 and ending on October 31, 1998 unless sooner terminated
pursuant to any provision hereof.

     3.2 Delay in Possession. Notwithstanding said commencement date, if for any
reason Lessor cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee on said date,
Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure
affect the validity of this Lease or the obligations of Lessee hereunder or
extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not be obligated to pay
rent until possession of the Premises is tendered to Lessee; provided, however,
that if Lessor shall not have delivered possession of the Premises within sixty
(60) days from said commencement date, Lessee may, at Lessee's option, by notice
in writing to Lessor within ten (10) days thereafter, cancel this Lease, in
which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder;
provided further, however, that if such written notice of Lessee is not received
by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee's right to cancel this Lease
hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect.

     3.3 Early Possession. If Lessee occupies the Premises prior to said
commencement date, such occupancy shall be subject to all provisions hereof,
such occupancy shall not advance the termination date, and Lessee shall pay rent
for such period at the initial monthly rates set forth below.

4.   Rent. Lessee shall pay to Lessor as rent for the Premises, monthly payments
of $6,200.00, in advance, on the 1st day of each month of the term hereof.
Lessee shall pay Lessor upon the execution hereof $6,200.00 as rent for
November, 1995 Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than
one month shall be a pro rata portion of the monthly installment. Rent shall be
payable in lawful money of the United States to Lessor at the address stated
herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Lessor may designate
in writing.

5.   Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof
$6,200.00 as security for Lessee's faithful performance of Lessee's obligations
hereunder. If Lessee fails to pay rent or other charges due hereunder, or
otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, Lessor may use,
apply or retain all or any portion of said deposit for the payment of any rent
or other charge in default or for the payment of any other sum to which Lessor
may become obligated by reason of Lessee's default, or to compensate Lessor for
any loss or damage which Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so uses or applies
all or any portion of said deposit,



<PAGE>   2

Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written demand therefor deposit cash
with Lessor in an amount sufficient to restore said deposit to the full amount
hereinabove stated and Lessee's failure to do so shall be a material breach of
this Lease. If the monthly rent shall, from time to time, increase during the
term of this Lease, Lessee shall thereupon deposit with Lessor additional
security deposit so that the amount of security deposit held by Lessor shall at
all times bear the same proportion to current rent as the original security
deposit bears to the original monthly rent set forth in paragraph 4 hereof.
Lessor shall not be required to keep said deposit separate from its general
accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee's obligations hereunder, said
deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor, shall
be returned, without payment of interest or other increment for its use, to
Lessee (or, at Lessor's option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee's
interest hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof, and after Lessee has
vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Lessor and
Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6.   Use.

     6.1  Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for Freight Terminal
and any related usage or any other use which is reasonably comparable and for no
other purpose.

     6.2  Compliance with Law. 

          (a) Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises, in its state existing
on the date that the Lease term commences, but without regard to the use for
which Lessee will use the Premises, does not violate any covenants or
restrictions of record, or any applicable building code, regulation or ordinance
in effect on such Lease term commencement date. In the event it is determined
that this warranty has been violated, then it shall be the obligation of the
Lessor, after written notice from Lessee, to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost and
expense, rectify any such violation. In the event Lessee does not give to Lessor
written notice of the violation of this warranty within six months from the date
that the Lease term commences, the correction of same shall be the obligation of
the Lessee at Lessee's sole cost. The warranty contained in this paragraph
6.2(a) shall be of no force or effect if, prior to the date of this Lease,
Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises, and, in such event, Lessee
shall correct any such violation at Lessee's sole cost.

          (b) Except as provided in paragraph 6.2(a), Lessee shall, at Lessee's
expense, comply promptly with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules,
regulations, orders, covenants and restrictions of record, and requirements in
effect during the term or any part of the term hereof, regulating the use by
Lessee of the Premises. Lessee shall not use nor permit the use of the Premises
in any manner that will tend to create waste or a nuisance or, if there shall be
more than one tenant in the building containing the Premises, shall tend to
disturb such other tenants.

     6.3  Conditions of Premises.

          (a) Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free of
debris on Lease commencement date (unless Lessee is already in possession) and
Lessor further warrants to Lessee that the plumbing, lighting, air conditioning,
heating, and loading doors in the Premises shall be in good operating condition
on the Lease commencement date. In the event that it is determined that this
warranty has been violated, then it shall be the obligation of Lessor, after
receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature
of the violation, to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost, rectify such violation.
Lessee's failure to give such written notice to Lessor within thirty (30) days
after the Lease commencement date shall cause the conclusive presumption that
Lessor has complied with all of Lessor's obligations hereunder. The


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

warranty contained in this paragraph 6.3(a) shall be of no force
or effect if prior to the date of this Lease, Lessee was the owner or occupant
of the Premises.

          (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee hereby accepts
the Premises in their condition existing as of the Lease commencement date or
the date that Lessee takes possession of the Premises, whichever is earlier,
subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances
and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Premises, and any
covenants or restrictions of record, and accepts this Lease subject thereto and
to all matters disclosed thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto. Lessee
acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor's agent has made any representations
or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the Premises for the
conduct of Lessee's business.

7.   Maintenance, Repairs and Alterations.

     7.1  Lessor's Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 6,7.2,
and 9 and except for damage caused by any negligent or intentional act or
omission of Lessee, Lessee's agents, employees, or invitees in which event
Lessee shall repair the damage, Lessor, at Lessor's expense, shall keep in good
order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls and the exterior
roof of the Premises. Lessor shall not, however, be obligated to paint such
exterior, nor shall Lessor be required to maintain the interior surface of
exterior walls, windows, doors or plate glass. Lessor shall have no obligation
to make repairs under this Paragraph 7.1 until a reasonable time after receipt
of written notice of the need for such repairs. Lessee expressly waives the
benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford
Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate this Lease
because of Lessor's failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition and
repair.

     7.2  Lessee's Obligations.

          (a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 6,7.1, and 9, Lessee, at
Lessee's expense, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the Premises
and every part thereof (whether or not the damaged portion of the Premises or
the means of repairing the same are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee)
including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all plumbing,
heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical and lighting facilities and
equipment within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls and interior surface of
exterior walls, ceiling, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, located
within the Premises, and all landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences and
signs located in the Premises and all sidewalks and parkways adjacent to the
Premises.

          (b) If Lessee fails to perform Lessee's obligations under this
Paragraph 7.2 or under any other paragraph of this Lease, Lessor may at Lessor's
option enter upon the Premises after 10 days prior written notice to Lessee
(except in the case of emergency, in which case no notice shall be required),
perform such obligations on Lessee's behalf and put the Premises in good order,
condition and repair, and the cost thereof together with interest thereon at the
maximum rate then allowable by law shall be due and payable as additional rent
to Lessor together with Lessee's next rental installment.

          (c) On the last day of the term hereof, or on any sooner termination,
Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition as received,
ordinary wear and tear excepted, clean and free of debris. Lessee shall repair
any damage to the Premises occasioned by the installation or removal of its
trade fixtures, furnishings and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee shall leave the air lines, power



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, space heaters, air
conditioning, pluming and fencing on the premises in good operating condition.

     7.3  Alterations and Additions.

          (a) Lessee shall not, without Lessor's prior written consent make any
alterations, improvements, additions, or Utility Installations in, on or about
the Premises, except for nonstructural alterations not exceeding $2,500 in
cumulative costs during the term of this Lease. In any event, whether or not in
excess of $2,500 in cumulative cost, Lessee shall make no change or alteration
to the exterior of the Premises nor the exterior of the building(s) on the
premises without Lessor's prior written consent. As used in this Paragraph 7.3
the term "Utility Installation" shall mean carpeting, window coverings, air
lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, space
heaters, air conditioning, plumbing, and fencing. Lessor may require that Lessee
remove any or all of said alterations, improvements, additions or Utility
Installations at the expiration of the term, and restore the Premises to their
prior condition. Lessor may require Lessee to provide Lessor, at Lessee's sole
cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and
one-half times the estimated cost of such improvements, to insure Lessor against
any liability for mechanic's and materialmen's liens and to insure completion of
the work. Should Lessee make any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility
Installations without the prior approval of Lessor, Lessor may require that
Lessee remove any or all of the same.

          (b) Any alterations, improvements, additions or Utility Installations
in, or about he Premises that Lessee shall desire to make and which requires the
consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form, with
proposed detailed plans. If Lessor shall give its consent, the consent shall be
deemed conditioned upon Lessee acquiring a permit to do so from appropriate
governmental agencies, the furnishing of a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the
commencement of the work and the compliance by Lessee of all conditions of said
permit in a prompt and expeditious manner.

          (c) Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials
furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use in
the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic's or
materialmen's lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall
give Lessor not less than ten (10) days notice prior to the commencement of any
work in the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of
non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in
good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee
shall, at its sole expense defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall
pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before
the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises, upon the condition
that if Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond
satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to such contested lien claim or demand
indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same and holding the Premises free
from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to
pay Lessor's attorneys fees and costs in participating in such action if Lessor
shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

          (d) Unless Lessor requires their removal, as set forth in Paragraph
7.3(a), all alterations, improvements, additions and Utility Installations
(whether or not such Utility Installations constitute trade fixtures of Lessee),
which may be made on the Premises, shall become the property of Lessor and
remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the term.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Paragraph 7.3(d), Lessee's



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

machinery and equipment, other than that which is affixed to the Premises so 
that it cannot be removed without material damage to the Premises, shall remain 
the property of Lessee and may be removed by Lessee subject to the provisions of
Paragraph 7.2(c).

8.   Insurance: Indemnity.

     8.1  Liability Insurance - Lessee. Lessee shall, at Lessee's expense, 
obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined
Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property Damage Insurance insuring Lessee and
Lessor against any liability arising out of the use, occupancy or maintenance of
the Premises and all other areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be in
an amount not less than $500,000 per occurrence. The policy shall insure
performance by Lessee of the indemnity provisions of this Paragraph 8. The
limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee
hereunder.

     8.2  Liability Insurance - Lessor. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined Single Limit Bodily Injury
and Property Damage Insurance insuring Lessor, but not Lessee, against any
liability arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the
Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto in an amount not less than $500,000
per occurrence.

     8.3  Property Insurance. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during the
term of this Lease a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to
the Premises, but not Lessee's fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements in an
amount not to exceed the full replacement value thereof, as the same may exist
from time to time, providing protection against all perils included within the
classification of fire, extended coverage vandalism, malicious mischief, flood
(in the event same is required by a lender having a lien on the Premises)
special extended perils ("all risk", as such term is used in the insurance
industry) but not plate glass insurance. In addition, the Lessor shall obtain
and keep in force, during the term of this Lease, a policy of rental value
insurance covering a period of one year, with loss payable to Lessor, which
insurance shall also cover all real estate taxes and insurance costs for said
period.

     8.4  Payment of Premium Increase.

          (a) Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to
the rent, the amount of any increase in premiums for the insurance required
under Paragraphs 8.2 and 8.3 over and above such premiums paid during the Based
Period, as hereinafter defined, whether such premium increase shall be the
result of the nature of Lessee's occupancy, any act or omission of Lessee,
requirements of the holder of a mortgage or deed of trust covering the premises,
increased valuation of the Premises, or general rate increases. In the event
that the Premises have been occupied previously, the words "Base Period" shall
mean the last twelve months of the prior occupancy. In the event that the
Premises have never been previously occupied, the premiums during the "Base
Period" shall be deemed to be the lowest premiums reasonably obtainable for said
insurance assuming the most nominal use of the Premises, Provided, however, in
lieu of the Base Period the parties may insert a dollar amount at the end of
this sentence which figure shall be considered as the insurance premium for the
Base Period $_________________. In no event, however, shall Lessee be
responsible for any portion of the premium cost attributable to liability
insurance coverage in excess of $1,000,000 procured under paragraph 8.2.

                  (b) Lessee shall pay any such premium increases to Lessor
within 30 days after receipt by Lessee of a copy of the premium statement or
other satisfactory evidence of the amount due. If the insurance policies
maintained hereunder cover other improvements in 



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

addition to the Premises, Lessor shall also deliver to Lessee a statement of the
amount of such increase attributable to the Premises and showing in reasonable
detail, the manner in which such amount was computed. If the term of this Lease
shall not expire concurrently with the expiration of the period covered by such
insurance, Lessee's liability for premium increases shall be prorated on an
annual basis.

          (c) If the Premises are part of a larger building, then Lessee shall
not be responsible for paying any increase in the property insurance premium
caused by the acts or omissions of any other tenant of the building of which the
Premises are a part.

     8.5  Insurance Policies. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies
holding a "General Policyholders Rating" of at least B plus, or such other
rating as may be required by a lender having a lien on the Premises, as set
forth in the most current issue of "Best's Insurance Guide". Lessee shall
deliver to Lessor copies of policies of liability insurance required under
Paragraph 8.1 or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of such
insurance. No such policy shall be cancellable or subject to reduction of
coverage or other modification except after thirty (30) days prior written
notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the
expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with renewals or "binders" thereof,
or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which
amount shall be payable by Lessee upon demand. Lessee shall not do or permit to
be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in
Paragraph 8.3.

     8.6  Waiver of Subrogation. Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and
relieve the other and waive their entire right of recovery against the other for
loss or damage arising out of or incident to the perils insured against under
paragraph 8.3, which perils occur in, on or about the Premises, whether due to
the negligence of Lessor or Lessee or their agents, employees, contractors
and/or invitees. Lessee and Lessor shall, upon obtaining the policies of
insurance required hereunder, give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers
that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease.

     8.7  Indemnity. Lessee shall indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and
against any and all claims arising from Lessee's use of the Premises, or from
the conduct of Lessee's business or from any activity, work or things done,
permitted or suffered by Lessee in or about the Premises or elsewhere and shall
further indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and against any and all claims
arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on
Lessee's part to be performed under the terms of this Lease, or arising from any
negligence of the Lessee, or any of Lessee's agents, contractors, or employees,
and from and against all costs, attorney's fees, expenses and liabilities
incurred in the defense of any such claim or any action or proceeding brought
thereon; and in case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by
reason of any such claim, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same
at Lessee's expenses by counsel satisfactory to Lessor, Lessee, as a material
part of the consideration to Lessor, hereby assumes all risk of damage to
property or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Premises arising from any
cause and Lessee hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Lessor.

     8.8  Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessee hereby agrees that Lessor
shall not be liable for injury to Lessee's business or any loss of income
therefrom or for damage to the goods, wares, merchandise or other property of
Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about
the Premises, nor shall lessor be liable for injury to the person of Lessee,
Lessee's employees, agents or contractors, whether such damage or injury is
caused by or results



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage,
leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances,
plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause,
whether the said damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the
Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a
part, or from other sources or places and regardless of whether the cause of
such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible to
Lessee. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or
neglect of any other tenant, if any, of the building in which the Premises are
located.

     9.1  Definitions:

          (a) "Premises Partial Damage" shall herein mean damage or destruction
to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is less than 10% of the
fair market value of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction. "Premises Building Partial Damage" shall herein mean damage or
destruction to the building of which the Premises are a part to the extent that
the cost of repair is less than 50% of the fair market value of such building as
a whole immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

          (b) "Premises Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or
destruction to the Premises to the extent that the cost of repair is 50% or more
of the fair market value of the Premises immediately prior to such damage or
destruction. "Premises Building Total Destruction" shall herein mean damage or
destruction to the building of which the Premises are a part to the extent that
the cost of repair is 50% or more of the fair market value of such building as a
whole immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

          (c) "Insured Loss" shall herein mean damage or destruction which was
caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in
paragraph 8.

     9.2  Partial Damage - Insured Loss. Subject to the provisions of paragraphs
9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage
which is an insured Loss and which fails into the classification of Premises
Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage, then Lessor shall, at
Lessor's sole cost, repair such damage, but not Lessee's fixtures, equipment or
tenant improvements, as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect.

     9.3  Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. Subject to the provisions of
Paragraphs 9.4, 9.5 and 9.6, if at any time during the term of this Lease there
is damage which is not an Insured Loss and which falls within the classification
of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage unless caused by
a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the
repairs at Lessee's expense), Lessor may at Lessor's option either (i) repair
such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor's expense, in which event
this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice
to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of the occurrence of such
damage of Lessor's intention to cancel and terminate this Lease, as of the date
of the occurrence of such damage. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice
of Lessor's intention to cancel and terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the
right within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written
notice to Lessor of Lessee's intention to repair such damage at Lessee's
expense, without reimbursement from Lessor, in which event this Lease shall
continue in full force and effect, and Lessee shall proceed to make such repairs
as soon as reasonably possible. If Lessee does not give such notice within such
10-day period this Lease shall be cancelled and terminated as of the date of the
occurrence of such damage.



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

     9.4  Total Destruction. If at any time during the term of this Lease there
is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, (including destruction required by
any authorized public authority), which falls into the classification of
Premises Total Destruction or Premises Building Total Destruction, this Lease
shall automatically terminate as of the date of such total destruction.

     9.5  Damage Near End of Term.

          (a) If at any time during the last six months of the term of this
Lease there is damage, whether or not an Insured Loss, which falls within the
classification of Premises Partial Damage, Lessor may at Lessor's option cancel
and terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving
written notice to Lessee of Lessor's election to do so within 30 days after the
date of occurrence of such damage.

          (b) Notwithstanding paragraph 9.5(a), in the event that Lessee has an
option to extend or renew this Lease, and the time within which said option may
be exercised has not yet expired, Lessee shall exercise such option, if it is to
be exercised at all, no later than 20 days after the occurrence of an Insured
Loss falling within the classification of Premises Partial Damage during the
last six months of the term of this Lease. If Lessee duly exercises such option
during said 20 day period, Lessor shall, at Lessor's expense, repair such damage
as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option during said 20 day period, then
Lessor may at Lessor's option terminate and cancel this Lease as of the
expiration of said 20 day period by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor's
election to do so within 10 days after the expiration of said 20 day period,
notwithstanding any term of provision in the grant of option to the contrary.

     9.6  Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

          (a) In the event of damage described in paragraphs 9.2 or 9.3, and
Lessor or Lessee repairs or restores the Premises pursuant to the provisions of
this Paragraph 9, the rent payable hereunder for the period during which such
damage, repair or restoration continues shall be abated in proportion to the
degree to which Lessee's use of the Premises is impaired. Except for abatement
of rent, if any, Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage
suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration.

          (b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises,
under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence such repair or
restoration within 90 days after such obligations shall accrue, Lessee may at
Lessee's option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving Lessor written notice
of Lessee's election to do so at any time prior to the commencement of such
repair or restoration. In such event this Lease shall terminate as of the date
of such notice.

     9.7  Termination - Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease 
pursuant to this Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning
advance rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in
addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee's security deposit as has not
theretofore been applied by Lessor.

     9.8  Waiver. Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statutes which
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event shall be governed by the terms of this Lease.

10.  Real Property Taxes.

     10.1      Payment of Tax Increase. Lessor shall pay the real property tax, 
as defined in paragraph 10.3, applicable to the Premises; provided, however,
that Lessee shall pay in addition



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

to rent, the amount, if any, by which real property taxes applicable to the
Premises increase over the fiscal real estate tax year 1995 1996. Such payment
shall be made by Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt of Lessor's
written statement setting forth amount of such increase and the computation
thereof. If the term of this Lease shall not expire concurrently with the
expiration of the tax fiscal year, Lessee's liability for increased taxes for
the last partial lease year shall be prorated on an annual basis.

     10.2 Additional improvements. Notwithstanding paragraph 10.1 hereof, Lessee
shall pay to Lessor upon demand therefor the entirety of any increase in real
property tax if assessed solely by reason of additional improvements placed upon
the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee's request.

     10.3 Definition of "Real Property Tax". As used herein, the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income
or estate taxes)imposed on the Premises by any authority having the direct or
indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal government, or any
school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement
district thereof, as against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the
Premises or in the real property of which the Premises are a part, as against
Lessor's right to rent or other income therefrom, and as against Lessor's
business of leasing the Premises. The term "real property tax" shall also
include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge (i) in substitution, of
partially or totally, any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge hereinabove
included within the definition of "real property tax," or (ii) the nature of
which was hereinbefore included within the definition of "real property tax," or
(iii) which is imposed for a service or right not charged prior to June 1, 1978,
or, if previously charged, has been increased since June 1, 1978, or (iv) which
is imposed as a result of a transfer, either partial or total, of Lessor's
interest in the Premises or which is added to a tax or charge hereinbefore
included within the definition of real property tax by reason of such transfer,
or (v) which is imposed by reason of this transaction, any modifications or
changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.

     10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed,
Lessee's liability shall be an equitable proportion of the real property taxes
for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed,
such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations
assigned in the assessor's work sheets or such other information as may be
reasonably available. Lessor's reasonable determination thereof, in good faith,
shall be conclusive.

     10.5 Personal Property Taxes.

          (a) Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against
and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property of Lessee contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Lessee
shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal
property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor.

          (b) If any of Lessee's said personal property shall be assessed with
Lessor's real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee
within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes
applicable to Lessee's property. 

     11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, 
telephone and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together
with any taxes thereon. If any such



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

services are not separately metered to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable
proportion to be determined by Lessor of all charges jointly metered with other
Premises.

12.  Assignment and Subletting.

     12.1 Lessor's Consent Required. Lessee shall not voluntarily or by
operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber all or any part of Lessee's interest in this Lease or in the Premises,
without Lessor's prior written consent, which Lessor shall not unreasonably
withhold. Lessor shall respond to Lessee's request for consent hereunder in a
timely manner and any attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance or
subletting without such consent shall be void, and shall constitute a breach of
this Lease.

     12.2 Lessee Affiliate. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 12.1
hereof, Lessee may assign or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof,
without Lessor's consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with Lessee, or to any corporation resulting from the
merger or consolidation with Lessee, or to any person or entity which acquires
all the assets of Lessee as a going concern of the business that is being
conducted on the Premises, provided that said assignee assumes, in full, the
obligations of Lessee under this Lease. Any such assignment shall not, in any
way, affect or limit the liability of Lessee under the terms of this Lease even
if after such assignment or subletting the terms of this Lease are materially
changed or altered without the consent of Lessee, the consent of whom shall not
be necessary.

     12.3 No Release of Lessee. Regardless of Lessor's consent, no subletting or
assignment shall release Lessee of Lessee's obligation or alter the primary
liability of Lessee to pay the rent and to perform all other obligations to be
performed by Lessee hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Lessor from any other
person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Lessor of any provisions hereof.
Consent to one assignment or subletting shall not be deemed consent to any
subsequent assignment or subletting. In the event of default by any assignee of
Lessee or any successor of Lessee, in the performance of any of the terms
hereof, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee without the necessity of
exhausting remedies against said assignee. Lessor may consent to subsequent
assignments or subletting of this Lease or amendments or modifications to this
Lease with assignees of Lessee, without notifying Lessee, or any successor of
Lessee, and without obtaining its or their consent thereto and such action shall
not relieve Lessee of liability under this Lease.

     12.4 Attorney's Fees. In the event Lessee shall assign or sublet the
Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting or if
Lessee shall request the consent of Lessor for any act Lessee proposes to do,
then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable attorneys fees incurred in connection
therewith, such attorneys fees not to exceed $350.00 for each such request. 

13.  Defaults; Remedies.

     13.1 Defaults. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Lessee:

          (a) The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee.

          (b) The failure by Lessee to make any payment of rent or any other
payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder, as and when due, where such
failure shall continue for a period of three days after written notice thereof
from Lessor to Lessee. In the event that Lessor serves Lessee with a Notice to
Pay Rent or Quit pursuant to applicable Unlawful Detainer



                                       10
<PAGE>   11

statutes, such Notice to Pay Rent or Quit shall also constitute the notice
required by this subparagraph.
 
          (c) The failure by Lessee to observe or perform any of the covenants,
conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee,
other than described in paragraph (b) above, where such failure shall continue
for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee,
provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee's default is such that more than
30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not be deemed to
be in default if Lessee commenced such cure within said 30 day period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

          (d) (i) The making by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment
for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee becomes a "debtor" as defined in 11
U.S.C. Section #101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a
petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the
appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of
Lessee's assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease,
where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the
attachment execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee's
assets located at the Premises or of Lessee's interest in this Lease, where such
seizure is not discharged within 30 days, provided, however, in the event that
any provision of this paragraph 13.1(d) is contrary to any applicable law, such
provision shall be of no force or effect.

          (e) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given to
Lessor by Lessee, any assignee of Lessee, any subtenant of Lessee, any successor
in interest of Lessee or any guarantor of Lessee's obligation hereunder, and any
of them, was materially false.

     13.2 Remedies. In the event of any such material default or breach by
Lessee, Lessor may at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and
without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may
have by reason of such default or breach.

          (a) Terminate Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by any
lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall
immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event Lessor
shall be entitled to recover from Lessee all damages incurred by Lessor by
reason of Lessee's default including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering
possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting including necessary renovation
and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorney's fees, and any real estate
commission actually paid, the worth at the time of award by the court having
jurisdiction thereof of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of
the term after the time of such award exceeds the amount of such rental loss for
the same period that Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided, that portion of
the leasing commission paid by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 15 applicable to the
unexpired term of this Lease.

          (b) Maintain Lessee's right to possession in which case this Lease
shall continue in effect whether or not Lessee shall have abandoned the
Premises. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to enforce all of Lessor's
rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the rent as
it becomes due hereunder.

          (c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under
the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.
Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of Lessee
under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due at the
maximum rate then allowable by law.



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

     13.3 Default by Lessor. Lessor shall not be in default unless Lessor fails
to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time but in no
event later than thirty (30) days after written notice by Lessee to Lessor and
to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose
name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Lessee in writing,
specifying wherein Lessor has failed to perform such obligation; provided,
however, that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more than thirty
(30) days are required for performance then Lessor shall not be in default if
Lessor commences performance within such 30-day period and thereafter diligently
prosecutes the same to completion.

     13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee
to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs
not contemplated by this Lease the exact amount of which will be extremely
difficult to ascertain. Such costs include but are not limited to, processing
and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Lessor by the
terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any
installment of rent or any other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by
Lessor or Lessor's designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due,
then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a
late charge equal to 6% of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that
such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor
will incure by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge
by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee's default with respect
to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other
rights and remedies granted hereunder in the event that a late charge is payable
hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of
rent, then rent shall automatically become due and payable quarterly in advance,
rather than monthly, notwithstanding paragraph 4 or any other provision of this
Lease to the contrary.

     13.5 Impounds. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder,
whether or not collected, for three (3) installments of rent or any other
monetary obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor, if Lessor shall so request, in addition to any other payment required
under this Lease, a monthly advance installment, payable at the same time as the
monthly rent, as estimated by Lessor, for real property tax and insurance
expenses on the Premises which are payable by Lessee under the terms of this
Lease. Such fund shall be established to insure payment when due, before
delinquency, of any or all such real property taxes and insurance premiums. If
the amounts paid to Lessor by Lessee under the provisions of this paragraph are
insufficient to discharge the obligations of Lessee to pay such real property
taxes and insurance premiums as the same become due, Lessee shall pay to Lessor,
upon Lessor's demand, such additional sums necessary to pay such obligations.
All moneys paid to Lessor under this paragraph may be intermingled with other
moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a default in the
obligations of Lessee to perform under this Lease, then any balance remaining
from funds paid to Lessor under the provisions of this paragraph may, at the
option of Lessor, be applied to the payment of any monetary default of Lessee in
lieu of being applied to the payment of real property tax and insurance
premiums.

14.  Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the
power of eminent domain, or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power
(all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as
to the part so taken as of the date the condemnation authority takes title or
possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the floor area of the
building on the Premises or more than 25% of the land area of the Premises



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

which is not occupied by any building, is taken by condemnation, Lessee may, at
Lessee's option to be exercised in writing only within ten (10) days after
Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence
of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have
taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority
takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance
with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the
portion of the Premises remaining, except that the rent shall be reduced in the
proportion that the floor area of the building taken bears to the total floor
area of the building situated on the Premises. No reduction of rent shall occur
if the only area taken is that which does not have a building located thereon.
Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of
eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power
shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as
compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled
to any award for loss of or damage to Lessee's trade fixtures and removable
personal property. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of
such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received by
Lessor in connection with such condemnation, repair any damage to the Premises
caused by such condemnation except to the extent that Lessee has been reimbursed
therefor by the condemning authority. Lessee shall pay any amount in excess of
such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15.  Broker's Fee.

          (a) Upon execution of this Lease by both parties, Lessor shall pay to
OSBORNE AND ASSOCIATES licensed real estate broker(s), a fee as set forth in a
separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), or in the event there is
no separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), the sum of agreement,
for brokerage services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction.

          (b) Lessor further agrees that if Lessee exercises any Option as
defined in paragraph 39.1 of this Lease, which is granted to Lessee under this
Lease, or any subsequently granted option which is substantially similar to an
Option granted to Lessee under this Lease, or if Lessee acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises described in this Lease which are substantially
similar to what Lessee would have acquired had an Option herein granted to
Lessee been exercised, or if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises after
the expiration of the term of this Lease after having failed to exercise an
Option, or if said broker(s) are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale
entered into between the parties pertaining to the Premises and/or any adjacent
property in which Lessor has an interest, then as to any of said transactions,
Lessor shall pay said broker(s) a fee in accordance with the schedule of said
broker(s) in effect at the time of execution of this Lease.

          (c) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but
also on behalf of any person, corporation, association, or other entity having
an ownership interest in said real property or any part thereof, when such fee
is due hereunder. Any transferee of Lessor's interest in this Lease, whether
such transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have
assumed Lessor's obligation under this Paragraph 15. Said broker shall be a
third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 15.

16.  Estoppel Certificate.

          (a) Lessee shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) days prior
written notice from Lessor execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor a
statement in writing (i)



                                       13
<PAGE>   14

certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if
modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this
Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the
rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that
there are not, to Lessee's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Lessor
hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed. Any such statement
may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of
the Premises.
     
          (b) At Lessor's option, Lessee's failure to deliver such statement
within such time shall be a material breach of this Lease or shall be conclusive
upon Lessee (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without
modification except as may be represented by Lessor, (ii) that there are no
uncured defaults in Lessor's performance, and (iii) that no more than one
month's rent has been paid in advance or such failure may be considered by
Lessor as a default by Lessee under this Lease. If Lessor desires to finance,
refinance, or sell the Premises or any part thereof, Lessee hereby agrees to
deliver to any lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial
statements of Lessee as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser.
Such statements include the past three years financial statements of Lessee. All
such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or
purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set
forth.

17.  Lessor's Liability. The term "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title or a Lessee's interest
in a ground lease of the Premises, and except as expressly provided in Paragraph
15, in the event of any transfer of such title or interest, Lessor herein named
(and in case of any subsequent transfers, then the grantor) shall be relieved
from and after the date of such transfer of all liability as respects Lessor's
obligations thereafter to be performed provided that any funds in the hands of
Lessor or the then grantor at the time of such transfer in which Lessee has an
interest shall be delivered to the grantee. The obligations contained in this
Lease to be performed by Lessor shall subject as aforesaid, be binding on
Lessor's successors and assigns only during their respective periods of
ownership.

18.  Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined 
by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19.  Interest on Past-due Obligations. Except as expressly herein provided, any
amount due to Lessor not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate
then allowable by law from the date due. Payment of such interest shall not
excuse or cure any default by Lessee under this Lease, provided, however, that
interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by Lessee nor on any
amounts upon which late charges are paid by Lessee.

20.  Time of Essence. Time is of the essence.

21.  Additional Rent. Any monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the
terms of this Lease shall be deemed to be rent.

22.  Incorporation of Prior Agreements; Amendments. This Lease contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein. No prior
agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective.
This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at
the time of the modification, except as otherwise stated in this Lease. Lessee
hereby acknowledges that neither the real estate broker listed in Paragraph 15
hereof nor any cooperating broker on this transaction nor the Lessor or any
employees or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or written
warranties or representations to Lessee relative to the condition or use by
Lessee of said Premises and Lessee acknowledges that Lessee



                                       14
<PAGE>   15

assumes all responsibility regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act, the
legal use and adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all
applicable laws and regulations in effect during the term of this Lease except
as otherwise specifically stated in this Lease.

23. Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified mail, and if given
personally or by mail, shall be deemed sufficiently given if addressed to Lessee
or to Lessor at the address noted below the signature of the respective parties,
as the case may be. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different
address for notice purposes except that upon Lessee's taking possession of the
Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes. A
copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall
be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.

24.  Waivers. No waiver by Lessor or any provision hereof shall be deemed a
waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Lessee of
the same or any other provision. Lessor's consent to, or approval of any act,
shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee. The acceptance of rent hereunder by
Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach by Lessee of any provision
hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless of Lessor's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of
acceptance of such rent.

25.  Recording. Either Lessor or Lessee shall, upon request of the other,
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the other a "short form" memorandum of this
Lease for recording purposes.

26.  Holding Over. If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of 
the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration of the term hereof, such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease pertaining to the obligations of Lessee, but all options and rights of
first refusal, if any, granted under the terms of this Lease shall be deemed
terminated and be of no further effect during said month to month tenancy.

27.  Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law or in equity.

28.  Covenants and Conditions. Each provision of this Lease performable by 
Lessee shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29.  Binding Effect: Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment or subletting by Lessee and subject to the provisions of Paragraph
17, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives,
successors and assigns. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
wherein the Premises are located.

30.  Subordination.

          (a) This Lease, at Lessor's option, shall be subordinate to any ground
lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation or security now or
hereafter placed upon the real property of which the Premises are a part and to
any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals,
modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof.
Notwithstanding such subordination, Lessee's right to quiet possession of the
Premises shall not be disturbed if Lessee is not in default and so long as
Lessee shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this
Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If any
mortgages, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the
lien of its mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, and shall give written
notice thereof to Lessee, this



                                       15
<PAGE>   16

Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease,
whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage,
deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof.
     
          (b) Lessee agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate an
attornment, a subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any
mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be. Lessee's failure to
execute such documents within 10 days after written demand shall constitute a
material default by Lessee hereunder, or, at Lessor's option, Lessor shall
execute such documents on behalf of Lessee as Lessee's attorney-in-fact. Lessee
does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Lessor as Lessee's
attorney-in-fact and in Lessee's name, place and stead, to execute such
documents in accordance with this paragraph 30(b).

31.  Attorney's Fees. If either party or the broker named herein brings an 
action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the prevailing
party in any such action, on trial or appeal, shall be entitled to his
reasonable attorney's fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court.
The provisions of this paragraph shall inure to the benefit of the broker named
herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

32.  Lessor's Access. Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter
the Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, showing
the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such
alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the
building of which they are a part as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable.
Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Sale"
signs and Lessor may at any time during the last 120 days of the terms hereof
place on or about the Premises any ordinary "For Lease" signs, all without
rebate of rent or liability to Lessee.

33.  Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either
voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having
obtained Lessor's prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard
of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34.  Signs. Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor's
prior written consent except that Lessee shall have the right, without the prior
permission of Lessor to place ordinary and usual for rent or sublet signs
thereon.

35.  Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, or a
mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Lessor, shall not work a
merger, and shall, at the option of Lessor, terminate all or any existing
subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor
of any or all of such subtenancies.

36.  Consents. Except for paragraph 33 hereof, wherever in this Lease the 
consent of one party is required to an act of the other party, such consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

37.  Guarantor. In the event that there is a guarantor of this Lease, said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38.  Quiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and 
observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on
Lessee's part to be observed and performed hereunder, Lessee shall have quiet
possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the
provisions of this Lease. The individuals executing this Lease on behalf of
Lessor represent and warrant to Lessee that they are fully authorized and
legally capable of executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such
execution is binding upon all parties holding an ownership interest in the
Premises.



                                       16
<PAGE>   17

39.  Options.

     39.1 Definition. As used in this paragraph the word "Options" has the
following meaning: (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or
to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other
property of Lessor; (2) the option or right of first refusal to lease the
Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first
refusal to lease other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to lease
other property of Lessor; (3) the right or option to purchase the Premises, or
the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises, or the right of first offer
to purchase the Premises or the right or option to purchase other property of
Lessor, or the right of first refusal to purchase other property of Lessor or
the right of first offer to purchase other property of Lessor.

     39.2 Options Personal. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease are
personal to Lessee and may not be exercised or be assigned, voluntarily or
involuntarily, by or to any person or entity other than Lessee, provided,
however, the Option may be exercised by or assigned to any Lessee Affiliate as
defined in paragraph 12.2 of this Lease. The Options herein granted to Lessee
are not assignable separate and apart from this Lease.

     39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple options to
extend to renew this Lease a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior
option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

     39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

          (a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding
any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (i) during the time
commencing from the date Lessor gives to Lessee a notice of default pursuant to
paragraph 13.1(b) or 13.1(c) and continuing until the default alleged in said
notice of default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time commencing on the
day after a monetary obligation to Lessor is due from Lessee and unpaid (without
any necessity for notice thereof to Lessee) continuing until the obligation is
paid, or (iii) at any time after an event of default described in paragraphs
13.1(a), 13.1(d) or 13.1(e)(without any necessity of Lessor to give notice of
such default to Lessee), or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee
three or more notices of default under paragraph 13.1(b), where a late charge
becomes payable under paragraph 13.4 for each of such defaults, or paragraph
13.1(c), whether or not the defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior
to the time that Lessee intends to exercise the subject Option.

          (b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall
not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee's inability to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of paragraph 39.4(a).

          (c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee's due and
timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of
this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee
for a period of 30 days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity
of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessee fails to commence to
cure a default specified in paragraph 13.1(c) within 30 days after the date that
Lessor gives notice to Lessee of such default and/or Lessee fails thereafter to
diligently prosecute said cure to completion, or (iii) Lessee commits a default
described in paragraph 13.1(a). 13.1(d) or 13.1(e) (without any necessity of
Lessor to give notice of such default to Lessee), or (iv) Lessor gives to Lessee
three or more notices of default under paragraph 13.1(b), where a late charge
becomes



                                       17
<PAGE>   18

payable under paragraph 13.4 for each such default, or paragraph 13.1(c),
whether or not the defaults are cured.

40.  Multiple Tenant Building. In the event that the Premises are part of a
larger building or group of building then Lessee agrees that it will abide by,
keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from
time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the building
and grounds, the parking of vehicles and the preservation of good order therein
as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants of the building.
The violations of any such rules and regulations shall be deemed a material
breach of this Lease by Lessee.

41.  Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to
Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security
measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same.
Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of Lessee, its agents and
invitees from acts of third parties.

42.  Easements. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant
such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable,
and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and restrictions, so long as such
easements, rights, dedications, Maps and restrictions do not unreasonably
interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee shall sign any of the
aforementioned documents upon request of Lessor and failure to do so shall
constitute a material breach of this Lease.

43.  Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any
amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions
hereof, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall
have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be
regarded as voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of
said party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged
that there was no legal obligation on the part of said party to pay such sum or
any part thereof, said party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much
thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this
Lease.

44.  Authority. If Lessee is a corporation, trust, or general or limited
partnership each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity
represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this Lease on behalf of said entity. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or
partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of this
Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

45.  Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or
handwritten provisions. 46. Addendum. Attached hereto as an addendum or addenda
containing paragraphs 47 through 54 which constitutes a part of this Lease.

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND
EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.



                                       18
<PAGE>   19

     IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILED IN ITS HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR SUBMISSION TO
     YOUR ATTORNEY FOR HIS APPROVAL. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE
     BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE
     BROKER OR ITS AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL
     EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION RELATING
     THERETO; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL
     COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place on the dates specified
immediately adjacent to their respective signatures.


Executed at _____________________________   ___________________________________

on ______________________________________   By_________________________________

Address__________________________________   By_________________________________

_________________________________________              "LESSOR" (Corporate seal)

Executed at _____________________________              MOTOR CARGO

on_______________________________________   By__________________________________

Address _________________________________   By__________________________________

______________________________________                 "LESSEE" (Corporate seal)

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and
needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the
most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 345 So. Figueroa
St., M-1, Los Angeles, CA 90071, (213) 687-8777.


                                       19

<PAGE>   20



                                ADDENDUM TO LEASE
                            DATED SEPTEMBER 29, 1995
                                 by and between
              COLBURN R. THOMASON, MICHAEL TOLLADAY AND KEVIN TWEED
                                 as LESSOR, and
                                   MOTOR CARGO
                                    as LESSEE


47. Additions to Paragraph 6.3:

     6.3(a-1) Paragraph 6.3(a), by this reference, shall additionally include
     with the warranty expressed therein: All electrical and lighting facilities
     and equipment as currently exist on the premises; all restroom facilities
     as currently exist on the premises; and landscape sprinkling systems, as
     currently exist on the premises.

     6.3(C) All loading doors and dock levelers shall be serviced and in proper
     working condition prior to lease commencement at Lessor's expense.

48.  Additions to Paragraph 7.2(a):

     7.2(a-1) Current exterior and interior damage to premises shall not be
     Lessee's responsibility to repair. Pictures of such damage shall be
     provided to Lessor within 30 days of lease commencement.

49.  New Flooring. Lessor agrees to place new flooring in the two offices
     located in the northeast corner of the building.

50.  Interior Painting. Lessor agrees to paint the interiors of the front two
     offices located in the northeast corner of the building with Lessee's
     designated color.

51.  Landscaping. Lessor agrees to provide appropriate landscaping in the
     sprinklered beds located on the exterior of the northeast corner of the
     building.

52.  Exterior Painting. Lessor agrees to paint under the eaves of the premises
     (Much of area is in unacceptable condition with weathered or non-existent
     paint). Lessor further agrees to paint the "trim" of the premises with
     "Motor Cargo" blue. Paint mix description shall be provided by Lessee prior
     to any painting to be performed by Lessor at Lessor's expense.

     Lessor agrees to paint all current non-matching downspouts and any other
     painted areas of exterior, excluding rollup doors, so as to blend with
     current exterior of premises.

53.  Option to Renew. Lessee shall have an option to renew this Lease for an
     additional three (3) year term exercisable upon delivery of written notice
     to Lessor at least ninety (90) days prior to the termination date of this
     Lease. The rent during the renewal period shall 



                                       20
<PAGE>   21

     be $6,820.00 per month plus accumulated excalations or rent adjustments
     provided for in this Lease.

54.  Option to Purchase.

     1. Lessee, herein referred to as Optionee, shall have for the entire
     initial term of this three (3) year lease, an option to purchase this
     property from Lessor, herein referred to as Optionor, for $725,000.00
     exercisable at any time by Optionee during this period.

     2. Terms of sale are to be CASH at close of escrow, which is hereby agreed
     to be prior to the termination of the initial term of this three (3) year
     lease.

     3. Optionee may exercise this option by written notice and shall provide
     for closing within 45 days of said notice.

     4. Escrow fees are to be paid as is customary in Fresno County at the time
     Option is exercised.

     5. Title is to be free of liens, easements, restrictions, rights and
     conditions of record or known to Optionor, other than the following: (1)
     Current property taxes, (2) covenants, conditions, restrictions, and public
     utility easements of record, if any, provided the same do not adversely
     affect the continued use of the property for the purposes for which it is
     presently being used, unless reasonably disapproved by Optionee in writing
     within 10 days of current preliminary title report furnished at Optionor's
     expense. Optionor shall furnish Optionee at Optionor expense, a standard
     California Land Title Association policy issued by Central Title Company,
     showing title vested in Optionee subject only to the above.

     6. Property taxes, premiums on insurance acceptable to Optionee, rents and
     interest shall be prorated as the date of recordation of the deed. Any bond
     or assessment which is a lien shall be paid by Optionor.

     7. Possession shall be delivered to Optionee on close of escrow.

     8. Title shall vest as Optionee instructs escrow.

     9. All modifications or extension of this Option shall be in writing signed
     by the parties.

     10. Optionor agrees to pay OSBORNE AND ASSOCIATES a 5% sales commission as
     outlined in the current listing agreement when and if this Option to
     Purchase is exercised.

     __________________________         /S/
     Lessor Initials                    Lessee Initials


                                       21

<PAGE>   1

                          SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT


This Agreement entered into this __th day of ____, between Motor Cargo, a
corporation having its principal place of business at North Salt Lake, Utah,
(hereinafter called the "Company"); and _________________ (hereinafter called
"Executive"). 

WITNESSETH: 

WHEREAS, Executive has been employed by the Company since April 1, 1987, in the
capacity of ____________________________ and by reason hereof has acquired
experience and knowledge of considerable value to the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to offer an inducement to Executive to remain in its
employ by compensating him beyond his regular salary for services which he has
rendered or will hereafter render; and

WHEREAS, Executive is willing to continue in the employ of the Company until his
retirement;

NOW THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed as follows:

1) The Company hereby employs Executive in the capacity of ______________ of
   Operations, commencing with the date of this Agreement, and Executive hereby
   accepts such employment, the conditions of which are hereinafter set forth in
   this Agreement.
  
2) As compensation for his services the Company hereby agrees to pay Executive,
   and Executive hereby agrees to accept from the Company, a yearly salary to be
   determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.
  
3) If Executive remains in the continuous employ of the Company, he shall retire
   from active employment with the Company on the first day of the calendar
   month following the month in


<PAGE>   2

   which he reaches age sixty-five (65), unless by action of the Board of 
   Directors his period of active employment shall be shortened or extended.

4) Upon said retirement the Company, commencing with the first day of the month
   following the date of such retirement, shall pay Executive the sum of $17,000
   per annum. No payments shall be made to Executive during his lifetime until
   the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Executive
   reaches age sixty-five (65). Payments of the sum specified shall be made in
   120 equal monthly payments.

   Notwithstanding the above, should Executive's employment terminate before
   retirement for any reason (except for death or disability which is covered in
   paragraphs five (5) and six (6) below) the Corporation agrees to pay to
   Executive the actuarial equivalent of the sum of $17,000 per year for every
   year Executive was employed under this Agreement. This payment is to be made
   in monthly payments commencing on the first month after which Executive's
   employment terminates. The actuarial equivalent shall be calculated assuming
   a pay-out period of 120 months.

5) In the event the Executive should die prior to attaining age sixty-five (65),
   the Company agrees to pay the Executive's said wife and/or to such other
   persons as the Executive may have designated, the sum of $201,000. Said
   payments shall commence on the first day of the month following Executive's
   death and shall be made in 120 equal monthly installments until Executive's
   designated beneficiary has received the sum total to which he was entitled
   under the terms of this paragraph.
  
6) The Company agrees that if Executive, prior to attaining age sixty-five (65)
   becomes totally disabled as the result of bodily injury or disease so that he
   is prevented, thereby, from engaging in any business or occupation and
   performing any work for compensation, the


                                          2
<PAGE>   3

   Company will pay to the Executive the sum of $2,500.00 per month to age
   sixty-five (65). In the event Executive shall become disabled prior to June
   8, 1992; the Retirement benefit, defined in paragraph four (4) of this
   contract, shall be specified as $1,675.00 for 60 months. Retirement benefit
   shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of
   Executive's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday. Said disability payments shall
   commence on the first day of the month following notification that such
   disability has continued uninterrupted for a period of three (3) months, and
   said payment shall be $2,500.00 as equal monthly installments until Executive
   has received the sum total to which he was by contract entitled under the
   terms of this paragraph.
   
7) In the event Executive should die while receiving payments under paragraphs
   four (4) or six (6) above, the Company shall continue such payments to the
   Executive's wife and/or to such other persons as the Executive may have
   designated.
  
8) The benefits provided hereunder shall be in addition to Executive's annual
   salary as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company and shall not
   affect the right of Executive to participate in any current of future Company
   Retirement Plan or in any supplemental compensation arrangement which
   constitutes a part of the Company's regular compensation structure.
  
9) It is agreed that neither Executive, nor his wife, nor any other designee,
   shall have any right to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the right
   to receive any payments hereunder which payments and the right thereto are
   expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable; and, in the event
   of any attempted assignment or transfer, the Company shall have no further
   liability hereunder.
  

                                          3
<PAGE>   4

10) If the Company shall acquire an insurance policy or annuity contract or any
    other asset in connection with the liabilities assumed by it hereunder it is
    expressly understood and agreed that neither Executive nor any beneficiary
    of Executive shall have any right with respect to, or claim against, such
    policy or other asset except as expressly provided by the terms of such
    policy or in the title to such other asset. Such policy or asset shall not
    be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of Executive or his
    beneficiaries or to be held in any way as collateral security for the
    fulfillment of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement except as
    may be expressly provided by the terms of such policy or title to such other
    asset. It shall be and remain a general, unpledged, unrestricted asset of
    the Company.
      
11) The Company agrees that it will not merge or consolidate with any other
    company or organization, or permit its business activities to be taken over
    by any other organization unless and until the succeeding or continuing
    company or other organization shall expressly assume all obligations and
    liabilities herein set forth.
    
12) This Agreement may be revoked or amended in whole or in part by a writing
    signed by both of the parties hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be signed in its
Corporation Name by its duly authorized officer, and impressed with its
corporate seal, attested


                                          4
<PAGE>   5



by its Secretary, and Executive has hereunto set his hand and seal, all on the
day and year first above written.


- ---------------------------------
MOTOR CARGO


                                                                          (SEAL)


                                              ATTEST
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                        Secretary

Executive
         -----------------------------------



                                          5

<PAGE>   1
                                                                Exhibit 10.21


                             CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT


         THIS CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and entered into
as of August 28, 1997 between Harold R. Tate, Marshall L. Tate, Darrell V. Tate
and Marvin L. Friedland (collectively, the "Transferors"), and Motor Cargo
Industries, Inc., a Utah corporation (the "Corporation").


                                    Recitals

         A. The Transferors are the owners of all of the membership interests
(the "Contributed Property") of Ute Trucking and Leasing Company, L.L.C., a Utah
limited liability company ("Ute").

         B. The Transferors desire to contribute the Contributed Property to the
Corporation in exchange for Seven Hundred Thousand (700,000) shares of the
Common Stock of the Corporation ("Common Stock").

         C. The Corporation desires to receive and to acknowledge the receipt of
the Contributed Property from the Transferor and, in exchange therefore, to
issue Seven Hundred Thousand (700,000) shares of Common Stock to the Transferor.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and agreements set
forth in this Agreement, the Transferor and the Corporation agree as follows:

         1. Contribution. As of the date of this Agreement, the Transferors (a)
hereby contribute, assign, transfer and deliver the Contributed Property to the
Corporation.

         2. Issuance of Common Stock. In consideration of the contribution,
assignment, transfer and delivery of the Contributed Property by the Transferor,
the Corporation, as soon as practicable, shall issue Seven Hundred Thousand
(700,000) shares of Common Stock to the Transferors as set forth on Schedule A
attached to this Agreement. Shares of the Common Stock shall be validly issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.

         3. Acceptance and Acknowledgment. The Corporation hereby accepts and
acknowledges the contribution, assignment, transfer and delivery of the
Contributed Property by the Transferor as specified in paragraph 1 above.

         4. Representations. Each of the Transferors, solely as to his
membership interest in Ute, hereby represents that he has the right and power to
contribute, assign, transfer and deliver the Contributed Property to the
Corporation.


<PAGE>   2
         5. Tax Consequences. The parties to this Agreement intend that the
contribution, assignment, transfer and delivery of the Contributed Property
under this Agreement shall qualify as a nontaxable transfer under Section 351 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. This Agreement shall be strictly
interpreted to assure such qualification.

         6. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the
Transferors and their successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of
the Corporation and its successors and assigns.

         7. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the State of Utah.




                            [signature page follows]


<PAGE>   3
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Transferors and the Corporation have executed
this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

                                   Transferors:



                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Harold R. Tate



                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Marshall L. Tate



                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Darrell V. Tate



                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Marvin L. Friedland



                                   Corporation:    Motor Cargo Industries, Inc.,
                                                   a Utah corporation



                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   Marshall L. Tate
                                                   Chief Executive Officer

Attest:



- -----------------------------
Marvin L. Friedland
Secretary


<PAGE>   4
                                   Schedule A

                               Issuance of Shares


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   Number of Shares
             Shareholder                           of Common Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>    
           Harold R. Tate                              490,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Marshall L. Tate                              70,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Darrell V. Tate                               70,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Marvin L. Friedland                             70,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            STATE OF INCORPORATION
NAME                                        OR ORGANIZATION
- ----                                        ---------------
<S>                                         <C>
Motor Cargo                                 Utah
MC Distribution Services, Inc.              Utah
MC Leasing, Inc.                            Utah
Interstate Commerce Collections, Inc.       Utah
Ute Trucking and Leasing, L.L.C.            Utah
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                                     CONSENT


We have issued our report dated August 29, 1997, accompanying the consolidated
financial statements of Motor Cargo Industries, Inc., contained in the
Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the
aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and to the
use of our name as it appears under the captions "Selected Consolidated
Financial Data" and "Experts".




/s/ GRANT THORNTON, L.L.P.
Salt Lake City, Utah
October 2, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM AUDITED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR MOTOR CARGO INDUSTRIES, INC. FOR SIX MONTH PERIOD
ENDING JUNE 30, 1997.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                           2,494
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   12,247
<ALLOWANCES>                                     (518)
<INVENTORY>                                        462
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                17,498
<PP&E>                                          72,038
<DEPRECIATION>                                (34,729)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  55,284
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         (14,117)
<BONDS>                                        (7,415)
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           (1)
<OTHER-SE>                                    (28,342)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  (55,284)
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              (49,284)
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   44,615
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   105
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 561
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  4,126
<INCOME-TAX>                                     1,533
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              2,593
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,593
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .45
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .45
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission